« Back
Generated:
Post last updated:
hold valor in your heart
knight commander korva meets knight commander iomedae
Permalink Mark Unread

Korva knows, logically, that she can't make the teleport. She's never been able to spell kenning more than twice in one day, and it hasn't been for lack of trying. But Korva's magic has never been logical - not since Deskari's attack on Kenabres, anyway - and the current situation is dire. Ember and Daeran are dead. She's called for the party to fall back, but their line of retreat is blocked by a bunch of demons that must have greater teleported in in the last couple seconds. Also, a Maralith has just cut the inside of her thigh, and the blood loss is going to fuck her right up if she can't fix it in the next half a minute or so. She should never have gotten her party into this position. It's her fault, and if she doesn't think of something, they will die of it. They may or may not be recoverable, if demons get to play with their remains after.

She needs help. She's needed help every hour of every day for six months, and never really gotten it; she's only ever really found herself, at the bottom of any of these holes that she digs. But she does, sometimes, find more of herself there. She's been this close to losing the entire party before. Half the time, it awakens some new power in her. 

Teleporting out, she says, over the still-active telepathic bond. Grab a friend. Arue, grab Daeran and get in contact.

She slings Ember's corpse across her shoulder, claps her spellcasting hand on Woljif's shoulder, and claps the one that holds Lariel's sword onto Regill's. Aivu skitters onto one of her feet, and she feels a hand on her own shoulder that she hopes to every god is Arue. She calls on the forces of Elysium, or on her own power, or on whatever the fuck it is she calls on when she does stuff like this.

The wind in the cave swirls around them. The butterflies that insistently follow her around these days flutter and land on her. She speaks a word - it's not the word she usually speaks - and she goes from the cave to somewhere else.



On the bright side, the place she lands sure looks like a crusader camp. On the not so bright side, it sure doesn't look like Drezen.

"We need a cleric!" yells Woljif, and that's about the last thing Korva hears before she collapses under Ember's corpse.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

The cleric is there in about twelve seconds.

 

How many of these people benefit from a standard channel and how many are going to need something more than that?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, Korva will be fine after a channel, in the sense that she's now stable and fluttering back to full consciousness, and the tiefling, baby dragon, succubus, and gnome hellknight are no longer bleeding. The adolescent elf girl on top of Korva has all of her pieces, but her torso has been very nearly bisected. The other corpse has been shot full of arrows, and also remains dead.

Korva sits up and takes a second to see whether the camp is Drezen after all, now that she's no longer lightheaded and ambiguously dying of blood loss.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a camp! It's not Drezen! The holy symbol on the priest who just healed them is - an eye, actually. 

They're hitting the corpses with Gentle Repose but not with Raise Dead, so as to get some more time in which to figure out who these adventurers are and if they're contracted with the crusade and if so on what terms. 

They're also surrounding them, with paladins who look - well, a bit tense. Several of these powerful adventurers are powerfully Evil adventurers, see, and it's not as if Tar-Baphon has never employed the living. 

 

"Prove yourself!" someone is demanding in bizarrely accented yet recognizable Taldane.

Permalink Mark Unread

Technically, the only detectably evil member of the party is Regill, given that Daeran is currently dead, although in Arueshalae's case this might be more confusing than reassuring.

Also, that's the eye of Aroden. Korva does, actually, know what the eye of Aroden looks like. She does not know why anyone would be wearing one.

 

"I'm sorry, what?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Prove yourself!" 

 

- someone, at this point, has the bright idea of casting Tongues. 

"Identify yourself!" that now translates as.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. Korva Tallandria, Knight Commander of the Fifth Mendevian Crusade. Evidently we've botched our teleport back to Drezen."

She'll set Ember aside, stand up, and try to look important, as she says this. She likes to think she's gotten pretty okay at looking important.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"Sorry, the Fifth Mendevian Crusade?"

"Mendev, the Teleport stop on the Crown route?"

"- what're you Crusading against?"

Permalink Mark Unread

" - yeees, that Mendev," actually the Crown of the World teleport route goes through Kalsgard but that doesn't really seem like the important point here, "do me a favor and tell me where exactly I am now?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're about four hundred miles off, I think? In western Ustalav, north tip of the Fangwood. With, uh, the First Army of the Shining Crusade." He's not trying to say 'which is a much bigger deal than your Crusade' but he's not trying not to say it either.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well why in the fuck would you claim to be with the fucking -

She remembers the eye. 

 

Regill. Assessment.

      Your powers behaved erratically, as they often do, and your attempt to power a teleport using them resulted in a misfire.

I have that part, I am trying to figure whether we're talking about an ordinary teleport misfire or something more - bizarre. I don't actually know if the thing I cast was a teleport at all. The claim that this is the Shining Crusade and the eye of Aroden - because that's what that is, I don't know if you remember - 

       Under other circumstances I would say it was implausible. It still seems extremely suspect.

             I don't think they're lying. They're not demons, and they seem sincere.

Thanks, Arue.

 

She closes her eyes a moment. She takes a deep breath. 

"What year is it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's 3824. ...since the ascension of Aroden."

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, at least we know that is the bit they're doing, then.

      I'm lost, Chief, can you throw me a hint about what the Hell we think is or isn't going on here?

They're claiming that we're before the death of Aroden, and that it's the Shining Crusade - that's not the Worldwound, that's against Tar-Baphon. I'm still thinking it's probably a demon trick - we saw what Jerribeth did in Wintersun, and what we're seeing here isn't actually any weirder than that so far - but the teleport really did misfire, and I'm not going to claim that I know what exactly I did. I will admittedly be very surprised if I somehow teleported us nine hundred years into the past, that's not really a failure mode that I anticipated.

      Well, shit.

- Okay, look, they can't be doing a bit over the whole world. If it's an illusion or something we can probably prepare spells against it if we can raise the casters and wait for them to get their spells back. We survive twenty-four hours, we check if Drezen's still there when we have Ember's teleports, we wait for the game to end, and if it isn't a game - we cross that bridge when we get to it, I guess.

 

"Well, then, that complicates some things. You guys got any raise dead diamonds for sale? We can pay for them. Also, is there a - procedure for talking to whoever is in charge here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can sell you diamonds. And the Raise itself, if you need that. And notice will be given to the Crusade leadership and the Knight-Commander of this situation, and we'll probably pass along anything you want to convey, but you're very suspicious, so we're not going to bring you directly to the Knight-Commander. She'll - let you know, I'm sure, if she wants to speak to you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, that's actually just as well. I need two diamonds and a place to sit with my people until tomorrow, when I will be able to raise them myself. I guess I don't particularly need anything else."

       "We're not suspicious," huffs Aivu, who isn't in the telepathic bond. "And I don't see what you're all doing crusading in Ustalav. Don't you think you'd have more fun - "

"That'll do, Aivu."

Permalink Mark Unread

The suspicious guests can be escorted by suspicious paladins to a reasonably well-appointed tent. The beds are elevated with wood boards above the marshy ground, and there's a lantern and some fur blankets and a small portable shrine with Aroden, Abadar, Pharasma, Gorum, Erastil, Sarenrae, Cayden Cailean.

 

Are the suspicious guests willing to repeat their claims about who they are under a Truth Spell.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. Just her, or do they really want everyone else to identify themselves, too?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, the more people, the worse the odds they all just beat the truth spell, you know.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, fine.

Korva Tallandria, Knight-Commander of the Fifth Mendevian Crusade. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Did she come here deliberately? Does she work for Tar-Baphon, or suspect anyone she works for is actually Tar-Baphon?

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did not come here deliberately, I was trying to get to Drezen. I don't work for Tar Baphon. I work for the queen of Mendev, who is a paladin of Iomedae and who I am pretty sure, for that and other reasons, is therefore not Tar Baphon, although now that I've had that thought I must admit that it would on a certain level be a little darkly hilarious if she were."

Permalink Mark Unread

They lighten up considerably on hearing that!

Next person, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Woljif Jefto. I work for the Chief. For Korva. Do you need more than that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did you intend to come here? Do you know or suspect anyone you work for serves Tar-Baphon?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I didn't intend to come here. I work for the Chief, who's just told you she's not Tar Baphon and doesn't think she works for Tar Baphon, so I'd say that about settles that."

His tail's twitching. He doesn't like paladins, partial exception for Seelah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Right. Next?

Permalink Mark Unread

"Me! Me me me me me me me! I'm Aivu! I'm with the - Korva, what are we called again?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The Fifth Mendevian Crusade."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right! I'm with the Fifth Mendevian Crusade, but the kind where I help Korva and not the kind where I listen to orders, because orders are no fun! I didn't mean to come here, and I'm not really sure who Tar Baphon is!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...how old are you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Five!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you have...parents."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Everyone has parents, silly. What's that got to do with anything?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do your parents know that you are fighting in the, uh, fifth mendevian crusade?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not sure! Korva, these questions are boring, do they really need to know them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"They're worried about you, Aivu. Look, guys, I am fully aware that Aivu is five. Have you ever tried telling a Havoc Dragon that they can't crusade against evil."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can't say it's come up." Who is next?

Permalink Mark Unread

"Paralictor Regill Derenge, Hellknight Order of the Godclaw," says the gnome, severely. "I serve under Lictor Resarc Ountor. By his orders, I march with Knight Commander Tallandria, who is my commanding officer for this mission. Our arrival in your camp was unforeseen and unintentional. Neither the Lictor nor the Knight Commander has shown any indication of being or working for Tar Baphon."

Permalink Mark Unread

See, that's actually outright reassuring. Except - " Hellknight Order of the Godclaw?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"A former division of the Order of the Pyre, historically tasked with containing the worldwound. We serve the Lawful deities Abadar, Irori, Asmodeus, Iomedae, and Torag, in equal measure."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

"...."

 

 

"We...haven't heard of any such order? And. Iomedae's not a god."

 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, she wouldn't be, in 3824. Nevertheless."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"What year do you think it is."

Permalink Mark Unread

Regill pointedly looks at Korva.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are a lot of different kinds of tricks that this could be, most of which are more likely than time travel. If it is time travel... Well, then it's not also a trap, but then we have to deal with time travel.

I guess I have no reason to expect that I know how time travel works.

"Later. Now, I'm sure we both agree that this is very, very unlikely, but on the sliver of an off chance that neither of us is very confused - about what year it was when we woke up this morning, anyway - can I ask how many people are going to see this report?"

Permalink Mark Unread

" - I'm going to take this straight to the Knight-Commander. Iomedae. Who isn't a god yet."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We appreciate that," says Korva, who has already seen several demons pretending to be Iomedae and honestly can't muster the mental effort to care too much about another right now.

"I guess you wanna ask Arue who she is, then."

Permalink Mark Unread

Right, who does the literal succubus who is obviously a succubus claim she is.

Permalink Mark Unread

"My name is Arueshalae," says the succubus, quietly. "I am a succubus. I follow Desna, who saw fit to give me the chance to be something more than that. I - I fight with the Fifth Mendevian Crusade, under Knight Commander Korva Tallandria."

Permalink Mark Unread

...all right then. They'll be back shortly, with the requested Raise Dead diamonds and probably a lot more questions. Anyone need anything in the meantime?

Permalink Mark Unread

....no. Not really. Thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm hungry!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, the rest of them are fine and Aivu wants a cookie. They have actual food, she's just seeing whether they'll give her a cookie.

Permalink Mark Unread

They'll ...look into it for her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

"So... Wintersun? We're thinking?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It seems like the most likely explanation. As tempting as it is to spin up wild theories about time travel, it is well within the capabilities of demons to convince a group of paladins that they're serving the mortal Iomedae during the Shining Crusade. It's not even off-theme."

"We raise Ember and Daeran tomorrow, and we do the teleport correctly, if our hosts haven't sprung a trap by then. If Drezen's as we left it, we... honestly probably come back here anyway and try to sort this out, I hate to leave them like this. And if it's not, we come back for different reasons."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can you raise someone if you left their soul in the future? Like - does it work?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Well. Theory bows to experimentation."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - claim to be from the Fifth Mendevian Crusade. I don't know there to have been any Mendevian Crusades. And claimed the Queen of Mendev was your paladin, which - at first I thought just meant was a Knight of Ozem, and someone wasn't speaking very precisely, but - Derenge then claimed that he is a follower of the Order of the Godclaw, a religious order that serves, 'the Lawful deities Abadar, Irori, Asmodeus, Iomedae, and Torag, in equal measure.'"

Permalink Mark Unread

" - that is indeed very strange. Thank you for bringing it to me. Were there any indicators in their - magic items, or their dress, or their speech, what the world they were from was like -"

         "They spoke Taldane, but strangely accented, and only about half comprehensible. But - not stranger than you find in some corners of the continent - their clothes didn't stand out as of better make. They were very well-equipped -  her sword might be a minor artifact, though I wasn't looking that closely, there was obviously some mutual suspicion -

"I would imagine so.  I'm going to consult some wizards about whether time travel is the kind of impossible that should be expected to happen once in a while or the kind of impossible that actually shouldn't really ever happen. And while we're deciding what to do I want a dozen priests stationed with Plane Shift ready for if there's a confrontation. There is enough of a chance that there's something important and strange here that I want to be very certain our actions are retrievable." She'll pass him the tuning forks for the relevant restricted-magic dungeon plane.

      "Knight-Commander." And he departs. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And shortly after -

"On the scale of impossible things, where would you say time-travel lies?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You realize that archmages don't just have a standard scale by which we measure the impossibility of all impossible things, right? I'd say traveling a month into the past is more impossible than - lots of feats of magic currently believed to be impossible but that it would not surprise me to hear that an archmage could do - and less impossible than, ah - adding one and one and getting seven, under a particular sense of what 'adding,' 'one,' and 'seven' mean."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A party of injured reasonably powerful adventurers with a minor artifact showed up at camp, claiming they're from the Fifth Mendevian Crusade. From an unspecified future date, when I'm a god. - and have a militant order that also worships Asmodeus. I've set that aside as a separate confusion."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Could be a bizarre infernal plot? Geryon? 'People who believe themselves to have time travelled' is much less impossible than time travel. Do they claim they did it intentionally?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No. They claim they were trying to return to Drezen in Mendev, by Teleport." She does not think there's a city of Drezen in Mendev.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Never heard of it, not that I necessarily would have if it's some small town in the middle of a backwater like Mendev - what are they supposedly crusading against up there?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"A good question my people failed to ask and can ask when they go back to sell them the Raise Dead diamonds they've requested, unless you think we should be more paranoid than that about talking to these people...one of them is a succubus who says Desna reformed her."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...And read chaotic good? Almost certainly a misdirection - "

Permalink Mark Unread

"Chaotic neutral. And she spoke to it under a Zone of Truth, but that doesn't mean that much."

Permalink Mark Unread

"OK so we have - someone who worships both you and Asmodeus, and a Desnan succubus. I would like to know who the rest of them claim to be, especially if they're all this surprising."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Two dead bodies, a tiefling, a five year old havoc dragon who says, and I quote, she's ' with the Fifth Mendevian Crusade, but the kind where I help Korva and not the kind where I listen to orders, because orders are no fun!', and Korva, Knight-Commander of the Fifth Mendevian Crusade, the one whose Teleport failed and dropped them here. She's a sorcerer, my people thought. Chaotic Good."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We are supposed to believe they let a baby dragon go on crusade - No, I suppose we're supposed to believe that 'let' is the wrong word for that situation. We should almost certainly be more paranoid, but - selling them diamonds is probably safe enough if we check that they're not buying with cursed gold - can we get some Abadarans for that, and any future questioning, their truth spell would at least be more inconvenient to fake - someone should look over the spot where they arrived for any blood or hairs or - anything useful for a scry, if we need to scry them later, though obviously that could be the trap here so we'll have to be careful about it - "

Permalink Mark Unread

"To be fair to them about the baby dragon, I'm not sure how I'd stop one from crusading, if reason didn't work, and I don't actually have a fully satisfactory account of why to prioritize the presumed interest of an adult dragon in getting to exist and be untraumatized over the interests of the baby dragon - with humans I can easily enough make reference to the persistent beliefs of adult humans about how they should ideally have been treated as children, but I haven't asked any dragons that.

If we're being paranoid I probably shouldn't try giving the baby dragon my headband and talking with her about this.

We've collected some blood off the ground where they landed, and have sketches made for scrying, and I can get some Abadarans in. Can you think of a reason it's a bad idea to ask Aroden what's up here, I'm inclined to."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, lots of them, but they're all bizarrely implausible even given this - If it's a hellish plot this is obviously what they expect us to do but I don't see the mechanism by which it goes badly."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's about where I was at. All right. I'll keep you updated."

Permalink Mark Unread

Are Korva and her companions human (/tiefling/gnome/dragon/elf/succubus) adventurers as they appear to be?

PROBABLY

That's not a standard response and not wildly reassuring.

Are they a hellish plot?

UNKNOWN

Are they time travellers?

UNKNOWN

Do they have some simple explanation I haven't thought of?

NO

Could I take them in a fight?

YES

Is the succubus actually chaotic neutral?

YES

 

....huh. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Some people should stop by with the diamonds and the Abadarans. ...and some cookies, for the baby dragon.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, you did get them! You're not so bad after all!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Korva has gold for the diamonds, and at least some answers to some questions. Woljif is trying to get a head start on sleeping (and maybe doesn't want to talk to paladins any more than he has to), but the others are also available for questions.

Permalink Mark Unread

They just want confirmation that the gold is good, and to inquire as to what the party's plans are next, and what Mendev is, uh, crusading against. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The gold is good as far as she knows; she occasionally picks gold up off of demons and it's possible they sometimes tamper with it, but she's never had a problem with it before.

She's planning to raise her companions and then teleport to Drezen correctly. 

Mendev was, when she left it this morning, crusading against the hordes of demons spilling out of a big tear in the fabric of reality known as the Worldwound. Big series of holes that open directly into the Abyss. It's been kind of a problem. She's aware that if such a thing were there they would obviously have noticed it and there is therefore probably some powerful magic operating on one or both of them.

Permalink Mark Unread

- yeah. If that is a thing they're of course happy to help. (That is very much not a thing.)


They'll sell her the diamonds.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lovely. In that case she'll rest for the night (with people on watch shifts and the absolute expectation that something will spring in the night), and in the morning - 

Her first spell kenning is a raise dead to bring back Ember. It works, obviously; if she feels any relief about that, she's not going to admit that she was giving the time travel hypothesis enough emotional weight to merit it. Ember takes the news they give her completely in stride, and then uses the second diamond to raise Daeran. If he coughs and clutches Korva's hand, and for a fraction of a second wears an expression that reveals that he, too, is relieved to be alive again and wasn't entirely sure it would happen this time - well, none of them mention that, either, before everyone's masks are up again.

She gives him the short version.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The Shining Crusade? Do you intentionally go around looking for the most horrifically depressing places you can possibly find, and then bend the rules of possibility for the sake of finding even worse ones?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. - I want to make a joke here but like, yes, actually, that's what I do."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can't take everyone to Drezen in a single teleport."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. We're not splitting up, and on the off chance something goes wrong again, I'm not spending the second kenning. Woljif, Aivu, you guys get in the bag."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey, why me?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We're being nice to Daeran for the next five hours, on account of his heroically dying and all. Scoot."

Permalink Mark Unread

So Ember teleports them all to Drezen. Or what should be Drezen, anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

This isn't Drezen! It's a muddy field. Could be a Teleport mishap. Those happen sometimes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

They all kind of stand around awkwardly while Woljif and Aivu get out of the bag of holding.

"...okay, I know I said if Drezen wasn't here I would want to go back, but now that I'm standing in a muddy field which may or may not be where Drezen ought to be, that seems dumb."

"Okay. We need to get to Drezen, and if we can't get to Drezen, we need to get to a population center where we can buy some stuff to use to investigate what's going on. I think the first order of business is just trying the teleport to Drezen again. We were probably still inside the wound the first time, and at worst we were in Ustalav, so odds are pretty good that even if we landed off target we're still inside Ember's teleport range."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Does this mean I have to get in the bag again?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I'll go in the bag this time. I guess."

Permalink Mark Unread

And... Ember can try again?

Permalink Mark Unread

Ouch that time was definitely a mishap.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, at least Daeran is alive to heal them this time.

What kind of place are they in now?

Permalink Mark Unread

Different muddy field! This one is less flat and somewhat snowier.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, well, let's get the message and not try that again."

"Entertaining for the moment the possibility that this really is a time travel thing - Ember, what cities have you been to besides Kenabres, we want someplace older. Have you ever been to Nerosyan."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, I've been in Kenabres since my father died. We didn't go to Nerosyan. The only city I remember stopping in is Chesed, but it was a very long time ago."

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't offhand know how old Chesed is, and Ember doesn't sound like she remembers very well anyway. She's not very sure where they are anymore; the snow suggests a little further to the north than they were, but if they're not freezing then the latitude can't be wildly off. So there is one city she thinks she could make it to, if she spends her second kenning.

"Okay. I want to see if I can get us to Kalsgard. I think we're still close enough, and I don't want to risk hopping any further north by accident. It'll take the second kenning. If all's as it should be, we should be able to buy a teleport back to Mendev there. If it's not, Kalsgard is old enough that it ought to exist in some form, and we'll hopefully be able to find lodgings for the night, and maybe some answers. If we get another misfire we'll set up a camp for the night and see if we can think of another plan. Any objections."

Permalink Mark Unread

"....do I have to get in the bag again?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll do it, if Korva's teleporting."

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Well.

There's a hill just to the west of Kalsgard. It overlooks the river, and is tall enough that you can just see the sea on the horizon. In Korva's time it is undeveloped, used for sheep pasture. She doesn't know what the city itself will look like, and isn't willing to try teleporting right into it, if it's very different - but the hill, that ought to be there.

She pictures the hill, and she teleports.

Permalink Mark Unread

Kalsgard is much smaller, and much poorer. Not only the hill but a lot of what's usually city is instead sheep pasture. 


But it's there.

Permalink Mark Unread

She hasn't been to Kalsgard since she was a thrall. She and the city were both very different, then. But it's hard to fear it, when it's this size, and it's always been hard to entirely hate it, when she learned of it from old sagas the Chelish censors had been unable to see the danger in. Some of the stories would have been from just this period. 

"Well. Kalsgard of the Saga Lands, circa 3824. Let's see what they've got in stock."

And she can lead her group into the city (or the town, it's really more of a town, in this year), and look around or ask around for a magic shop, or failing that anywhere that adventurers gather.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are taverns. There are absolutely not magic item shops, and the adventurers in the tavern are locals, who handle the beasts of these lands, or go out on the seas raiding. People do use it as a Teleport stopover, but they come, and sleep, and leave, and not more than once a month. No one's here today. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nuts.

"Woljif, you prep all your spells yet today?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nah, I got some open."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good. Prep a sending." Really it feels like they should have prepped and cast a sending earlier, but Woljif didn't have one before this morning, and they've actually only done, like, fifteen minutes of stuff since they raised Ember and Daeran. "I'm gonna see if I can figure out which cities are worth going to. The rest of you can... order breakfast, I guess, or try to figure out what anyone else here knows if you think you can talk to them without starting a panic. And know old Skald, I guess."

She gets an extremely incorrect salute from Woljif and a put-upon sigh from Daeran, who doesn't even have to do anything, and she decides she's just going to sit down at the bar.

Permalink Mark Unread

If she's got gold they'll sell her plenty to drink despite the language barrier. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Korva actually knows old Skald! Sort of! Much better than she knows old Taldane! While the other best and brightest twelve year olds in Cheliax were improving their Draconic or Infernal or doing extracurricular work in Azlanti or Kelish or Vudran, Korva was teaching herself Skald, and the materials she had available for practice were centuries-old sagas. This was... actually kind of idiotic of her, and probably related to her never becoming one of Cheliax's best and brightest sixteen-year-olds, but it helped as a scaffold for modern Skald when knowing that became a matter of the utmost importance, and it's useful in this very specific implausible situation. She's not passing up a chance to try using it.

She does, also, have gold, and will buy a drink.

"My friends and I are from very far away. We need to find a city on this side of the world that's big enough to buy items for magic - a scrying mirror, say. Do you know of any cities like that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

...Caliphas is pretty sizable? It's in the Tyrant's territory, but there's plenty of living people in the city, and plenty of the dead are witches and spellsages and so on. Iz is a good sized city but you'd be a fool trying to buy items for magic in Iz. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...what's up with Iz in this - oh, duh. It's in Sarkoris. Not going to Caliphas. 

"How about Kintargo, have you heard of a place called Kintargo further down the coast?" She's not sure she could get to Kintargo in one teleport, but it seems plausible, and it has the advantage of being a place that she's ever been before.

Permalink Mark Unread

This provokes some heated chatter, but at least one person present who has done some coastal raiding asserts that they've heard of a place called Kintargo.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Any idea how big it is? Bigger than Kalsgard, or smaller?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, it's bigger, it's down south where there's long growing seasons and rich lords and lots to raid. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good enough for me. Thank you," she says, and tosses the man who knows about Kintargo a silver. 

"We'll also need rooms tonight, if you've got them."

Permalink Mark Unread

They've got rooms! Well, a loft over the tavern, but the hay is dry, and one fancy suite for the fancy once-a-month Teleporters that's got Tien furnishings and costs twenty gold because the people who do the Teleport route will pay it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tempting. Very tempting. But Dorelinga is always telling her how her soldiers are half starved or armed with repurposed farming equipment or whatever it is this week, and she shouldn't be wasteful. Anyway, it's a little perverse, isn't it, sleeping in nice rooms when the common soldiers get group barracks. (She'd feel this way about her room in Drezen, too, except that she's too busy feeling like her room in Drezen was chosen specifically to tighten Galfrey's control of her.) 

"Hey, anybody got an opinion on sleeping on the hay in the loft for cheap, or a fancy suite for twenty gold -"

Permalink Mark Unread

Daeran drops twenty gold on the counter and shoots her a look to let her know that he thinks she's a crazy person.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a very fancy suite! They want the Teleport-wizards as repeat customers! There's a bath and servants to draw it up, and two Tien style beds with silk sheets, and iron banded through the walls to carry the heat from the fireplace all over. They're served dinner on porcelain.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, Daeran is hardly going to give his money to the poor deprived recruits, so she supposes this isn't picking their pockets too badly. Anyway, she's being nice to him for another four hours for having heroically died. 

"All right. Given the circumstances, I think we have to take most of the day off. I do want people thinking about, one, what exactly is going on here, two, any remaining ways that this could be an illusion or a dreamscape or some other kind of deception and how we can see through it under various circumstances, and three, what it implies we should do, if it really is 3824. But in between that - have a bath. Play cards. Whatever."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You wanted a sending, Chief?"

Permalink Mark Unread

" - right, I did. Give me a minute to figure out a suitably compact message, and then we'll try to contact Seelah."

She takes a minute. Woljif takes ten. 

Trapped in illusory world, alternate reality, or the distant past. Appear to be in Kalsgard. True location uncertain. Require retrieval. Respond immediately if able.

Permalink Mark Unread

This does not get a reply!!

Permalink Mark Unread

Figures.

Further attempts to gather evidence of magical trickery turn up nothing. Attempts to brainstorm a way out of anything else that might be going on don't get very far. Daeran takes a bath. Ember holes up in a corner with a blanket and starts feeding expensive pastries to Aivu and Soot. 

 

"Okay, so - assuming we did time travel. Has anyone come up with ideas for that situation."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh, throw a party?" says Woljif, from one of the fancy silk beds. "The Worldwound's closed, all of the demons are in the Abyss where they belong, and none of us have to deal with Galfrey or constant mortal peril anymore. Win, win, win."

Permalink Mark Unread

"An unsurprising analysis for a deserter."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You can't desert from a war that doesn't exist. Our war doesn't exist right now! We couldn't fight it if we wanted to! Nobody could blame us for calling it good. Hell, if we really cared about preventing the forces of chaos from wreaking havoc on the material, I bet you we could find a way to keep the wound from opening in the first place. That's gotta be even better than closing it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The Worldwound will not open for eight hundred years. Even if this were not a transparent ploy to convince the commander to abandon the crusade, neither you nor I will survive long enough to prevent the wound's creation."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, you might, if you stopped being allergic to fun. Anyway, just write them a letter. 'Dear future people, this bitch named Areelu Vorlesh is going to be born in Sarkoris in some year that the commander remembers and that I can't be bothered to. She's gonna open a portal to the abyss, so do us a favor and kill her before that happens.' Easy peasy. - oh, or, like, tell Iomedae, who's supposedly leading the Shining Crusade and probably about to ascend or whatever?"

Permalink Mark Unread

" - okay, wait, for most of history the gods were able to see things like that, which is why they mostly didn't happen. They only couldn't because - how does time travel interact with prophecy breaking?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thaaaat is a great question that is beyond the scope of my argument. Anyway - "

Permalink Mark Unread

"Woljif, that is your argument. If time travel that allowed you to alter the events of the future you came from existed, then the gods ought to be aware of it, and ought to be able to use it to - okay, actually I'm not going to claim that I know exactly how this ought to work, because I don't, but it seems extremely arrogant to assume that we can effectively shape events nine hundred years in the future when the gods themselves could not."

"I notice this argument also assumes that we're willing to alter the timeline in such a way that it destroys - probably everyone we've ever met. ...also capable of doing that."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Commander, if you're worrying that you may have already erased the world we came from... I can't believe your power would do such a thing."

Permalink Mark Unread

Woljif sighs. "I guess that would be kind of insane, as a fifth circle spell and all."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's not what I mean. The commander's power has always reflected Elysium. It represents - freedom, and hope, and possibility. I simply don't believe that it would have reacted to her call for aid by destroying everything she cares about. Not even for the sake of a greater good."

Permalink Mark Unread

"There are many powers of Elysium. The only constant in their nature is to be unpredictable."

Permalink Mark Unread

Korva blows at a butterfly that's strayed too close to her face. It spins and rights itself. The insects are, as usual, fluttering around her in numbers that would be pretty darn unlikely even if she were outside in a tropical climate and covered in fruit juice, as opposed to inside a tavern in Kalsgard.

She puts any thoughts of Zara back in their box.

"I am not going to try to reason about what my powers would or would not have done. The argument that they couldn't have done that seems more compelling. I'm not sure what it means, exactly, but I am not in fact arrogant enough to think that I possess the power to accidentally undo nine hundred years of history."

" - in which case we're wasting time. I got us here. It stands to reason that I can take us home the same way."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - woah! Woah, woah, woah, just because you've decided that all your other friends are still alive doesn't mean we need to go home right away!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Commander, I must advise against using your power naively in an attempt to right the situation."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

" - wait, I thought you two were on opposite sides of the going home argument."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Returning to the crusade is obviously of paramount importance. The methods we use to accomplish this are another matter. I gather that you did not intend to travel centuries into the past. Do you have any reason to believe that you will be better capable of controlling where you end up the next time you use the same ability?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I suppose not."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then I suggest that we avoid making the situation worse, as we almost did via repeated attempts to teleport to a city that does not exist. If we have indeed traveled into the past, then we happen to have found ourselves in a time period that contains one of the largest and most well-organized collections of adventurers that has ever existed: the Shining Crusade. I suggest we investigate whether their numbers include any arcane casters who are better capable of understanding your abilities, perhaps resulting in a second attempt that is more... controlled."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He just wants to meet his heroes. was gonna remind you that you are a time traveler. You can time travel to any point in history you want, including five seconds after you left. If you're set on going back, fine, but at least take a vacation first."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Fine. In the face of an unprecedented united front from the two of you, we can hold off on trying to go back until we've checked whether the Shining Crusade has anyone with time on their hands and more information on how this might work. Unless anyone else thinks that's a terrible idea."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think so. I think you came to this time for a reason."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ember is singing to her bird. Aivu is curled up on one bed, already asleep again. Daeran is taking a bath, and she probably doesn't care what he thinks anyway. 

"There's actually one more thing I wanted to test, before we go back to Ustalav. I still think we go to Kintargo tomorrow morning to see if we can get what I need for it. After that we can... see if we can talk any of the crusaders into believing that we're from the future, I guess. So, as before, day off."

She calls dibs on the bath after Daeran. It's nice, on one level; she hasn't actually washed herself in - a long time, she's not sure how long, these days she just prestidigitates herself. On another level, it's really uncomfortable. She keeps imagining Seelah and Lann trying to figure out what happened to them, or trying to run the crusade in their absence. It shouldn't work that way, but she'll be very disappointed in herself if it does.

Beyond the worrying, there's just... nothing. She doesn't have hobbies anymore. She doesn't stop to catch her breath. She's spent so much time burying her simmering anger at an ever-increasing list of impossible obligations, but she can't remember, anymore, what she thought her orders were keeping her from doing. She can't remember what she thought she might be, if ever she were free.

A poor representative of Elysium, if ever there was one. 

 

In the morning, she pictures the beach by Kintargo and teleports in.

Permalink Mark Unread

Kintargo is closer, actually, to being as she remembers it. It's a real and sizable city, with mostly new construction and a palpable energy in the streets and a temple to Aroden on the highest hilltop and a sprawling bazaar that outgrew the city blocks for it. It may have more residents in this era than in the present.

Permalink Mark Unread

She hasn't been here in five years. Not since - 

She's not going to have emotions about that. Or about the lack of Infernal symbols anywhere. She's actually just not going to have emotions about anything, how about that. She's going to cast tongues and ask whether anyone can point her at a magic shop.

Permalink Mark Unread

They can absolutely do that. It's in the nicer part of the city, which is also one of the new parts, smelling of sawdust and spell components. 


(Kintargo's having a bit of a boom. It supplies the Shining Crusade.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Cool. In that case she'll head in that direction immediately and ask whether they have a scrying mirror, and ideally a place where she can use it right now.

Permalink Mark Unread

They do, if she can pay! They also have rooms, if she can pay!

Permalink Mark Unread

Korva is visibly wearing equipment looted from about a dozen different demons, and has the sword of an angel sheathed at her side. She can pay.

 

....once she has, of course, and finds herself staring at her own reflection in the mirror, it occurs to her that her plan is idiotic. This is the sort of thing that she would probably have realized sooner, if she hadn't been avoiding looking at her plan, just in case there was a demon looking at her thoughts but not paying much attention to them. It's habit, of course, whenever it occurs to her that she might be being mindread, but it's kind of maladaptive in this situation. Especially since scrying takes an hour, so any demons will have plenty of time to decide what to show her anyway. But she might as well go through with it, now that she's here.

There is one person in the world who Korva both knows personally and is confident is alive in 3824. He's going to have a ridiculously high will save, which is what makes the plan idiotic, but there's not much reason not to try. 

She spins up a song-spell, in front of the mirror, and she tries to scry the Storyteller.

Permalink Mark Unread

The scry fails, for which there are many possible explanations. 

She's left alone, though someone's songbird familiar perches curiously at her window until chased off by someone else's pseudodragon familiar. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hm.

She wants to talk to him. She could reach him with a sending, of course, but she doesn't want to; she can imagine some vague scenarios in which Woljif's spells are suspect and hers aren't. She also doesn't want to spend her second kenning, or to give up on getting a location she can teleport to.

He'll be able to wrestle her away most of the time, but not all of the time. 

She tries again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Still nothing. The pseudodragon gets bored and flies off.

Permalink Mark Unread

She has a page of this fucker's ancient elven diary and he is not going to throw off a scry forever. Unless something is up, in which case he will.

AGAIN.

Permalink Mark Unread

No, that one goes through.

 

- to a wizard, sitting with some other people, who relaxes in his seat, very casually, and barely moves his fingers for the Message -


:Someone notify the archmage Alfirin, please, that I am actively being scried by an unknown party -:

Permalink Mark Unread

Detect scrying gives you a momentary image and not a continuous visual, if you get one, and she's an idiot who wasn't holding a note or anything. Not that she can write in any current languages anyway, except for Skald.

She can still try to send a Message through it; a second Tongues should cover that.

"Hello, Storyteller. If you're going by that right now. I'm not an enemy, I'm a friend who's lost your address. I suspect you've lost mine as well."

Permalink Mark Unread

- this, in fact, does get him to startle. 

 

And reply. 

 

"It appears that I have. That's not a name I've used in a while."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mine is Korva. Technically we haven't met yet. I mean, I guess we're meeting now, but we have differently confusing relationships with linear time. I'd love to go into more detail on that, and will if you want, but I suspect it'll be more credible if I can meet you in person so you can do the - telling an object's story thing. I am sure I have some objects around that can tell their stories more believably than I can."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Where are you?"

 

And a Message countermanding his last. He has not, in fact, told the Shining Crusade everything about him.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Kintargo." She can give him the name of the magic shop.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

And he strides in, a minute later, accompanied by (if anyone's looking), half a dozen invisible summoned things.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's just listening, but the party has a telepathic bond up again, and Woljif will alert her. If it comes to a fight he can glitterdust. She doesn't think it'll come to a fight. (But man, how embarrassing would that be, if they messed up the timeline by killing the Storyteller. Maybe they could put him back after.)

They don't, in fact, have most of their buffs up.

"It's good to see you. I - should probably ask how far back you remember, right now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I should probably ask why I would tell you that."

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. "Okay, that's fair."

"I first met you, let's see, six months ago for me, and almost nine hundred years in the future for you. I don't think you remembered back this far, then. You were, if I recall correctly, searching for clues to your past. I've found a few of them, for you, and happen to have another on me right now, if you'd like to see it, although I'd honestly like to hold onto it afterwards so I can give it to you again in the future."

"Would you like more context from me, then, or would you like to try to piece it together from objects that probably don't remember everything."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not possible to travel backwards in time. - forwards, absolutely. But not backwards."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've heard of legends that claim otherwise. But yeah, I'm also pretty confused. I'm contacting you because - well, mostly because you're the only person I know personally who's alive in this year, but also to see if you have any way of telling me what the hell I did. I've got - some kind of power, also dating back to about six months ago, generally aligned with Elysium, which I don't understand and which behaves unpredictably sometimes. It's never previously resulted in time travel, but a couple days ago I tried to teleport while out of power to do so, and now here I seem to be."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would take a look at the things you carry, if you're offering that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am."

She has, most notably:

A page of ancient elven script, found in the tower where she killed a dragon with Greybor, and which she's been putting off giving him in the future.

The purple stone knife, which she hopes still carries the story of the Aeon.

Terendelev's scale, which will hopefully tell him the story of the attack on Kenabres and Terendelev's death.

Lariel's sword, which probably mostly tells the story of Lariel's final moments, but which might also have anything to say about her.

An ordinary, rusted, broken piece of iron that was once a collar, which may remember some pieces of her own story.

Permalink Mark Unread

He watches her closely, and then reaches for the last one, the collar.

 

 

(It's not, really, the sort of item that one would expect to work as the target of a Legend Lore. But this man knows the threads that weave together into legends, and they're less shy of him, and he suspects there is a legend here, if you know where to look for it.)

 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

The metal snaps into shape, Mended around the neck of a thrall, and bearing the mark of one of a thousand petty farmers from the outlying countryside. This is not countryside; this is a city as large as Kintargo, but the background chatter is in something like Skald, not Taldane, and snow flurries blow outside the wizard shop. She knows the city's name - Kalsgard - but she knows it as a fact learned out of a book, and a word overheard from her captors. Even that level of familiarity is taken from her when she leaves the city.

The master of her house takes no particular notice of her - but the second son, eager for glory and full of ideas to improve his raiding party, notices the way she tells stories to the child she says is her daughter, who she has, through will or luck or mercy, not yet been separated from. He sees the latent talent in her, and sees the means by which to control it.

The raiders cut a bloody streak across the land two years in a row, emboldened by the magic that now surges from the thrall's poetry. She's the only woman among them. She learns to weave lullaby cantrips a dozen different ways, when they ask her to sing in the evenings, in a sometimes vain attempt to stave off giving them anything else.

The third year, the group decides to crusade at the Worldwound instead - not for the sake of their immortal souls, but for the sake of greater glory.

 

 

The metal is shock-cold against her skin, dripping with blood. She struggles to remain conscious with both a head injury and a chest wound that ought to be fatal, unable to remember how she got here. Soldiers carry her into a fortified city on a stretcher. A healer casts what looks like Heal, when lesser magic fails, but even that doesn't settle the matter; the wound is powerfully cursed, and remains after they let her go. She's still thinking about how to find her master when the horde of demons descends upon the city, Deskari and his massive locusts nearly blotting out the sun. She tries to run, but the ground opens up beneath her, and she finds herself buried alive.

But she is alive, and she picks herself up, in the darkness of the crack in the earth. There are others here, and she pries the rocks off of them. The path back is hard - they almost die several times, along the way - but they make it, in the end, back to the surface, where she is promptly stabbed almost to death by demons once again.

When she wakes in the newly fortified tavern, recovering from a new set of nearly-fatal wounds, she realizes for the first time that she doesn't know whether she is free. She hides the metal under a rag she pretends is a scarf, suddenly embarrassed at the confusion and then pity in the eyes of the Mendevians. She helps Irabeth defend the city because she wants to. Because she feels she can, and it seems like the thing to do. The people she saved from the crack in the earth volunteer to go with her, and she realizes that she doesn't mind fighting beside them so much.

She spends two days going on more raids than she did in two years, stealing souls from the jaws of death instead of valuables from honest farmers. Children. Clerics. Nobles. Soldiers. Casters. Thieves. Beggars. The Storyteller himself, who does not seem to know his own power.

If she dies in Kenabres, she thinks, the saga writers would think it a good death.

 

 

The metal still rests around her neck, but both it and its meaning are nearly forgotten.

Her party - adventurers, now, as they were not at the beginning of the week - stand beside her, their backs to a massive broken crystal, the artifact that they came here in an attempt to retake. They are afraid, desperate, and obviously outmatched, half of them standing their ground only because there is nowhere they can possibly run.

A lilitu and far too many lesser demons stand before them, laughing. "So even Iomedae will resort to dirty tricks when you have her cornered. Don't celebrate yet, mortal. There's no one to hide you from me now. Look, you're already wounded. I'll have no trouble finishing you off now."

The cursed wound does open, spilling blood across her clothes. Somehow, though, she feels stronger for it, and in a moment the wound closes up as if it never were. Indescribable power courses through her, power foreign to any but the gods. A burst of energy surges outward from her, scorching the inside of her collar with not-quite-fire. 

"Your goddess sent you to die," says the lilitu, unmoved. "You think that's a victory? All you've done is postponed the deaths of all the other mortals, and not even for very long. But your wait for death is over! You won't see what I'm going to do to your little friends, because I'm going to kill you right now."

But she attacks first, crying out the Fourth Act Of Iomedae in poetic form. The sword in her hand shines, so radiant it is almost blinding, and comes down on the nearest demon with far more force than any ordinary human ought to be able to bring to bear. Her companions stand their ground alongside her, like the grievously injured knights in the poem, all of them attacking with far more power than any of them should be capable of. In perhaps half a minute - not more - every demon but the lilitu has fallen, while the adventurers remain nearly unscathed.

The lilitu's voice is outright panicked. "How are you doing that? Where is your power coming from - "

 

 

The metal hides behind a new red scarf, a welcome gift from Anevia. Irabeth comes to escort her to Queen Galfrey's review of the troops. The queen has invited her, she believes, to serve as a badly needed symbol. She doesn't mind being a symbol, if it makes the Worldwound forces stronger.

The queen gives a speech before rows of crusaders that fall slightly out of line at the prospect of catching a glimpse of that symbol. Today, says the queen, is a day of sorrow and pride - sorrow for our dead comrades, and pride that we held Kenabres against Deskari's attack. A necessary speech, Korva thinks, but an empty one. She assumes it will contain no new information, but then -

"I, Queen Galfrey of Mendev, declare this day the first day of the Fifth Crusade! And I am glad to introduce the one who will lead the attack on the forces of the Abyss, the hero of Kenabres, Knight-Commander of the Fifth Crusade! Your leader, until victory or death!"

A deafening cheer goes up from the crowd, and for a moment she can't breathe. She wants to stop them, to tell them no, to say she has a daughter in bondage in the Thanelands, that she was dragged across the icy fields and then fell into a hole, to say that she was only ever in Mendev by the threat of the lash and of action against her daughter. She wants to run away, to scan the wall of troops around her for a thin point where she might be able to slip through. She wants to cry. But the queen has made the appointment impossible to refuse, by giving it to her without warning during a speech that brought hope to aching hearts. 

"I'll give you some time to look around the camp," says Queen Galfrey, and she realizes belatedly that the queen has started talking to her directly while she couldn't hear. "And then I shall expect your presence at headquarters."

She suddenly understands the shape of her position. In a moment, the scattered pieces of her fall back into a familiar shape.

She nods. She resolves the question of whether she is free.

 

 

The metal sits on a leather cushion, held away from the thrall's neck, as a dwarven smith with a symbol of Torag on his breastplate gathers his tools together.

"You know," says the dwarf, "I asked you during the attack whether you wanted this thing off, and you said your master wouldn't be too pleased if he found you again without it."

"That was then," she says. "I have a new master now."

The metal snaps apart, and remembers no more.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Storyteller keeps his eyes closed for longer than he usually does when looking at items for her, and then sets the collar down, reverently, as if he were handling a major magic item. 

"I would consult with others," he says, "if I had your permission. But my guess would be that the world you've come from still endures, and that you've fallen as through the branches of a tree, into another."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh."

That's - good news and bad news, right, because then Seelah and Lann and Dorelinga and the advisors she likes less really are trying to hold together a crusade in her absence, but she feels better all the same.

"Yes, I'd like that. Do you mind if we tag along, we're a bit at loose ends here and - trying to determine how exactly to safely return to where we came from."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Absolutely. I am a witness to and a participant in the Shining Crusade, in this present age, and it is conveniently the best place to find those I would confront with this puzzle.

 

- thank you, by the way, for saving my life. I have many of them, but still, it's not that many second-circle sorcerers who've saved even one."

Permalink Mark Unread

She bows a little. "Well, you've made it more than worth it, sir. - what are you going by, now, I don't mean to be any more careless with your secrets than you've been with mine."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I joined the Shining Crusade as Heleer, a wizard who can cast spells of the seventh circle." This is not dishonest even if one could, also, cast spells of higher circles than that. "I am an elf, so they know that I am old, and will be unsurprised I live on in your age. And I am a collector of interesting moments, and so they will be unsurprised that I also found my way to your own crusade."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, we've certainly collected our share of interesting moments, Heleer."

They'll be glad to tag along on one of his teleports, if he's heading back.

Permalink Mark Unread

He can take them all in a single Teleport with nobody in a bag. 

 

 

And they're back, to the orderly Crusade war camp they left before. The Storyteller puts up a Mage's Magnificent Mansion, and gestures them in. "Tar-Baphon is certainly spying on the camp," he says, "and it seems a terrible loss to all involved if he involves himself."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So is anyone gonna tell me who this Tar Baphon guy is that everyone's so worried about?" says Aivu, once they're all inside the mansion.

Permalink Mark Unread

"When I have a sec, Aivu. We'll try our best not to call attention to ourselves, though I have to admit it's - not our strongest point as a party. All help at it is appreciated."

Permalink Mark Unread

And Heleer will depart his mansion for the normal command tent of the Shining Crusade. He has news. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did hear the claim. It seems - unlikely."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I believe it. That she claims to know You in the future, tells us little; it's an easy lie, a flattering one, an impossible to challenge one. But she claims to know me, and I do not advertise myself. - and she succeeded at scrying me, with a possession of mine from her world."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Have they told you how far in the future they supposedly come from?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nearly 900 years."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Could someone who knew you long ago have falsified this as a trap for you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"They would have to be very gifted. I can read the history of magic items and legendary persons, with more precision than almost anyone, and Korva's possessions tell her story. To have edited that - there's little that cannot be done, but we are positing things as implausible as travel from another world, at those. And if it is my mind they edited, that won't stand up to a Legend Lore in the presence of the Crusade's own resources."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mm. We don't really need to perfectly rule out that this is some ploy, just make it expensive enough to fake if it is for it to not be worth trying, which - it would be easier to know when we've done that if we knew what it could possibly be aiming at -"

(A note of confusion about the alleged timeline: Heleer is not young, and while another nine hundred years on an elf with age resistance wouldn't be totally unheard-of it's still stretching it some. And of course archmages can often do better than age resistance, but Heleer seems to have plateaued at seventh circle - between his age and the lack of further improvement over the course of the crusade she strongly suspects he won't hit eighth.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aroden said we could take them in a fight, and that they were 'probably' what they appeared to be. ...and that the succubus is legitimately Chaotic Neutral, which seems - suggestive that there's something afoot here -

 

NIne hundred years is into the Age of Glory."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The stories I saw...are not of glorious wars for the liberation of everywhere in the world that will still need it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Say more?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Korva was captured from Kintargo by raiders out of Kalsgard and enslaved by them. She's a song-sorcerer, and was forced to go on raids with them, and eventually ended up forced by them to go fight in Mendev against a gaping rift through which demons were pouring into the world. The defense failed, the city was overrun. At, I think, second circle, maybe third, she and her companions of similar strength ended up confronting the lilitu who'd orchestrated this and the followers she had accumulated."

He does not say, because he does not need to, that a lilitu and her entourage would not be a trivial fight for Iomedae and Alfirin, and that anyone short of them ought to genuinely fear losing. 

"They survived by a very direct miraculous intervention. Korva was appointed Knight-Commander of the newly-announced Fifth Mendevian Crusade against the Worldwound. 

I have no conviction that no rifts to the Abyss will open, in the Age of Glory, but I would have expected a defense to feel less disorganized and desperate, to fall less heavily on the shoulders of whoever happened to be there. ....and if Kalsgard is still successfully raiding Taldane ports, that's flatly confusing."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Miraculous intervention by -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You, they thought."

Permalink Mark Unread

Another note of confusion, because that's an expensive type of intervention and a Chaotic Good song-sorcerer an expensive target for it. But it's hard to know what constraints really lie behind such things - and maybe intervention on Golarion is cheaper in the Age of Maybe-Glory -

Permalink Mark Unread

"Queen Galfrey of Mendev, your paladin, is the one who appointed Korva as Knight-Commander of the Crusade." He does not sound approving.

Permalink Mark Unread

For which there are lots of possible explanations but the one that stands out most in Iomedae's own mind is that this obliges a fair bit of stepping on the Knight-Commander's toes, if the Crusade and Commander are backed by a paladin order with reputational and Lawful concerns that make for genuinely costly tradeoffs in wartime.

Permalink Mark Unread

"So this rift opened in Mendev," Arnisant says, "Mendev's queen is Iomedae's, an Abyssal rift sounds like a mess, but Mendev can't call on the rest of the Church for aid? What're they busy with?" 

           "I don't know that," says Heleer. 

"Does a rift to the Abyss explain in what capacity You'd be working with Asmodeus," says Marit. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't really think so! I don't think He'd take that deal if it weren't getting more people damned, for one thing, and for another - the Church of Asmodeus is weak, given the strength of its god, because it is made up only of the kind of people unwise and shortsighted enough to try dealing with Asmodeus. This is one of our enormous asymmetric advantages and any institution that makes serving Asmodeus even in limited capacities attractive to more people seems incredibly bad. Unless I am to suppose that we've reformed Hell in the next nine hundred years, which - 

- I guess if what's going on here is that the Age of Glory played out differently than expected and Golarion's full of Abyssal rifts but Hell's fixed I'll take it. I do not expect it."

Permalink Mark Unread

" -  if that is what happened it is important not to get it off track," says Karlenius. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And if what happened isn't that, then it's important to get it off track. And both are plausible directions in which an adversary might seek to manipulate us."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think the really fruitful angle here," Marit says, "is what aims are achieved by this manipulation instead of a more ordinary manipulation where they're something less implausible. What do we end up doing, if we take this at face value, that would otherwise be hard to get us to do? And what do we end up doing, in the course of stubbornly not taking this at face value, that would otherwise -"

"Well," says Arnisant, "I don't play a lot of eight-suite poker hands myself or anything, but the thing Someone might go to these lengths for is to convince Iomedae not to ascend, that it goes badly somehow, or that the Age of Glory does."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I want to talk to Knight-Commander Korva."

         Marit makes a face. "Let's run a prophecy first."

"Sure. Do you have one?"

        "Yes."

Prophecy anticipates no immediate catastrophe, which is the best it can do, really. 

 

"All right. Marit, with me. Alfirin, if something seems to have gone subtly but horrendously wrong with us, fixing that is your and Karlenius's job." Her lips are twitching slightly. Karlenius and Alfirin do not get along spectacularly well but this means that if they do agree it'll be very credible.

Permalink Mark Unread

And shortly after that, the Storyteller returns to his Magnificent Mansion with Iomedae, Knight-Commander of the Shining Crusade, and a wary-looking man with a very magic sword.

Permalink Mark Unread

Most of Korva's companions have found places to sit; Regill is standing at not-quite-attention, and Aivu is hiding under a table. Korva herself is pacing the room. As usual, supernatural gusts of wind keep showing up to ruffle her hair or clothes, and she's surrounded by at least a dozen butterflies. 

"Seelah is perfectly capable of holding down the fort for, like, four entire days," she's telling Daeran. "Maybe even more than a week! Probably! It mostly depends on whether - oh, hello."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Knight-Commander Korva? I am Knight-Commander Iomedae, of the Shining Crusade." She's gotten a Tongues so it sounds like modern Taldane; her tone is very formal. "I am accompanied by my Commander Marit, and by the wizard Haleer, who you have met, and I am observed otherwise; I hope you don't mind." Which is not an offer to make the conversation actually private.

Permalink Mark Unread

- Korva is going to look, to Iomedae's eyes, like she's having a very sudden panic attack, and also like she's gotten quite a lot of practice at rolling through panic attacks without giving more than the slightest visible indication that they're happening.

She really should have prepared for meeting Iomedae. Obviously she was going to end up meeting Iomedae if she kept hanging around the Shining Crusade, being the person she is and claiming to be from nine hundred years in the future. But here she is, meeting someone who claims to be Iomedae, and it turns out that the last time she considered this possibility she was imagining something a lot more like that one succubus that was pretending to be Iomedae and got an Iomedan paladin to gouge his own eyes out and hand them to her, which she's suddenly realizing is a situation that she's way more prepared for than suddenly meeting any variety of possibly-actual Iomedae, who she has no idea how she feels about.

"Not at all," she says, with barely a pause. "I, uh, hope you don't mind the baby dragon."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aivu, right?" She nods gravely to the baby havoc dragon. "There is no form of the Good in which we do not see ourselves reflected, and perhaps with new clarity", spoken like it's some sort of standard thing to say, though in Korva's world it very much is not. 

Permalink Mark Unread

- yeah, she doesn't entirely know what that means, and she's not sure whether that's because she's not actually Good or because Iomedae is from nine hundred years ago and is also the kind of person who becomes - well, Iomedae. Probably it's that second one, she actually feels like she's usually fine at understanding Seelah and if anything better at understanding Ember than most people are. Of course, then there's also Sosiel, but she's not going to judge the forces of good by Sosiel, that's like judging the forces of evil by - this is not relevant.

"Yes, that's Aivu under the table. These are - Paralictor Regill Derenge, Count Daeran Arendae, Woljif, Arushalae, and Ember."

....she is not actually ashamed to be associated with any of these people, but she's very aware that that's a conscious choice she's making that it would in some sense be easier not to make.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Knight Commander Iomedae. I wonder whether my dear cousin will finally die of jealousy upon hearing the tale when we return."

Permalink Mark Unread

- okay, sometimes she's a little ashamed of Daeran, but she's going to lean out of that right now.

"We came here hoping for - assistance returning to where we came from, this time, or more information about where exactly that is, relative to here. I assume you have further questions for us, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

Daeran and Regill are Evil. She doesn't comment on this, obviously. She nods to them each in turn.

 

"Welcome to the newly liberated Encarthan region. I assume in your day we have named it. I - do have questions. Quite a few of them. Haleer presented us with a story that sounds, candidly, quite unbelievable."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That seems like an entirely fair reaction, given that most of the elements of it were fairly unbelievable when they were happening. Also given that I'm, for my part, only around eighty percent sure that you're not another succubus, like the last Iomedae I met was."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That had not actually occurred to me as an avenue for suspicion. Are there capabilities I could usefully demonstrate to clear that up? We have the resources for a Commune, if you want to ask Someone."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you for the offer, but most of my remaining suspicions involve extremely thorough mental tampering, so I don't think a Commune would help. - I guess if certain people were here I might ask them to try communing with Iomedae, but they're not, so if this is a demon plot I suppose I'll have to see through it the old fashioned way." 

It's perversely comforting, actually, remembering that it might be just a demon lord who's trying to wring information out of her and then torture her to death. It's - not very likely, given the catalyst was the activation of her powers, but it's an emotionally useful frame anyway.

"Anyway! Your questions."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What - happened, in your world, since the Shining Crusade."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh man, a lot of stuff. Uh. Tar Baphon was sealed away, you ascended and became a goddess, Cheliax became independent from Taldor, Aroden died, Areelu Vorlesh opened the Worldwound, I'm not sure those are the five most important things but those are the first five things I'm thinking of."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Aroden died? When? How?"

Permalink Mark Unread

" - right, I should have put that one more - uh, the scheduled date for the beginning of the Age of Glory. I'm fairly certain of the date. I was taught as a child that Asmodeus killed him, but it turns out that one's more contested."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see." She mostly doesn't believe it but it does make a few of the confusions elsewhere in the woman's story line up. Why Taldor sent so little aid to Mendev to deal with their Abyssal rift problem, even though that's the kind of thing that will quickly become everyone's problem. Why the age of glory, well, seemed so distinctly unglorious. "I don't know the name Areelu Vorlesh? Should I, or is she not born yet?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, I just thought of her because she was personally relevant to me, and Tar Baphon because he's personally relevant to you. I think she'll be born in Sarkoris in - well, before 4606, but I don't know how old she was when she opened it. I'd guess at least seven centuries away."

Permalink Mark Unread

Something flickers across Iomedae's face that would be totally imperceptible to all but one person in the universe and she hopes also imperceptible to that one person but that's never straightforward. 

"Huh. And the Worldwound is the Abyssal rift that the Fifth Mendevian Crusade targets? Also the first four Mendevian Crusades, or were those about other things?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah she noticed. It really doesn't sound like her, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

(It kind of sounds like her. She wouldn't do it without reason but - there are reasons for which she'd conceivably do it.)

Permalink Mark Unread

(Sure, she'd do it with a good enough reason, but she's having some trouble imagining a good enough reason!)

Permalink Mark Unread

"Also the first four Mendevian Crusades, yes. It's kind of been the primary concern in Mendev for a good one hundred years."

It occurs to her that the crusades have kind of been getting less successful over time, haven't they. That's not the most comforting thought ever, but it's not one that really changes anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

A hundred years. The rift opened around when Aroden died, if the woman's timeline is consistent, which she mostly expects but isn't going to directly ask about. "I'm surprised it didn't become a - more serious emergency - in less time than that, really."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, it was. The first crusaders managed to - this was before my time, you understand, but I've been told - managed to contain the the Worldwound inside a series of artifacts known as the Wardstones, which create a barrier that prevents the demons from pouring out into the rest of Golarion. - well, makes it harder for them to, anyway, it's not that none get out. Patrolling the barrier is still a major military operation for half a dozen nations, but Mendev is the closest, and Mendev is the one that's made a national identity out of it."

(She almost said something about what the wardstones are, in the middle of that, and then didn't, because it's the only thing that's come up so far that isn't publicly available information.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see. What's the Crusade's objective?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"To close the Worldwound," she says - but the bravado slips a little further than usual, there, and it sounds a little bit like a child trying to feign confidence in an answer for a test they didn't study for.

Permalink Mark Unread

- encouraging smile. "Good. What do you need in order to do that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

" - that's a great question I did not expect to be on this list, but I guess I should have. To hear the logistics advisor tell it, we are generally low on troops, weapons, food, armor, and presumably everything else one needs to keep troops alive." She's not entirely sure that she believes Dorelinga about all of that, and it's arguably not public information, but it's not very specific non-public information, is it. "I admit I assumed you'd have your hands too full with Tar-Baphon to be able to offer any of that without compromising your own position. - Also I'm not entirely sure whether - Heleer, you were pretty confident in the branches-of-a-tree model rather than genuine time travel, right - "

Permalink Mark Unread

"To destroy a thousand years of history, that is not something I would expect a spell, even a strange one, to be able to do. To knock a person loose of their own history, perhaps. It has been speculated for a long time that, where the future is uncertain even to the gods, the truth is that all the worlds will come to pass, and the difficulty is in discerning in which one you'll find yourself."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - for the paladins in the room, please -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think she's from another world."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm just occasionally remembering the scenarios in which you're not all demons and I go and accidentally alter your actions in a way that prevents me from ever being born. Thank you, Heleer."

It occurs to her that she doesn't, actually, have any idea how to close the Worldwound, and has been forging ahead blindly in the hope that there will be some answer nearer to the source. Or possibly that the gods have a plan? Or that Areelu Vorlesh will at some point tell her what's going on, which she's acting remarkably like she might do at some point?

None of that is public information.

"I think we're largely low on troops, and on support for them. But I kind of assume that this is a problem that all armies have. I admit, it's now crossing my mind that having Iomedae would be a big deal in terms of the number of people on our side - but I get the impression that you're rather busy here. Regill might be able to give you a better account of our weaknesses that, uh, simultaneously doesn't harm us too much in any of the remaining demon trick scenarios."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Assuming the offer is genuine, advisors and staff to supplement the pack of vultures sent from Mendev. The crusade is woefully lacking in anyone with both basic military experience and the willingness to place their personal desires second to accomplishing our primary objective."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well that's... true."

It's not public information, but either Regill thought it was worth saying anyway, or it was said by demon Regill, in which case demon Regill obviously already knows it. And it's probably not demons anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I obviously don't know yet what the best allocation of forces across the two fronts is, but I have advisors that I trust and if this is what it appears to be we can certainly send some. I have more questions about the disposition of your forces but those should probably wait for your determination about whether I am secretly a demon. What time of year is it in your world right now?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Abadius." That, at least, is the most public of public information.

Permalink Mark Unread

"So then it's mostly a matter of troop transport, rather than weakening one force for the sake of the other, we'll have practically non-overlapping campaign seasons- it's nearly Erastus, here. Of course, mostly a matter of troop transport isn't to say trivial. I didn't know until five minutes ago that there are purported to be other versions of worlds and I have no idea how one would transit between them. It was a misfired Teleport that took you here rather than a misfired Plane Shift?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It was an attempted Teleport that I was trying to power off of - whatever it is that also does these things," she says, lazily waving one of the butterflies away. "But I am not convinced that the thing I actually cast was anything like a Teleport. As I told Heleer, for the past six months I've had some kind of power that we believe to be aligned with Elysium, which does not always behave predictably when called on. I'd have gone back already, except that a bunch of us are worried that the next attempt will land us somewhere even more inconvenient."

Permalink Mark Unread

Message to Iomedae. "Even if troop transport is solved we can't redirect too many troops - or powerful individuals - in our off-season, Tar-Baphon can still pull winter offensives."

Permalink Mark Unread

It depends on how bad this Abyssal rift situation is, she replies.

But of course Alfirin is right that it's not free even if the soldiers would otherwise be wintering, and it's especially not free to send Iomedae or Alfirin, who could do the most good. 

 

"I'll leave it to the wizards to try to figure out if they can replicate what you're doing with your power out of Elysium. If only you can do it, but you can do it repeatably, our options are limited, though - I'd be inclined to have someone ask Myself who to put where, She'll presumably remember our position from the Crusade and just be able to figure the best allocation out, unless something went terribly wrong."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's probably worth trying, not that She's been been giving us very much direct advice thus far."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It'd be a single Commune with space for three other pending questions the Church has, I can give you an intent-tree for it though it seems entirely plausible that 900 years in the future there are people who are better at that than I."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - right. My understanding is that they do those in Lastwall, no one I command seems to think they have authorization for one. But I'm sure they'll give you one if they, you know, believe that you're Iomedae, not that I entirely know how to accomplish that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- there is no one travelling with the Crusade who has authorization for Communes? And they don't have - instantaneous communications with ....Lastwall, which I take it is liberated Encarthan?"

 

 

 

Iomedae is SO EMBARRASSED, now, though very few people would be able to tell.

Permalink Mark Unread

????????

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think we have access to communes for other people, I'm just occasionally reminded that the only people who can give authorization for a commune with Iomedae are in Lastwall. Which is probably liberated Encarthan? It's on Lake Encarthan, anyway."

...Korva is now also pretty embarrassed. Not having this resource is probably a sign of her obvious incompetence. Also maybe good military commander would be using more communes? Korva doesn't really use communes.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will wait to apologize on behalf of My church until I have more context but that sounds like a really egregious operational failure. I nonetheless bet I can write a letter which, conveyed to Lastwall, gets them to run the Commune immediately."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, you're certainly welcome to try, and we'll deliver it if we can." It's hardly her job to safeguard Iomedae's communes.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It would seem that even Iomedae herself takes issue with the priorities of her church. You really must arrange for me to see the looks on their faces when they find out."

Permalink Mark Unread

Daeran, seriously, shut up.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It sounds like it might be useful to, if transport permits, send some advisors and a thousand paladins of no extraordinary power through; they can at least help with your troop training situation, and will be glad and not disappointed if I have them marching in two campaigns on opposite halves of the year. But I'd want someone with more context on both crusades to make the ultimate decision. I don't, in fact, have full confidence in your world's Iomedae, but She is the obvious first person to ask, if Aroden's dead."

Permalink Mark Unread

It is very like Iomedae to want to check whether this other universe's ascended Iomedae is in fact a god worth listening to. Of course, they know so little about this other universe's Iomedae, and one of the things they do know is that She's sharing holy order with Asmodeus, so one might hope that anyone with even slightly above-average Wisdom would think to do the same.

Permalink Mark Unread

They know three things about her - that She's sharing holy order with Asmodeus, that Her crusade isn't allowed to use Communes to talk to Her, and that Aroden's dead. It seems like Her church is almost definitely corrupted or compromised or under some truly unfathomable set of constraints; the question is if the god Herself is any good. (One uncomfortably salient guess is that Geryon has taken over Her church or something, actually, and somehow successfully convinced all Her priests that Communes need to go through the hierarchy.) 

If that's it Marit's going to be - well, appallled, they'll all be appalled, but also so smug. He wouldn't obey an order that all Communes go through a command that also authorized the holy order of Iomedae-and-Asmodeus. She is...less totally sure of most other people.

(Alfirin also wouldn't. But Alfirin's not going to be inclined to Commune with Her; she knows it in her bones.)

Permalink Mark Unread

A thousand well-trained paladins would be huge.

"Well, we're not exactly personally acquainted. You can talk to Seelah, if we can regain contact, she's - probably the person trying to hold the crusade together in our absence, and the paladin of yours who knows the most about my immediate situation. Or Queen Galfrey, I suppose Queen Galfrey is one of the people you'll obviously want to talk to."

"...I guess of the people we have with us there's, uh, Regill, but it seems like you'd probably want to also talk to some people who are not Hellknights."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm in fact quite curious about the Hellknights," she says dryly. "I conceive of myself as opposed to Asmodeus and am very curious when and why that changed."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The Churches of Iomedae and Asmodeus continue to be opposed. They are simply capable of working together to achieve a narrow set of common goals, such as the continued existence of Golarion. Most Hellknight orders, however, are entirely secular institutions. The Order of the Godclaw, historically tasked with the containment of the Worldwound, is unusual in incorporating the philosophies of a set of patron deities."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah, all right, that's less confusing." Some confusion remains, about why any order devoted to Law would admire the Asmodean perversion of it, but it's a bit confrontational to bring that up. "What is your understanding of the philosophy of the Church of Iomedae?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I understand Iomedae to be a goddess of justice, heroism, wars fought for a worthy cause, and of securing victory without betraying a greater ideal. I can think of few things that speak better of a mortal than to have become the god She now is."

"My opinion of Her church is somewhat less enthusiastic. They are, sensibly, a military faith, with far more paladins than clerics. My most common quarrel with Her paladins concerns their tendency to nobly risk themselves without considering the effects on the rest of a unit, and at times their willful refusal to consider any circumstances under which a perfect victory cannot be achieved. As allies go, however, one could do far worse."

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds like - rather a lot of paladins, unfortunately. Not very much like Iomedae, though, and not like what she's tried to build into the traditions of the Knights of Ozem -

If all of this is true it does not speak well for a god's ability to control her own church, or it suggests that Iomedae's ascension - loses a lot - of what makes Iomedae different from Karlenius -

 

If this is all a lie, well, maybe this is the trap.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. I - think that's helpful. It's not what I would have expected or hoped for, but" well most obviously she might disagree with his interpretation of many things about her Church, and more diplomatically "if Aroden's dead it is unsurprising that the Church is in some disarray.

I think my next most important question is what we can offer you to help you replicate the method by which you arrived here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"An excellent question." She feels like she's been saying that a lot. "But I have to admit that I really don't know. I was doing something intuitive in an emergency situation, and obviously didn't do what I intended. I could - share the memory with someone, I guess, and see if other observers have any guesses or can notice things I didn't notice when it was happening, that might be useful? But I've never done anything quite like it before."

(She really feels like she ought to have been more prepared for this completely unprecedented and impossible to prepare for situation.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will probably leave the proposing magical experiments to other people who know more than I about proposing magical experiments. I have an artifact headband you can borrow for some of that preparatory work, though I'll have to ask you not to borrow it while actually doing any Teleporting; it was loaned to me, and I'm obliged not to be too careless with it." She nonetheless takes it off as she speaks, and offers it to Korva. 

         I wish you wouldn't do that sort of thing, Marit grumbles through the Telepathic Bond. 

If she Plane Shifts off with it - and I've never heard of a song-sorcerer of seventh circle, or an arcane Plane Shift at sixth - then I will, obviously, have misjudged the situation in a very costly way, but I consider that exceedingly unlikely. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Korva can, actually, plane shift. Korva can cast just about every spell she's ever seen anyone cast at fifth circle or below.

She doesn't do that, obviously. She spends half a second getting over the absolute implausibility of Iomedae taking off an artifact headband and handing it to her. Then she accepts it, because she's obviously supposed to do that, but she doesn't immediately put it on.

"Thank you for your generosity."

Permalink Mark Unread

She'll presumably want to look it over closely first, if she still thinks Iomedae might be a demon. 

"I intend to return to other duties. There are some things I want to say first, none of which I expect to be surprising, but it's often hard to guess what'll be surprising, across nine hundred years' unshared context. The Shining Crusade possesses, by the authorization of the Emperor of Taldor, responsibility for enforcing the rule of law and jurisdiction over crimes committed in Molthune Province, Fangwood, and Encarthan, and under some circumstances in contested territory in Belkzen and Ustalav, as well as in extradimensional spaces created by our spellcasters, allied outsiders, etcetera. Those courts use the Taldane legal framework with arbitration by the Church of Abadar. I possess ultimate authority over those courts.

You have made no commitments to the Shining Crusade, beyond that you won't depart with that headband, and you may depart unannounced, travel as you like within or outside the territory over which the Shining Crusade exercises jurisdiction, and operate on your own authority in any context not prohibited by law.

If you contact Tar-Baphon or his lieutenants, we reserve the right to and probably will treat you as an enemy force.

I may restrict your permissions to explore within the Crusader camp, and I ask that you not spy on us, though I understand it would be helpful for determining whether I am a demon; some of our precautions against espionage are dangerous to the spying party, and I have not disabled them or excepted you from them, and don't anticipate doing so. 

It is my intent at this time to keep the fact of your arrival here and claimed origin secret from most people, but not from Aroden, and I do not understand myself to be obliged to secrecy; if you want something different you need to clarify that immediately."

Permalink Mark Unread

Does she want something different? Well, she hasn't thought of any specific different thing she wants. Secrecy matters in the case of a single timeline, but not in the case of another world or in the case where these people are a demon trick (though Korva doesn't, really, think that they're a demon trick), and if she were trying not to disrupt the timeline then she really shouldn't have talked to Iomedae in the first place. 

"That seems reasonable," says Korva, because - she doesn't know whether she'll regret this, but she also doesn't have an alternative that she knows she won't regret.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Commander Marit will remain to answer any questions you have for the Crusade and convey any you have for me specifically."

Permalink Mark Unread

And a smile, which usually manages to give the impression of being hard-earned but very sincere. "I don't know what to think of this, and it may be a long time before I fully believe it. But taking it at face value, you've done some extraordinary things under very difficult circumstances, and I am honored to know you and hope I can be of assistance to you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Korva thinks she might feel some genuine positive human emotions about this, which is uncomfortable, so instead she switches her knight commander diplomacy persona on as hard as she can.

"Likewise, of course. I hope our journey here can ultimately be beneficial for both of us."

Permalink Mark Unread

Then she’ll leave.

 

 

And go find Alfirin, because imagining what she’ll have to say isn’t in fact as good.

Permalink Mark Unread

"So the first thing to keep in mind is that your future church is probably going to be less disappointing than it sounds, if this is a plot by Geryon, causing you to lose faith in your own future self and church is in fact worth the amount of investment this would have taken. We should think about - whether you want to commit to limits on how much you will change your plans for your church based on new information from the supposed-future.

Second is that Heleer is not going to live another nine hundred years naturally, and did not himself seemed surprised about the fact that he's around and active nine hundred years in the future, and I think he's hiding something. Which - could be fine, lots of people are hiding things that aren't important relevant information for the crusade, but given how he's tied up in all this - It's something to look into.

Third is that, fine, you're right, Areelu Vorlesh could be me, but the worldwound would have to be a side effect of - putting Abyssal rifts on every layer of Hell - or something like that - If you are worried about that we can have a longer talk about what I would consider worth tearing open a massive gate to the Abyss for, but - it really does seem unlike me barring some extremely unusual cases where somehow that's the only way to get something extremely important -

Fourth is that I'm actually still more worried about Tar-Baphon than the abyssal rift and we shouldn't risk much chance of victory here to help out there.

 

Which of those would you like to deal with first?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Agreed on the first one. It doesn't feel all that implausible but that's why it'd make a good lie. I think I want to intend to not change things substantially, beyond, say, writing some essays even more carefully, unless we can go to the other world ourselves and check it out. But I also want to ask Aroden, including before settling firmly on how far I'll change my mind.

I don't poke the powerful wizards who obviously have secrets all that much, in the ordinary course of things. I suspected Mengkare was actually a gold dragon, and - his business, really. But it may be worth asking some more pointed questions, or trying to investigate some other way.

I don't think I'll enjoy and don't think we need to highly prioritize an argument about how much you might change in nine hundred years if you're still around then. That could - also be an objective of the manipulation, actually, to convince me of something about that. 

Tar-Baphon is more dangerous in that he is an intelligent adversary strategically trying to defeat us, and demons aren't, though demon lords somewhat are. An Abyssal rift sounds like the kind of thing that if it got bad enough could affect Rovagug's containment, and I'd think the gods wouldn't let it get that bad except they've apparently let it hang around for a hundred years. I agree based on what we know it's not worth you or I going through, but it seems conceivably very high stakes, and the question of how the Age of Glory went so wrong much higher stakes than that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"An individual demon lord is an intelligent adversary strategically trying to defeat us. A dozen demon lords are...not. I expect the worldwound to be somewhat self-limiting just from demonic infighting, even if you leave aside that - Obviously even if the material powers like Taldor and Shu don't wake up and throw more resources at it the gods will step in before it gets bad enough to risk Rovagug's prison. I was interpreting the relatively limited scale of divine intervention as evidence against the seriousness of the problem."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- if Aroden died there was almost certainly just a major god-war."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Obviously, but the gods have prophecy, there's not going to be a god-war that lasts a century and the victorious or surviving collection of gods is presumably still some subset of the gods we know, who seem sufficiently in favor of the world existing that even after the god-war You and Asmodeus are cooperating on it. Unless that's not You."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmhmm. My default is - someone to figure out whether it's Me, as a first priority, and what else we're missing, and then - I do think it'd be worth sending some soldiers off-season, if it's what it appears to be. It'll strengthen them and maybe be a useful cultural corrective to the disaster of a Church, assuming I can sponsor them where they're out of Aroden's reach. 

 

 

...probably this isn't real, still, and most of our thought should be dwelling there, except I have less idea what to do, in those cases, aside from ignoring it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am actually with Heleer on this one, assuming the legend lore and other checks go through as expected we're getting to the point where - it's probably not entirely real but also not entirely fake - I would be more inclined to think it's a real other world, and whoever planned this just - picked one where your church is unusually bad to draw some people from."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I keep thinking about the Communes in particular. That's -" It's been a big priority of hers, actually, to leave her Church with the knowledge she herself uses, of how to best utilize Commune so your god at the same cost can have more influence. Branching trees of questions designed so each one resolves as much uncertainty as possible, including by grouping questions; structures that actually use the fact the spell gives three answers rather than two, and habits of mind that make your intent plain to your god so they can cheaply contemplate the questions you're asking.

It is depressing if the result is a church that tells its clerics not to talk to their god because they don't know how.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Iomedae just kind of trailed off but Alfirin can read the pattern of her thoughts well enough. "I suspect something got lost in translation there. It's - odd, how Your church is supposedly backing this crusade but doesn't have a representative among their leader's companions. Apart from paralictor Derenge."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It really is. And presumably intentional, if this is some kind of trick, because an actual representative of my church could give me a straighter account of what I'm doing and why. 

 

I'm probably going to send Marit back with them, if they figure out repeatable transit."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's the right person for that."

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit is sitting in an armchair in the Magnificent Mansion, trying to look not intimidating or worth remembering, though the fact of the matter is of course that he'd judge anyone who believed it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, here's this Marit guy who works with Iomedae. She's apparently supposed to ask him questions about the crusade? She's honestly finding herself with an embarrassing lack of curiosity about the Shining Crusade, though. Her younger self would be disgusted with her. It's probably just that unlike most of the problems she runs into, it looks like this one might be handled, and she's... well, pretty used to everyone promising aid to her and then the aid taking the form of a couple dozen soldiers and a handful of potions. It's important to expect more than that from people, at least when you're literally in the middle of diplomatic negotiations with them, but that doesn't mean it isn't exhausting. But her army is made of those handfuls of dozens, and it wouldn't be if she stopped collecting them.

It is, also, important to try to learn what you can about the problems you run into in the course of adventuring inside the Worldwound. Even when that's exhausting, too.

"So, Commander Marit... how is your crusade going?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks faintly surprised by this question, actually. "It's very hard to say. Tar-Baphon controls much less territory than he once did, and commands fewer undead."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, that sounds like progress. My default assumption is that everyone is always in possession of just barely enough forces for their own objectives, if that, and therefore nobody ever has enough to commit to anything else. Half of what I end up doing is solving secondary problems so that people run out of excuses not to help. People usually aren't up against Tar Baphon, though, so I don't know that that approach is very useful here."

"I suppose I could ignore all previous experience and ask what forces you expect to be able to lend us even without your own problems being solved."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It seems to me that the key three unanswered questions there are how difficult it will prove to transit between worlds, what happens to paladins when they go to a world where their god is dead, and how likely we end up assessing it as that soldiers we send you won't come back."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All great questions. Unfortunately, I came here specifically looking for someone who could help answer the safe transit question, far more than I came here looking for large scale military aid, so I don't feel very equipped to speculate right now."

"What would you ask, then, in my position?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"My guess is that Iomedae is going to send me, once a method of interworld transit is devised, and I'll check if your Iomedae turned out right and if so we'll ask Her the best disposition of forces and then execute on that, whether it involves sending half the army or no one at all. If your Iomedae didn't unambiguously turn out right things get a fair bit more complicated. 

In your place I think I'd care about - whether we're going to think Iomedae turned out right, though I'm unwilling to tell you what I'll be checking to decide that, and what range of options we should present Her with if She's acceptable, where we can perhaps get you help significantly more tailored to your needs if we know to ask for it. It'd be good to have a range from 'minimally costly to the Shining Crusade' to 'devastating to the Shining Crusade' and at each level of cost to us figure out the maximum benefit to you, so that we can ask about that.

And it'd be good to have a plan for if Iomedae turned out wrong, though in that case a lot of details are going to depend on how She turned out wrong, exactly."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds like it depends a lot on questions of resources that both of us might not want to share with just anyone. Regill, off the top of your head - ?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Officers capable of instilling discipline and basic skills in new recruits, even if they never see active combat. Mendev has people, but it lacks the resources to turn displaced farmers into soldiers. Food and fuel, to tide the army over through the end of winter without losing men to hunger or cold. Basic equipment, including nonmagical armor and weapons. While we can, of course, put troops to good use, the crusade's most urgent needs may not compete directly with those of the Shining Crusade at all."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It would be fairly surprising if we couldn't supply much of that, yeah. Would a rod of greater extend spell double your mansion-based food supply or do you have that already?"

Permalink Mark Unread

- do we have anyone who casts - ?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nenio hit seventh at Blackwater, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

And hasn't found anyone to teach her the spell since then, of course.

"We do not have a rod of greater extend spell. Anyone willing to teach our top wizard the spell in question would probably also help."

This is kind of mortifying, but it's not her fault that she only has one wizard who does seventh circle spells.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

- Marit turns to look at Heleer, at this point very suspiciously. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Korva mentioned that I had lost my memories when we met."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Heleer's memory is - not what it seems to be in this era. He's primarily offered his ability to tell the stories of objects."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - understood. Well, we can teach the spell free of charge to your seventh circle wizards, and also share the experience we have on which foods to ask for and how to supplement the army with them in order to have the largest benefits to overall health and morale...there may actually be a lot of things like that, I suppose I was imagining that there were books on how the Shining Crusade was fought and expertise on that was widely possessed but I am now thinking that was probably wrong. It's pretty straightforward, anyway, you want to ask the mansion for steak and pork chops and liver and veal, hand that out per unit, and get the rest in nuts and hard cheese and wine for rations that'll keep, and you want to put up your sick and have the mansion bring them milk and broths with egg in them. ...unless nine hundred years in the future you know more about disease treatment than us, which you really should, actually."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We'll obviously share any info we have on things like medicine, though I don't know what the state of the art is across both times. And - seventh-circle wizard, singular. Not counting Heleer."

That's not public information, but - realistically any demon that can fake her companions and the time travel this well already knows all about Nenio.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

- Marit nods. "Right. We don't have so many seventh circle wizards ourselves that we could trivially give one up even offseason, but it's good to know that'd double your capacities if we did do it. Do you have access to scrolls of - what's best against demons - probably Tsunami?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Whyyy doesn't she have everything Arsinoe's ever offered to sell her memorized -

"A few, I think, but obviously usually trading off against things like food and armor."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Here as well, but they're easier to transport. And probably trading off substantially less, because we're ...a lot wealthier, I'm getting the sense."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm also getting that sense." And not very sure what to make of it, although - of course things were different, before Aroden died. And maybe Iomedae is better at convincing people to take her cause seriously, that wouldn't exactly be surprising.

"We'll gratefully take scrolls if you've got them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You know the one thing we've got too much of? Demon relics. Some of 'em really powerful, and some of 'em with rare effects that happen to be useless for all of our top people. You ever wanna buy some rare magic items looted off of demon corpses, the Fifth Crusade has you covered."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - we would probably happily pay for those, actually, Abadaran pricing, if you want to bring those back next time you come. And we can likewise send you things that might have much better resale value in your own world, if there are historical collectors who'd pay well for any books that have become rare or anything."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You know, I bet there are. I'll see what our people can find out about which items will be in most demand by people who aren't busy crusading."

(Woljif looks so pleased with himself. And why not, if he's right?)

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm confused about - the degree of support Iomedae's church is offering the Crusade. What the Knights do today is take much of their pay in magic items, and at a high frequency leave those to the Church when they die, and I think Iomedae's plan was that eventually She'd have accumulated the means to outfit the whole army with good cloaks of resistance and rings of protection and all the paladins will wear mithril plate armor. I know Mendev's pretty far north, and pretty underresourced, but I'm surprised they haven't offered you more operational support and training and food and armor, if they're well-equipped themselves, and if they're not then I'm surprised about that separately."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, see the previous point about everyone having their own problems. Lastwall certainly has stretches of the Worldwound border that they're responsible for holding - but Lastwall also has a hostile border with the orc hordes of Belkzen, and considers themselves responsible for seeing that Tar-Baphon remains sealed. We have lots of individual Iomedans - the most powerful is probably Seelah, like I said, by virtue of having fallen into a hole in the ground with me during the initial demon attack on Kenabres, but Seelah's from Katapesh."

" - and I've just realized that you don't have a timeline of any of this, does a timeline of the crusade sound useful? Nine hundred years is a lot, but the crusade is only one campaign season old."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - that sounds very useful, yes please."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right, so. Middle of Sarenith, during the Sunwrought Festival. The demon lord Deskari attacks the crusader city of Kenabres with an enormous horde of demons, which is supposed to be impossible because the city has a Wardstone. Daeran, Woljif, and Ember were in the city when it happened. Me, Seelah, and a couple of other people fell through a hole in the ground and fought our way back up to the surface, then spent the rest of - maybe five days - trying to take back the city. At the end of that time, we have a big fight trying to regain control of the Wardstone, and a Lilitu comes in and is going to kill us all. Most of us are second circle, then, a couple of us were third. Miraculously, though, everyone in the fight is apparently granted power out of myth at just that moment. The Lilitu retreats, and we retake the city. People say it's Iomedae. Of course, they say a lot of things."

"Queen Galfrey of Mendev, a paladin of Iomedae going back decades and decades, hears about this and comes to Kenabres. She declares, fairly immediately, the start of the Fifth Crusade, with the goal of retaking and then sealing the Worldwound, rather than merely holding back its expansion. She appoints the so-called Hero of Kenabres, yours truly, to serve as Knight Commander of the new crusade. Our first goal is to secure the ruined crusader city of Drezen, so that we can move the wardstone inward and take territory back from the demons for the first time in more than half a century. We had a few forces, almost entirely Mendevian, with a smattering of others. More Iomedans than anyone else, but we had a couple Abadarans, at least one Shelynite, whoever we could get. We start out in - I want to say the hundreds."

"We march north. This is where we meet Regill, who is commanding both the remains of his own Hellknight troop and the remains of a group of Sarenite crusaders in an emergency situation. He holds out long enough for us to bring reinforcements, and adds his forces to ours afterwards. A bunch of other stuff also happens, of course, but that's how we met Regill, if you're wondering. Arue we met in the dungeons of Drezen, where she was being held for having warned some acolytes of Desna about the initial attack on Kenabres, who unfortunately nobody listened to beforehand."

"At the end of Rova, we reach and retake Drezen. I make fourth circle fighting a Balor. Not alone, of course, everyone here but Aivu was there, and many more besides them. We move the wardstone in. - oh, and I recover and hang the Sword of Valor from the walls of Drezen, which is an Iomedan relic in the form of a banner displaying her symbol, the radiant sword. But instead of a radiant sword, the banner decides once it's up that it's going to display a tree now, and the butterflies start showing up. This, I understand, is what prompts someone to finally actually ask whether Iomedae wants me in charge of the Fifth Crusade. I am told they got an affirmative answer."

"We've done some stuff since then, but the army is currently mostly hunkering down for winter, and we're trying to amass more forces to fight in the spring."

Permalink Mark Unread

“- hit fourth circle killing a balor,” he says tiredly. They are - very lucky, if what they’ve found is - the kind of person fate bends around, the kind of person Iomedae is, the kind of person who is only mostly not a god who can command the futures to settle in their favor.

Or she’s lying, or deluded.

“That sounds like a very exhausting six months. It makes sense that your resources are lagging your ambitions under the circumstances. And - I’m not at all surprised Iomedae wants you running Her crusade.

We should maybe go back through history before that. Did anyone else die in the godwar that killed Aroden? Are there any new ascended powers in the Inner Sea? Who should be backing you and isn’t yet, the Western Empire?”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, this is the part where I'm reminded that I know many histories, most of which are false. No ascended gods newer than Iomedae that I've heard of, no other gods dead in the intervening time that I'm aware of. - oh, prophecy broke, that's in that genre. Instead of the Age of Glory they call it the Age of Lost Omens."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - sorry, what?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It doesn't work anymore. When Aroden was supposed to reappear - it's said, anyway - all of his clerics lost their spells, the whole of Golarion was wracked with earthquakes and hurricanes - one of them's still going, the ships just kind of go around it, when they go - and when people tried to use prophecy to determine what would happen now, nothing. We don't see the future anymore, it's just us."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - do the gods see the future?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"My understanding is they don't. Not like they used to, anyway."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Marit turns his head pointedly to look at where the scrying sensor's presumably sitting.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah that's news. "We heard."

And to Iomedae, "...Apparently they don't have Prophecy anymore. It stopped working when Aroden failed to reappear for the Age of Glory. Or so the stories say, Korva obviously wasn't there. Which maybe explains some things, about Your choices there - and also means the Worldwound might be much more dire than I was expecting."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - huh, yeah, if Commune were actually incredibly expensive I guess I might tell people to go through the people who know how to do it properly -

 

- prophecy broken when Aroden failed to reappear -"

 

He couldn't have done that on purpose, right? 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I have no idea. I would expect if Anyone knew it could be done then He wouldn't be allowed - but maybe they didn't know it could be done until He did it - He might be able to tell us, now that we've heard it from another source but - we might not want to ask. In case some fragment of Pharasma is monitoring Communes or something - "

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "I can ask the other Iomedae, once we've vetted Her."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sorry," says Marit, turning back to Korva. "that's important and I wanted to make sure they caught it. It might explain why Iomedae the god isn't better, which is a question of some importance to Iomedae the human and also to Her incipient Church, which is to say most of us. And it - suggests that your problems are higher priority than we previously thought they were, probably."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey, that's why we're going over this. I always love to hear my problems are high-priority, especially when people send me more than a couple dozen soldiers about it." That second one doesn't happen very often.

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles at her, at that. "- that was actually, before we got distracted by prophecy, the next line of advice I was going to give. You don't have the financial backing of the Western Empire, or its forces? Who do you have in Westcrown trying to change that."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - Cheliax, I see. You mean Cheliax. I grew up there. It gained independence from Taldor some - what, six hundred and fifty years ago, I think that one's agreed on? Cheliax holds a long stretch of the northern edge of the Worldwound; like everyone else, they consider themselves to have committed what forces they can to the cause long ago. Those forces include the bulk of the order of the Godclaw, a few thousand ordinary soldiers, and nearly every first and second circle wizard the country trains takes at least one term of service there. But those forces hold the northern edge, and don't answer to me. The closest thing we have to a representative of the Chelish forces with the crusade itself is Regill, right now."

"The Chelish forces are, as Regill says, capable of working with the Mendevians on a narrow set of goals, such as 'the world should continue to exist'. But modern Cheliax has been Asmodean for seventy years, and relations between it and the other Worldwound nations are - complicated. We take Hellknights when we can."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

 

 

"Asmodean?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, if it's a trap, there's the trap."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well. I'm not sure what the trap wants us to do besides charge in there and try to topple the empire."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Do you want me to go over the existing players and their current politics, I'm feeling like I should be drawing a map or something."

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit has very good bluff. "Yeah, that sounds useful. Cheliax - including Andoran and Isger and Molthune Province, or are those with the east -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, no, it's all broken into pieces. Here, I've got some paper, if we don't want to waste a real map. Cheliax here, Asmodean and ruled by House Thrune. Nidal's as it's always been. Molthune claims all of this, but doesn't hold all of its territory, they're in a bit of a civil war with the people in the forest, as everyone reminds me whenever the forest people ask to help and then we have to have an argument about what banners they display. I think it broke away during the initial Chelish Civil War, which lasted for - I think thirty years, after Aroden died. You've got Varisia and some scattered Ulfen kingdoms up here, they're not worthless but they're too small to offer very much - though Kalsgard's much bigger, now. Lastwall's here, mostly Iomedan. Belkzen is all held by orcs. Irrisen, actually an important resource, but not one that anyone ever talks to. They've got a bunch of magical huts that hold the western edge of the worldwound without coordinating with anyone else. The wound itself, where Sarkoris used to be. Mendev over here. Brevoy over here, sort of like Mendev except without its entire national identity revolving around the Worldwound. Numeria, which has a monarch but is I think in practice mostly nomads - and robots, I don't know whether it's also full of robots now. Ustalav, I think it's kind of internally too much of a mess to offer much help to the crusade. Bunch of little river kingdoms here. Razmiran, ruled by a powerful wizard who claims to be a god, pretty sure he's not. Galt here, broke away from Cheliax maybe fifteen years ago, has been through at least three governments since then and gone through several rounds of mass executions of the previous governments. Andoran, broke away around the same time, immediately did an about face and is now telling everyone that it's full of freedom and fluffy bunnies and sending out pirates to raid everyone else's slave ships. Some complicated situation going on over here in Druma, my impression is that it's a couple different puppet states being puppeted by different people. Isger, Chelish client state."

"We get a little help from northern Garund, but not much. Osirion, broke away from Kelesh and became an Abadaran theocracy - I have heard like twelve different things about the extent to which the restored pharaoh is literally Abadar, including several different ones from clerics of Abadar, but at least some people claim that he's literally Abadar. Thuvia, collection of city states that I hear are currently doing large-scale engagements of divs in the desert. Rahadoum, broke away from Cheliax and outlawed the worship of all gods afterward. Anything you want more info on, point."

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit is boggling at the broken-apart Empire, thinking.


"Who's got a ninth circle wizard?" he asks, because Iomedae and Alfirin will be wondering.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, let's see. Razmiran has Razmir, of course, who refuses to allow anyone to worship other gods in his territory and insists he's one himself. - I'm assuming he's not, but, you know, I haven't exactly made figuring that out my top priority. Andoran has Felandriel Morgethai, chaotic good elf wizard, runs a university. And Osirion has Nefreti Clepati, high priest of Nethys. I think she might be a ninth circle cleric and also a ninth circle wizard? That's just the people who advertise, of course, people say all kinds of things about people who might not."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "How is Cheliax governed? Directly by the Church of Asmodeus?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, they still have a monarchy, but the monarchs have some kind of deal with Hell. Or claim to, I guess it's hard to say what the real situation is. The church does have a lot of power, though. Secondary worship of most other gods is allowed, but they generally don't allow clerics of other deities into the country."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"- I have, actually, never thought how fast I could take the Empire if I wanted to. It seemed like a fairly antisocial thing to have detailed plans for."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't have a plan ready to go either." She doesn't want the Empire and Iomedae wouldn't let her have it and a fight between her and the shining crusade would be horrendously pointlessly destructive.

Permalink Mark Unread

“A lot depends on - what resources there are locally - what My Church is doing - and of course how many troops we could move across -”

 

She turns to look intently at Alfirin. “Will you do this with me, if it looks doable?” Because it is, in fact, also a pretty substantial risk, in a world where Aroden’s dead and Asmodeus ruling Cheliax and a thousand other things they don’t know about yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Of course."

Permalink Mark Unread

“I take it what remains of Taldor doesn’t really make itself useful? How about Absalom? Is the Arcanimirium still a thing? We do a lot of recruiting at orphanages and religious orders…”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, Taldor helps, they have some Worldwound forts too. Absalom is fine. We have some individual adventurers from there, now, but not in large numbers. We've started deliberately recruiting from Mendevian orphanages and refugees - Regill went to bat for that, other people keep making faces at me for it every time I order it. And it helps, of course, but as Regill says, we're low on people who can teach them to be soldiers. We did get some orphan kids who somehow made the journey to Drezen on their own and demanded to help, although a couple weeks later one of the adults from the orphanage came to lecture me for not sending them back. - we have them running errands for the Desnans, to be clear."

"I know that Queen Galfrey's officials in Nerosyan are trying to bring us recruits from further away, but - they seem to be affected by political concerns that I don't fully understand. Mostly, we get a constant stream of representatives from half the nations of Avistan, all of whom say a lot of pretty words about the importance of our cause, and then send us a single unit of a couple dozen men. And we get mercenaries, or individual adventurers, but obviously those want to be paid competitive amounts, which isn't necessarily something we can afford."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- makes sense. I can tell you how Iomedae does it but it's not as if anyone else in our world could repeat it, and I don't know if you can either. She'll, after a significant victory, have songs commissioned about it, and issue high-level adventurers awards, and write Kings letters of commendation for the heroism of various subjects of theirs, and when she goes back to Oppara she'll arrange a parade, and some arena sparring against ludicrously powerful summoned outsiders to show off, and then she'll badger 'em for more money. And she circulates churches, recruiting, though she's - more careful about that. You want to get all the people who should fight and none who were just overawed and have no business being there... if you're us. You might not have that luxury."

Permalink Mark Unread

"My current policy is, honestly, to accept everyone and then deal with the Iomedans - and Regill, in other cases - making faces at me about it. But - I don't do any of that other stuff, right now, so 'everyone' consists almost entirely of people who have made the journey to Drezen themselves to ask permission to join the crusade. Which includes some weird people - treants, Aivu, a troop of literal mimics - but they're all people who put some work into getting to us."

"We, uh, only have about five people who are consistently with us and capable of casting teleport, right now. It's possible that I should be spending at least some of those resources on recruitment efforts in Absalom or Oppara or Westcrown - none of which I've ever been to - but obviously that trades off against fighting demons, scouting areas to advance to in the spring, using those teleports for logistics - I suppose maybe we could try to buy food and recruit at the same time. And it would be pretty clearly going over the heads of some of my advisors from Nerosyan, who I am pretty sure want to handle a bunch of those things themselves - sometimes for good reasons and sometimes for bad, but they're the people Queen Galfrey sent me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Lady Konomi would have a fit," says Daeran, who's been investigating the mansion, but apparently also listening. "You should do it."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - I can't make much in the way of guesses about the political situation in Nerosyan, but - the inevitable situation of any successful Knight-Commander is that they end up amassing a force much larger than the army of the country that sponsored them, and personally loyal to them, and that will tend to make their sponsors nervous, and also you're not going to close an Abyssal rift without a force that in fact is much larger than the forces loyal to the government of Mendev of all places, and it makes sense they'll be a little bit squirmy about that but you in fact do have to navigate that rather than let them push you around about it."

Permalink Mark Unread

This observation visibly makes her uncomfortable. It isn't visible for very long, but it's there.

"Aranka could go recruiting in Absalom," she says to Woljif, entirely because she wants to look like she's saying it to someone and not because Woljif has any particular opinion on Aranka. "She has the skills for it, and keeps writing songs anyway."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aranka will do whatever interests her, and has no ability to identify military competence."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So we'll get some people with better judgement to go with her. The fact that she doesn't technically work for us is arguably better, since Lady Konomi can't reasonably expect us to stop her."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will do it," says Daeran, solemnly. "For the sake of the crusade, I will go to all of the best parties in Absalom and talk up your heroic efforts."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's so generous of you, Daeran. Unfortunately, you've proven yourself completely indispensable. I will, however, write a letter to Queen Galfrey praising your heroism in particular."

" - sorry, Commander Marit. They're good suggestions, we're just tired. And, if I'm being honest, I don't particularly want to leave what forces we do have to face the cold and the demons alone, while I go off to try to win popularity contests. Maybe that's necessary, but my gut says the morale effects would be devastating right now."

Being terrified of having to try to go to foreign places and win popularity contests is probably completely unrelated. Definitely.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You know your men," he says agreeably. "But crusades are a political game as much as a military one, annoying as this is to every person fighting in one because they truly believe in the cause and think that ought to be sufficient."

Permalink Mark Unread

"As Lady Konomi keeps telling me."

She thinks about the way Lann's face twists in disgust at any suggestion that they spend money on luxuries, while anyone in the camp goes hungry.

"Well, we can certainly write more letters, and I'll think about who's worth spending a teleport on to do recruiting in person. Regill, do you want, uh, a letter of commendation sent to her Majesty Abrogail Thrune II?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No," he says, coldly. "But it costs the crusade little to do so. Setsuna Shy has unambiguously earned recognition, if you're looking for other candidates."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Lady Konomi is Nerosyan's delegate to you? Or yours in Nerosyan?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nerosyan's delegate to us. We don't, uh, have a separate delegate to Nerosyan." It honestly did not occur to her before this conversation that she could send one there. Or anywhere, really.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's your first season!" he says sympathetically. "But you want one, so you aren't only hearing whatever one specific person with her own agenda wants you to hear about the court politics there. It doesn't have to be one of your own useful people, you can get a long way just with some relation of Count Daeran's who doesn't always see eye to eye with her, or something. - the Shining Crusade functions more or less like a state, which is to say we have diplomatic and espionage operations in most countries whose politics might matter to us, but we've had time to set that up and it's not really your first priority. But in Nerosyan - yeah, I'd think about getting some people this winter."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense, yeah." Daeran doesn't have many relations anymore, she doesn't think, but maybe Anevia can find someone. At least she's pretty sure Anevia knows what she's doing.

She's suddenly very tired. Or, no, she's been tired for as long as she can remember. She's suddenly very aware that she's tired. And she feels a little bit sick about being in charge of any of this, again.

"This is all invaluable advice. I'm sure you're aware of that, by this point in the conversation, but - you see what we mean about lacking experienced people."

Permalink Mark Unread

"War is among the most complicated of human endeavors. The fanciest richest best-educated kingdoms in the world" which Mendev very much isn't, "sometimes get a bloody nose in their first real war in a generation, because there's so many things you only learn by doing them. You're not going to know everything; the important thing is to be a fast learner.

 

Do you want to take a closer look at the headband, so you feel comfortable wearing it - it really helps, we pass it around when we debate things -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...yeah, I should do that."

She detects magic and looks at the headband, seeing if she can see how the magic winds around it.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not, fundamentally, a different sort of thing than a lesser headband, just done with such precision that three spells can be woven into one without interfering. It's a little hard to trace them all because it radiates magic so brightly.

Permalink Mark Unread

She looks at it for a while, but she isn't really looking at it, after the first half a minute or so. She's looking at herself.

She doesn't want to put the headband on. Why is that?

Well, in the first place - she doesn't think that these people are demons, or controlled by demons, and if this is a dream, it's a very impressive one. Any demon that could do it would clearly need to have read her mind very thoroughly before it could have gotten any of the strategically relevant information that she's at this point freely giving to Marit. Any demon that could do it ought not need to trick her into wearing a cursed headband; it could just dominate her. She does know stories - legends, really, it's hard to say whether there's any truth at all to them - of things that demons and other creatures can only do to those who freely accept their gifts, and she knows other stories about what cursed items can do, or items that have their own wills, like Finnean (who's been sitting quietly with Arue, this whole time; she really ought to remember to include him more). And if it were a trap - it's almost certainly not, but if it were - that's about the one remaining place that it could be, at this point. But she's accepted gifts from strange people before. Not everything she wears was looted off a corpse, or found in a dark cave. Usually, she finds her own ability to check the item's magical signature to be enough.

In the second place, the reason she does feel the impulse to put it on is not that she thinks it will improve her ability to think about important questions, or that she really wants to be more mentally capable. She is, instead, embarrassed to be so ill-prepared, and feels like refusing to wear it would make her look like an idiot, who Marit will think poorly of. And maybe she really will be being an idiot, but - she shouldn't make important tactical decisions out of embarrassment. It isn't safe to reason like that; it makes her too easy to manipulate. She is newly aware, right now, of just how much she's allowed people to manipulate her by making her feel like an idiot.

In the third place - 

She's afraid of it. That doesn't make sense, does it? She's had people hit her with Fox's Cunning and Owl's Wisdom and Eagle's Splendor simultaneously before, and it shouldn't feel particularly different than that. And she's had magic wine while wearing her current headband, an alluring charisma one she looted off a succubus; that ought to feel pretty similar again. Having an artifact headband would feel like that all the time, but this one is a loan, so it ought to be exactly the same feeling as the spells, only a little bit more intense. She's only ever piled all of the spells on herself before combat, but this isn't entirely unlike a combat situation. She's trapped in another world, and unsure whether she can go back. This is exactly the sort of problem that having more intelligence and common sense might fix.

So it's just that her reasons for doing it are bad ones, then. It isn't, separately, the sort of thing she'd normally expect to be a bad idea.

 

She takes her current headband off, and puts the artifact headband on.

 

It is fairly immediately obvious to her why she didn't want to wear it. She's exhausted, and being more cunning and wise and charismatic than almost everyone who's ever lived doesn't make you any less tired. It makes some thoughts come easily enough that you can think them in spite of being tired - but then you have no excuse not to try to think of the next thing, and the questions that remain are even more draining than the last ones. In an emergency situation, you can set that aside and try to push on through to the limits of your mental abilities anyway - but the thought of living her life like that, trying to convince people that she's limited by her ridiculously high mental abilities instead of by her steadily building exhaustion and self-loathing - well, that's how she lives her life anyway, really, but the higher the mental abilities, the higher the mental cost of pretending that your actual limits aren't based on tiredness and emotional strain, or of pretending that every other part of you isn't fraying at the edges.

But it won't be her life. It'll be ten minutes. She can be a hero for ten minutes. She does it all the time.

 

"It is a nice headband," she says. "All right, where were we?"

Permalink Mark Unread

" - it's not so you can keep up with me, you were doing fine at that. It's so you can notice any important respects in which we were - considering the wrong questions entirely."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm."

Well, what are the questions they're asking in service to? The point of a crusade is to conquer, not to just survive; otherwise they would just hold the existing edges of the wound. She needs a plan to win, and doesn't have one. Up to this point, she's either been following orders - Galfrey told her to take Drezen, so she did - or reacting to other people's requests, either those of her advisors and companions, or those of people who have come to her for help. She's been treading water, mentally, letting all of the large-scale strategic decisions be made by Galfrey and the pack of Mendevian vultures. 

There's an argument that this is reasonable. Galfrey has been holding the worldwound for a century; Korva has only been fighting at it since Galfrey gave her command six months ago, and has no previous military experience. But Galfrey hasn't given her further instructions, besides that they need to take the rest of the worldwound territory back from the demons, and nobody else has actually managed to take any territory back since the wardstones were first placed.

There's also the obvious fact that she's treating the crusade like this because, on some level, she's no different from Woljif or Daeran. She didn't want to be here, and was cornered into commanding the crusade by Galfrey. But it was Korva who promised the angels in the Kenabres wardstone that she would see them free, someday, and it was Korva who took up Lariel's sword and agreed to use it to see his mission through.

So if she's going to win, she'd better figure out how. She's just - well, she's scared that she's not allowed, is what it is, she's afraid that any attempt to treat the crusade like she's not just an extension of the will of Queen Galfrey will be taken as a rebellion, and she's scared of what happens if Galfrey decides she's a rebel. 

This will not be a good excuse for losing, not now that a couple thousand soldiers have pledged their lives to her cause.

"...well, I'm mostly finding myself thinking about how the crusade's relationship to Queen Galfrey seems confusing and unhealthy, and also that none of us actually have any idea how to close the wound yet, but I guess those still clear the bar of being things that I wasn't looking as clearly at earlier in this conversation."

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit nods. "Those seem like - the right kind of thing, possibly. Do you want to talk with me about them or should I leave you and your comrades alone?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Honestly Korva would like to stop talking to ANYONE, because the longer this conversation goes on and the more she turns her decisions over in her hands the more obvious it becomes that she has been a COMPLETE DUMBASS, and the headband is if anything increasing the fairly crippling embarrassment that comes with that.

"Well, approximately everything you've said has been helpful so far, so I'm going to guess that talking to you for a while longer will continue to be helpful."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. Queen Galfrey's a paladin of Iomedae? But has a - tense relationship with your crusade?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, no, not exactly? She's a paladin of Iomedae, and it's less that things are tense and more that - it's her crusade, in the sense that she called it and told us what we were doing, and my crusade in the sense that she hasn't given us any particular further instructions on how to run it since Sarenith, other than sending her advisors. And I am realizing that I am not entirely sure what would happen, if I made decisions that she strongly disagreed with."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. That - does sound complicated. Do you have - formal letters of authorization on being appointed Knight-Commander -"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Maybe?"

She is going to die of embarrassment, and then the demons will take Golarion, because she isn't good enough at understanding her paperwork.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Everyone here is very impressed with you," Marit says patiently. "It's your first season. Do you know how much of an idiot Iomedae was when she was twenty-five?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"No? I guess presumably more of one than she is now?" She's really very grateful that he's not being visibly disappointed in her, but she's already more than disappointed enough for both of them, see.

"Uh - any formal papers we received when the crusade was called were probably being held by Irabeth. Irabeth is the one who actually ran the successful parts of the defense of Kenabres during Deskari's attack, I was following her plan when we retook the wardstone. When the Queen called the crusade, Irabeth was assigned to - well, to help me have any idea what I was doing and teach me how to run any sort of military operation, I didn't actually have any command experience, unless I guess you count what happened during the attack. She's great. Also kind of inexperienced, according to some people, but great. Except that Irabeth was captured just before the approach on Drezen, and - wasn't the same after, wasn't really okay, and I ended up moving her back to being a squad leader and helping with the defense of Drezen specifically. I don't - actually know what she did with any of the documents she might have had."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I'm so sorry."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thanks," she says, because she can't actually think of what else to say to that.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

He doesn't actually want to go back to talking about the documents unless she seems to want to do that. When people mention in passing that their closest advisor was captured and tortured by demons and isn't okay and probably won't be, they do not always want to talk about it, but they don't always want to talk about paperwork either.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Korva, would you like to have this conversation in front of fewer people?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Maybe.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Okay!" says Arueshalae, clapping her hands together. "Aivu, you were going to teach me how to play hide and seek, weren't you? We could play it now, couldn't we?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh boy! We could! But we'd need more than two people, or it won't be any fun!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's okay! Ember and Daeran and Woljif all love games, so we could all play together. In that wing of the mansion, so we don't get in anybody's way."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay!!!!!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit can make himself smile appreciatively at a succubus who he does not trust at all in the same manner he'd smile appreciatively at a human who did the same thing, but the succubus, being gifted at parsing human expression, will probably notice the difference. 

 

Once they've gone - "I don't think there's anything wrong, if the documents are lost, writing Nerosyan asking for more copies to be made as the reference copy carried with the crusade was destroyed or lost in fighting."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess we could probably do that. Assuming they have copies, but I'm pretty sure they manage to run an entire government down there, so they probably know how to handle things like that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They should really have sent you a reference copy and have the originals somewhere that doesn't routinely get Fireballed. Anyway, I'd expect those documents to lay out in what territory and over which people you have ultimate authority and where Mendev does. If it doesn't, then we'll have to propose an agreement that is clear about that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, that certainly seems like an important thing to understand."

She is at this point consciously noticing that she kind of wants license to complain about a bunch of things about the crusade, and maybe also her life, but that seems - probably unproductive? Maybe it wouldn't be unproductive, maybe Marit would actually have useful responsible suggestions. That's still kind of a hard thing to figure out how to talk about.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The legal standing of the Crusade is the kind of thing that, if it's unclear, is going to at some point run into a very messy case where people dispute who is allowed to do what and everyone gets very angry at each other. If it's clear cut in advance, then when that happens you can just kick it to the Abadarans and never think about it again."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I mean, I think that's what I was noticing, I do not actually know what the legal status of the crusade is, and that seems like it's obviously going to cause a problem the first time Queen Galfrey disagrees with any of my decisions. ...also seems like it would be very useful to actually know the extent to which any of our actions reflect on Mendev and to what extent they don't, instead of various advisors just claiming that various actions will reflect on Mendev."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - yes, that seems important. And to what extent your actions reflect on Iomedae's Church, it seems - extremely uncharacteristic if Her Church doesn't care a lot about that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nobody has particularly lectured me about that one - but, thinking on it, I am not sure whether that's because everyone is aware that they don't reflect on them, or because everyone has decided that it's not their place to lecture me about that because as the subject of a miraculous intervention they obviously do. Ugh."

"I wouldn't usually identify myself as an Iomedan. Personally. But given I am also not Mendevian, I suppose that's not definitive."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Iomedae's Church in the future honestly sounds - disorganized and like a mess. I am withholding judgment about exactly how much and why. But Iomedae as I know her would care very much if She was understood to be sponsoring something, because people might - trust it as part of their trust in her, and it would be important that it was worthy of that trust, or else able to clearly state that no such trust should be understood to exist. One of our first thoughts, actually, before we got more context, was that it would be awkward to have a Chaotic Good Knight-Commander of a crusade She was sponsoring because the Church would be constantly stepping on your toes about - respects in which our own conduct and any conduct we endorse is constrained by treaty and policy. It doesn't sound like that's happening, which is good unless it's because the Church no longer understands any Crusade it endorses to be constrained by treaty and policy."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, none of the people who have been stepping on my toes have been representing themselves as representatives of Iomedae. Except for Galfrey, I guess, but that is not really how I would describe my relationship with Galfrey given that she mostly doesn't talk to me. And there's Seelah, of course, but Seelah was a fairly novice paladin who was exactly as swept up in things as I was, and she's mostly very clear about her advice only being her own."

" - also, miiight or might not be chaotic good, while we're being very honest with each other. The reading showed up when the butterflies did and I'm not sure whether it's - like the thing that happens when you try to read a cleric."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- fair. Elysium-sponsored, maybe Neutral Good. I am glad no one stepping on your toes is representing themselves as doing so on Iomedae's behalf, but really do need to check what Her church is up to. I'm hoping they're just very very busy with the Asmodeus situation and that fully explains all the rest."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think Cheliax is at the top of Lastwall's to do list? - no, I guess I wouldn't know for sure, I don't particularly know what Lastwall is up to apart from guarding Tar Baphon and holding the Worldwound and defending itself from obvious threats, which is really already quite a to-do list. And I haven't had extensive interactions with them, this is all third hand or worse for you. I'd appreciate a better picture of that situation if you piece one together yourself."

"It seems likely that there are a bunch of pieces of context that you won't have until you come back with us, if you can be spared and we can manage that, but anything else coming to mind that seems high priority to understand?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"There's nothing I am immediately thinking of except things I expect Iomedae will want to say herself."

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep.

 

 

If she is going to be relying on Korva's Elysium-granted interworld transit to go to Korva's world, and she strongly predicts that her top priority there is in fact not going to be the Worldwound but the Asmodean takeover of the Western Empire, then she needs to actually tell Korva that. Which will be awkward, because however Korva feels about it she doesn't want to make geopolitical enemies of the Asmodeans, but - it'd be a substantial betrayal, to represent them as coming to help when intending primarily to conquer a different country.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can do that now, I suppose," she muses in the command tent. "I kind of want the headband for it but I suspect that's on some level an unlawful impulse."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A bit of one. You can borrow mine if you want one with less charm."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd appreciate that, actually. - can you tell Marit to tell them I'll be right over?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." She hands over the headband and sends the message through the scry.

Permalink Mark Unread

" - yeah," Marit goes on after a beat, "she says she'll be right over."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - oh. All right."

Permalink Mark Unread

And she enters. Marit stands at attention. 

 

" - there is one more important conversation we ought to have," she says quietly. "I'm willing to have Paralictor Derenge present for it, on his oath to keep it secret, or we can speak alone if you would prefer that."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

She likes Marit, but she doesn't actually want to be alone in an important conversation with Iomedae, she doesn't think.

"Regill, are you comfortable promising that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Depending on the specific conditions. Do you intend to swear the Knight Commander to secrecy as well?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not consider myself entitled under the circumstances to ask that, as I don't think she'd be advantaged by agreeing."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then I would prefer to swear that I will not in any way reveal what I learn in this conversation, unless Knight Commander Tallandria orders me to do otherwise. Is that acceptable?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, presuming her to be in her right mind and not coerced."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "I swear that I will in no way reveal what I learn in this conversation, unless Knight Commander Tallandria, freely and in her right mind, orders me to do otherwise."

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit will put up a Mage's Private Sanctum, which will kill the scry back in the command tent but also block Korva's companions, and whoever sent her here if it isn't a god.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I want," says Iomedae carefully, "to give you notice that a Queen with a pact with Asmodeus ruling Cheliax is the sort of thing that would, ordinarily, be among my highest priorities. I have no firm intentions at this time, because I don't know enough about the details of the situation, but my prediction is that, should I send forces through to your world, and should they confirm broadly what you've told me here today, I'll find it unacceptable for Cheliax to be so ruled, and remove the ruler in question.  I may not do that. It may be that the situation is not as unacceptable to me as it sounds in that summary. It may be that I won't have the resources, or that there will be other, even higher, priorities, potentially including the Crusade. And I will certainly honor commitments of forces I make to your Crusade, whatever the situation elsewhere. 

I want to tell you this because it is by your power that my people will have the capacity to travel to your world at first. I am not asking for your permission; I don't think I could reasonably ask it, or you meaningfully grant it. But you have approached us as a would-be ally, and so if I am to send Marit with you back to your world, it will not be with secret orders that might make you regret having approached me for alliance. 

You have the right, if you want, to try to negotiate for our assistance to come with a promise not to intervene in Cheliax, though I expect I won't grant that. You can much more easily ask for a lot more help, to mitigate any trouble it may cause your crusade should I intervene elsewhere. And you of course have the right to decide that in light of this you don't want our help after all."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Korva is - okay, firstly she's pretty overwhelmed, because she has in fact made a lot of decisions as Knight Commander, but she doesn't think she's made any individual decisions of this magnitude. Maybe the decision not to run away after Galfrey appointed her Knight Commander, which did feel kind of like this, now that she remembers it.

Secondly, Korva is pretty personally conflicted about the idea of Iomedae smiting the queen of Cheliax.

She has lots of good reasons to be professionally conflicted about it. Cheliax holds almost the entire northern border of the Worldwound, and is probably the only nation capable of doing so. And even if the northern forts would hold in such a situation - and she strongly suspects they won't - the absolute last thing the crusade needs is for her to be known to have knowingly aided in the assassination of all of House Thrune. As things that reflect on Mendev go, it's a pretty bad look.

Personally, of course - she may be ambivalent about claiming Cheliax as a homeland, these days, but it's still where she's spent most of her life. She grew up hearing stories about the thirty years of bloody civil war in Cheliax, about the enormous and honestly outright unbelievable supposed death tolls following the death of Aroden and over the course of a full generation of petty infighting. Then she found other books, after leaving, and it turned out that the widely believed numbers were in fact themselves pretty unbelievable. 

She doesn't, really, want to be the person who made all of Cheliax dissolve into another thirty years of bloody civil war.

 

"What are you imagining happens," she hears herself saying, after a moment, "After you remove the ruler in question."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The likeliest scenario is that I would rule Cheliax myself. There are lots of other possibilities but if I tried to install anyone else they would be - extraordinarily vulnerable without me around, so I would have to stay around, and I think at that point it is most honest to rule the country openly."

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. Of course. Okay. She can trade an Asmodean state for an Iomedan theocracy, even more extreme than Lastwall and Mendev, more akin to whatever it is they're really doing in Osirion, except with the flavoring of Lastwall or Mendev, and a war of uncertain scope is the price of making that trade, if she wants to make it.

It would probably work, is the thing. Korva's always assumed that the reason the largest Asmodean temples contain shrines to a dozen different gods, but never Iomedae, is that the church still sees Iomedae as a possible competitor with Asmodeus for the true loyalties of the Chelish people. She is, after all, the Inheritor, the god most directly associated with Cheliax's previous patron deity, and she was, in life, a Chelish woman. But it would work the way that Mendev works, with the champions of purity obsessed with rooting out a huge variety of cultists - who will absolutely continue being there - and going after people like Ember and Daeran and Woljif in the process. And in places it may still dissolve into bloody revolution and anarchy, as it did in Galt.

She doesn't think she actually likes Mendev any more than she likes Cheliax. 

 

"The entire northern border of the Worldwound is held by Cheliax," she says, because she's still chewing on her personal feelings, but the professional ones have gotten at least that far. "If there's a major internal war, and it affects their deployment, as you'd expect it to, all of those forts might buckle."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I understand. My guess would be that it would be worth preparing - conceivably for five to ten years - such that the war, when it happens, is very swift, decided in days and over in weeks. I think we'd have two archmages, and Cheliax has none. That's not the sort of conditions that produce a protracted war, and protracted wars are extremely bad for many reasons. I can't promise a swift one, but I'm wildly more likely to do it if I am very sure it will be quick."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Could I ask you to commit to not starting one unless you honestly and confidently believe, based on the evidence, that it will be over in a matter of weeks, even if you get there and decide that the conditions there are immediately appalling to you. Is that the sort of thing that I might negotiate for."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would be willing to commit to not starting a war in Cheliax unless either I honestly and confidently believe, based on the evidence, that it will be over in a matter of weeks, or I successfully convince you - without Splendour, which you'll notice I am not employing - that it's worth doing worse than that. We'd need a good definition of 'over', if the previous monarchs have fled and not signed a peace but those armed forces in Cheliax and answering to it have all surrendered I'd want that to count. And a reasonable number for weeks, I'm inclined to say six."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't care about the monarchs, I care about the people. And I care about the northern forts holding, and I care about it not being known that the knight commander of the Fifth Crusade is in any way responsible for an invasion of Cheliax, which I'm very sure is the sort of thing I am not supposed to be using my position for. - and I care about whether it violates the treaty, does it violate the treaty?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not unless the Shining Crusaders attack the Chelish forces stationed at the Worldwound. I strongly recommend that you not grant passage to anyone who is unwilling to swear to abide by the current treaty's terms."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We are happy to swear to abide by the terms of that treaty, once they are provided to us, and in the meantime to swear to either abide by it or come directly home at the first opportunity."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Honestly also care about what Regill thinks of your plans, but I suspect that everyone will be very annoyed with me if I try to insist that you agree on anything."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will not assist with an invasion of Cheliax. I am willing to provide an assessment of whether the northern forts will hold."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I expect that 'war over very swiftly' is going to entail agreements with the Hellknight orders in advance and I am tentatively willing to defer to them for assessments of objective criteria relevant to our agreement. Tentatively only because while I am impressed by Paralictor Derenge I don't actually know much more than that about the orders.  I do not expect to proceed with an invasion while substantial disagreement exists among reasonable people about how long it will take to succeed. My own command has a good track record of being correct about the odds our operations will succeed and the timeframe on which they will succeed or fail. And we can ask Iomedae the god, if She's any good."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. I will... think about that one."

"I care about what happens to Cheliax after, but I don't know that I have any easily swearable terms that capture anything I care about. I care about - you saw the elf girl with the burn scars in the corner before, yes?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ember."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, Ember."

"Ember is an elf who was born the same year that Aroden died and the Worldwound opened. She tells us that her father thought it was a sign that she would help close the wound, and on those grounds he traveled with her to Kenabres, decades ago, when she was even more a child than she is now. The current leader of those who keep the peace in Kenabres is an old Iomedan inquisitor named Hulrun, and he was an Iomedan inquisitor at the time, though he was much younger then. He is, to this day, extremely concerned about Kenabres being infiltrated by demon cultists - which is a very real problem, to be clear, I have met an absolutely baffling number of demon cultists in the past several months."

"Hulrun was very wary of new crusaders by the time Ember and her father reached Kenabres. He felt that the city watch was insufficiently paranoid about them. I don't know what they did, Ember doesn't remember - she's a witch now, and may also have been a witch then, it's hard to say - but I know that Hulrun ordered Ember and her father burned at the stake. She survived only because another Iomedan, overcome with regret at the last second, rescued Ember from the flames and ran away with her. She instead grew up as an orphan on the streets of Kenabres, and may well help close the wound as her father predicted, no matter how many faces people make at me for including her and occasionally getting her killed. But Hulrun is still in a position of authority, in Kenabres, and when I met him he was spending time in the middle of Deskari's attack trying to hunt down the very group of Desnans that Arueshalae had warned about the attack, and who had tried to warn him in turn. - well, no, technically when I met him he was telling me not to call myself a crusader unless he knew who I was, but you get the point."

"I tell you this story, not because I in any way think that Cheliax is better, or even because I think that Hulrun is representative of Iomedans in general, whether you would consider our Iomedae a broken version of Herself or not. I tell it because I notice that it illustrates a way in which Cheliax is similar to the nation I have been to whose government most cares what Iomedae thinks. Ember isn't the only case, just the most obviously sympathetic. And I care about not starting a war in order to get a society with those same flaws in a different coat of paint."

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is extraordinarily sensible of you. I still think it matters enormously whether or not people go to Hell, however evilly they are governed in life, but were that the exposure I had to the Church of Iomedae She'd be on the list of gods I mean to kill.

I am not sure what more I can possibly say, except - that you should visit Cheliax while you are here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe I should. I should also be getting back to where I came from, but maybe I should anyway, especially if we think that waiting a day is likely to result in any more appreciable amount of safety."

"Anyway. I care about all of that. And then I care about, if you decide to have a war, and then win it as you expect, and then decide to try to rule Cheliax, whether you will then, as ruler of Cheliax, deliver me the troops I need to win my war. As you predicted, but yes, that's a thing I care a lot about."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That I am certainly willing to promise to do, with the details pending a better apprehension of the situation but certainly possible to settle before an invasion. I have a strong suspicion that Cheliax's current forces are tied down by the fact that every other power in the Inner Sea is opposed to a country being run by Asmodeus, and that were it not run by Asmodeus it would have fewer problems on all of its borders. Also a lot of the soldiers will be Lawful Evil and I will be looking very hard for ways to let them escape it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think they're mostly tied down by the countries that used to be Chelish provinces and then had bloody revolutions about it, but I obviously wouldn't necessarily know. I expect you to be capable of negotiating a situation with Andoran and Molthune that frees up troops in all of them, which amounts to the same thing."

"It sounds like we can probably come to an agreement that will leave me willing to transport you across, if I can. But I want both of us to have more information before we make any such agreements. So I still think that I should bring Marit across alone, first, if you'll let me, and then bring him back and have another talk about what you're planning in light of Marit's new information. And I think that I will also want some kind of preliminary agreement about what Marit will do, while he's over there."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That seems very reasonable, though I want to raise the hesitation that Marit may have difficulty not coming to the attention of god-Iomedae, and therefore we should not lay plans that shouldn't rise to Her attention. Or shouldn't send Marit. There's someone else who could conceivably go and not get god-Iomedae's attention but it'd be more complicated in several respects."

Permalink Mark Unread

"For all I know Iomedae watches everything I do all the time. But She's yet to interfere with any of my plans, and I don't see that anything about this one is the sort of thing that would cause Her to change that. I'm fine risking Marit, if he agrees to reasonable ground rules."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Certainly. Do you have those in mind now, or should we both come back with proposals?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...come back with them, I guess, I ought to think about it. At minimum he'll have to abide by the Worldwound treaty, which basically says that you can't attack or otherwise mess with people if they're fighting demons at the Worldwound, and he should probably take precautions to avoid having been visibly and obviously associated with me before the same person later shows up involved in a war with Cheliax. As a practical matter he will obviously have to tolerate all of the members of our crusade who... inspire one to cultivate the virtue of tolerance. But I ought to actually think of an agreement that won't leave me annoyed with myself later, and you're welcome to help with coming up with one."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Absolutely. I trust Marit and strongly don't expect you'll regret bringing him through, and am happy to work up a detailed agreement."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

"Thank you. And now I think I should probably return your artifact headband, and then see whether Aivu has realized that I'm in a private sanctum and decided to panic about it."

"...thank you for loaning it to me. I do think it helped, for that conversation."

She notices, then, that she doesn't actually feel embarrassed at all anymore.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You are very welcome, Korva. I already thought very highly of you, and after this conversation feel more confident in that judgment." And she takes the headband back. "Let's speak again tomorrow."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

She's gonna have - a lot to think about. And probably have a lot of feelings, later. But she doesn't think she regrets the decision she seems to be making, here, if it can get her the resources she needs.

"I guess in the meantime I should be thinking about how to get more information on how the world-hopping works."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. Best of luck to you, and let us know anything else we can do to help."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will."

And she can go check on whether Aivu is worried.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aivu is still gleefully playing hide and seek. It's Woljif who's noticed and decided to stand outside and swish his tail nervously.

Everything all right, Chief?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I'd've told you if I knew we were going to do the private sanctum, sorry. Paladin stuff.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey, I don't care.

(He might care, though.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Ember, who has been found, will hear the telepathic conversation and come investigate herself. And if she sees Iomedae leaving, too, she will smile very sincerely and wave goodbye to her, without a trace of ill will or discomfort.

Permalink Mark Unread

Iomedae knows a lot of that kind of person. They're the kind she meant to build her Church out of. 

 

What happened?

 

 

 

- she should give Alfirin her headband back.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You look more troubled."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Korva had a very reasonable list of demands in exchange for enabling my geopolitical troublemaking, and -

- her main line of objection was, in fact, that in her experience, the Iomedaen inquisition in Mendev burned Ember's father at the stake, and tried to burn Ember too, on suspicion that they were cultists of demons, and she would like me to moderate such behavior in Cheliax."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Were Ember and her father in fact demon cultists?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ember's a witch. I have no idea what her father did. Korva asserted that the man responsible is still an inquisitor, still in power in Kenabres, and was recently going after the Desnans who Arueshalae had warned about the demon attack."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not even I will call it particularly overzealous for one of Your inquisitors to be suspicious of people who were contacted by a demon right before a demon attack. Your church in this world does seem much worse than I would expect, even knowing prophecy recently broke - I'm sorry."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. It- it is what it is, really. I won't be upset if I have to change course. I will be upset if it's still the best course just a much less good one than I hoped, that'd be really annoying. And as you said, this world was probably - selected.

 

I like Korva. She handled the request well. She wants my word to only do it if it can be over in weeks, or I've convinced her is worth it anyway."

Permalink Mark Unread

"She seems likeable. And less easily overawed than most people her age."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmmhmm. 

 

Depending what Marit finds it might make sense, next, for you to go through, figure out what you're up to and whether my church outside Mendev's any better." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Marit seems about as qualified as I am to investigate the latter." She does not immediately see a good way to ask 'Why do you think I'll still be up to things in nine hundred years?' so - obliquely, she supposes - "Did Korva mention anything that might be a lead on the former apart from how I share an ethnicity with the woman who opened the Worldwound?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"She didn't. Four known archmages - Razmir, Felandriel Morgethai, Nefreti Clepati, and Vorlesh. Morgethai's the chaotic good one in independent Andoran, and seems almost definitely worth reaching out to, we'll need her backing. The others I want to approach more carefully, but - we could use them too."

 

It seems - possible - that Alfirin has some ideas for things she may try, with respect to immortality, which suggest leads in finding her in the future. But that's such a complicated conversation. Iomedae isn't totally sure she can afford such a complicated conversation.

Permalink Mark Unread

The complicated conversation seems kind of inevitable at this point, but it's probably better to have it after going to the other world and knowing what Alfirin actually becomes, nine hundred years down the line (Assuming that she even exists in this other world)

Permalink Mark Unread

Iomedae is pretty sure it's a good idea to say something, it's just excruciatingly hard to think what. 

"Another world, and an adversarially chosen one," she says eventually. "...also one in which I, or my Church, seem to be the worst. I'm - dreading learning something about that world's Alfirin that's as alarming as 'she's Areelu Vorlesh'. I'm also dreading learning that my Church turned on her, and I don't know if I'm more appalled at the possibilities where they were right to or where they were wrong to. I...I want to make you a promise, but I don't even know what shape it'd be, of promise, but - if you've thought of anything it'd help to hear -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"If the problem in that world is that You are different, then your promise in this one is unnecessary. If it's Your church and - poor communication - and they have turned on me wrongly, then your promises cannot save me. And if they turned on me rightly, by your values - I cannot ask for a promise that would prevent that."

 

"Maybe once we know more about what actually happened, there, one of us will know what to say to the other about it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I could promise not to use whatever we learn from that world. In the last case. If you do it here and the Church learns of it here, sure, we'll have a problem, but - but we can't afford to invite that problem back to before the conclusion of the Crusade, and it's not remotely fair, to you, and it feels like a way to be manipulable, being willing to turn on someone based on something that happened in another world. And those were some stabs at describing what'd be wrong with that but I'm much more sure that it'd be wrong, a terrible mistake, than I am at my guesses of why."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You are not a god yet."

Permalink Mark Unread

"May not be one, at this rate. I would have to think carefully about what specifically was being promised, but - I think I can do it, or I wouldn't have offered to. I think I could make only very small errors neither of us were sure were errors and in unpredictable directions from an Iomedae who didn't know."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll think about whether I would want such a promise even assuming you can keep it. I - selfishly - would not want you to ignore the implications if the Alfirin in that world is Felandriel Morgethai and - It seems - anarchic, but also simply against my values - to ask you to only ignore anything we learn that speaks ill of me - "

Permalink Mark Unread

"And I appreciate that - deeply -

- but also I am mostly specifically obsessing over avoiding a scenario where we learn that the other Alfirin did something terrible and you - feel like you cannot safely come home - and it seems fine to me if, so that the Shining Crusade succeeds at its extremely important aim, it has a blanket-amnesty-for-future-selves-from-the-terrible-world policy that still permits smugness if one turns out to have a nonterrible self from the terrible world."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If I learn that in the terrible world I did something with some great cost that you would be unwilling to countenance, then either I would be able to say to you truthfully that in this world I would not do the same, and it must be that the me in that world is worse the same way everything else is worse, or - I would tell you that I won't start pursuing that same path yet, and wait until the Crusade is done to be enemies. I do not need your promises to trust that that would be safe and - if we are to be enemies, I'd rather do it openly than both spend years second-guessing whether you've learned enough through more normal channels to start suspecting me -"

Permalink Mark Unread

" - all right." It doesn't feel all right. Probably she's still shaken up about the terrible world. "That works for me. Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"There's really no need to thank me, not for that.'

Permalink Mark Unread

"You are being very tolerant of my paranoia prompted entirely by learning of My own failings. And I as ever appreciate your thoughtfulness." That's enough, though. There is slightly more affordance to say nice things to Alfirin after fraught conversations but not all that much of it. 


"If we send Marit through with a couple of scrolls and minor magic items I don't think Tar-Baphon will be curious enough to check where he is, but if we want such a check to fail we'd be incurring much higher expenses..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I can cover him with an extended mind blank for two days - discern location might actually give the sort of result that does not tip off Tar-Baphon at all, if Marit mostly sticks to cities that exist today - Perhaps I should try one on one of Korva's companions that didn't come with."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, that's a good idea. Also suggestive about what kind of magic we should expect to function across-world. They tried Sendings, obviously, without success. But the Raise Deads worked, which I wouldn't necessarily have expected."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll go see who we might be able to test it on."

Permalink Mark Unread

Inside the Mansion, she first goes to look for Korva in the private sanctum room, unless she should run into someone else on the way there.

Permalink Mark Unread

Heleer is in an antechamber doing Legend Lores, and nods to her, but does not particularly convey a desire to talk, plausibly because he has guessed she might have some questions.

Permalink Mark Unread

Korva's out of the private sanctum room, by now. She figures her next order of business is probably talking to Heleer again and seeing if he can learn anything useful from her or from the memory of her not-a-teleport, but she's been checking on Aivu, and hasn't quite gotten around to it just yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

When Korva's not in the private sanctum Alfirin keeps looking until she finds her. It doesn't take that long, since Korva is not actively trying to hide.

"Knight-Commander? Do you have a moment?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

"My name is Alfirin, I'm a wizard working with the Shining Crusade. I'd like to try to use discern location on one of your companions back on your world to see if the spell can work across that dimension. I will need an item that once belonged to them to target, do you have anything?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, probably. Uh." What does she have that used to belong to someone, does she have anything like that? - well, half of what she's wearing, but most of those people are dead. "Do gifts work? Do you know how long they had to have it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Gifts generally work if it's something they made themselves or owned for a time before gifting it. If someone bought a ring of protection for you, it wouldn't count, if they made it it would, if they owned it for a time and then acquired a better one and gave you their old one that'd work. It's not very picky, about a week of ownership tends to do it."

Permalink Mark Unread

So not the scarf. She's gotta have - "Oh! I gave Heleer some notes written by his other self. That ought to do it, right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That seems worth trying, though - there's the chance that just gets us Heleer, and if it fails outright it's less informative, since your Heleer might keep himself mind blanked."

She'll try it.

"No result. Anyone else I can try who's not a powerful wizard? And ideally not alive right now?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nnnnot off the top of my head. ...I'm gonna ask Woljf if he's stolen anything recently, I bet he has."

Permalink Mark Unread

What, him? Steal? From the crusaders? He would never.

....but would it work if he had an item that probably used to belong to someone else and he didn't know who that someone might have been?

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think so, I think you need to identify the creature?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Would it work to find a person who had something for some amount of time between probably stealing it, not that I have any way of knowing that, and giving it to me. - who you, uh, aren't actually trying to find, right, it's just a test?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's just a test. I... don't really know whether that would work? I guess we could try it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Woljif makes a face. "Of course, some people are less than perfectly enthusiastic about their locations being known to strangers, not that those people have necessarily done anything wrong and don't just value their privacy. - Oh! Hey! I have a cup I was borrowing from Seelah. - She was showing me a trick with it, I really wouldn't steal from Seelah. I value my life too much."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That works. Probably. Thanks, Woljif."

She has a cup that probably once belonged to her friend Seelah. Will that do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, that will do.

 

...Still no result. So the spell doesn't work across universes, which is convenient.

"Well, thank you for letting me try this. Anything else you need from me while I'm here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh, not unless you think you have a way of learning anything about how the not-a-teleport works that might make me more confident that I can predict where it'll drop me next time."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not without seeing it done, no. Best of fortune to you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thanks."

Well. In that case she'll talk to Heleer about it, but she's not very optimistic. Regill's not wrong that something completely unexpected happened, and that something unexpected might happen again... but it's probably the sort of power that you have to trust in, and hope it's friendly.

Still. She ought to try.

Permalink Mark Unread

Heleer doesn't have much in the way of guesses, either. Perhaps she wants a tuning fork for the Material so they have some hope of Plane Shifting back here if it takes them to another plane. They probably don't want to do it from inside the Mansion in case that confuses it. 

"Iomedae'll obviously look pretty hard for you, if anything goes wrong. But - there's nothing obvious to attempt in advance, really."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, that figures. Well. The Elysium stuff has never actively screwed me over before, so - I'm going to hope that it works as intended. A tuning fork to the material would be nice, though, if you can make me one. Iomedae wanted me to see Cheliax before I left, so - I guess I should probably do that, before I go."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wish you enjoyable travels."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thanks." She should have a better response to people's well-wishes than that, but she's tired. 

She can't go to Westcown by herself, since she's never been there. She can't go to Egorian, because it doesn't exist yet. It'll have to be Kintargo. And she can't do a round trip to Kintargo in one day, because she's only got one spell kenning left; she spent the first going from Kalsgard to Kintargo in the morning.

She supposes that she can take Ember, even though Ember isn't the absolute best person for keeping a low profile. She kind of wants to do this alone, but that isn't much of an excuse for wasting time or spells.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

It's getting on towards evening, by the time she and Ember reach Kintargo again. She isn't really sure she wants to see it. Her younger self would be so disappointed in her complete lack of historical curiosity, she thinks. It wouldn't even have to be a very much younger self. She wonders when exactly she lost that curiosity.

But she ought to see it anyway.

She looks for a bookstore, this time.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's one not far from the magic shop; adventurers have money.

 

There are lots of books, overflowing from the main room into an upstairs one and a downstairs one. Books from Oppara and from Absalom and from Augustana and Almas and Ostenso and Corentyn and Korvosa and Middlemar and Hyrantum. There are also flat papers with the latest news, done in cheap ink that smudges on your fingers. The latest news is of a royal wedding in Oppara and a great victory by the Shining Crusade and a bank failure and a public allegation that the governor's embezzling. There's a word-puzzle and this week's reading from The History And Future Of Humanity and commentary from this week's reading and artwork purportedly of Axis.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

It's beautiful. She doesn't care quite as much about beautiful things anymore, she doesn't think, but it is in fact beautiful. Even if all of these books are full of lies, too, at least they'll be full of lots of different people's lies, and seeing the shadows the true things leave is much easier if you can look at them from multiple different angles. 

She shouldn't buy them. Dorelinda's always telling her that they don't have enough stuff, and books don't win you wars. On the other hand, Marit brought up that books from nine hundred years ago might be really valuable, and she bets that Arsinoe would pay for them after. Of course, that only works if she does sell them, and doesn't just leave them in her room next to the shelves and shelves of other books she's collected while adventuring, hoarding them like a dragon, even though she's only had time to read a very few of them.

She buys a few, and then leaves to wander around half-aimlessly outside, not really very sure how you're supposed to go about deciding whether you like a place in a matter of hours. She's not sure she's ever been to a place she particularly liked. They all have their upsides, of course, but none of them fill her with pride or the desire to claim them as her own place, above any others. 

But eventually the half-aimless wandering will land her outside a temple of Aroden, and because she doesn't really know what temples of Aroden are like at all, she figures she might as well at least see the inside of one.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's got a great glass domed ceiling, and an attached library of its own, and children at lessons in some long square rooms running alongside the main hall. It has a statue of Aroden, a staff in one hand, at the helm of a great ship and pointing off into the middle distance, and it has a dozen more depictions of Him in the murals on the walls. Aroden farming; Aroden fishing; Aroden reading; Aroden surrounding by adoring listening children. Aroden was, of course, an archmage, and it's hard to think why he'd ever have knelt in the dirt to plant seeds by hand, but that's how the murals have him. 

 

A plump, cheerful apprentice asks her if she's looking for something particularly.

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, just from a long way off and haven't been to a temple in a while."

"...actually, how do the lessons work, is it okay for people to listen in if they're quiet?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You have to pay to send a child, or indenture them, but if you want to listen to see if it's worth paying for you can do that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, just for a bit to see how it is, if that's all right. Come on, Ember."

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a history lesson. It's about how (it is speculated; no one wrote it down) people got useful animals out of wild ones. Wild sheep shed their wool; people picked sheep that shed less of it, so it was easier to shear them and get the wool yourself, and kept doing that for a very long time until now a farmed sheep will overheat and die, if you let it roam, and has no instincts for avoiding predators besides. Dogs might've been wolves, once, and humans picked the smartest and most loyal ones and bred for that. The students are to think of an animal their family relies on and what people breeding that animal might be breeding it for, what people will pay most for in the next generation, and what that animal will be like a hundred generations hence. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

She listens. And she watches the children, whether they're attentive or bored or nervous or stressed, what attitudes they seem to have towards the lesson and towards the other people in the room.

Permalink Mark Unread

Some of them are attentive! Some of them are bored. One girl is eating her sleeve. One boy wads up his paper and throws it across the room and gets swatted for this, though not hard enough to leave a mark. While they work on the thinking-of-an-animal exercise they're permitted to speak, apparently, and some of the older students are having a heated argument about whether the final state of horse-breeding will be flying horses or not.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is not, on the whole, deeply awful, although it's a little hard for her to say whether they're learning anything useful, either. She heads back out, after a while, past the murals of Aroden and the cheerful apprentice and back onto the streets. 

You probably can't learn what a place is like in a matter of hours, really.

Any other obvious temples in Kintargo?

Permalink Mark Unread

Lots! Erastil? Irori? Sarenrae? Shelyn? Abadar? ...Norgorber, apparently?

Permalink Mark Unread

Isn't Norgorber the god of.... crime? She's heard that he's allowed to be openly worshipped in Absalom, but of course Absalom is into all of the ascended gods. It seems like you wouldn't generally want people to be allowed to build a temple to him.

 

....fine, she'll see what they're doing at the temple of Norgorber.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's the aspect that's about secrets!! They have nothing to do with the aspects that are about other things.

Is she in the market for secrets?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, it depends what the going price is, doesn't it.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not easy to price secrets. That's what makes them such a fascinating business. A fascinating, legal business. 

 

She seems like a secrets-having person, really. Is she selling?

Permalink Mark Unread

...she supposes that also depends on the going price. How do you price a secret on either side, anyway, not knowing what it is until it's bought?

Permalink Mark Unread

Minor prophecy. Obviously. Same way they do it everywhere.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, of course.

Nah, not today. But have a good day, Norgorberites.

 

All right, other temples. She hasn't seen a Desnan one, and obviously hasn't seen an Asmodean one, and Iomedae is not yet a goddess. 

Maybe she should check out Shelyn. It's not that she likes Shelyn. She's annoyed with what she knows of Shelyn, actually, thank you very much. But, and this is very important, if she ever meets some other Shelynites, then she might be able to come up with sicker burns for Sosiel.

What's the temple of Shelyn up to, at this hour.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's hosting a concert! It's a....women's-only event with lions from Nirvana providing childcare, apparently.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

....what??

Permalink Mark Unread

The church of Shelyn in Kintargo, it transpires, is mostly the personal project of Isavenna Coliaris, a rich retired adventurer who built the concert hall and the sculpture garden and holds whichever events please her, and right now that's women-only concerts, and she uses Planar Ally to call lions from Nirvana to play with women's children during the concert so they can attend. They are wildly popular. The children adore the lions and the lions adore the children and the concerts are lovely.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Korva is going to just turn around and continue being annoyed with Shelyn. She's not sure whether she's annoyed about the event itself or annoyed that she doesn't understand how this has anything to do with - well, she supposes Shelyn probably cares about concerts. STILL. DUMB. STUPID. POINTLESS. Sosiel would probably like it.

She will generously allow Ember to play with the lions and toddlers for ten minutes, because apparently Ember wants to do that, and then they are going to someplace less stupid. Which is closer, Erastil or Irori?

Permalink Mark Unread

Erastil! Irori's out on a hilltop with a monastery attached.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hilltops are stupid. Actually she's pretty sure she doesn't usually feel like that and is just annoyed at Shelyn, or possibly at Nirvana for having lions that play with children ( - Zara would love them, probably), but whatever. 

Are they doing anything at the temple of Erastil at this hour.

Permalink Mark Unread

Of all the temples she has gone to they are the one having most recognizably a worship service. There's a sermon and hymns and pauses for quiet prayer and readings from Erastil's holy book and so on.

Permalink Mark Unread

You know what, she can just sit in the back and listen. Having a recognizable worship service is not patently offensive to her.

 

 

She feels kind of bad about getting that one Erastil cleric eaten alive by rats. Daeran brought him back five seconds after without them having to waste a diamond on it, he's not dead or anything, but she feels kind of bad about it anyway. This is probably a concerning association to have with Erastil, but it was kind of her most recent interaction with one of his clerics, so that's mostly what she finds herself thinking about.

Permalink Mark Unread

This Erastil cleric is an old man who does not look like he led the kind of life in which he was eaten alive by rats even temporarily. He has a deep, gravelly, reassuring voice. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, you can't tell from whether someone has a reassuring voice, can you. Ember has a reassuring voice. Give Kyado forty years, and he might be fine.

She's heard it said that in the rural regions of Cheliax -which is most of the country, as it is everywhere - the peasants are almost as devoted to Erastil as to Asmodeus, and Archerfeast is the largest festival of the year. She's mostly heard it with the gloss that the peasants are weak, idiotic people who place their stomachs above all else, and who need to be reined in by their infernal masters and subjected to harsher and more complete control than the rural nobles are willing to bother with (the rural nobles also being weak and idiotic, in some of these conversations). But she wonders, listening, whether their stomachs are only most of the reason that Cheliax has this problem.

 

She ducks out just as the service looks like it's winding down, so she doesn't have to deal with talking to anyone as everyone leaves.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why are we only looking at temples? The temples won't tell you what a city is like."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I guess because the temples are the obvious thing that wasn't here when I visited last. I guess I was wondering how it's changed."

"What do you want to see, Ember?"

Permalink Mark Unread

So Ember takes them to the very worst part of the city, where the poorest people live.

Permalink Mark Unread

...okay, fine, but she's going to disguise what she's wearing and at least take off Ember's most obvious magic items, so that they look like remotely normal people.

Permalink Mark Unread


There are, actually, temples down by the tanneries, too, and among the densely-packed shacks that cling to the outside of the city walls. Just Sarenrae and Aroden, and this Arodenite temple doesn't have a library or a glass roof. (It does have murals urging you, personally, to sign up for the Shining Crusade.) The children here aren't clothed, but do actually mostly look fed, and no one is visibly injured; brightly colored scraps of fabric flutter in the windows of makeshift houses.

They are watched warily. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, well, the children in her Kintargo are fed, mostly, and also they have clothes. Sometimes they're injured, but you can't have everything, can you.

She feels uncomfortable here, and wonders whether she's really lost so much touch with who she used to be that she feels uncomfortable in slums. But that's not it, she realizes, after a minute. She's uncomfortable not knowing what they're here for.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ember's not uncomfortable anywhere. Did they need to be here for something specific? Is that how sightseeing works?

Ember says hello to people, and heals a bird, and has a long conversation with a cat, and asks children how to play the games they're playing. If she runs into anyone who looks like they need help with something she knows how to do, like laundry or cleaning, she'll ask if she can help.

Permalink Mark Unread

The children will teach Ember their games! They're playing marbles, and hide-and-seek, and Crusaders, in which you are a crusader and stab the undead with your magic sword.

No one will turn down help with laundry. They're trying to get it done by sundown so they can nip in and get their skin, scoured raw from the lye, healed at the sundown healing. They do ask Ember where she's from.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ember likes doing laundry. It reminds her of when she was very small, and used to help her mother with it.

"I was born in Kyonin! But I've lived in Mendev for a long time, and it's nice there, too. Korva grew up here, so we're visiting together. Do you like it here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

(Korva does not, particularly, like doing laundry, but she'll follow Ember's lead and try not to look grumpy about it. It's kind of grounding, really, after you get past the fundamental absurdity of spending an evening on this.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Most of them have never been anywhere else! One woman grew up in Korvosa and says Kintargo is nicer, the streets are safer, and one grew up in Menador and says that there are more monsters there. They mostly haven't heard of Mendev or Kyonin but Ember is an elf so it makes sense she'd be from fascinatingly exotic places that no one's heard of. Is Mendev in newly liberated Molthune province, one woman's husband was thinking about going there where they're giving out land to anyone who'll build a good farm on it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mendev's in the north, where it's very cold in the wintertime. I'm not sure where Molthune province is."

Permalink Mark Unread

The woman whose husband wants to move there knows! It's north of the duchy of Isger, though you actually get there by boat from Kerse, in the duchy of Druma. It's mostly forest, of course, but the crusaders cleared it out of undead and now they want people to live there so monsters don't all get settled in and make it too dangerous.

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds nice! Kyonin is mostly forest, too."

Permalink Mark Unread

Korva is not sure how much she's learning from this, either, but in Ember's defense she has literally not told her what she's trying to learn because it's a secret.

They can do laundry until the evening healing and then tag along for that, even though they can of course just heal themselves. In case it's somehow instructive.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's the Sarenrite temple, built in a big ring for a channel, and of course if there's more people than space they'll do a second one. They go home, first, to get elderly relatives and pregnant women - it's said if you make it to the channel lots of times while you're expecting, the baby will be stronger and healthier - and then on over. One man is chair-bound and four people carry him.

There's no sermon; the priest greets them at the door, mostly by name, and then once the room's full does the channel and then shoos them out. They talk the whole time, including while the priest is invoking Sarenrae, which the priest doesn't seem to mind (though somebody's grandmother does, and tries quite heatedly to get them all to show some respect.) The children are chattering and singing. 

"You'll be staying for dinner?" one of the women they did laundry with asks.

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you'll have us! Thank you so much, that's so kind!"

Permalink Mark Unread

...sure. Honestly she feels kind of weird about taking people's food, but sure, fine, they can stay for dinner.

Permalink Mark Unread

They don't have a lot of food but they don't have so little they can't spare some for people who helped with laundry all afternoon. They share out soup and bread and mash up some of the crustless bread for the littlest children and they eat outside under the stars and gossip. They've heard the stories in the flatsheets third-hand, some of them, and heard scandalous things about the Governor, and have apparently the kind of conception of the gods where the gods, themselves, have romances and arguments and children and jealousy and so on. Aroden and Arazni were lovers, and Aroden and Iomedae presumably, and Cayden Cailean and Desna and Cayden Cailean and Calistria and maybe Cayden Cailean and some demon lords, who knows really. Erastil is faithful to his wife but everyone else has a lot of god-flings. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

It's not home. Possibly the thing that she was looking for was home, as if a pre-infernal Cheliax might somehow be more homelike than the place where she actually grew up. But even if that were true, and it wouldn't be, this wouldn't be the time it was true of. You really shouldn't expect to find home if you travel nine hundred years into the past.

But it's no worse than any other place she's been, she doesn't think, taken as a whole. And really - okay, yes, she takes a somewhat perverse level of satisfaction in warning Iomedae about the worst excesses of her church, if it might result in a somewhat better time for her people. Sure. She is that vain and that spiteful, and she wants, ideally, for Cheliax to be a better place than she left it.

But she'll take not worse, if it also means the Worldwound is closed, and that her duties to Lariel and the other angels are fulfilled. She can live with that. And - the people here are not so frightened, or so sucpicious, or so vicious towards Ember as she would expect her own people to be. Maybe that's not a such a bad thing to trade for, even if a lot of the children are naked and a lot of the adults are illiterate. Of course, there's no reason to particularly expect that Iomedae can achieve anything like this society in modern Cheliax, in any kind of reasonable time frame, but - at least the thing she's imagining, when she imagines how Cheliax ought to be, isn't fundamentally stupid, or any more horrible than what's already there.

 

They say goodbye, eventually, and walk a couple streets over before teleporting back.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Shining Crusade is as they left it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

All right, well, she'll check in with her people. Regill has been observing the Shining Crusade camp; the others have been various degrees of goofing off (not that what she's been doing wasn't arguably goofing off, too, apart from how Iomedae told her to do it). She thinks a little bit about what reasonable ground rules might consist of, but she doesn't feel like it's the kind of thing she's very good at, and mostly she thinks she's just going to ask him to check with her before doing anything that seems likely to have major effects on anything.

In the morning, when they've rested, she can meet with Iomedae and Marit again and see if they've come up with a preliminary agreement for her to agree to, probably.

Permalink Mark Unread

Iomedae has sent over a proposal for Korva. Marit will swear to and abide by the Worldwound treaty and obey orders from Korva unless they're unconscionable, here's how the Shining Crusade defines that, it's really fairly limited, Korva cannot order him to give his oath or order him to torture someone or rape someone or murder civilians or mistreat prisoners or divulge military secrets of the Shining Crusade; if he is given the authority to conduct trials he must also be given the authority to conduct them Lawfully; if he is represented to anyone as having authority he must actually be permitted to exercise it. 

She'd like his body back, if he gets killed somehow, and might request compensation of the Mendevian Crusade were they to, say, unlawfully kill him themselves or send him on a suicide mission that didn't seem to reasonably serve the crusade's objectives. 

She would like Korva to not arrange to have him mindread or enchanted by anyone other than Korva herself.

Korva may want to form opinions on whether he can mindread people (whenever he thinks it's warranted or whenever he suspects them of a crime or with their notice in the course of conducting criminal proceedings, or not at all), whether he can enchant people (never, in contexts where he could also reasonably employ violence, such as war and self-defense, or wherever he sees fit with notice to his superiors) and on whether he can depart Drezen (with notice, with permission, or as he pleases) and on who he reports to if anyone in her absence.

Permalink Mark Unread

....she would like him not to mindread people without clearing it with her, or without at least giving her an outline of what he's planning to do that he anticipates needing to mindread people for and clearing that, unless it's some kind of emergency situation where he can't clear it with her and needs to do so to avert some obvious disaster... which she thinks honestly probably means that he shouldn't commit to anything other than using his best judgement and telling her afterwards, but he should, you know, still try to ask her before doing so when possible. 

He should not under any circumstances attempt to mindread Daeran Arendae, and should not reveal to anyone whatsoever that he received this instruction.

He can enchant people when he sees fit with notice to his superiors. He should give her notice before leaving Drezen. If Regill is available and she is not, he should report to Regill; if neither is available he'll just have to use his best judgement.

Permalink Mark Unread

Right. Marit thinks it's best if he present himself as a fairly powerful fighter here to assist in training the crusaders. He is a fairly powerful fighter, and no one's going to ask if he's a fifth circle swordmage. That means he won't want to be obviously casting his own Tongues; can she provide that?

Permalink Mark Unread

She can, and she approves of this plan.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he's all ready to go. 

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. She does want to at least bring back some scrolls, ideally including Mage's Magnificent Mansion so Nenio can learn it, but everything else they can figure out after Marit's figured out what to make of the other side.

She's not at all confident that the not-a-teleport can carry more people over than an actual teleport, so Aivu and Ember and Arue can get in the bag. And - she can hope, and focus inward, and try her best to not-a-teleport back to Drezen, as it was when she left it two days ago.

Permalink Mark Unread

And the wind swirls, and the butterflies land on her, and -

She shows up on the floating island. Of the people who are immediately visible, there's a kitsune in one area mixing potions, someone in another corner painting, some halflings who are practicing their sword techniques, a baby dragon even smaller than Aivu, some human children playing cards, and a chest that is visibly actually a mimic.

 

" - okay, not exactly where I was aiming for, but close enough. This is, uh, the floating island that hangs out above Drezen. The place where all of the other people who think orders are no fun hang out."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - an interesting solution I wouldn't have thought of," says Marit diplomatically. 

 

(She has a SECOND BABY DRAGON????)

 

"Do we....Dimension Door down? Jump?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, the rocks over there ferry people up and down. I didn't exactly think of it, it's another thing that sort of, uh, happened without me realizing it was going to. Then Aranka claimed it as the base of the Free Crusaders, who everyone down in the town sort of thinks of as personally loyal to me and who actually do almost nothing I tell them to. Not to say that they never make themselves useful. I was thinking of putting some of them on recruitment, when you talked about it, since - some of them kind of hang out here making art about the crusade anyway, and it hadn't really occurred to me that this could be of some practical use."

(She's pretty sure there's another dragon hatchling around here, somewhere, but it seems to be hiding right now.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"Art is very valuable for getting your achievements talked about. Plus, you know, good for people, that's important too." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Korva is GRUMPY about people taking art seriously. She's aware that her grumpiness about art is kind of ridiculous, given that one of her primary means of engagement in combat is literally reciting magic poetry, but she doesn't have time to dig into whatever is going on there right now. Anyway, they should be getting to Drezen.

Permalink Mark Unread

     "Where did you guys go this time?" one of the children asks Aivu.

Aivu dances and jumps in place. "Oh, it was SO cool! I wish you could have seen it! We - "

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aivu."

Permalink Mark Unread

".....I have to go do something important for Korva right now! Sorry! I hope you guys have fun though!"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

Marit does not comment. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It is really inconvenient that this plan involves asking Aivu to keep a secret for longer than five minutes, but oh well. Someone else wants Ember to come heal some of the people they have in a little makeshift hospital tent, so she says she'll be along later. They don't try to keep the island at anywhere near maximum capacity unless there's a blizzard (and even then, there's nowhere near enough space for everyone in Drezen to come up), but they do try to let the most vulnerable people take some advantage of the island's perpetual springtime.

The rest of them can take the rocks down to Drezen, which is currently covered in snow. There's also a huge, obvious magical barrier that changes direction when it hits one of the towers, where Drezen's wardstone is currently housed. Patrols can be seen in the distance running along the barrier, outside of Drezen's walls. 

The rock lets them down near the courtyard outside the command center. 

"Okay, Regill, figure out what if anything we missed, the rest of you handle any business you need to before you can take any patrol shifts. I should... probably go find Nenio and give her the scrolls first. Marit, you want to follow me until you know your way around? Seelah's probably on the way, you'll want to meet Seelah."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll follow you, Knight-Commander."

Permalink Mark Unread

Cool. She is kind of self-conscious about what a disaster Drezen is and how she doesn't know how to command people at all, but no way to fix it without going out and fixing it, so.

She'll point things out as they pass them - Sosiel (their strongest cleric, a Shelynite from Andoran) up painting on the walls of the courtyard, the Sword of Valor (which, again, used to display a sword, and now has a tree), the markets, the area where a few hundred Neathers live, the area beyond that where the refugees from Wintersun live, the temple you can see at one end of the settlement from a ways off (the outside depicts Iomedae's radiant sword, but it has all kinds of shrines inside it and the cleric in charge of staffing the place is Arsinoe, an Abadaran) - and the main barracks, where Seelah is hanging around talking to people. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit watches everything and asks only minor clarifying questions (are 'Neathers' a species? Which gods are forbidden?).

Permalink Mark Unread

Complicatedly a species, sort of, maybe; the Neathers are descended from some of the first crusaders, who were mostly humans, but something happened to them - they don't seem to know what, their generations are shorter than those of humans now, so none of them remember and she suspects that none of them remember anyone who remembered - and now most of them look part human and part something else. They'd been living half-starved in the caves in appalling conditions, before, until Lann convinced them to follow her up to the surface and fight as crusaders again. Lann's one of them and Lann's important, he'll meet Lann later, probably.

...man, she doesn't even know what gods are officially forbidden, other than 'please for the love of everything stop worshipping demon lords, people'. She knows which gods the temple maintains shrines to. Maybe she should ask someone about the laws in Mendev concerning that, but it's sort of concerning not to know already, isn't it.

Anyway, here's Seelah.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Commander! We were worried, you not teleporting back for two days. Did you teach the demons a lesson?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Some of them. Found a volunteer, perhaps more importantly. This is Marit. He doesn't speak the language without help from a Tongues, but he's down to help fight demons."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, Iomedae knows we need all the volunteers we can find," she says, offering a hand for him to shake. "Where are you from, friend?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would rather not talk about it, actually." But he shakes her hand. "Korva said that the Crusade's troops needed training, and that's something I have some experience with. And while I have no measure of divine power from her, I've thought highly of Iomedae for a very long time."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You ought to get along with people around here, then. - Oh, Korva, the logistics officer wanted to know when you'd be back, yesterday. Something about a missing supply shipment. They think it might have been bandits."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Bandits? Seriously?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The sack of Kenabres left a lot of desperate people in its wake. I wish they'd come help, instead of making things harder, but people will make a lot of foolish decisions when they're scared."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll talk to her. Thanks, Seelah."

Annnd they can go find Nenio. Nenio has her own house now. She used to have a room in one of the inns, but the owner demanded that Korva find a new place for her after Nenio conducted some kind of horrible experiment involving acid and noxious fumes. Korva has never heard anyone complain about Nenio's private house in particular, possibly because they assume that Nenio is paying for it (she technically isn't, but she's also not being anywhere near adequately compensated for her spellcasting services, which Korva is hoping she's too oblivious to notice), and possibly because nobody wants to share space with Nenio.

Permalink Mark Unread

The house is not full of noxious fumes today! It does, however, have Nenio, who is standing on her head against a wall.

"Ah, butterfly girl! I am determining whether additional blood flow to one's head aids or inhibits intellectual pursuits."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What have you discovered?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Inconclusive! I need more data. Do you have any truly difficult academic problems in need of solutions?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have a seventh circle scroll with a spell I'd really like you to learn, would that do it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Excellent! You truly are my most loyal of followers, butterfly girl."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Marit, I give you the crusade's only seventh-circle wizard. I'd introduce you, but she won't remember your name anyway."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"She has memory problems?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, actually, although I'm not sure whether that's related to the names thing or not. Nenio doesn't remember anything about her history from before her arrival in Mendev. When we met in Kenabres she had managed to forget that she was a kitsune. She claims that it's volitional, and that she remembers everything that's actually important."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"Huh. Well, nice to meet you, Nenio." Marit is a very diplomatic person and it sounds entirely sincere and not judgmental. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You have no obvious noteworthy traits," says Nenio, who is not a diplomatic person at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit is deeply flattered. He tries. 

 

He turns his head to Korva as if to say 'shall we'?

Permalink Mark Unread

"Learn the spell, okay, Nenio? I'm hoping we can run an experiment with it tomorrow."

 

"I don't know if we could have taken Drezen without her," she says, tiredly, when they're outside again. "She's completely fearless, obviously has some sideways kind of brilliance, and does everything I ask her to without compensation. We are tremendously lucky to have her. All we have to give her in return is the license to go around being - like that, to everyone."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Almost anyone who thinks they wouldn't put up with much worse from their strongest wizard is lying to themselves."

Permalink Mark Unread

She laughs, a little bit.

"I should meet with Dorgelinga, do you want to tag along for that? And then we can talk about whatever you most want to see next."

Permalink Mark Unread

“That sounds reasonable to me.”

Permalink Mark Unread

So she can go find Dorgelinda Stranglehold, the crusade's logistics advisor, a middle-aged dwarf with some serious scarring and an incorrectly healed right hand that doesn't work very well anymore.

     "Knight commander! I meant to convene the council, you don't need to come looking for me every time I've got something to say to you."

"Well, I'm here now. We can have a meeting with everyone if it's complicated. Seelah said we had a missing supply shipment?"

     "Arms, armor, and food. Most of the soldiers guarding it made it back to us, though. Said it was a bandit attack."

"Did they say where?" 

     "Near the river crossing. I don't know how far the bandits could have gotten by now, though, it depends who they were. Do you want to take some men off patrols to hunt them down?"

"...maybe. I'd rather talk to the soldiers in question and see if we have anything we can use for a scry on the bandits, not charge off blindly. You have a list of who it was?"

     "Of course I have a list! We keep records of what we do, now, Knight Commander."

Permalink Mark Unread

"How many did you have guarding the shipment?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nine people. I'd rather keep it to at least a dozen, so things like this happen less, but I don't handle troop assignments."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"What was in the shipment?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nonmagical weapons, armor, and food, mostly. Here, we've got a list of what we're missing." She'll go dig up another list.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"With your permission, Knight Commander, I want to talk to the soldiers who survived the bandit attack."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, be my guest."

Permalink Mark Unread

 Then Marit will not ask further questions in this meeting. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There's not a ton more meeting; Korva makes some copies of the list and heads out a little while later.

"Do you want to work on this, first thing, then?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do, if that's all right with you. Do I have your permission to mindread the soldiers?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...ugh. Granted. Uh, Cheliax uses routine mindreading to catch heresy. I hate the optics of doing the same thing, and everyone else will, too, but also we managed to make it all the way to Drezen before figuring out that one of the last batch of advisors that Galfrey sent was a Deskari cultist. So - if you think something's up, yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

He winces. "That's good to know, thank you. I'll see if I can do without, but I do think something's up, yeah. ...as a general tendency I think something's up slightly more often than there's something up. But nine veteran crusaders escorting some nonmagical gear isn't a soft target. Bandits wouldn't normally go after it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Seelah's not wrong that the attack on Kenabres left a lot of people without homes and livelihoods, and I'm sure people do desperate things in winter, up here, but - it'd still be a baffling decision. Not that we've been low on people making baffling decisions, around here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I absolutely expect you have a bandit problem. But desperate people who fled Kenabres this summer aren't now a large, organized force, and it'd have to be a large organized force that can take down nine veteran crusaders. Or a single mid-level enchanter but then the men will tell me that, and you will probably want to check if they're telling the truth."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Arsinoe should be able to do a truth spell first-circle, if we want to ask her."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Marit observes troop training that afternoon, speaks to the officers, proposes a schedule for him to work with their men starting tomorrow, and commends their hard work. Then he talks to some soldiers escorting the bandit caravan.

Then he lets an air elemental friend of his out of his Bag of Holding and puts on a ring of invisibility and does some wandering around. Then he casts some Alter Self and does the same thing. Then he wanders down to the accounting department to review some records. When he wants a break, he tries to bait paladins into telling him their unit composition. 

 

It is the following evening, after the first day of training with the Crusader troops, that he requests a meeting with Korva and with Regill, if it's convenient.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, absolutely.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Marit sits. He looks - well, about as hard to read as always. 

"I believe that all of the soldiers who survived the theft of the shipment they were guarding were operating on orders from Dorgelinda Stranglehold," he says first. "I mindread three of them, all of whom had been told that some of their fellows were going to defect with the supplies on the way back from Kenabres, and that they'd simply have to state that they'd been asleep when the goods were stolen and knew nothing of it. I believe Stranglehold has a cleric loyal to her who she expects to boff a truth spell in the case of an investigation, but I don't know who the cleric is; the most straightforward route would be to tell her you're conducting an investigation and see who she assigns. 

Furthermore, there are half a dozen self-identified Baphomet cultists living beneath the chapel; three are soldiers. I have not actually observed them to break any laws. Likewise the Zon-Kuthon worshipper with elaborate self-scarification who has arranged himself a position as a guard in your dungeons; I am suspicious of his motives, but have not yet had time to dig up those bodies that might provide more definitive proof of wrongdoing.

Woljif is a fence for a tiefling organized crime ring.

The jeweler, Master Sunhammer, also appears to be selling delayed-trigger soul-trapping cursed rings. Nenio should really have had the spellcraft to catch that; I am not sure I buy her affect of utter incompetence. No one else here has spellcraft such that their not having noticed is obvious negligence.

Also, I think Captain Harmattan may be planning a coup, though it is possible he is merely planning for what he will do if someone else does a coup he's not actually planning."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Of course. Wow. Okay.

"Do you, uh, have any idea what the jeweler is planning to do with the delayed-trigger soul-trapping cursed rings?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not know. The obvious guess would be that he means to trigger them once he's distributed enough, to enough people, for whatever his aim, but it's also possible they transpose the victims with demons and he's aiming to take the city back, and it's barely possible he's innocent and someone else slipped him the rings." Marit would ordinarily have some suggestions about what to do about this but he's trying not to overstep, here. Just the facts. He wasn't expecting there to be quite so many facts.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay. Thank you for bringing all of this to my attention. Given - the number of things that that is, I would like to work with the head of the closest thing we have to an actual intelligence team, Anevia, on further investigating some of them and deciding what to do. I realize that given what you say you've found it's going to sound completely ridiculous to say that I think she's competent, but - I do actually think that she's okay at what she does, compared to a lot of people around here, and is just working on a very hard problem? And I am nearly certain that she's not actively trying to sabotage us, which is better than I can say for a bunch of people right now. But under the circumstances I would like you to try to also verify that for yourself, if you haven't yet, before I go to her for help with any of these. And that'll take time, and some of these we shouldn't wait on."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Anevia was not up to anything in the first ten minutes I spent looking but I have not looked thoroughly," he confirms.

Permalink Mark Unread

Korva feels kind of uncomfortably like she's taking a test here, instead of trying to solve problems, but does have to actually come up with a way to solve the problems.

"Determining who's working with Dorgelinda seems like a good first step, on the shipment problem. I am... not incredibly shocked to learn that she's committed some fraud, but I'm surprised that she's faking bandit attacks, if that's what's going on. I'm, uh, not actually sure whether I have the authority to fire her, and I don't have anybody great to replace her with even if I do. I'm inclined to find the cleric and determine who else is involved, and learn more about what exactly she's been doing, and then... try to determine whether the thing that's going on is the same as the thing where Woljif and Daeran, who both grew up in Mendev, keep suggesting that I solve all of our operational problems with bribery and extortion because they believe that the best way to solve problems is bribery and extortion, or whether she's deliberately sabotaging the crusade for personal gain. If it's the former I... guess I can talk to her and demand that she clean up her act and stop lying to me, and if it's the latter I'm inclined to arrest her and send her back to Nerosyan to be tried there, and hope that Galfrey and the rest of the royal council don't have a fit about it."

"....of course, Dorgelinda was in charge of re-staffing the entire logistics team after she informed me that the last logistics team was corrupt and incompetent, so they're probably all just corrupt in a different direction now. I suppose it is distantly possible that the original team was fine and Dorgelinda was lying about that in order to replace them with people she selected, but knowing our staffing luck I am not actually optimistic about the original team having been any better. So it's likely that we'll have to make calls about how much fraud to let off with a warning or minor penalty for... everyone. Although the rest of them might be more inclined to clean up their act if Dorgelinda herself is actually removed about it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Knight Commander, I'm not clear on whether contextually that's a request for advice or just an explanation of your reasoning."

Permalink Mark Unread

She looks a little pained. "Give advice if you have it, otherwise I'll be stuck deciding between whatever inadequate solution I come up with and whatever Regill thinks I should do, which is probably to execute Dorgelinda and flog everyone else involved."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Which is not an impulse I'm wholly unsympathetic to, but -

- so, firstly, I think that corruption and shenanigans on this scale absolutely cause men to die who'd otherwise have lived. Not directly, maybe, but they're hungrier, and worse equipped, and you lose them, and that is squarely on Stranglehold's shoulders, whatever she thinks she's achieving here and I do suspect she thinks she's achieving something, this is not a good route to personal enrichment compared to accepting bribes from unit commanders for their units to actually end up equipped. Though she may also being doing that!

Secondly, it is a to-me-unacceptable failure on every occasion where you put someone to death and they did not expect you to do that if you caught them. Because - the point of criminal penalties are to stop the behavior. You won't stop it every time. People commit crimes impulsively, or because they think they're smarter than you and won't get caught. But if they didn't think you'd think it was a big deal, or didn't think it was illegal, or didn't think that law was actually enforced - once there are failures of anticipating the consistent prosecution of crime on that scale, I don't think you can solve that with harsher penalties. You have to establish that the behavior actually will not be tolerated, and then stop tolerating it. So no, I don't think you should execute the woman. I think you may want to contemplate a general amnesty for conduct up to this point alongside a sweeping anti-corruption initiative, and make it clear that the first person to not take advantage of your mercy who keeps at it will, in fact, be prosecuted. And if Dornelinga's games here go beyond the appalling baseline for Mendevian nobility, then I think it's quite reasonable to go farther than that, but you gain very little by prosecuting anyone who sincerely thought they were playing the game everyone else was playing; you have to change everyone's baseline expectation about what kinds of games, on your crusades, get played.

Thirdly, we can bring in logistics staff who, while I only know for sure that they weren't corrupt in their previous context, I do expect are probably somewhat less likely to be corrupt than the locals.

Fourthly, if you have this much of a corruption problem, your men know. They know and they think you know. People aren't reporting things to you because they do not expect that to go well for them. You should expect that if you change that, you'll suddenly hear about quite a lot. And if you have this much of a corruption problem, your men hate it. They know that rich people far away are benefitting while they go hungry, and they figure you don't care. Handling corruption appropriately is an extremely popular thing to do."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

The problem, a part of her feels, is that Korva dislikes law enforcement about as much as she dislikes criminals. She's spent half her adult life hiding from law enforcement, and the other half enslaved and hiding from different law enforcement. She can imagine justice, dimly, but not in enough detail to know what actions a just society would take.

Some part of her is still fifteen, the best student in the class today, and has just been handed the whip to use on the undeserving. Except there is no teacher, now, and no direct threat of violence against her if she just... doesn't. It's just that if she doesn't, no one will learn, and the gaggle of children before her will be slaughtered by demons.

She wishes she could say this. But it would be an excuse, and the only thing Marit could reasonably do about her weakness, if he took it seriously, would be to try to remove her. She would have wanted that, once. But - she made a promise to the angels. And she has to see it through, she thinks, even if it hurts as much as being fifteen again.

"I agree that everyone knows, and almost everyone is playing the game on some level. I agree that it is getting people killed, although whether it is getting more people killed than our best probably-incompetent attempt to get everyone to actually follow all of the rules would, I don't know. You will think - differently badly of me than you should, I guess, if you imagine that I didn't have any inkling of any of this. I am aware, for instance, that Woljif is a fence for the thieflings. He's been working with me since I convinced Irabeth to let him out of the dungeons in Kenabres to help me fight demons during the attack. He let me know about it back in Kenabres, and we used some of the items he had to fight the demons, before reinforcements could arrive. He's made no serious attempt to hide the fact that he's remained in contact with them and continued to fence things for them since then, apart from the month-long stretch when he deserted during a horrific demon attack, fell in with baphomet cultists, decided that he hated baphomet cultists actually, and then begged me to take him back. I have not told him to cut ties with the thieflings, and it would be completely unfair to punish him for it without first actually telling him to cut it out."

"And I suppose the same principle does, probably, apply equally well to everyone."

"I would like to get everyone to cut it out, if I knew how to actually do that without just ending up making everything even worse. But apparently the crusade's internal law enforcement, who were probably hired by Captain Harmattan, have been infiltrated by Kuthites. I suspect most existing ordinary Mendevian law enforcement is also corrupt in the way that Dorgelinda is corrupt, although I'm going to hope that the Kuthite is a one-off. We could ask the Iomedan inquisition, but you know what I think of the Iomedan inquisition. Another option is the hellknights, who I don't think have these problems, but who have the disadvantage of being hellknights."

"We could also attempt to redo the entire justice system and come up with appropriate and enforceable penalties ourselves, and tell people that if they don't stick to them they'll be removed, but I have no particular reason to believe that I have any idea what a good justice system even looks like. I have, honestly, spent much more of my life hiding from the law than enforcing it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That seems like - an important input into your conception of what a good justice system looks like, not a reason not to have one, and probably also true of many of the people you're trying to design your justice system for."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I agree that we need to have some kind of justice system that is capable of enforcing any kind of law consistently. I just - "

"Well, I think getting anybody to follow any rules is currently Harmattan's job, and apparently he may be planning a coup? Which is kind of understandable, given the current situation, but it still seems like the sort of thing I should probably do something about. Do you have any more details on that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I didn't mindread him, I just planted an associate - I work with some called elementals and outsiders who I brought with me and who are exploring Drezen helping me situate myself. They reported a secret meeting in which Harmattan, who had been hoping that you were dead after you failed to reappear when expected, called off some plans to seize power in light of your return, while reassuring his counterparty that the plans would probably still be put into place, just not quite yet."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wow, okay. Yay. I should probably figure out whether this is a demon cultists thing, a Mendevian bureaucracy not liking anyone not of themselves thing, or an actually taking issue with the ways in which I don't know what I'm doing thing, in ascending order of my sympathy for him. But every time there's a problem with discipline he advises me not to punish anyone and instead give people better working conditions and pay, which Dorgelinda then tells me is impossible, so either way I'm not incredibly optimistic about him being able to solve our other problems. ...maybe if I convince him it will then result in better working conditions and pay, but -"

"I am probably going to have to solve this problem myself, aren't I. Great."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"It does seem like fundamentally a diplomatic problem. Conceivably it would be partially addressed if you were to indicate that you know and aren't particularly amused, and have other, more trusted parties charged with retrieval of your body were you to in fact die. - your advisors should be willing to give you advice within constraints, not just tell you what would be convenient with infinite resources. It is reasonable to expect of them that they describe to you a number of options that expend different resources or different amounts of resources."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The only advisor from Nerosyan who has demonstrated any ability to do that is Dorgelinda. This is part of why I liked her. They do pull in other people to discuss options with when there's a serious decision to be made, but, uh, I'm not sure they're used to thinking in those terms."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, you have the option of requesting more advisors from my commander's forces, though I do think it's important for there to be some people who have local context on Nerosyan's politics among your advisors."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Agreed. I just wish they weren't all - "

Horrible. The word she's looking for might be horrible.

"Any indications that Captain Odan or Lady Konomi are actively conspiring against the crusade?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have not had very much time to look, but have not yet found any indication of that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay. I think... I am inclined to talk to Harmattan. Also I need him to investigate and do something about the Kuthite, something should really be done about that immediately. Inclined to tell Dorgelinda that I want her help running an investigation, try to figure out which people are involved, and then confront her afterward. Inclined to get my charter so I know what things I'm legally allowed to do, but at this point we're waiting on word from Nerosyan about that. And - I hate the option where I and a few other people personally try to come up with a consistent set of rules and penalties for breaking them. I am not at all convinced that I can come up with something that isn't horrible in one direction or the other, or in both at once. But it seems like consistent penalties are probably a necessary element of this, I am not sure that we effectively have anything of the sort, and I don't think there's anyone I particularly feel justified in delegating responsibility for that to. So I guess I'll have to go with a plan that I hate, before I can tell everyone that we're taking crime and corruption seriously now."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"So - obviously one option you possess here is to adopt the Shining Crusade's legal code, and bring a few dozen of Iomedae's people to enforce it. I am not actually advocating that, though if you want to do it I will make recommendations on how it can best be done.

The reason that I am not recommending it is that - to the extent that the Shining Crusade got things right, and I do think that there's an extent to which that's true, we did not do it by adopting an existing legal code from a completely different context wholesale and then telling people to get used to it. What happened was that Iomedae sat down and spent many confusing and disappointing and exhausting years trying to figure out what She thinks law is, and what it's for, and when it makes things better, and what it's not for, what problems you shouldn't try to solve with it, what kinds of systems break under what kinds of conditions and how to repair them when they do.

You can have the end product of that, if you'd like. It's a pretty functional end product. But - the thing I see you trying to do, right here, is much more like the thing Iomedae did than 'adopt the laws Iomedae made' is. And it will be very hard, and I bet you will hate it, but- I think it’s the right thing to do.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. That is my instinct, whatever my instincts are worth. I am sure your legal code is better than anything I will come up with, and equally sure that if I try to adopt something that someone has handed me, without me feeling like I need to take personal responsibility for the contents, just because it's the done thing - well, I think that's probably half of how we got into this mess in the first place."

"I would - probably like to at least see a list of what penalties the Shining Crusade even uses, though, and under what general circumstances."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Absolutely. I think I will ask someone to bring the whole thing through, so that you can - in individual cases see how others solved the problem you're trying to solve, as a source of ideas for your own solution.

The Shining Crusade does execute people for murder or desertion or selling military secrets to Tar-Baphon, and for theft or embezzlement on a scale that costs lives, and would as a matter of policy execute senior officers for - more things than that - conveying false orders, lying in formal reports, abuse of power, giving unconscionable orders - though that thankfully hasn't come up. There are mitigating considerations - ignorance, youth, manipulation, lack of malicious intent, impossibility of a similar future incident - and it is rare for someone to be executed if any of the mitigating considerations apply. But - the ultimate resort of any state is death or exile, and for a lot of people it's not hard to see that exile means more people dead in the long run."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense."

She might just kind of hate states. Not that places that aren't states seem to do much better. Maybe the floating island people have the right idea. She hates it when there's any indication that she might actually agree with the Elysians about anything important.

"I - do want to talk more about handling desertion at some point, because I'm not sure that our early recruitment - or really our continuing recruitment, if I think about situations like Wintersun or the Neathers - was done in such a manner that it makes a ton of sense to conceptualize of - I do not think that a lot of people knew what they were signing up for. I am not sure that I knew what I thought they were signing up for. And some people didn't sign up, they were rescued. Or they were sent to be worldwound guards as a penalty for minor crime, and then shuffled into the crusade when the crusade existed, even though crusading is actually way more dangerous than holding the barriers. If you look at our top people - Daeran doesn't want to be here, Galfrey effectively threatened him into serving. Woljif doesn't want to be here, he was in prison in Kenabres and was let out temporarily because we needed his help to get people to safety. Most people consider him to have deserted and been forgiven with no penalty, but he never actually signed up, he just kept following me around because he thought that it would protect him from the Inquisition. Nenio has never indicated that she considers herself to work for me. Ember is a sweet, sweet child who shouldn't be allowed to enlist in anything, and who represents at least a quarter of our teleport capacity. And I think there are, unfortunately, a lot of rank and file soldiers here who joined under conditions that were around that messy, don't have any clear understanding of their responsibilities to the crusade, and whose paperwork has been handled even worse than mine has. I would like to not punish them for being only moderately heroic."

"Of course, the flip side is that if they all went home, we probably couldn't hold the barrier. So - I guess this just works out to the observation that part of why we need our own code is that some laws only work if every other aspect of an organizational system has been at all competent or decent to people, or has resources that we don't have."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Absolutely. You want everyone who will be subject to your rules to make an agreement they understand, and to go through training to make sure they understand it. And it's normal to have different arrangements for powerful adventurers whose help you need. The Shining Crusade made side arrangements with wizards who don't want to take orders and clerics whose existing commitments may not allow it. It doesn't make sense, and it'd be cruel, to hold civilians who were conscripted to the standards of trained soldiers. But you may decide you mostly want to solve that by turning them into trained soldiers, because desertion will still lose you battles and wars no matter how comprehensible it is or unconscionable it'd be to punish."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Working on it. Or, well, trying to. I am unfortunately not very much like a trained soldier, which I imagine doesn't help."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I expect that I can be of significant assistance there. And we can send more people with that skillset."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

"Okay. Sunhammer. That sounds like it could be an emergency any day, and is something we need to handle immediately. My biggest concern is whether apprehending him and questioning him will allow him to trigger the soul traps. We could try to collect them all first, but it'd be hard to do secretly, a bunch of people have them and some of them value them a lot."

Permalink Mark Unread

"With your permission, Knight Commander, it seems like a good situation for a Dominate Person in his sleep tonight."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...yeah, that sounds pretty ideal if you know how to do it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do. If nothing goes unexpectedly, I'll have him disable any contingencies and name any allies first and I can then send him to you to give a summary of whatever his plans were so you can figure out how to most straightforwardly disable them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Makes sense. But I think I should be there in case anything goes wrong, it's not something I'd normally send someone to deal with alone."

This is only a little tiny bit because she wants to see someone cast a spell she hasn't seen.

Permalink Mark Unread

"As you prefer. He is presumably a powerful spellcaster, given the ability to make the trapped rings. I imagine it likely that, while there's only an Alarm for visible magical defenses, there are also some he's successfully concealed from my ability to detect them. I think we should similarly assume he can beat my Nondetection, and possibly Nenio's. I propose to have some termites chew me line-of-effect through the walls of his house to his bedroom, at which point I can cast the spell from outside the range of the Alarm and hopefully also other traps he's put in place. If he's instead sleeping in a demiplane then this is above my pay grade in my capacity as a mage and we should instead surprise him in the street and try to stab him to death before he gets a spell off."

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh wow, some people are actually experienced adventurers and can just come up with plans like that.

"That sounds like a good plan to me. Tonight, then."

"I guess that leaves the Baphomet cultists under the chapel, who I should probably also do something about. The easiest thing is probably to alert the Iomedan inquisition, this is theoretically what they're there for. It's probably possible to do better than that with more thought, I guess."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - I would propose that you come up with a bunch of rules for the Iomedaean inquisition and then notify them they may only operate if they can ensure compliance with those rules within their organization, but I don't know the political situation if you offend them, or whether they're in fact Lawful enough that'll work."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suspect... some of them would be lawful enough if everyone had a clear sense of my legal authority, but I don't think anyone does, and I don't know enough about the specific people I'd be communicating with. I mean, other than Hulrun, who I don't super want to hand anyone over to. Also I think the political consequences of outright stating that I think I have the right not to hand people over to them might be fairly dire, while I'm unclear on what powers I actually possess. I think I am probably not going to do that. I am a little tempted to tip off Anevia and tell her to wait until they commit a crime, except that currently our dungeons have Kuthites, apparently, and we barely have rule of law at all! So I don't know why I'd expect to do any better than the Inquisition, under the circumstances."

"The only other thing I can think of is to have someone strong enough to defend themselves go be intensely chaotic good at them and see if we can talk them into making better life choices, but anyone's guess what the odds of success on that are."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"It's not a strategy I have experience with," he says deadpan.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. "I'm going to tell Anevia to keep an eye on them and see if we can fix the dungeon staff in the next couple days before anything blows up. We'd probably want to do that even if we were ultimately handing them over to the inquisition anyway."

Permalink Mark Unread

"In a pinch one can use called outsiders for prison guards. It is the only reliable mechanism I have ever found for ensuring prisoners are not abused without very close oversight."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was thinking I might assign the Sarenite clerics to it until we found someone better. It's not going to be foolproof - Sosiel is a Shelynite, and I'd honestly prefer not to ever have him within striking distance of prisoners - but it might be better than anything else. We do have some azatas around, but I'd rather not take them off supporting the patrols."

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit nods. "I can keep one of my spies in there and notify you if there are any concerns."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd appreciate it."

"Have you found out anything useful about - our Iomedans, compared to your followers of Iomedae? I know that's theoretically one of the main things you're here for, but it sounds like you've possibly been busy."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have not yet done much exploration of that. They seem to, to their credit, not in fact be cultists of either Zon-Kuthon or Baphomet, and not to be soul-trapping anyone, and so they've been deprioritized, but once I feel like I have a handle on the emergencies I'll do some digging around. The real question is the god, anyway. I mostly care about the followers as - evidence, on that front."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, mostly curious."

"All right. Thank you for helping with the emergencies. I think I am going to talk to Anevia, and then later tonight we can handle Sunhammer. Tomorrow I will talk to Dorgelinda about starting an official investigation into the stolen supplies, and see who she calls in, and I will do some thinking about what to say to Harmattan. And think about who I want to include in the project of revamping the crusade's entire justice system. And... talk to Woljif, I guess."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I won't take offense if other matters are higher priority, Knight-Commander, though I'm glad to hear we intend to handle Sunhammer tonight."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I may run out of steam for conversations and give up on that to-do list halfway through tomorrow, but Sunhammer seems important, yes. And if we're going to start a large-scale attempt at not being corrupt, I'd like to be able to use the mostly-honest gloss that it was prompted by discovering that the logistics department corruption was causing serious supply shortages, and not because I had a sudden unpredictable attack of conscience or have a sudden and mysterious source of better advice, which might require being reasonably quick about it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"As you say, Knight-Commander," but this time he's smiling. "By your leave, then, I'm going to do the termites while Sunhammer is in his shop, in case he has a way to notice."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Go ahead. I'll meet you later tonight."

So she talks to Anevia, and lets her know to keep an eye on the cultists, but not to try to arrest them immediately until they know more about what's going on. If she sees them commit any crimes, she'd like to know.

She tries to think about what she's going to say to Harmattan. She ends up thinking half about what she's going to say to Woljif. He's going to think she's so uncool, getting talked to by an Iomedan and deciding that she can't tolerate theft anymore. He's going to be scared. He's going to wonder what she's going to do to him, and whether he was only ever convenient, and whether it makes sense to feel betrayed.

It occurs to her that any law she decides on about theft is going to have to be one that she's willing to apply to Woljif. And if the law is harsh enough that people feel like she's actually cracking down on corruption - well. She's whipped people she sort of liked, before. They did not like her after.

She's tired, by the time it's time to go after Sunhammer. But she's there.

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit is also tired, actually. There were a lot of termite related complications - they're not very polite, even when they're constructs you control completely, and they don't eat all that fast unless they're dire chaotic termites, which invite their own difficulties. He wouldn't actually usually take on a mission with stakes these high. Alfirin would do it, and have a dozen different ways to do it cleanly.

 

But there's a hole in the roof, and invisibly from the sky he can see Sunhammer's bed, and eventually Sunhammer does lie down in it.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

You can't resist spells while you're sleeping. You can have spell resistance still operative, and Sunhammer has good spell resistance. But you can't make your mind throw off hostile magic while it's at rest. It's the point where powerful wizards are most vulnerable. Marit, himself, always sleeps in a Rope Trick with Mage's Private Sanctum up. 

But most people - even most powerful wizards - are less paranoid than Marit. 

So it's just the spell resistance.

Marit has invested a great deal in overcoming spell resistance. It's kind of the most important thing, if you're a swordmage. He's not a unfathomably powerful spellcaster, but he hits a bit like he is. 

Sunhammer's spell resistance isn't that good.

 

The Dominate Person lands. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Got it," he says. "I am inclined to wake him, have him disable any contingencies, and have him join us here in the air?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds good."

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Sunhammer will wake, to his shock and horror, and there are plenty of traps around his house and room but none which trigger if he Dimension Doors out and straight up into the air and to them, which he does. 


Marit has him doing nothing but what's ordered, and his eyes are wide and terrified and baffled -

"I am an eighth circle wizard," he says first off. "I have a familiar who'll attempt to get help, a silver cat, sleeping in my room. I have a list of all of the recipients of the soul-trapped rings. There are thirty-eight of them. I can activate them remotely and at any time. I don't think anyone else could activate them. I serve Baphomet, and he has given me the power and experimental subjects for my experiments. No one in the city knows my secret, but I have two of the guard captains dominated in case I ever had need of them. A man named Kensellar and one named Hammot. I can make soul trapped rings without the associated materials costs with a special technique I developed. I planned to sell the rings to the nobility of Mendev and then blackmail them with the promise of the return of their soul-trapped loved ones. Then Mendev would fall to civil war and then the world to Baphomet. I keep most of the unsold rings in my workshop, which is in a demiplane to which the tuning fork is around my neck, and a few in a Bag of Holding in case I have occasion to give them out. There may be no one in all of Mendev with the magical skill to see my deception, because it is a land of ignorant fools."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Should do something about the cat," says Korva, because that's the part of that she feels most capable of responding to, only now that she's thinking about it she doesn't immediately know what to do with it if she isn't going to just kill it. "Will anything happen if we take the tuning fork?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Also around my neck is a cursed amulet that traps the soul of whoever touches it but the tuning fork is not itself trapped." 

Marit makes him remove the tuning fork and give it to Korva. And tell them if the demiplane is trapped.

"The demiplane is trapped."

In complete and full detail.

"The demiplane contains hundreds of miniature flying babaus with tiny poison spears who will open fire on anyone who enters who isn't me. They also try to kill me but I know the spell to de-animate them. I can disable them. ... I can disable them once I have slept and prepared spells, I don't have a Plane Shift prepared today. I add new babaus whenever I run into them and there are many one encounters in the course of the crusade.

The demiplane also contains a clone. If I fail to disable the babaus I will wake up in the clone unaffected by this spell."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Details on the traps on the house below, too."

Permalink Mark Unread

He has a permanent Alarm and a permanent Invisibility Alarm and a permanent Ethereal Alarm and a Teleport Trap that drops people in a sealed room full of symbols of weakness, which generally paralyzes them.  Casting the spell Knock on any of his doors will cause the caster to instead gouge their own eyes out, he's very proud of that one, and the doors are locked and reinforced - he's not sure how they got in -

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit does not enlighten him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Casting a Dispel Magic - for example, to try to quietly disable the alarms - instead is the trigger for several more symbols of weakness, in the ceiling, and at his word Blade Barriers can spring up everywhere and at a different word of his the floor will fall out to drop people into the symbol-of-weakness chamber.

He was going to do more stuff but he's only been here for a couple of months.

Permalink Mark Unread

...that cat is probably not an emergency. She's so tired and in over her head, but that's not really a new feeling.

"Can you disable the traps on your house."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes."

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit makes him fly off a little ways away, and then says to Korva: "I want to closely supervise the takedown of the house and of the demiplane, he'll be trying to do it carelessly and if he succeeds at doing it carelessly he'll probably successfully kill himself and wind up in the clone. After that -

- uh, this seems like a challenging situation. I feel uncomfortable with enabling slavery without a strong legal framework and oversight such as I imagine doesn't exist. You could kill him as soon as we've dismantled his projects, but that - seems really wasteful, actually.

 

...my former commander would take him, and does have the resources to hold him."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think the thing we're legally supposed to do is hand him over to the Iomedan inquisition, but as a practical matter they're not going to have any ability to hold him. The thing we are probably expected to do is kill him. We could also petrify him, Nenio would do it for us."

 

"I want his spellbook and his magic items. And then, yes, I am willing to hand him over to your former commander."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, Knight-Commander. Let's start him on the teardown of his house, then, and - do you have someone who can do the Plane Shift, I'd rather not let him prepare spells in the morning -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sosiel can, and I can. I'd only have one left today, but I can get us there and back if I wait until morning."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The teardown of the house will probably take most of the night anyway. I'd appreciate backup, in case I manage to do something that gives him an opportunity to contest control, but it doesn't need to be you." Though he doesn't get the sense she has a lot of people she trusts. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You want Woljif, for this kind of thing, I'll just have to give him the morning off to get his spells back after. Given he's eighth circle I am actually kind of inclined to pick up - possibly everyone who came over to the other world and knows about you, except for Aivu, on the off chance that there's a fight. And then stay myself, this seems - kind of important to get right."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Seems reasonable." Marit is never inclined to tell anyone that they are too paranoid. 

Then he will order Sunhammer to not resist his magic, curse Sunhammer's will, force him to remove all of his magic items and magic clothing and magic jewelry, explain all their features, and then hand them over, force Sunhammer to produce his spellbook from the Ethereal Plane, force Sunhammer to expend all his spells except a couple dispels needed for the teardown, and then land outside Sunhammer's house so that the whole party can move as a group and force him to disable, room by room, all the traps on his house. 

It is an absurdly stressful night. He is trying to give Sunhammer as few permissions to act as possible, and also anticipate ways he can arrange for them to accidentally set off traps, and also avoid giving any orders that might let Sunhammer have another try at wrenching the spell loose. Woljif is genuinely extremely useful to have.


It's a pretty nice treasure haul, for those who are tracking that sort of thing. Tens of thousands in gold and gemstones and (non-cursed) jewelry, vials of spellsilver, a fancy armillary amulet, a Figurine of the Dwarven Forge with the special modifications that let Sunhammer use it to make cheap trap-the-soul items, a greater headband with some additional features that let it chip away over time at enemy spell resistance when casting spells at the same enemy, eight symbols of weakness, a staff of earth and stone, a ring of inner fortitude, a tower shield that converts at will into a cube of iron around the bearer, and of course some soul-trapping rings. Plus an apparent ring of sustenance that actually obliges the wearer to subsist on the flesh of intelligent beings. Sunhammer wasn't trying for that, but he was quite pleased with it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Korva is absolutely the sort of person who tracks that sort of thing. The headband should probably go to Nenio, even though Woljif's making puppy dog eyes at it, but she promises him that he can have Nenio's old headband in exchange. The spellbook she's going to give to Nenio to look through in the morning, obviously, and then Woljif can also look through for whatever spells he can use. The rest of it she'll figure out what to do with later. She thanks everyone for coming at this late hour and tells them to get some sleep before they do the same thing to the demiplane later, which produces some grumbling from Daeran.

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit needs a comfortable room for his prisoner. He himself has been sleeping in a Rope Trick but his prisoner gets a room at a reasonable temperature with food and water and a chamber pot and sufficient space to stand up, which luckily isn't much space because his prisoner is a dwarf. Once that's arranged he will strip away Sunhammer's ability to do...anything other than eat, drink, sleep and use the chamber pot, and then still be too paranoid to fall asleep. (This seems like the right tradeoff, to him; they still have a lot to lose, until the clone is destroyed.)

...is there only one clone.

Permalink Mark Unread

There is a second clone, in a demiplane to which he does not possess a tuning fork, because fuck you. He'd be able to plane shift out if he woke up there.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Marit will sit there very unhappily until morning, watching Sunhammer, who gives him a pitch on the service of Baphomet and them makes some declarations about how he regrets nothing. Neither of them sleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

Korva will manage to sleep, as will Woljif, so at least they'll have someone who knows about magical traps and isn't dead on their feet. She'll drop the spellbook off with Nenio so Nenio can get started on copying the spells from it. Nenio thinks she's great, absolutely the best follower she can remember having, not that she can remember any of the others.

She'll return to Marit around late morning and ask whether he's ready to go through the demiplane.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is. He doesn't visibly look worse for the wear, though he's terser than usual. 

 

They'll have to have Sunhammer disable the tiny babaus the instant they arrive, and will probably want Stoneskin up so they don't get picked apart while Sunhammer presumably does that as slowly as Marit's orders permit him to get away with.

Permalink Mark Unread

Woljif can do Stoneskins for them. She can do the plane shifts.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then it'll be their second successful teardown operation in the space of a day. The loot here is more varied; weird magic experiments Sunhammer was halfway finished with, some trapped souls (mostly of demons), an enormous gold goat's head, a taxidermied succubus, a robe of powerlessness that looks like a robe of the archmagi, an experiment in attempting to recreate ioun stones that produced some aggressive cursed rocks that do buzz about the head in an ioun stone fashion, and storage crates full of books and spell components and metals and jewelry-making tools. Sunhammer tries to kill them three times by not disabling traps fast enough. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, they can take some of this stuff, too, not that she has much sense of what they're going to do with it. The demiplane itself is probably even more exciting than the stuff inside it, assuming it's permanent; once it's cleared out there are any number of things that it'd be nice to have a permanent demiplane for. 

She was really planning to do a completely different set of things that were not this thing, today, but under the circumstances she would kind of like Sunhammer gone, does Marit have suggestions for anything else they should be doing before attempting to head back to the Shining Crusade and drop Sunhammer off with Iomedae?

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit thinks that's a reasonable next priority in the absence of a way to get to the man's other demiplane.

Permalink Mark Unread

Korva will explicitly let Seelah know that she's going on another mission and may not teleport back tonight, then, and will only take Regill with her. The others can stay behind to help with healing or patrols, or rest, after the kind of day that this has been.

And she can not-a-teleport to the Shining Crusade, with Regill and Marit and their captive eighth circle wizard and his cat.

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit has Sunhammer keeping his eyes closed. They may tell him where he is eventually but they don't need to right now.

 


Can someone notify the Knight-Commander and Alfirin he wants their consultation on something.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's faster than they were expecting Marit back. She will cancel a meeting and go check if everything is all right.

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit is, actually, not all right, though you'd have to know him ludicrously well to notice. He has been pushing himself very hard to achieve this outcome, once he's achieved it he will need to sleep and decompress, he knows that, and it's a reasonable tradeoff to make under circumstances like these. But that doesn't add up to being all right. He does not have experience using Dominate Person to contain extremely dangerous eighth circle casters for whom suicide is a success condition while getting them to do complex magical tasks. He spent every minute of the task expecting to fail at it. 

 

And, of course, the use of Dominate Person for something like this is one of those cases where the Good (result) and the Good (impulse in the heart) run counter to one another. The case that it is acceptable to make Baphomet cultists who are soultrapping people dismantle their life's work and surrender it to the government is not very philosophically complicated. The feeling of exercising absolute control over another person over their terrified and miserable resistance is a bad one, and is the kind of thing you do not actually want to stop experiencing as a bad one. War is full of cases like that. He will recover once he has slept.

Permalink Mark Unread

Iomedae takes this in and takes several steps closer to him to offer a Lay On Hands. It's not that he really needs the spell (though it helps with exhaustion).

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit looks slightly too carefully fine, which means that actually, something is quite wrong. Iomedae's noticed too. And the dwarf they brought with is dominated, which - answers some questions and raises others. Telepathic bond.

What happened?

Permalink Mark Unread

There are so many things wrong in Drezen it's shooting fish in a barrel but the most urgent was this man, who has been selling very well crafted cursed rings that trap the soul on a remote trigger. I dug a very small hole through his roof and Dominated him in the middle of the night. He is an eighth circle wizard and a Baphomet cultist who figured out - with Baphomet's help - a way to craft soul-trapping magic items cheaply. He's sold thirty-eight of them to Mendevean nobility and was planning to trigger a civil war that'd in turn trigger the collapse of the Worldwound defense. 

We spent last night and today dismantling his home and the demiplane he has access to but he has another Clone in a demiplane he doesn't have access to. We could have petrified him but Iomedae is likely committing us on another front so -

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

...I think we might have jurisdictional issues for a trial, so I'm not sure if we can actually put him to work. Even though an eighth-circle magic item crafter would be incredibly useful. Do you want me to take over the dominate in the meantime, did you already ask him everything you need to know - "

Permalink Mark Unread

We did. I would appreciate it if you took over the Dominate, I expect if anything gives him an opportunity to try to break it he will succeed even cursed, which he is. I can't put him to work under Korva, they don't have any rules for that at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

Perhaps we can get the voluntary cooperation of a Baphomet cultist who wants to take over countries with soul-trapping magic items. Baphomet cultists hate Asmodeans, no?

Permalink Mark Unread

I think the insane plan would only have worked - if it would have worked - because no one in Mendev has spellcraft worth speaking of but if you can work something out, I'd be delighted and if not you can at least hold him until I'm oriented in the other world and there'll be more flexibility to use a Gate to get the other clone.

Permalink Mark Unread

She'll do that, then. Her enchantments are much harder to shake off than Marit's.

 

I assume the plan would need some modifications but - it'd be useful to at least have soul-trapping on hand, for a country full of Asmodeans.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep. Best of luck to you in sorting something out. 

 

I haven't had a chance to check out Iomedae's church in depth yet. No one in it has yet been revealed to actually work for Zon-Kuthon or Baphomet, so there's that.

Permalink Mark Unread

I appreciate your work.

 

And more directly addressing Korva, We will negotiate with Sunhammer and see if there's a mutually agreeable solution of some kind here, and do what we can to ensure he doesn't threaten your crusade and your people regardless of whether we identify one. Thank you for bringing him.

Permalink Mark Unread

While we're here, may I have a copy of the legal code, for occasional reference while the Fifth Mendevean Crusade drafts theirs?

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course. She'll order it delivered.

Permalink Mark Unread

This is honestly so embarrassing. Objectively they have had a terribly productive day and thwarted the forces of darkness at great risk to themselves and stopped a plot to throw Mendev into civil war, and subjectively it's really embarrassing that she wasn't already on this and her crusade is a disaster and this could have been avoided if Galfrey ever sent her remotely adequate support.

Also, this is petty, but they saved half of the Mendevian nobles from being soul trapped, and she's not even going to be able to use it to squeeze any kind of help or basic goodwill out of it, because they're probably not admitting it happened. She's telling herself that this isn't unfair, because Marit did pretty much all the work, but that in turn makes the embarrassment worse.

Thank you for taking him off our hands.

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course. Thank you for bringing him here. I do not know if we'll be able to find anything better for the cause of a free and prosperous world than petrifying him, but I'm very grateful to have the chance to try. If he meaningfully adds to our capabilities here I'll send more people through to you accordingly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh nice, she kind of wanted to ask about that. It just seemed like it might be taken as adversarial or otherwise being a dick, when Iomedae is arguably already doing her a favor by holding Sunhammer at all.

We'd appreciate it. Drezen is a mess, but Marit has been invaluable in beginning to clean it up.

Permalink Mark Unread

(Iomedae will track to what degree she's doing a favor or deriving a benefit, and repay it fairly inasmuch as it's a favor. She will not try to benefit herself by pushing a frame where it was a favor beyond to whatever degree it actually was, and she doesn't need Korva to advocate for Korva's interests on that front except where they're very nonobvious. Lawful Good!) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit relaxed slightly when Alfirin took the Dominate. He nods to Iomedae and Alfirin, accepts the code of laws of the Shining Crusade, and takes Korva's hand to depart.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep. Still lots more for her to do today; she can take them back. - which, hey, actually works, that's cool.

Permalink Mark Unread

Which makes Iomedae's next project trying to recruit a Baphomet cultist.  She has actually never tried recruiting a Baphomet cultist before; she has no idea what makes people Baphomet cultists. But she's going to try, and, honestly, she thinks her odds are pretty good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sunhammer sneers at her. "Ah. Iomedae's paladins come to save the day, belatedly. If not for the freak of nature that is the Knight-Commander, your pathetic church and your pathetic country would be shambles. Even more than they already are."

Permalink Mark Unread

"When cultists of Baphomet are criticizing your organizational competence, you know things have gotten pretty bad," she says agreeably. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am no cultist, you airheaded suit of armor. Baphomet has been my teacher, and I his student, but I have never shown him the slavish devotion Iomedae's drooling slaves have for Her."

Permalink Mark Unread

"My apologies. It is Baphomet's apprentice that criticizes us. I'm not sure if that says more or less about our organizational competence."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"You have a sense of humor. I thought that was against the paladin rules."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A lot of people assume that, for some reason! Actually humor is permitted on Oathdays after four hours of prayer and reflection and another four hours of sword practice."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

He considers her wonderingly for a moment, and then snorts. "You are still doomed, silly little girl, even if you're charming about it. Baphomet can crush your whole order and whole country in an instant as soon as he cares to."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I've been thinking that perhaps we could ally with him against our shared enemy, Asmodeus, and thereby avoid that. Or, you know, do it afterwards. I do understand that demon lords aren't big on keeping their deals."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"Your goddess will renounce you. Your order will reject you. Paladins can't be seen to get their hands dirty with the work of winning. See Evil, smite Evil, girl, you won't get anywhere proposing preposterous alliances with demon lords."

Permalink Mark Unread

She lights her sword. "Well, I haven't been renounced yet," she says, shrugging. "And you know what I think, personally? I think if I were Iomedae, I'd be very tired of being the goddess of losing, and excited about some paladins who have plans for me to instead be the goddess of winning."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Idiot child, the real gods would never have permitted Iomedae to ascend if she were going to be actually useful to anybody. She's as weak and useless as all of you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"This all sounds like an argument for an alliance against Asmodeus, not an argument against it. Baphomet's one of the few entities out there that dares to properly hate Asmodeus. Most of them are bought off, or too scared to. And of course, he's one of the few to have successfully defied Him and lived to tell the tale."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Great plan. You should contact Baphomet at once to propose that you enter into his service for the purpose of defeating Asmodeus. He'll be honored, I have no doubt."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't want a deal with Baphomet. I want a deal with you. I want to pull off your plan to soultrap a country's entire nobility at once - but I want to do it in Cheliax. Not a soft target like Mendev where everyone's an idiot and will put on anything pretty you wave in front of their faces. Perhaps we'll have to get detailed specifications for, and then secretly swap out, actual powerful magic items that Chelish nobles wear. Perhaps we'll have to forcibly swap them and erase their memories. But I want Cheliax to fall overnight, and you're the first person I've spoken to who could come close to actually doing it."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

He's glaring at her suspiciously. "Are you even a paladin?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"What, you want me to smite you? I'm not actually sure if it feels like anything other than, you know, the getting stabbed by a sword afterwards, which feels like getting stabbed by a sword. Either I'm a paladin, in which case I'll tell you I'm a paladin, or I'm not a paladin and don't mind lying and will tell you I'm a paladin. I am in any event not from the part of Iomedae's Church that ineptly bumbles around the Worldwound. My aim is to take Cheliax out of Asmodean hands and I'm offering you a job helping me do it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Or what, you'll kill me?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, come on, that'd be stupid even for the inept bumbling part of the Church! You have a clone! Obviously the thing to do is petrify you!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, I see how this is. The cheerful suit of armor doesn't want to enslave me towards her purposes, that wouldn't be nice. But threatening me with death until I agree to work for her, now, that's not slavery, that's being merciful. If you expect me to be thankful you're as much of an idiot as the rest of the church."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, it's not that slavery wouldn't be nice. It's that it wouldn't be Lawful. There are rules about where we can Dominate powerful spellcasters and force them to labor towards our ends and you happened to fall into a Fifth-Mendevian-Crusade-shaped hole in them.

And I'm not, remotely, being merciful here. I want you to go in with me on Cheliax because you are impressive, the project is nearly impossible, pulling it off would be an achievement people will speak of for thousands of years, Baphomet himself will never stop telling of it, and, you know, it will save the souls of innocents from damnation and liberate the oppressed and so on and I am a paladin."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You won't be, if you do this. Soul-trapping Chelish nobles in the service of Baphomet? I wasn't joking, when I said your sad little god will renounce you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What if we say she's my mentor, and I her student, and that if she objects to me trying to actually win she can take her magic powers and go back to Heaven with them."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"The problem is that Cheliax is not a benighted backwater full of idiots, and contains some impressive spellcasters, who will notice if their magic items are replaced by soul-trapping ones."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I agree that the details of the old plan probably won't work. You'll need some combination of a better means of disguising the jewelry, a way to swap it on the targets unnoticed, a way to move very fast once our key two or three people are vulnerable, or a plan where this gets a bunch of lesser nobles while we go after Westcrown some other way. But - no one who serves Asmodeus is that bright. You're telling me you can't figure out how to beat them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

 

The capital of Cheliax is Egorian. 

 

 

There's something very strange afoot here.

 

"I can figure out how to beat them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good. What working environment do you need?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

A few hours later, the Council On Civilized Warfare, based in Absalom, with membership from the churches of Abadar, Aroden, Shizuru, Torag, and Gorum, receives in the highest degree of confidence standard notice from the Shining Crusade of a context in which a prisoner is engaged in labor towards their benefit. The rule is that these matters must be reported. That's - all. There is not so much Law in Golarion that a rule that you can't force your prisoners to labor towards your benefit, which would be very costly, would be adhered to. But it must be reported, and since it must be reported people are constrained by their own unwillingness to put to pen sufficiently embarrassing things.

 

 

This letter states that, in the course of operations on a different planet, a man ordinarily an officer of the Shining Crusade but assigned to a local commander identified an eighth circle wizard who was distributing soul-trapping magic items in the service of Baphomet, who was attempting to weaken the defenses around an Abyssal rift so he could take the world over. The locals possessed a legal code with limited direct applicability to this situation. The Shining Crusade officer proposed to the local commander that this eighth circle wizard be brought to the Shining Crusade, which would be more equipped to handle such problems; the Shining Crusade accepted responsibility for the prisoner. Iomedae has since convinced the prisoner to work in Baphomet's service against the Church of Asmodeus, which is also making a power play on the other world. 

The situation being unusual in many respects Iomedae requests that a monitor be appointed (she'll pay for it) to ongoingly ensure compliance with the charter of the Shining Crusade and the standards of the Council On Civilized Warfare. Relevantly: Iomedae has not clarified to the prisoner that he is on a different world and expects the following personal benefits to accrue to her from his service blah blah blah up to and including the rule of the Western Empire in an alternate timeline where it's ruled by Asmodeus. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Right. 

 

 

They'll, uh, dig through the bylaws and appoint that monitor, then. They acknowledge the receipt of this communication and confirm the Shining Crusade appears to be in compliance with relevant regulations. 

 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Korva has a to-do list. She may kind of want to bite her own hand off just from the morning, but the only responsible thing to do with embarrassment is to figure out how to be less embarrassing.

First on the list: talk to Anevia about Dorgelinda, and tell her to keep an eye on the investigation she's going to have Dorgelinda run and on which people get pulled in. Anevia is aware of the skimming, but isn't thinking of it as a serious problem; if Korva does, though, she'll figure out the specifics without letting Dorgelinda know.

Second on the list: talk to Dorgelinda about starting an investigation into the missing shipment. She's not confident that the soldiers are telling the truth, and would like Dorgelinda to see that they're questioned under truth spell about what happened and where the shipment may have gotten to.

Third on the list: talk to Harmattan. She hasn't prepared particularly well for this conversation, and has decided that it doesn't matter. The upshot is that she knows that he hates her and is hoping she dies. That's fine. If she does die, her companions will recover her, but he can go on hating her if he likes. What he can't do is actively undermine the crusade's objectives. She does want to be decent to the people who are fighting here, but she can't do that without the help of her staff, and he is, in fact, a key member of her staff. To begin with, she'd like him to spend today and tomorrow overhauling the dungeon staffing; she has reason to believe that one of the guards is a Kuthite, and has very little confidence in the others. She'd like him to spend some time investigating abuses of prisoners that may have occurred in the previous months, and in the meantime come up with a new dungeon staff rotation that relies as much as possible on the Sarenite clerics.

Fourth on the list: briefly scream into a pillow. That wasn't originally on the list, but it suddenly seemed extremely necessary. This expands into moping into her room for half an hour and then slapping herself in case that helps her remember that people are going to die, if she doesn't straighten things out.

Fifth on the list: go up to the floating island, where Nenio has been "experimenting" with Mage's Magnificent Mansion. It is probably wrong and irresponsible and contemptible of her not to have revealed the crusade's extra resources as soon as she had them, given people are hungry, but Korva is a little irresponsible and a little contemptible and frequently wrong, and would like to tie the first public use of the mansion spell to her announcement that the crusade is going to be cracking down on corruption now. It will sting less, she thinks, and be a little less frightening to be told to trust her that much, if the announcement comes with warmth and a good meal. In the meantime, though, she's splitting the difference by having Nenio try to get the mansion to produce as much nonperishable food as possible, which is a little tricky because the mansion really wants to produce nine-course, ready-to-eat meals. Nenio is at least enjoying herself.

Sixth on the list: while she's up here, give Aranka and the other artists on the island the pitch about leaving the island for a while and going to Absalom or Isarn or some other large city and trying to get the crusade some valuable recruits and donations, particularly more spellcasters. The free crusaders are ambivalent about this, but let her know that they'll think about it. She tries not to let any of her frustration about these people show.

Seventh on the list: get confronted by Anevia in the courtyard, who tells her that Sunhammer is missing. Right. She really should have at least told Anevia about that. She lets her know that he was also a Baphomet cultist, and that he's been dealt with. Anevia says that's cool, as long as Korva has it under control, and gives her a rundown on what Dorgelinda has done so far and who she's pulled into her investigation.

 

 

It's really hard, some days, to just keep not biting her own hand off.

How is Marit doing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Slept and is doing troop training exercises, as he’s purportedly here to do. His spies haven’t yet turned up any more pending disasters.

Permalink Mark Unread

She'll wait, then. There are a bunch of strategy and logistics meetings she could be having with people, and a bunch of people who she could spar with so her form doesn't suck, and a bunch of books that she could read, and a bunch of people she could check in on so that they feel appreciated and believe she cares about them.

What she's actually going to do is alter self herself and then methodically prestidigitate clean everything in the army kitchens. Rationally she's aware that this is stupid and pointless and a waste of her time and shirking her important duties and probably what Harmattan hates about her, but it's mindless and soothing and something that it's possible to see progress being made on, at least if you ignore that it'll all be dirty again tomorrow.

When Marit is done training people, she wants to ask if he has any advice for how to confront Dorgelinda tomorrow. She feels kind of like a four year old who wants attention from mom every two minutes, but she does need to get this right, and it's not like either of them is confused and her competence level.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, firstly, she should assume some chance Dorgelinda tries to flee or tries to enchant her or tries to kill her, and have security. With that squared away -

Marit is a big believer in keeping half of what you know back, to see if once people are purportedly being candid with you they share it. He thinks Korva should go into the conversation decided about whether she is willing to arrest Dorgelinda at the end of it, and with an answer already in mind regarding under what circumstances she'd do that. And with a replacement in mind if she does do it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Reasonable advice that she probably hadn't thought about because it was unpleasant to think about.

The only plausible replacements she can think of off the top of her head are Wilcer Garms, the quartermaster during the campaign to take Drezen, and Arsinoe, the Abadaran cleric who currently manages the temple (and who doesn't, technically, work for her right now). She doesn't love either of those options and is not sure that either of them really has the necessary experience, but she has no reason to suspect either of them of theft. 

.....she is kind of inclined not to arrest Dorgelinda if Dorgelinda can give an account of what she did and why she did it, under truth spell and while Korva is detecting thoughts on her, that boils down to "I thought it was necessary to accomplish some crusade objective" and not "I was trying to personally enrich myself" or "I am actually working with demon cultists". This is an extremely low bar and a wishy washy policy and - it still feels unfair, if Dorgelinda was trying, to jump to arresting her instead of giving her the chance to clean up her act, given that everything in Drezen is kind of like this. And she's not actually sure if they can do better, on short notice.

Permalink Mark Unread

"That seems entirely reasonable to me. Honestly, there's a wide range of policies that seem reasonable, you just want to - go in with one, not put yourself in a situation where you'll predictably have to make a call on the spot."

Permalink Mark Unread

Every time he tells her she's being reasonable, she's both relieved that he isn't going to give her a failing grade in Knight-Commander-ing and extremely annoyed with herself for letting her absolutely pathological relationship with being Knight Commander be that obvious.

"All right then. I think I'll pay Arsinoe to cast the truth spell and have a team standing by to apprehend her if she does run, and then... we'll see what she says. Do you want to be there, or - doing the thing that you're purportedly here to do."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I expect you and your adventuring companions can handle it and prefer not to draw attention to myself. I'll have a spy nearby so I can react if anything goes terribly wrong."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds good."

That's it for today, then. 

- except that she left a note for Woljif to meet her on the courtyard wall tonight, back when she was six hours younger and more foolish and didn't realize how absolutely wiped she would be by this hour. But Woljif isn't Harmattan, and isn't Dorgelinda, and isn't Marit, and isn't even Anevia. He waves at her as she enters the courtyard, and she climbs up to where he is. Sosiel is painting across the way, on the other side of the wall, too far away to hear anything they say.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Heya, Chief. You find any more eighth circle Baphomet cultists in the last eight hours?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, I was busy killing a dragon in single combat. And talking to Harmattan about the Kuthite we apparently have working as a prison guard."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, that's... arguably scarier, honestly."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It wasn't fun, but I think Sunhammer did actually manage to be scarier than social interaction today. He was so shocked we were able to touch him at all."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, not Harmattan, the concept of a Kuthite jailor. Either one is bad enough, but together..." He shivers.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah."

 

She casts Silent Table. "I think Dorgelinda's been stealing crusade supplies in quantities that are significant enough to be a serious problem. I had a long talk with Marit about it, and he thinks she's behind the missing supply shipments that were supposedly stolen by bandits. I'm planning to confront her about it tomorrow and am going to need backup on the off chance that she does something crazy, like attack us or try to run away. I don't think she's an eighth circle Baphomet cultist, so I'm not incredibly worried."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey, you say the word, Chief. Not surprised she's skimming off the top, she always did seem sharper than the others. Can't let her get away with taking what's yours, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's not exactly the idea, but yeah."

"I - am going to have to make a decision about whether to arrest her or let her off with a serious warning that this can't happen again, I think. And then I'm going to need it to not happen again. Which - it will, across everyone, even if Dorgelinda doesn't do it again, because that's how things have been done around here. But I want to take cracking down on it seriously. If it's actually the case that the rampant corruption is making all of the supply problems drastically worse - and I don't think Dorgelinda even really disagrees about that, it was one of the first things she said to me, that officers bribing the logistics team for fancy gear meant that common soldiers were being sent into battle with little more than kitchen knives - then that's arguably a bigger problem than the demons. Or at least, like, making fighting the demons a far more uphill battle than it needs to be, which it already pretty uphill. It's not fair to anyone who signed up with us, if we're not doing our best to equip and provide for them effectively. And... you know me, I hate this, but I think to be decent to people we may actually have to have laws, and stick to them, and punish people who break them, otherwise there's no reason for people like Dorgelinda to stop stealing shipments."

"...anyway, we were talking about this, and I realized that - if I'm going to start actually punishing and not tolerating crime and corruption, then I have to do it across the board, you know? Nobody's going to take it seriously if I tell the rest of the men they can't, and then turn a blind eye to my best friends fencing stuff for the thieflings."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"You use the stuff I sell, Chief. Lotsa mercs here do, to make them better at fighting demons."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know! I'm not blaming you! All of this is currently one hundred percent on me. I haven't asked you to stop, and have in fact encouraged you, and I am not going to be such a shitty friend that I ignore that and try to make you take the fall for this. I don't even actually think that we made the wrong call, in Kenabres, using the stuff that we had on hand and paying who we had to to get it. But - this isn't Kenabres, anymore. If we run the crusade like a crime ring, it'll be a crime ring, and crime rings don't win wars. Not real ones. Not ones where the enemy is a hole in the world."

"I get that breaking ties with the thieflings is a lot to ask. And I get that six months ago it would have been terrifying, and that it might be terrifying now. But we're a lot stronger than we were six months ago, Woljif, and if they come for you I'm not going to let them take you, any more than I would let the inquisition take you. I promise that if you stop stealing I will keep protecting you. And - I don't even really want to unilaterally impose rules here, on anyone, least of all you. I know it's going to be hard. I know that a lot of other people are also going to have trouble stopping. I - would also like you to help me come up with what the rules should be, and what the penalties for breaking them should be, and help me make them as livable and as non-terrifying as possible, when we do this. If you're willing."

Permalink Mark Unread

His tail swishes nervously. He doesn't immediately say anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I don't think I'm any better than you, you know."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey, that's not what this is about. I think basically everyone on the planet would agree that you're better than me. Cosmically and officially better than me, even, half because I'm not trying and half because you're - you. The rest of us poor mortals are kind of left in the dust behind."

Permalink Mark Unread

The wind blows. She thinks it's the real wind, this time, not the fake wind that goes around trying to make all of her conversations this dramatic. It's snowing just enough for her to see that it's not just hitting her. It's cold, spending this much time outside.

 

"I was a bandit, before I met you in Kenabres. I don't think I've told - anybody here, about it. Not the nice, romantic kind that you expect chaotic good people to be, where you leave noblemen to go home in their underwear and give away half your ill-gotten gains to the poor. The kind that shows up at random homes to steal all the valuables and murder anyone who gets in your way. For about the same reasons as you did anything you did, I think. Because I was scared, and hungry, and didn't feel like I had any good choices, and other people were pressuring me into it, and it felt like  a way of being powerful and of protecting myself."

"I killed people. People who had done absolutely nothing wrong, except have something they'd worked hard to get, and not want to give it up. So - I'm not judging you. For anything. But I do think - that if I don't do better, the crusade is not going to hold itself together, and a lot of people here will die. And I don't think I can do it all on my own. That's why I'm asking this of you."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Well, I guess it's not any worse than fighting demons," he says, unhappily. "I dunno what we're gonna do with all the stuff, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. That's - a good question, honestly."

 

"There was one other thing. We were talking about the legal code, and what punishments the shining crusade used for what things, and - Marit talked about how they execute people for desertion. And I told him that I didn't think that was very fair, under these circumstances. Or - I guess I don't think that the people we have here are people who it would be being decent to, or fair to, to hold to that standard. I told him about how you ran off during the gargoyle attack, and then came back later, and maybe accepting you back hurt unit discipline, and stuff, but - it wouldn't have been right, I think, to punish you for running away from us."

"And I guess I got to thinking about - Galfrey did not really give me a choice, about whether to accept this posting. I didn't want to do it. I wouldn't have, if she had offered me the choice. I was mad at her about it for a long time. I guess I might still be mad. But - it isn't really any different from how I've been treating you, is it. I don't regret the deal we cut in Kenabres, I think that that was fair. You got to get out of prison, and we got to have your help in saving dozens of people during the demon attack. But failing to clarify your situation afterwards, when we marched on Drezen - that was wrong of us, I think. Wrong of me. And if I am going to notice ways in which I need to be kind of a shitty friend, for the sake of being a better knight commander, I - guess I would like to also notice ways in which I need to be a better friend, even if it makes me kind of a shitty knight commander."

"So I want to be clear that you can go, now. If you want. I like you, and I rely on you, and I want you to stay, but you're allowed to go. I won't consider it desertion, and I won't consider it a personal betrayal. If you ever leave, and come back, and want to help again, or need me to help you, I won't think that you've done something shitty to me. You've paid your debt to society a dozen times over, you're not a prisoner, and you can go anytime you want. But I hope you won't."

Permalink Mark Unread

...Woljif does not, entirely, know what to say to that.

 

"You know when you want to talk to Dorgelinda?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Late morning, I think, I have to go arrange a truth spell casting with Arsinoe. I doubt she's very powerful, but I'll probably have Daeran standing by just in case anything very ridiculous happens and someone ends up dead."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, later, then. You know where to find me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah."

She can get some sleep, then. 

 

 

 

In the morning Woljif is gone. She stops by his room at the inn and it's empty, cleaned out of all of his stuff. There's no note, and no evidence of recent habitation besides the rumpled sheets.

She'd accepted that this might happen. That doesn't mean she was prepared for it. She thought - that they were friends, apparently, and that he cared enough that it outweighed the mountain of reasons he had for not being here. That was possibly kind of stupid of her. 

But she meant it. She has to be okay with it, or the thing she said didn't really mean anything, did it, and she wasn't ever being a friend to him. And she has a job to do, even if she feels a little more like her guts have been scraped out than usual.

She rounds up Arsinoe and Daeran and Seelah, to replace Woljif, and heads off to find Dorgelinda.

Permalink Mark Unread

As part of the investigation into the missing shipment, Korva would like to have Dorgelinda accept a truth spell from Arsinoe. Dorgelinda tries to deflect; Korva insists. Dorgelinda doesn't try to run away, and doesn't try to attack them.

"Where is the shipment, Dorgelinda?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know, Knight Commander."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Where do you think it is."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I expect that the people who made off with it sold the weapons and armor to the surrounding fortresses. We're at the worldwound; there's an obvious market for weapons and armor."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Did you pay the missing guards to do that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did, Knight Commander. Now, seeing as we're both very busy people, I think you can skip ahead to your real questions."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will, in a moment. What happened to the missing soldiers."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They wanted out. It's awful, Knight Commander, I know, but a lot of people do. I offered them the chance to help us out one last time, before they left."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Okay, you win. What the hell are you trying to accomplish, Dorgelinda. In what sense does stealing a supply shipment help anyone except the people who stole it."

Permalink Mark Unread

She sighs. She's not a young woman, but she usually doesn't come off as tired. She usually attacks her assigned tasks with an enviable amount of enthusiasm.

"Nerosyan doesn't send us paper, Knight Commander. Not more than a few stacks listed under luxury items, anyway."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I don't follow."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The people who set our budgets and our supply lists are not soldiers, Knight Commander. They're royal councilors and petty bureaucrats, halfway to being the politicians whose boots they lick, the kind of people who flit around the queen like flies. They care about appearances, about cutting costs, about limiting anything that their bosses can point to and call a waste, or obvious corruption. They love sending us weapons, armor, and food. They'll send us a little money, which is meant to go to wages. They're smart enough to send us winter gear - but only for the people who they consider officially part of our forces, which doesn't include the Mongrels or the people from Wintersun, many of whom work twice as hard as the mercenaries for no pay at all. That leaves us with almost four hundred people who came to us half naked, and who would freeze if we didn't find a way to fill the gap. Groups that include children and elderly people, tagalongs that people don't want to imagine when they think of the brave crusader armies fighting the demons."

"Nerosyan doesn't send us enough paper or ink to keep the records we need. It doesn't send us boots or winter coats for anyone who isn't formally enlisted, and doesn't send us raw materials to make them out of. It doesn't send us nearly enough soap. It doesn't send us enough bowls to put food in. These are not things that people always want to think about, when they think about helping armies save the world, but armies need them just as much as they need swords. You can complain about this to Nerosyan, and waste what paper they do give you on shouting into a void that won't give you what you need anyway. Or you can try to solve the problem your damn self. So that's what I do, knight commander. I arranged to sell the masterwork weapons and armor in the shipment to buy supplies we needed more."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"What did you buy."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A mix of things. Coats, boots, paper, and soap, like I said. Some food I thought would keep better than the things they sent us. Obviously the men who sold it wanted a cut, too. And there's some money left over, for if we desperately need anything different in two weeks. I'd hand you a list, but I was both breaking the law and facing a paper shortage, so I didn't keep one."

Permalink Mark Unread

She sighs.

Dorgelinda's thoughts are pretty much in line with what she's saying. She expects Korva to be sympathetic to her and smart enough to see that unsavory tactics are sometimes necessary.

 

"Okay. I'm sympathetic. I appreciate your devotion to solving our problems."

"This still can't happen again. Ever. And by 'this', I mean any covert trading of supplies or resources that were meant to go to the soldiers or the crusade, not just faking bandit attacks. Any bribery, any embezzlement, any faking records to cover up buying something with Nerosyan's resources that you're not willing to commit to paper."

"Give me a list of the supplies you actually need. A version you need to maintain basic operations and keep people from immediately and preventably dying, and a version you need in order to do better than that and leave our forces as prepared as possible to fight demons. And in-between versions, or nice-to-haves, if you're willing to put them together. I will find the money under a rock somewhere. If I can't, we'll sell what supplies we have to openly, and keep records of it. If Nerosyan takes issue with us buying winter coats, I will tell them to fuck off in my very politest and most charismatic voice, and if necessary ask Queen Galfrey for aid directly. But this cannot happen again. If it does you will be removed."

"Do you understand me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do, Knight Commander. I'm not sure it'll work."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, if it doesn't, tell me openly, and we'll cross that bridge when we get there. I can't fix problems people hide."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, Knight Commander."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

She goes to find Marit around lunchtime. She's trying not to look visibly mopey, but she's not entirely sure how much her headband helps her on that front.

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit's been training the soldiers. It's going about as training soldiers always does. 

 

"Knight-Commander."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Marit."

"I'm probably committed to finding a bunch of money under a rock now, if you have any more convenient rocks. Otherwise I guess my next steps are rock-hunting and getting some people together to construct a legal code we're willing to stick with."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not know anyone else in Drezen to be a powerful wizard or otherwise extremely wealthy person who is in the service of your enemies," he confirms. His spies did identify one more person as a Baphomet cultist and another as selling stolen goods but that's not really urgent; it'll be in his next report. "I am unwilling to selectively spy on the really rich people so we can take their stuff but I am doing plenty of spying on them in the course of checking that they aren't compromised for strategic reasons."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, I think I actually meant more like the thing where you had like six ideas about how to do recruitment that had not occurred to me when we first spoke, and I was sort of wondering whether you had any similar ideas about how to get people to donate to your noble and righteous cause, or maybe how to make having a noble and righteous cause pay for itself. Other than looting demon artifacts, which I have figured out."

Permalink Mark Unread

"My old commander spent half the off-seasons fundraising in Oppara. You go in with the stories and the songs and the demon artifacts to show off, you set up a magnificent mansion and invite all the important people for dinners, you regret the impossibility of finding an invitation for all the slightly less important people unless, you know, they were contributors to the Crusade, in which case they'd definitely be in. You drop promising hints about all of the valuable land you're reclaiming that's surely going to get assigned to somebody. A lot of this you do not want to do until you know your way around politics well enough to not step in hornet's nests. 

There's also, if you have loyal high-circle spellcasters, assigning them to spend the off-season making money. You know, the ordinary way, a Teleport route or scries for pay or regrowing peoples' fingers - if Seelah can't do that yet, she should be able to soon. A lot of wizards won't go for that, they're on the Crusade in the first place because they don't want to live a life like that and if they're going to they'd rather keep the money, but - some people will do it, if they're in this because they really want to see it succeed. I wouldn't really recommend it this year because you don't have enough high-circle people but...you will, if you keep fighting and winning.

And then there's the Church of Abadar. You show up and ask them about financing options and they do a lot of math and offer you terms that won't sound very good but - sometimes a crusade is all about momentum, and it's easier to pay twice as much next year than to go without right now. Especially as - I get the sense you are growing in power rapidly, and that's precisely when it might be worth paying twice as much next year, if you think you'll be twice as able to pay then."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I am certainly growing in power astonishingly rapidly, but not yet having experienced a year of this I have no idea how to predict how anything will be going in another year."

"Pretty unsure to what extent I have loyal anybody. I guess Daeran would probably do it, but I" am not sure I am actually willing to let him out of my sight for that long "really do need him for pretty much all adventuring where someone might die, and a spontaneous Breath of Life will save us a diamond. ...Ember is probably capable of it and would probably be willing to."

 

"Woljif left last night. He didn't desert, I told him he was allowed to go and he left. So that's how the rest of my day is going."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah. I'm sorry. It would be - nice if trying to do right by people always resulted in things going well.

Do you want to go out skydiving?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"What, uh, does skydiving consist of, in terms of the actual steps? You just use a fly, and then let it cut out and feather fall before you splat?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We do it over the lake, generally, so it won't kill you if you time it badly - the paladins just take the hit, they can't Feather Fall - and we Dimension Door or Teleport up, because it's more fun the higher you go. If you go as far up as there's air to breathe it's - a whole minute, on the way down, seeing the world get bigger."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Okay as described that does actually sound kind of fun.

"It seems - arguably kind of wasteful? Not in your context but possibly distractingly so in this one. I dunno."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Spare spells, first thing in the morning, right before you refresh them. You've got to hold some Teleports back for emergencies and you won't on the typical day have emergencies.

And some people think it helps you improve faster, that it's like combat in - pushing you on the edge you need to be pushed along.

And - so, obviously any crusade is going to have some difficulty relating to the fact that resources are constantly scarce and also that living under constant scarcity is very bad for people. My previous commander - hadn't needed to eat since she was twenty-five, and when she was younger she wouldn't eat, because that was food that could be going to starving people. But - but food is part of how human beings relate to one another, extend hospitality and recognize it in another, and war is hard enough on ordinary human impulses without deliberately ripping out some of the ones it wouldn't, actually, be all that costly to preserve. The good grows inside us in complicated ways, and most people can't just stop caring about ... whether their life feels good to live, feels good to imagine continuing to live, feels like it could one day be good."

Permalink Mark Unread

It's okay, she wants to say, my life has never felt good to live. But that would be an obvious ploy for sympathy, and she would like to not be any more pathetic than she's already being.

She can't think of anything immediately better to say instead, though.

"I actually don't personally have spare teleports most days, they trade off against all of the other spells that I do by mimicking instead of poetry. I guess Ember and Nenio often do, though we try to use a lot of them for supply stuff."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well. It doesn't have to be skydiving, but - it's okay to take a break, when things get tough."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"Can the break consist of complaining, if I take three minutes about it and then get out of your hair. I feel like complaining would be restorative."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Go ahead."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"I miss my daughter."

- wow okay that's a lot of feelings this was probably a tactical error.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

" - wow, yeah, no kidding, I bet you do."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"She's a slave in the Thanelands and I haven't seen her in almost eight months and I don't know whether she's okay or whether it's safe enough to bring her to Drezen."

" - okay, that was too much complaining, I ought to go look for rocks now."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - have you tried scrying her?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

".....not since before I had teleports."

- there's sort of a ridiculous realization, here, that she has been locking the fact of having a daughter away in a box, and not looking in at it for far too long, because looking at it or thinking about it hurts, and now that the problem has been mentioned it actually seems like there are probably dozens of ways to solve it, and like there have been dozens of ways ever since she took Drezen. It's only that by the time she could solve it, she was out of the habit of looking at it, because looking at it hurt too much. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- well, I guess I'd propose that you scry her, and then maybe we Teleport over and get her, and if you're worried about her safety we have a permanent demiplane now? Or, uh, the place where you found me, which is accessible only to you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess I think the floating island is probably pretty safe anyway."

"...I don't really know why I had to have that conversation, but - thanks, I guess, and I should probably be working on that, too."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Let me know if there is anything I can do."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah."

All right, that's enough unscheduled feelings for one day. She's going to spend the rest of the day working on scheduling a meeting between various people about the legal reform stuff, and also checking whether the copy of her charter is back from Nerosyan (it isn't), and at the end of the day she can scry Zara.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's sleeping on the floor of a longhouse with some sheep, by the time that Korva gets around to it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

 

Korva could keep ignoring this. Zara is not in immediate physical danger. It is deeply unfair to Zara, who would like more than anything in the world to live on a floating island of eternal springtime with three baby dragons and a bunch of mimics and children who braved the elements to help fight demons and help save the world, and would probably not like to keep being enslaved in the Thanelands. It would place her in the same category as Greybor, or Woljif's dad, and Marit won't think very much of her now that she's revealed more of her serious personal problems to him in a fit of temporary madness, but it is an available option.

...why, exactly, is she tempted to do that. She loves Zara more than anything in the world. She's been taking care of her all alone since she was sixteen years old, working as many odd jobs as she could in order to keep feeding her. She did everything she could not to be separated from her when they were captured. She became a skald and then a raider in order to protect her. Everything in her life, in the ten years between getting expelled from school and being made Knight Commander of the Fifth Crusade, has been ordered towards keeping Zara safe and cared for and happy. Drezen is not actually so unsafe that she's tried to do anything about the dozens of other children who live here now, between the Neathers and the Wintersun refugees and the kids who ran away from their orphanage.

So - why?

 

Well, if she goes and gets Zara, she will have to explain - everything. She's a different person than she was six months ago. ...Zara probably thinks she's dead, given she hasn't come home at the end of the raiding season, and she still doesn't know what happened to the rest of the raiding party. She would have to accept that everything is different now and nothing can ever go back to being the way it was before. She didn't particularly like how it was before, of course. 

She might have to explain some of the things that happened before six months ago to everyone else. Or she might not! Honestly if she told Zara that they needed to not tell anyone anything about themselves or their history, Zara would be perfectly capable of following this instruction. This would be kind of absurd of her but it is, technically, an option.

She would have to have feelings. A lot of feelings. The feelings would come out of the box, and she wouldn't be able to put them back. She's not sure whether she would be able to stand having so many feelings, or what failing to stand them might entail. If she turns into a nonfunctional wreck overnight, the crusade could very well buckle with her. 

It doesn't really make a lot of sense to predict that leaving Zara and herself better off would make her less capable of carrying out her duties. She does seem to be terrified that it will. 

 

She doesn't want people to see her. She doesn't want Zara to see her and form opinions about her, or think she's cool, or alternatively hate her, or alternatively see what a wreck she actually is underneath the thing that she appears to be. She doesn't want anyone else to see what kind of person she's been, either. The bulk of her forces need to see her as - a figure out of legend, and not the disaster she is. She doesn't have a close enough relationship with any of her companions that she wants them to know anything about the kind of person she really is, any more than they already do. She trusts most of them with her life. But with her selfWith not laughing at or pitying or turning in disgust from the thing that the noble hero really is, underneath all of the magic and legend and dramatic wind and butterflies?

Except, apparently, she also does want someone to see, or she wouldn't have said anything to Marit.

 

None of this is an adequate justification for wronging Zara this much. The fact that Zara doesn't know she's being wronged doesn't make it the same as being decent to her. 

 

 

She teleports in, before the scry cuts out. And then she teleports back to her room, with a groggy and confused child in her arms. It is, after all, that simple.

Permalink Mark Unread

mom? What - where - ?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Complicated questions."

"I will answer all of them eventually but I'm not sure I can answer everything, right now. The raiding party died, I think. I got drafted to fight at the worldwound indefinitely. I have been promoted and I think the worldwound might be my personal responsibility right now. I have killed a lot of things and I can teleport now, which is what happened just now. I think it's safe here. We are in the crusader city of Drezen, right now, complicatedly in Mendev, and are crusading to close the worldwound."

"A lot of things have happened. A lot of very weird things. I have - a lot of things I need to do, and am going to need to keep doing, and a lot of things I need to show you in the morning. But I'm here now. And you're safe. Unless the demons kill us all."

 

She is maybe going to need to just hold Zara, for a while, before she can say the rest of what she needs to say. But she's here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit goes paladin-baiting in the evening, when he's done training soldiers for the day. Puts on a new face for it; it's well known that Marit, here to train the soldiers, is a Lawful Good Iomedaen fighter and it'd be weird for him to be asking basic questions about Her religion.

...he probably shouldn't think of it as paladin-baiting when the thing he wants is information they should be happy to give him, about their goddess. 

 

He finds Seelah and some of the people she's eating with.

 

"Are Lawful Good gods really different from each other?" he opens with. "It seems like once you're Lawful and Good there's not much else to vary in except, like, what hobbies you have."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Now there's a question! I wish we had a cleric of Erastil around to give the competition a fair shake. I, for one, though, am not about to hang up my sword and take up farming."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is that what Erastil says you should do? He's the god of farming, so he thinks everyone should be a farmer? And Iomedae's the god of fighting so she thinks everyone should be a warrior?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mm, I don't think it's quite that simple. I'm no theologian, but I'd say the world needs farmers and fighters both. Otherwise we'd all be fighting evil on empty stomachs, which I have to say, I don't recommend doing unless you have to. But Erastil's church has more to say about growing crops and raising families, and Iomedae's is more concerned with protecting those people from everything else that's out there."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And neither of them have anything to say about which you should be?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess it depends on the person. Not everyone is cut out for what we do here. But someone's gotta do it, or there won't be any fields to grow crops in."

     "Not that everyone here is an Iomedan!" says another person.

"Of course not, friend. Times like these, a lot of people have to work together to save the world. Even just among the paladins, you'll find Sarenites, Irorites, and a few who follow Ragathiel or Torag. Our strongest cleric follows Shelyn. But Iomedae's popular, around here. I guess a hole in the world is the sort of problem that tends to attract the followers of the goddess of valor and victory over evil."

Permalink Mark Unread

“What does it mean, to be the goddess of victory over Evil? It’s not as if everyone wouldn’t declare that they want to win rather than lose.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, they don't," says another paladin.

     "It's a different attitude," says the one who spoke before. "Sarenrae teaches us to redeem evildoers, whenever it's remotely possible."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And I think that's noble! It's important, to be able to believe in what people can be. But - not every evil is redeemable, and sometimes the most important thing is stopping it."

Permalink Mark Unread

The person who said not everyone wants to win gets an interested look. “You wouldn’t say everyone wants to win? Surely redeeming people is still a - way of winning -“

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean that not everyone says they want to win. You look at all of the other churches out there? None of them say anything about winning."

     "I feel like that's kind of unfair to Ragathiel."

"Okay, I can't speak to Ragathiel. I only heard about Ragathiel a month ago. I mean the big ones."

Permalink Mark Unread

“Does Iomedae actually win more than the gods who don’t say they’re about winning? Seems like everything is just worse than before She ascended.”

Permalink Mark Unread

This gets some confused stares.

"How do you mean?"

Permalink Mark Unread

" - well, when She ascended, Lastwall was the world's greatest military power, and the Shining Crusade had just triumphed over Tar-Baphon, and Avistan was united against threats to the world, and the Church of Asmodeus barely existed. There were still some bad things in the world, like Geb, and Nidal, that were waiting on the Age of Glory, but - not many of them. And now, Cheliax is ruled by Asmodeus, and there's this rift in the world with demons pouring out, and Iomedae's armies apparently can spare, what, a thousand men for the crusade, and what glorious victories has Good won, exactly?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We have a historian among us," says Seelah. "I'm not even from Avistan, I don't know what they think they're doing in Cheliax."

      "Sounds to me like Aroden didn't care enough about winning."

          "Iomedae wasn't nearly as much of a major goddess before the death of Aroden. It doesn't make sense to pin the catastrophes of a hundred years ago on the Inheritor. Since then, we've contained the Worldwound, taken back Andoran, and - well, Galt isn't Asmodean anymore, at least. Iomedae's church was at the forefront of all of that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess," he says thoughtfully, "the best possible resource allocation across all of the fights Good should pick might in fact look like everything being underfunded and overstretched but working out anyway. It's a bit corrosive to be in the middle of, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

     "There's a lot of evil to fight."

"Are there a thousand Iomedan paladins signed on with the crusade?" asks the Sarenite.

     "No, less than that. More across all the forts to the south, of course. I don't think Lastwall sent more than a hundred people here, and they weren't all paladins."

Permalink Mark Unread

Lastwall should support a standing army of fifty thousand in peacetime and be able to triple that in a year come war. Iomedae spent a long time working out the logistics for it. He doesn't say that because there's no reason he should know it. 

"What're they like? The paladins from Lastwall, I mean."

Permalink Mark Unread

     "Shiny."

          "I'm going to abstain from this one."

"They are honorable and worthy allies in the fight against evil, and have far more experience than most of us do," says Seelah. "And they serve the goddess faithfully. I wish we had a thousand. We are immensely grateful to have the ones we do."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Okay, that's how people talk about people who are the worst."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, no," says Seelah, smiling. "That's the Hellknights. Or Daeran, depending on how I'm feeling on any given day. ...no, I think today is a Hellknights day."

     "Desnans. But I'm only saying that because they'd laugh if they heard me."

          "Baphomet cultists. Probably the worst."

      "Today Sarenrae smiles on Sorren, for only disliking the people he's actually fighting."

"The paladins of Lastwall are good people, strong fighters, and faithful servants of Iomedae. I think it's challenging, for them, to be around the rest of us sometimes. But I'll not say a word against them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Challenging for them to be around the rest of us? Like because we - might as well be Desnans and Hellknights?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Because we're different from them. Armies thrive on being able to do things together, and when you get people together from across half the world, we're not all going to do things the same way. But at least those of the same faith can be confident that they all serve the same goals."

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit doesn't, in fact, want to come to the attention of the Iomedaen inquisition here for being too nosy. "That sounds nice," he says agreeably. 

 

 

And tracks down the paladins from Lastwall later and in a difference face. And with a less confrontational opening. He wants their advice on swordfighting. He can pay them, if they won't do it for free.

Permalink Mark Unread

This is a crusade! Of course they're not going to make him pay for swordfighting tips!

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, you know, people say that the paladins from Lastwall are better than everyone else and know it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Being good at something is no reason to insist on payment before you'll help your fellow soldiers with it. The better the rest of the army is at fighting, the more likely they all are to succeed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit can convincingly swing a sword like someone who is notably talented at swordfighting but has obviously never had a day of formal instruction in his life. (He has seen many of the type). 

Lastwall doesn't, in fact, think the Crusade is going to succeed, right, or they'd have sent more than a couple dozen people.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's no way to think. If they weren't here to win, they wouldn't be here. But Lastwall is already holding a lot of the forts to the south of the Worldwound, and it'll hardly serve the crusade's goals if any of those forts were to be overrun. It isn't as though Lastwall has a lot of top-notch fighters who are sitting around doing nothing. There's hope that more of them might arrive before spring.

(These paladins might also be holding their tongues about the others, though.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, yeah, you're sure to lose if you think you'll lose.  But he's never really liked it when everyone's clearly living inside a story they're telling themselves. He's not going to go climb on the walls and make an announcement, he hasn't been bringing it up, but it sure looks like the part of Iomedae's church that everyone says is all smart and good at stuff is, you know, not the part that's here.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Well, it's true that the last three crusades didn't win. It's going to take a lot, to make this one different.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Yeah. It's not exactly how Iomedae's own crusade went. Or maybe they lie about that one in the history books. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They study the Shining Crusade in Lastwall! It's... true that the Mendevian Crusades aren't very much like it, and that the Fifth Crusade is arguably the least like it of any of them.

....but, on the other hand, a lot of people thought the Shining Crusade was hopeless for a long time, too. Iomedae had decades of military experience, in addition to being the kind of person who interrupts the arc of history and does what ought to be impossible, when she turned the crusade towards being something that could win. All of the previous Knight Commanders of the Worldwound crusades were the former, but nobody seriously thought they were the latter. Some people think that Korva Tallandria might be, even if she doesn't seem to have that experience and nobody really seems to know where she came from. So it's possible that it isn't so different after all.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

What is Iomedae's - deal. You hear different things from different people most of whom only have half a clue themselves.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Iomedae is the goddess of defeating evil. You hear a lot of other stuff, and it isn't all wrong, but that's the core of it. Going wherever there's evil in the world, and putting a stop to it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Seems like it's not going so well."

Permalink Mark Unread

"There's definitely still a lot of evil in the world! If there weren't, there wouldn't be so many of us working on putting a stop to it."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"I've never been quite sure how you'd know if a god is - really on your side, or if they just think it's convenient to say. Even if the human was everything the histories say, if she - turned into the shape people think -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think gods go around empowering people who are opposed to Their own interests. If you look at who Iomedae picks, and what battles Her church sends them out to fight, I'm pretty sure She's - on the right side, anyway, whether individual people agree with Her or not. Of course, if you abandon Her teachings, or stray from the path She lays out, She'll withdraw any powers She gave you. I've heard of several cases like that, but never one that didn't make sense to me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Obvious stuff, like secretly being evil? Or - non-obvious stuff?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not always secretly evil. Of course Iomedae would take a paladin's powers away the moment he did anything truly evil, but that doesn't mean that people always do it secretly - what would be the point, if it came out right away? Anyway - it hasn't happened to anyone I know personally, so take this with a grain of salt, but there were a lot of cases in Galt, for instance. Iomedae empowered a lot of people during the initial revolution against Cheliax, it being an incredibly important cause and there being a lot of good people who wanted to throw off the chains of Asmodeus and follow Iomedae. But then some of those people turned to mass executions of the nobility, or killing anyone they thought might not be perfectly loyal to that incredibly important cause. And then a good number of those paladins fell."

Permalink Mark Unread

And she couldn't just not choose them in the first place because - prophecy broken. Right. 

"And you've never heard of a case where you think She got it wrong?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nope. She's got to make it everyone who strays from their vows, or people will lose confidence that being a paladin of Iomedae means anything about whether they can trust you."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Ember - the witch girl, with burn scars - it was the inquisition of Iomedae that tried to burn her at the stake, she says. And did orphan her."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The church in Mendev has - been through a lot, in the last century. I don't know when this happened, exactly, or what their reasons were, and wouldn't want to say anything about her situation without talking to the people involved. I wouldn't be surprised to learn that it was during the Third Crusade, when there were a huge number of Baphomet cultists in Mendev and the crusaders turned their attention to flushing them out. It's easier, when evil is being open and obvious, not to fall into being evil yourself. When the enemy could be anyone around you - I think that makes it harder."

"I think a lot of people fell then, too."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

In some ways it's even more depressing if this is Iomedae, complete and whole, and this is just the best She can actually do.

 

In many other respects it's less depressing, though. 

 

Marit 'learns' some swordfighting technique at a reasonable speed for learning that and then departs, leaving a spy to linger to learn if the paladins thought that interaction was suspicious.

Permalink Mark Unread

Korva has explained... some of what is going on, by morning. Not all of it. There's a lot. But enough that she can give Zara her coat and shoo her out the door to the rocks that take them up to the floating island, where there are baby dragons and azatas and orphans and slightly mad alchemists and desnans and mimics and sculptor gnomes. Early Sunset, her azata advisor from Elysium, is playing catch with Aivu near a waterfall, and Zara makes the most incredibly delighted sound about it.

She kind of expects that Zara will keep pretty indefinitely, in this situation, but she does want someone to be keeping an eye on her. Early Sunset is the closest thing the island has to a responsible adult who isn't a tree (she does, actually, think pretty highly of the trees), so she quietly explains that Zara is her daughter who she retrieved from the Thanelands last night, and asks him to show her around the island, explain a little more of how things work around here, and keep her from getting into too much trouble.

Then she can go check on what was brought back in the latest teleport batch from Nerosyan. Is there a charter copy there yet? Please?

Permalink Mark Unread

There's - a declaration of the Crusade, and a lot of language about how great the Crusade and the Queen and Mendev are, and a few paragraphs that resemble permission for the Knight-Commander to conduct the Crusade, but not with a whole lot of specificity.  The language is plainly copied from the Fourth Crusade and assumes the Crusade will be operating entirely within Mendev. 

Also, how is Korva's written Hallit, because it's largely in Hallit. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, it's a lot better now than it was six months ago, when she couldn't read Hallit at all and didn't have as many slots for comprehend languages.

This sure is not the wonderfully clarifying document she hoped it would be. It is, actually, kind of worthless, as clarifying documents go.

 

At the risk of continuing to seem like a four year old who runs to her mom every five minutes, she's going to stalk off to go find Marit.

Permalink Mark Unread

Training soldiers! He works long hours; he's wearing Constitution rather than Strength so he can train in every daylight hour. 

 

He can step out for a bit, though. "Knight-Commander."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not an emergency. Just, uh, the charter came. It's - worthless, or nearly so. It says almost nothing, and the things that it does say don't make any sense. I think they just used the charter from the Fourth Crusade and changed some of the names and years and stuff, which - doesn't really clarify a lot of the things I want to know, because the Fourth Crusade took place entirely in Mendev, outside the Wardstone barrier, and our crusade is a completely different operation that is supposed to involve pushing into the Worldwound."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

" - huh. All right, I guess we'll have to write them for clarification. ...that's really not very fair to you, of them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I - guess? I don't think anyone is really tracking that." Shit, that sounds like complaining, you're supposed to deflect when people say stuff like that. She doesn't have a lot of practice, because they mostly don't. "I'd mostly prefer to have any idea what they believe they gave us the legal authority to do."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. I can help you draft a letter to that effect, if you would like."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not sure it's the best possible use of your time..."

She considers, for a moment, actually exchanging words with Galfrey with the intent to accomplish anything.

" - no, actually, I'd appreciate that. Thanks."

Permalink Mark Unread

"This evening? I can't train the men in the dark."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure. I'll see you after dinner."

There isn't really so much daylight anyway, in Drezen in the dead of winter.

She could spend a day with Zara. She's not going to do that. She could head out into the wound - it's been too long, really, since she killed anything - but she doesn't have any plans ready to go and wouldn't really be accomplishing anything.

She rounds up Nenio and heads over to Dorgelinda, instead. She still wants to save the mansion itself for a moment when it'll be remembered as attached to something, but they can at least put some people to work unloading food into the crusade's supply warehouse. Dorgelinda only has a preliminary version of the supply lists she needs, but it's good enough that Korva can get some people together, hit everyone with tongues, teleport into Kalsgard - which she could have been doing all along, really, and only didn't because she was afraid - and buy some supplies out of Sunhammer's money. She keeps records, of how much she spends and how much she buys, at least half out of spite.

She misses Woljif. She'd have brought him along, if he were here.

In the evening she goes to meet Marit again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit isn't going to be able to write in Hallit at all and his written Taldane is notably archaic but he's happy to read through everything and propose draft language. 

"This doesn't even have your contract with Galfrey," he says frustratedly. "I have no idea what anyone involved expects happens if you resign or die irretrievably or if Galfrey changes her mind about anything."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sorry. I, uh, don't know if anything like that exists."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

" - who pays you."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - I don't get paid, I'm the Knight Commander. I steal stuff off of demons."

Permalink Mark Unread




"How was that negotiated?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, mostly when you hit the killing and looting step you're past negotiations. - sorry. Uh, no one's ever discussed paying me. I'm assuming this isn't the kind of thing you get formally paid for."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

" - in my last role, the Knight-Commander was paid, though it was a fairly nominal salary. ...and also it was negotiated that the territory she conquered beyond certain borders would be hers, which is - not at all nominal."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, good for her. I don't think anyone was really thinking about that when we set off for Drezen. I'm pretty good at taking demons' stuff, by now, so it's not really one of my top ten problems."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

 

"All right. I think, at a minimum, you need the authority to set up military courts, which it's not obvious you have, and the authority to hire and pay for a civilian administration out of Crusade funds, which it's also not obvious you have, and the authority to fundraise internationally, and clarity on who has the power to remove you and whether they need any grounds, and clarity on who appoints your successor, if anything happens to you, and acknowledgement that you have ultimate jurisdiction over and responsibility for administration outside Mendev's borders or else a claim that Mendev moves with you and is itself prepared to administer that territory."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"That all sounds good."

She thinks she is maybe getting a failing grade in Knight-Commander-ing today.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Now how to say that without it sounding to Nerosyan like you're getting concerningly independent," he muses aloud, taking notes for himself in archaic Taldane they can't send. "I can't really imagine they did it by accident - I mean, I can. They might have. But this really seems more like someone taking advantage of the fact they had appointed a commander who was inexperienced, and that means they probably think they still have a commander who is inexperienced, and they may not have realized that war is a diligent teacher. And we don't in fact want a fight with Mendev - or, next year would be a better time for it, when I think the Church of Iomedae may be more interventionist. Gods, I hate politics. 

Probably the best angle is that you have all these helpful azatas and bards and so on, and you want to send them out fundraising, but when you first took steps towards that all these questions were asked about funding your crusade, and you need them clarified so you have something to show prospective funders. Presuming that to be true, I am not proposing we lie in communications with Nerosyan."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I - have talked to Aranka about it, she wasn't sure whether she wanted to. Aranka doesn't work for me, as a matter of principle and not by accident. I'm sure I can scare up someone who will do fundraising if I ask them to."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think 'potential funders want to hear this' will go over better than 'I have decided I want this' because they'll wonder why you decided that. But you could also make the principled decision you don't want to be misleading about things like that, which would be completely reasonable, or the principled decision to go argue this with the Queen of Mendev in person which I also wouldn't argue with."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I don't think I extremely want to do that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The way I would personally handle this is to scare up potential funders who will want to know these extremely straightforward things, and then write Galfrey a misleadingly apologetic letter asking about those so as to simplify fundraising. The way my previous commander would handle this is to write her own version of all of those things, the way she wanted them, and show up with that and convince everyone relevant to sign it. There are probably other ways to handle it but I am not sure what your highest priorities here are or if you are just doing this because I said to and don't care specifically, which would also be reasonable."

Permalink Mark Unread

She stares miserably at the useless charter. It's hard to come up with adequately deflective and reasonable-sounding things to say that aren't secret bids for sympathy. It's even harder to try to strip away the layers of acting and think about the actual problem. But she has to do it, to aim every piece of herself that she can rally to stand and fight and think, or bad decisions will be made, and they will be on her head, because she was the officer in command.

 

"I want to know what the crusade needs to win. And then I want to figure out how to make those things happen, and to be paying enough attention that I notice if someone is doing something egregiously wrong. I - don't think I have the experience necessary to come up with the best possible version of a charter, and will need help doing that, but - if I have one I can probably find some donors, and convince them to help if we get our act cleaned up, and then suggest the version that will make that help possible to Nerosyan."

"I don't know whether I can convince Galfrey of anything. I can try."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I haven't really heard many good things about her," he says neutrally.

Permalink Mark Unread

Korva feels maybe a little bit sick and is trying not to give any indication of this.

"I haven't really spoken with her much. Probably she's lovely if you do. Most of the people of Mendev love her, I think."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

 

"Knight-Commander, you've been wronged here. I won't say it outside this room. I won't say it in this room, if you forbid that. But this - this is putting the world on your shoulders without giving you the right to lift it. One of the rules my former commander proposed, for assigning me under your command, was that I would not be obliged to take prisoners or conduct trials without the authority to do it justly, because - because there are things you cannot conscionably make a person's duty without extending them the power to do it well."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Well, I'm not going to argue strenuously that the situation here is conscionable," she says. "But I don't see anyone else around who I trust to do this right. Or - less wrong than I know that I will get it. So we are going to have to figure out how to get me the right to at least try to lift the world. I guess."

Permalink Mark Unread


"All right." And he'll start writing down a charter proposal. "Galfrey initially offered you the role in person and not in writing, I take it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"Galfrey announced it to the troops in a speech," she says, because she's so tired and pathetic and humiliated and apparently she is awful and weak enough that she can't think about hiding it all and writing a charter at the same time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Sorry, she did that before she asked you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. There's no agreement. I'm sorry."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're sorry!! I think Iomedae should be sorry for making the woman a paladin!"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"She is in a difficult position," she says, tiredly.

" - this is stupid, isn't it, what's the amount of context that will help you figure out how to do this."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Everyone's in a difficult position! Not everyone's an idiot about it! - there is probably no point calling her on it, though, because either she's actually better than the alternatives somehow or she's pretending to be a paladin of Iomedae and that's going to be a situation we want to wait to handle until we have more direct channels with the Church in Lastwall. I get the sense the Church in Lastwall and in Mendev aren't on the same page and I have half a picture of why, and Galfrey's probably a big part of the other half."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, if you want to investigate Galfrey, be my guest. I have only had a handful of conversations with her. I know that she appointed me Knight Commander and announced the Fifth Crusade very shortly after arriving in Kenabres after the Deskari attack. I know that she's a paladin of Iomedae. I know that she's extending her life somehow, and has been the queen of Mendev for more than a hundred years; I don't know how. I know that she's a distant cousin of Daeran's, and that he hates her, and that she bullied Daeran into serving in the crusade, which I guess I can't point fingers at her for because I also constantly bully Daeran into doing things for the crusade. And I know that I don't like her. But I am trying not to let anybody else know that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Very sensibly," he agrees. "When I'm less busy in Drezen I absolutely may try Nerosyan. I don't want to go to Vigil myself to get apprised of the rest of the picture with the Church, even though ideally we'd have a diplomatic presence there. It looks like Iomedae is - more like 'herself but underresourced' than 'some other thing that's not her and doesn't want to be', and that means Vigil might have someone competent and paranoid enough to find me suspicious, and that means the whole trip isn't in your interests. My former commander can go herself if she wants, and she probably will, but I work for you now and a trip to Vigil doesn't in my current assessment serve you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...okay. Thank you for your honesty."

"Are there further things you should know to make this letter easier to draft."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll ask you questions if I think of things but not that I'm presently thinking of." And he will take that as an order to not talk more about whether the Knight-Commander is, well, okay. It is reasonable of the Knight-Commander to want to discuss that with people she has known for longer than four days.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

She should probably drop it. She does, actually, think that complaining about being assigned vast amounts of power because people have decided that you're a legendary hero is pretty contemptible and pathetic. Except she thinks that she may have hit some kind of new humiliation level that circles around to hurting less, or something, and if that's a thing that can happen then maybe she should talk about this while it doesn't hurt as much.

"Is there context on what happened that would help with understanding anything else. I would selfishly rather talk about it now than dredge it up again later. But if you have enough of a picture we should work on the charter."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I guess I am confused about whether you were in any respect in Galfrey's chain of command when she appointed you her Knight-Commander."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"No. I was a bandit from the Thanelands. I'd been helping Irabeth because the city was under attack. I never - enlisted in anything. That I was aware of."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Galfrey either got ludicrously lucky or got a vision direct from Iomedae but if it's the latter the vision should've been wildly more specific. And should've gone to you, probably, though I guess maybe She couldn't reach - no, that's no excuse, hire Sarenrae." He shakes his head. " - one cannot, generally, just point at adventurers and declare they run your crusade now and will pay themselves in captured loot. It's not only that it's not very Lawful, it's just a really bad idea? Most reasonable people will just scoot out of your jurisdiction as soon as they can Teleport, if that's how you're doing things."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wasn't even really an adventurer, I just got taken raiding during raiding seasons. I mostly did support casting for my master and his team. I'd never done any, like, monster killing. We were going to go fight at the Worldwound last year because it was - cooler."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You were a slave?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Well."

"Yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"In my experience Lawful Good places and churches generally condemn slavery and, where they have the authority, prohibit it, except as punishment for a crime."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was a slave in the Thanelands! Nobody ever said the Thanelands were lawful good. It would interfere with all the banditry."

Permalink Mark Unread

"At this point I wouldn't have been surprised to learn the Thanelands are a proud Lawful Good nation serving Iomedae. And still doing all the banditry.

 

My condolences, if you want them, on everything. The world is a deeply unjust place for everyone but the impulse towards justice isn't misplaced in crying out more strongly at the wrongs it can see, and this was - a lot of wrongs, by a lot of people."

Permalink Mark Unread

"At this point I think this conversation is probably succeeding at being cathartic, actually, if it isn't also being terribly inconvenient for you."

"You can't tell anyone any of this, by the way. Nobody knows that Galfrey didn't ask me - Irabeth and Anevia may have guessed - and nobody knows about the slavery except for - Seelah and Anevia and Daeran, I guess, we haven't talked about it. Regill knows I'm Chelish, originally, I'm not really sure what else he knows."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I understand." And the pause of Lawful people making promises. "I won't willingly speak of this to anyone without your permission.

You're - doing very well. Against any benchmark, really, but especially one that takes into account ...any of that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well. Thanks. It's not good enough, really, but - thanks."

 

"I did want to run away at first. When Galfrey announced the crusade. I probably could have, I just - I didn't want to leave everyone in the lurch, like that. It seemed like it would have been cowardly, to run away from being handed a responsibility like that. And I guess I had no idea where I'd go, right, there was nowhere that it made any sense to try to get back to. But - I can't blame Woljif for leaving, you know, when we pretty much did the same thing to him. Nobody was being fair to anyone, when the Crusade was called."

"I do think that I have to do this now. Not for Galfrey. Kind of in spite of her. But I have, in fact, made other commitments to people that I actually care about honoring."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "Galfrey had very poor judgment in many respects, and wronged you immensely, and also - this is winnable, and you're the person who can win it."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Thank you," she says, sincerely, because part of her wasn't sure.

"Okay. Better now. Sorry about all of that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Says approximately the only party to the mess I didn't want an apology from. 

Let's get this written."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, let's. Do we want to be Mendev or do we want to be something else, I remember that being a decision we had to make."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Where are we relative to Mendev's pre-Worldwound borders with Sarkoris?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Great question. Debated, I think. Sometimes the border was the West Sellen River, which we're on the Sarkoris side of now, but ever since the barrier went up all of the remains have been considered part of Mendev, there not really being a Sarkoris anymore."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Mmmm. Do you want the territory of former Sarkoris to be yours or independent, or - not Mendev's -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I'm not incredibly impressed with Mendev. It might still be hubristic to think we can do better."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Let me get back to you on how well the country built very carefully out of a crusade by the wisest person I know turned out."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do expect that Lastwall's at least less of a mess than this. It was one of the few places in the world that I didn't think sounded stupid and pathetic when I was fifteen years old and a very sincere devil worshipper. - I guess you may not interpret that as a compliment, but it's when I formed all of my opinions about Lastwall."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Honestly I have a hard time imagining - how Asmodeus convinces people to worship him. I guess I'm not shocked he can do it, if he raises them from childhood, but - Aroden's pitch is 'prosperity and invention and glory and paradise', Abadar's is 'wealth and trade', Erastil's is 'the crops will grow well this year', Iomedae's is apparently 'defeating Evil' - what part of people is Asmodeus speaking to -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"He won. The pitch is that He'll win again."

"It isn't that simple, of course. The Chelish civil war lasted a full generation of awful, bloody fighting, people were so unwilling to accept the outcome they ended up with. I didn't believe the death tolls when I read them, I thought they'd just pulled some ridiculously big numbers out of the air. But He won. Aroden was dead, Asmodeus had killed him, and what chance did anyone else have, if even Aroden's best laid plans could be tossed aside like garbage?"

" - that's contested, to be clear, that Asmodeus killed Aroden. I don't think anyone knows what happened to Him. It's what I was taught as a kid."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"So if someone else wins, beats Asmodeus, that's it, that's the answer to the only case He has for people? - I'm sorry. I think I shouldn't have asked that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think they'll follow her. But they'll follow her the way they follow Him, right now."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"My job is to serve you, Knight-Commander, and we can speak of this if it's a concern of yours, and probably shouldn't otherwise, because it would be irresponsible of me to try to straddle obligations and loyalties like that. I would be wronging you."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Okay. Thank you. I'm - going to turn this conversation back to Mendev, then."

"They may not give us much of a choice, Konomi gives the impression that a lot of people already think we're acting too independently. But do you think we have the resources to do better, if we have that option. And is trying going to make us more capable or less capable of winning."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think the question is what they do in response if they become convinced you're too independent. Recall you? And appoint who? Recalling you six months after she appointed you when all you've done is win would be enormously embarrassing to Galfrey. Having you die tragically and irretrievably at the front wouldn't be, if she's secretly evil and not a paladin, which I do intend to check; a paladin couldn't, actually, get away with that. Cut supply to you? That's not in their interests, and it looks stupid, and it might be the right trade for you anyway. 

My best guess is that they do not, actually, act on their unhappiness. My pessimistic guess is that they try to get you killed, and that's the assumption I intend to prepare based on.

I think maintaining the pretense of helplessness and disorganization...mostly isn't a thing. You can either actually be helpless and disorganized, or you can put the legal code together, and doing this does need to be part of that because a legal code isn't that meaningful without actual authority to rule by it. And I think you have a better shot of winning if you're not helpless and disorganized. There's the argument you should maintain the helplessness and disorganization for another year in case by then the Church of Iomedae is better governed and better resourced and can intervene on your behalf, but - I broadly expect it'll be better for you to behave like miraculous help won't come than to plan for it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...all right. Let's see if we can find a good way to not be Mendev, then, if we think it helps us win. I am not going to be more scared of Galfrey than I am of Balors."

Permalink Mark Unread

"In my last job we usually did part of planning meetings with the paladins making us all fearless and part without. It's good to access both states of mind."

 

And he'll write a careful civil proposal that, where the crusade operates outside Mendev's pre-disaster borders, the Knight-Commander have responsibility for administration of the conquered territory, and a proposed clarification of the crusade's command structure, and so on.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay! Progress!

In terms of other stuff they're working on, she does want to know where he's at on having information about this side to give to his previous commander. There are, in fact, some good reasons to want to move forward with the other plan, if it's going to take a while to set up and can be used to secure more resources that they can use to win.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can make that report to her today, if you'd like. I think I have - most of a guess of what's going on."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay. - if you think that it'll result in her wanting to cross then we'll need to come up with an agreement about what she does here, too, I guess I'll probably want Regill for that. Is that likely to be on the agenda tonight, or should I let him sleep and do it in the morning."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would prefer that conversation happen where you found me, if you're comfortable with that. I have tried quite hard to check if we're being spied on here but I'm only mostly sure we aren't."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right."

They can go over alone, this time, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you want to come with me for the report? It's not meant to be secret from you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...yes, I'd like to. Possibly mostly out of curiosity, but I'd like to anyway, if it doesn't bother you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not at all."

So they'll assemble the Shining Crusade command in the mansion, and Marit will nod seriously to each of them in turn and then begin. 

"Firstly,  every church in Knight-Commander Korva's world is incompetent, by our present standards. It turns out that the fact the gods don't make visible dumb mistakes must be entirely them benefitting from prophecy. Without prophecy, it is not rare for paladins to fall; you can pick them only off temperament, not at all of what path they're going to walk from there. Every intervention is much more expensive; everything is much harder to see. I think that Your Church is terrible mostly because gods are much worse at doing things, in full generality. I would naively have expected that to result in less divine intervention, while everyone invests in places where there are substantial returns on that investment, but for whatever reason that's not in fact what Knight-Commander Korva's world looks like. Abadar and Asmodeus have imitated you and Shizuru in setting up theocracies. The gods are more present, but clumsier. A lot of interventions look bizarrely at cross-purposes.

Everything I saw was consistent with Iomedae being - the god that we wanted Her to become - while playing directly against Asmodeus for control of the whole Inner Sea and losing because He's stronger and can think harder about it and pay more for it. It's also consistent with Her being notably worse than that, of course. I think I cannot yet rule out that all of the strength of Iomedae's Church is institutional capacity She built as a human and that as a god She's - well, what you'd get if a paladin ascended, but not anything better than what you'd get if any other paladin ascended. I'd need the ability to actually check the tradeoffs she's making, not just the mortal understanding of them.

The Church in Lastwall I have not visited. I spoke to their paladins in Drezen, went to the temple and read their holy books and their history books. I haven't visited Lastwall because I think it looks right, what you'd have wanted to build accounting for how Aroden died and wars opened up on too many fronts and it's now burning all its future for fuel but - recognizably something you built, not something anyone else did.

So that means it's got a good intelligence service, and it's in the middle of contesting the Inner Sea region with Asmodeus, and I don't in fact have a strategy for going there and poking around which I am confident doesn't attract attention.

The paladins from Lastwall would, in fact, fit in fine on the Shining Crusade. I'd like them better than I like your average here, actually, they're - more circumspect and more cautious and more temperamentally pragmatic.

It is probably only because they have been tempered by losing. I would've had a harder time making sense of them, if I'd met them before we lost Arazni. 

The situation in Mendev very plainly is that casualties are extraordinary and a lot of people are becoming seasoned veterans while working from only a fourth-hand account of what you are all about, and they end up at 'You are about Mendev not being overrun by demons' and it's not surprising at all that those paladins are just - paladins, with the classic set of strengths and flaws. And in the same spirit your Mendevian inquisition is just an inquisition, though I'm more unclear in that case why You bothered having it at all; badly catechized paladins are still very useful against demons and badly catechized inquisitors seem like they easily do more harm than good. But it is credible that it was the right tradeoff. 

They cut Alfirin from the holy books. I assume you weren't planning to do that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was absolutely not planning to do that. Is it possible that - I didn't have her -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I cannot rule it out. The timeline of the Crusade up to this date is correct, but I don't know that it would obviously be different if we assume a different eighth-circle wizard levelled under the pressure after Arazni's death.

 

 

 

....Arazni is. Uh. This is actually one of the most baffling bits because it happened before prophecy broke. Lastwall attempted a doomed assault on Geb, with unclear objectives, and Geb retaliated by raising Arazni as undead and setting her to ruling the country for him, which she is still doing."

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

" - you know, that actually makes some sense of what were some very confusing Communes from Aroden on that topic."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Well. I suppose it does." It does not really surprise her that Geb could do that, though given that he could it's a little surprising that Aroden couldn't.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Anyway. Your Church circa a hundred fifty years ago looks - as expected. Never did work anything out with Belkzen but were in fact keeping the soldiers on that border Lawful Good. Ustalav was still haunted but there'd been no credible candidate to unify it. Tar-Baphon's sealed. Lastwall intended to field a very large army at the start of the Age of Glory, for Aroden's use in Nidal and Geb and wherever else. Lastwall was importing most of its food. The god-war - lasted most of a month, came with intense storms that ripped most of the crops out of the ground. The storms never stopped, in some places. Lirgen and Yamasa don't exist anymore. 

Something like one person in eight starved that winter worldwide and it was worse, obviously, in places that were relying on imports. So everything being a mess is - adequately explained, I think. You could've turned out wrong but I don't see reason to believe you did, once I account for everything else."

Permalink Mark Unread

Hundreds of millions starving to death, multiple countries flooded under permanent storms - It's not surprising that this doesn't feel like good news, even though as the answer to their questions about Iomedae's ascension it definitely is.

Permalink Mark Unread

It was pretty much all implicit in "Aroden dead" but it doesn't, somehow, hurt less for that reason. 



"You think I should go myself to Vigil."

       "Obviously," says Marit. "Look, I could go to taverns in Vellumis and talk to people over drink, but I won't learn much from that I didn't learn in Drezen unless I spend a month at it. And if I try more ambitious information-gathering - sending scouts, changing my face around, doing any proper spying - it is eight hundred years in the future, they're up against Asmodean Cheliax, I'm not baiting adorable paladins who've never met an untrustworthy person before. They have magic we aren't familiar with. Sunhammer had ethereal alarm. They might catch me, they won't believe me if they do, it'll be embarrassing and the set of people who'll learn there's something afoot might get quite large."


They won't believe Iomedae, either, probably, but they'll authorize a Commune.

"It's an awkward position to be in, if She didn't, in fact, turn out right."

      "If She didn't turn out right," Marit says, "it's - not going to be in a way where she wants everyone in Cheliax to go to Hell. I am much more confident She'll tell Her church to work with you than I am that She turned out right. And if I had to bet, at this point, I'd bet She turned out right."

"Thank you. Korva, have you thought more about under what circumstances you'd be comfortable with my operating in your world?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Some. I - think I am going to want you to write up a formal list of things you'd be willing to agree to based on the concerns I outlined earlier, I am not particularly good at coming up with wordings for formal agreements. And I'll want to bring Regill here to give his opinion on what things the agreement we come up with is adequate for, but - we didn't want to discuss logistics on the other side, and it's night there right now, so I figure I'll bring him over again in the morning."

"I will want you to agree to abide by the terms of the Worldwound treaty, which we can provide for you. I will want you to agree to keep your involvement with me secret until any wars you plan to start are over, I cannot afford to be seen meddling or appearing to meddle in Cheliax's internal affairs. I will want you to commit to not starting any wars, with Cheliax or anyone else, until you honestly and confidently believe you can finish out the entire armed conflict in six weeks and do it without the Worldwound defenses breaking down, or unless you convince me that it is worth it anyway, as you proposed. The Chelish Civil War that left Asmodeus in power lasted thirty-three years and left the country worse than decimated, and I do not want a repeat. And I am going to want a commitment to offer the Fifth Crusade the troops and other resources that we need to close the wound, if and when you win the war with Cheliax, but I am not sure I'm personally skilled enough or aware enough of the military resources of southern Avistan to lay out exactly what the terms of that commitment should be. Those are the important things, I think."

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods seriously. "I have been thinking about details for most of those. I - also very much don't want a war that lasts thirty three years, or even one year, and I genuinely expect we'll be able to do this - close to overnight, and I agree it's worth delaying the doing in order to do it close to overnight. I do not myself know much about southern Avistan's military resources, but one of my first priorities is going to be talking with Nefreti Clepati and Felandriel Morgethai, who are frankly also the people you'd want, more than you'd want armies, on closing a planar rift.

Some armies will probably be necessary in support roles but it sounds like the problem is presently unsolved, not just the solution unimplemented. 

I can get you a proposal by morning, which you and Regill can review with the headband and ask me questions about.

Also, I have reached a satisfactory temporary agreement with Sunhammer, and he's being useful, so I can send a seventh-circle wizard back with you tonight, if you would like that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...yes. I would like that. Assuming that they're willing to abide by an agreement similar to the one that Marit is operating under. Possibly tomorrow, if you need time to work that out with them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Marit, is there anything in particular I should alert them of -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm very comfortable with our arrangement. I do expect that if we import enough interesting people who showed up out of nowhere we'll catch the attention of Iomedae's spies. I don't know how soon you expect to be in control of Her church."

Permalink Mark Unread

"My guess is two days, if the agreements are signed tomorrow."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then it should be fine. - don't send Vads, I don't trust his judgment. Don't send Heleer, I have no idea what he's playing at but it's obviously something."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd asked Tanat, in general terms. She said she'll go. And she'll listen to you, unless Korva prefers a different command structure than that." 'Will listen to anybody at all' is an important and rare quality in wizards of that power.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm fine with her answering to Marit."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then I'll have her for you in the morning, along with a proposal for our operations in Avistan. I have also requested of the Council on Civilized Warfare a monitor appointed to adjudicate legal questions relevant to my conducting a war in an alternate timeline; I will by default make a copy of our agreements available to them, and they can probably provide third-party feedback on whether the proposed contracts seem adequate to avoid requiring arbitration later."

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit is not going to say anything but he is now imagining the letter in which Iomedae made this request and the face of the poor extremely Lawful bureaucrat who read it, and is very cheered by so imagining.

Permalink Mark Unread

"That seems fine." She doesn't really know who that is, but they're in this world and not hers, so she's not extremely worried and wouldn't really have any grounds to demand otherwise if she were. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know if your timeline also has a similar institution."

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit shakes his head and says "Asmodeans" as a heartfelt curse. People who simply won't participate in Lawful treaties are one thing; people who will put a great deal of effort into making sure that every single one goes badly for their counterparty rather wreck the whole thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. Then I have no further questions; do you have more for me?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think so, not currently."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then I will see you tomorrow, Knight-Commander Korva. Thank you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Korva will nod, and not-a-teleport back with Marit.

There's nothing specifically urgent that needs to be done tonight, she doesn't think. She talks to Zara, at least a little bit, though not enough that she feels like things are okay, really. It's - actually really depressing, to realize that she's spending down so much of herself on other things that she doesn't have enough left over to give Zara the focus she deserves. On the other hand, Zara spent the whole day playing with dragons and azatas and other kids, so she can't feel too bad about it.

They share the bed in Korva's room, and it's almost like old times, when Korva first started taking care of her. Zara probably doesn't remember anything of Cheliax. She spends a while trying to decide whether she thinks that's good or bad.

In the morning she rounds up Regill and Marit, and takes them over to the other side once again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Iomedae is ready to sign the Worldwound treaty, and has written up a proposed agreement with Korva to only declare a war, or give Cheliax cause to declare one, if she confidently thinks she can win it wholly in less than six weeks and without the Worldwound forts falling unless she convinces Korva  (in non-magic-aided persuasion going off honest analysis) it's worth doing despite this standard not being met. It includes proposals for various parties whose informed disagreement with Iomedae about whether she can win in six weeks or about the Worldwound forts would be grounds to declare she cannot yet go ahead.

She's most happy with having the question of how fast she can win put to any number of parties from her world, who cannot betray her to Cheliax - the Shining Crusade command, her Council monitor, Aroden, Abadar - but also of course god Iomedae and she's willing to consider making the go-ahead reliant on a factual judgement from a Hellknight order if she's satisfied herself they in fact won't betray a confidential negotiation or self-deceive about the factual question. She doesn't mean to impugn their Law but she'll have to actually observe them to stake this on it.

Iomedae intends to maintain absolute secrecy about Korva's involvement in this, including after the war unless at that time Korva wants it acknowledged. (She would prefer to put an accurate account into her secret notes so that centuries from now the historical record can be accurate.) She represents that the only people who know, the Shining Crusade command, really can keep a secret.

Iomedae's current uninformed speculation is that all of Cheliax, Andoran, Molthune, Isger, Druma, and Galt have forces tied up in warring with each other which could as part of a general peace and proposed pan-Avistan defense alliance be freed up to put at the Worldwound. She further speculates that the complicated Inner Sea geopolitical situation is making it less likely that the archmages who could be helpful with solving the Worldwound will do it. She intends to change that, though the details are going to depend immensely on the actual situation on the ground on which she doesn't yet possess context and also she is going to need to figure out how to not on net weaken the Shining Crusade. (She's hoping that some future high-level wizards and so on will be intrigued by the idea of working a few seasons with the literal Shining Crusade and will take some of the pressure off.) She represents that her best guess is that Korva will have tens of thousands more soldiers and a few more archmages working on the question of how to close a planar rift.

She is tentatively going for a pan-Avistan defense alliance of independent nations, not rebuilding the Empire. She was never really very impressed with the Empire, and while its breakdown doesn't necessarily sound like it's been great for people it does sound like it has the potential to contain things that are better, if there's a way to avoid everyone constantly being at war. And as a matter of principle one should try to concretely behave differently than a wholly selfish person planning a naked power grab, no matter how unimpugnable one's motives.

Permalink Mark Unread

(She tentatively expects they'll go ahead in around three months. That gives them time for a lot of spying and preparatory work and soul-trapping-magic-item crafting, means they can shuttle over some veteran-but-not-invaluable Shining Crusade forces for the occupation and for the Worldwound which the Shining Crusade won't miss much in the winter, means she can negotiate treaties with all the neighbors and Hellknight orders in advance, and gives her time to do a lot of urgent hiring she's already doing and double the civilian administration of her own liberated Encarthan and then bring people through to help her govern the place. She means to govern it with Chelish people, she thinks that matters, but - not Asmodean Chelish people until she better understands how Asmodean Chelish people work.

She doesn't say this, because Korva doesn't need to know it.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Korva will re-swear Regill to secrecy on the topic of this new conversation - it's not that she doesn't trust him, it's just that she was raised Chelish and knows at least one thing or two about following the letter of the law - and they can talk this out.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Entities in this world currently have no way of directly seeing conditions in the other. It would be unwise to trust any entity on this side with accurately determining the odds of this operation's success. Of the parties suggested, the only ones capable of seeing any part of the situation on the ground are the hellknights and the goddess Iomedae."

"I do not recommend that you entrust the Order of the Godclaw in general with that judgement. I am not wholly certain that all of them will see that their ultimate duty lies with the order's mission. The goddess Iomedae is most likely incapable of self deception or of breaking commitments She gives, but at present She has given us no commitments, and her vision is limited." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And of course the other Hellknight orders are even more loyal to Cheliax, and less likely to be willing to work with Iomedae."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Correct. And other deities are even less likely to be capable of seeing the situation than Iomedae, although Abadar at least lacks some of Iomedae's reasons to support an invasion."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can we ask our Abadar? Or ask both Abadars, and see whether they agree on odds of success?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Probably, though one of the first questions I intend to ask Iomedae the god is whether any cause exists to withhold details of your timeline from the gods of mine. If prophecy broke to contain some greater horror that could act on the gods as soon as they foresaw it, or something."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. Ugh."

"Well, none of this is going to work if we think we can't trust the goddess Iomedae with knowledge of your plans. I guess the obvious choice for mortals on our side who we are already trusting not to betray you to Cheliax is Regill, who is in fact also up there in terms of awareness of the situation at the Worldwound."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am willing to agree to rely on Regill's assessment of the prospects of success of our plan and the effects it will have on the northern Worldwound forts. For whatever it's worth, I am very sure Iomedae wouldn't evaluate a factual question incorrectly because it was to the great advantage of Good. would never do that and I'm not even a god yet; you've destroyed almost everything important, by the time you're doing that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't really expect her to, I just - prefer to have a couple different parties agree, here."

"If you're willing to rely on Regill's assessment of the factual questions about the effects of your plan, or on convincing me if he disagrees with you about those effects, then I have no objections and will ferry you across. Regill, are you still willing to offer an assessment of the plan's likely effects on the Wordlwound barrier?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, Knight Commander."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right, then. Let's do this."

Permalink Mark Unread

She will be ready to depart with them in twenty minutes. 

 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Iomedae has gone back and forth over whether to go in disguise to Vigil. The argument in favor is that there are probably statues of her, and she wants to travel inconspicuously. The argument against is that they probably have someone who can take a look at her with True Seeing, and being polymorphed is going to be incredibly suspicious. She wants to minimize the number of people who learn the secret who are not necessarily qualified to keep it. 

 

 

“I don’t suppose you have some trick up your sleeve that beats True Seeing,” she says to Alfirin.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mind blank will, but will be otherwise noticeable and suspicious. Other than that - A couple but they’re irreversible and involve you dying briefly."

Permalink Mark Unread

Iomedae blinks at her, probably rather stupidly, for a second. “...well I do want to, when hit by a good enough Dispel, be observably the person they expect me to be, so probably let’s not go with those. 

 

I think I’ll just go as myself, mundanely disguised. …is it strange that I on some level would be deeply delighted to be arrested by my Church for being suspicious?? Especially if they actually did a good enough job of it that I couldn’t leave!”

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, if that’s what would bring you joy. Have you ever, in fact, worn a nonmagical disguise good enough to pass inspection by a moderately competent inquisitor?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

“Well, no. Generally there isn’t a strategic purpose important enough to justify deceiving people and if there is then I’m Polymorphed. But I’m not trying to look like someone else specifically, just not like whoever’s on the portraits and coins.”

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Honestly probably the best way to do that would be to skip the gum and makeup and just - get a bad scar across your face, avoid any regenerate until the time is right. Or I can polymorph you into a goblin and you can tell them that a wizard you suspect of being evil did it - I guess the true seeing would still show your actual face - "

Permalink Mark Unread

Iomedae contemplates the question for a few seconds which is really as long as it merits, this is not actually a good use of the time of either of them. 

 

“Let’s do the Mind Blank. I want to see what they do if they’re suspicious, and I really really don’t want anyone, or any god, to read my mind.”

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you’re sure you’ll be done in two days."

Permalink Mark Unread

“If I’m not, we have other problems.”

 

 

And so she goes to Vigil Polymorphed, as a Tian woman of about her age with a +4 Wisdom headband and some moderately expensive enchanted armor, Mind Blanked. 

 

 

It’s beautiful. Well, it’s not, it’s a very utilitarian fortress-city, but it’s populous and complete and alive, instead of a bunch of drawings on a sheet of paper. There are children playing in the outlying villages! Real Iomedaen children! The river is crowded with boats. She may have deliberately lowered her standards too far, from Marit’s report, or maybe she just didn’t realize how much it would move her, to see Lastwall as a living thing.

Let’s see if they arrest her as an obvious ploy of Asmodeus.

 

She approaches the gates on foot.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Arrest her? On sight? Of course not. They ask for her passport at the gate.

Permalink Mark Unread

She is from very far away. She does not have one. What she has are some fairly urgent questions. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, if she doesn’t have a passport they have a little bit more of a problem, in that it means she has not already been screened somewhere else in Lastwall. What does she claim her name is, what does she claim her alignment is, what is her reason for coming to them with questions and does she have any other business here?

Permalink Mark Unread

They can call her Allandra. She’s Lawful Good. She has Mind Blank up but they can check with Dictum or Holy Word or whatever else, if they would like. This is important enough to spend some seventh circle spells on; she can pay them, if they’d like, not an amount that she claims accurately represents the importance of the situation but an amount sufficient to justify them spending some expensive spells on it while she hasn’t yet explained. 

 

She is the commander of a religious order from a long way away, she was recently presented with an opportunity to help Iomedae with something potentially very very important, and she doesn’t know enough about Iomedae to know if she wants to do it.  She has not been screened somewhere else in Lastwall; she Teleported to Vigil’s outskirts and has never been to the country before. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds important but not urgent on the scale of hours. Is this correct?

Permalink Mark Unread

She will need to return home in a day or two but not sooner, and will take no offense at needing to wait here for most of today. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

They would like her to wait outside the walls and under supervision for an hour. Then, she will ask her to temporarily surrender most of her magic items, if she’s willing to do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

(Most of her magic items are not here with her. They might be recorded in the history books.)

 

 She is willing to surrender everything she’s wearing but the Ring of Sustenance, for the obvious reason.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

She may keep one ring, for that reason. (They are not taking her word that it’s a Ring of Sustenance and can’t check while she’s mind blanked) She gets a receipt. Then they escort her through the gate and into a nearby building. Actually, they are very sorry, but they’d like her to leave that building and re-enter it. One hundred times.

Permalink Mark Unread

A Forbiddance, presumably. She’s so proud of them. This is a ridiculous emotion.

 

Iomedae is Lawful Good and no number of occasions of crossing the doorway will suggest otherwise. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then after a hundred repetitions she can be led to a room and asked to swear to a number of things - she is free to adjust or decline to make any of these oaths though of course that will affect their evaluation of her.  They would like her to swear that her intentions are good, that they are lawful, that they are as she has represented them thus far, that her identity is likewise as she has represented thus far, that she is not in service to Asmodeus, nor any other evil god, nor any archfiend, nor in fact any fiend at all, nor any entity from outside Creation, that she will do her best to abide by the laws of Lastwall and of Vigil while she is within their borders, and that she will not commit any act of violence nor cast any spells unless given uncoerced permission to do so by an officer of Lastwall.

Permalink Mark Unread

She is willing to swear that her intentions are good, and that they are lawful, and that they are as she has represented them thus far. Allandra is not the name she was born with or is called by, or the name she will be known by here, if word of her deeds has made it here. It is as yet the only name she is willing to give them. She is willing to swear that she is not in service of Asmodeus, nor any other evil god, nor any archfiend or fiend or entity from outside Creation. She is willing to swear to do her best to abide by the laws of Lastwall and of Vigil as she currently understands them while she is within their borders, though if she is prevented from leaving then after some time some people will come to get her and they do not have orders to categorically obey all local laws in so doing, and she does not commit to obstructing them even if Lastwall's laws would so oblige her. Of course among their obligations are to minimize loss of innocent life and losses to the forces of Good. 

She is willing to promise not to defend herself from Lastwall's government. She is reluctant to promise not to defend herself from enemies of hers which might conceivably assault Lastwall in order to get to her. She can promise not to commit any act of violence nor cast any spells that she expects they would not want her to. If they're just going to press this point by chaining her up in an antimagic field, which they now have her commitment not to resist, she'll make the stronger oath, but she doesn't think it serves Good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well they are not at the moment going to chain her up about it. They will ask her to step out of the antimagic field, permit an abadar's truthtelling from a scroll, and repeat those oaths.

Permalink Mark Unread

Won't work. Enchantments categorically don't. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...OK then. They are still not going to chain her up about it but they are sure she understands that this is somewhat suspicious. Is she willing to tell them how she came by trait. And also they would like her to swear that she is not, herself, an Evil god - scratch that, any god - archfiend, entity from outside creation, et cetera.

Permalink Mark Unread

She will swear that she is not a god, or an archfiend, or an entity from outside Pharasma's Creation, etcetera. She does understand that it's somewhat suspicious. She is a paladin and had possessed fourth circle spells for ten years - ten years with a lot of combat in them - when she came by this quality. She does not know all that much about it because there are not very many paladins so powerful.

 

They are going to ask a paladin of who and she is at this time going to decline to answer.

Permalink Mark Unread

...Does she mind if someone stabs her a little. To confirm that she is as tough as a fourth-circle paladin should be. (This rules out very few alternative explanations.)

 

(Elsewhere it is decided that, yes, verifying this is obviously worth putting in the next commune though not yet worth escalating to an emergency commune. And also that this person is... probably from another planet? If she's really a fourth-circle paladin? Because a fourth-circle paladin in Tian Xia would most likely have gotten a 'yes' on either "Are there potential allies on other continents which we should be trying to contact" or "Are there serious problems on other continents that we should be investing resources in identifying and combating?")

Permalink Mark Unread

They are welcome to stab her a little. She can also demonstrate that her Lay On Hands can regrow someone's amputated limbs if they have anyone around who could benefit from that, or if they want to cut off her finger and then watch.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. They'll do both of those (Stabbing inside the antimagic field. Regeneration outside, obviously.)

 

OK. She said she had questions, and - presumably, given the mind blank and the circumstances is not inclined to volunteer any more information about where exactly she's from, so - they can get to her questions now. Lieutenant Tivath here is a priest of Iomedae and should be able to answer many questions regarding the faith.

Permalink Mark Unread

She is as tough as a fourth-circle paladin. She can regrow her finger while using what looks like Lay On Hands.



She would like a summary of what Iomedae's deal is, in more depth than you get from the holy book, which she has read, or from paladins at the Worldwound, who an associate has talked to. 

Permalink Mark Unread

A... summary? That is in more depth than the holy book? She can try but she's a Lieutenant, not a theologian. They can get a theologian if needed? But that might not be necessary if Allandra can elaborate on where she found the explanations in the Iomedae's texts lacking? Some questions might be more advanced theological questions, but it could also just be a cultural gap, since she's from so far away.

Permalink Mark Unread

She is specifically interested in how Her church could possibly know if Iomedae, in fact, is the god She represents Herself as being, if the concerns She claims to have had as a human are in fact Hers as a goddess. If other gods claimed, at the time, that She grew into the god She'd intended to. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, Aroden did but if Allandra is from very far away and has only recently heard of Iomedae she might not have heard of Aroden. Whether or not Her interests from when She was human were well-represented by Her divine self isn't something that Lt. Tivath thinks would be particularly legible to most of the bigger, older gods that Allandra would be more likely to have heard of, not, of course, because Iomedae wouldn't be legible to them as a god but because "what Her mortal concerns were" isn't the sort of thing that most gods see easily. If she is looking for a non-Iomedan source to confirm this then the church of Abadar would be able to confirm that Aroden thought so.

Permalink Mark Unread

She has heard of Aroden, actually. 

 

She - wonders if Iomedae was damaged, when He died. That's known, where she's from, to be a thing that sometimes happens, if gods have too closely integrated Their planning and Their work, if They refer to each other in the ways Their fragmented attention resolves. And Iomedae's Church seems to have not been doing all that great in the century since Aroden died.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tivath has not been taught that Iomedae was damaged the way Shizuru was, and would expect to have been if it were true, though she's never specifically been told that Iomedae was definitely not so damaged. She has been impaired this past century, but Tivath does not think She's been more impaired than any other god.

 

...Actually, Tivath has just had a message from someone who does specifically know the answer, and Iomedae was not damaged like that. She intended to be Aroden's complement, when She ascended, but She had the example of Shizuru and did not want to risk the forces of Lawful Good having their leader incapacitated like that again and specifically avoided those kinds of dangerous entanglements.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. At least she managed that. Aroden is dead, her world is shattered, but at least she was so the-paladin-version-of-terrified of failing Good the way Shizuru did that she refused to become the kind of god who cared about anyone specifically.

It's the most painful sort of validation to get imaginable.

....she hadn't expected to feel that way, either. Note to self, a lot more feelings about Lastwall than anticipated, take a close look at that sometime after you've won all three of the extremely important wars to which you are now committing yourself.


She nods. 

"I am ready to tell you more about where I'm from and what I'm here for. I expect that Lastwall will strongly prefer that very few people know this, and that they all be people who are well able to defend their minds even if our enemies start to suspect there is something of great importance here. I don't know if that changes who should be in this room, or watching this from elsewhere, but if it does - you should go ahead and change that now."

Permalink Mark Unread

A pause for deliberations elsewhere. A wizard enters the room to cast a private sanctum, then leaves again.

"OK. You can tell me. Speak slowly, please, I'm ordered to transcribe it and I'm not that fast."

Permalink Mark Unread

Then she'll begin.

"I am from another world. A week ago, in a magic accident we've since learned how to make repeatable - though not with high throughput and I am not going to explain any more details - my world encountered this one.

My world is in Pharasma's Creation, but I'm not sure it is the same creation, because my world is Golarion, but - earlier in its history. Aroden is not dead. Prophecy is not broken."

Permalink Mark Unread

Tivath blinks. One of the invisible people in the room takes a breath that was louder than they were supposed to be breathing.

 

"...Are you...?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The claim I am making is that I am Iomedae, from the year 3824. I do understand that you will want to ask yours."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am sure we will. I expect You do not want to say anything else, now, and will want to speak directly with more senior people once they have confirmed this." The door opens, then closes again.

Lieutenant Kovrel Tivath has not been awestruck in the last ten years and it is her duty to not be awestruck now even though this is supposedly her goddess, not yet a goddess, in the flesh, and she just stabbed Her ten minutes ago. She reminds herself that probably the woman in front of her is actually Nocticula and she's about to die and that helps her not be awestruck.

Permalink Mark Unread

"That is correct, yes. - if you have people who have learned this, really shouldn't have, and cannot keep the secret safe, the Shining Crusade will take them, you don't have to send them to Heaven for it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Everyone in this room was cleared to hear that. Probably some of us will need to have our assignments rearranged to minimize risk of having our minds read."

The best way to show bonus Iomedae that she is a competent officer is to not, actually, be going out of her way to appear competent. ALSO SHE'S PROBABLY NOCTICULA and Lt. Tivath is not awestruck. At all.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe-Nocticula wants to smile warmly at her but under the circumstances this would be unprofessional so she'll get only an unexpressive nod. 


And then she'll sit still and wait for someone to run the emergency Commune to Iomedae which will presumably take them ten minutes, unless they use a scroll for it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, on the one hand this is (if true) not so time-sensitive as to justify an emergency commune when they didn't have a full set of questions ready. On the other hand, with all the questions this prompts they have a full enough set for the day. It'll take them twenty minutes, because they still want to get as much information as possible and it's worth taking the time to refine their questions.

Permalink Mark Unread

Is the person who arrived today in Vigil presenting herself as mortal Iomedae from 3824 in fact mortal Iomedae from 3824?

- this triggers several mental patterns for 'pay this question significantly more attention than You were previously paying it' before it is being paid enough attention that it could meaningfully be said that Iomedae thinks 'WHAT?'

 

 

She looks.

 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Her habits are for prayer in the age of prophecy, where the cheapest thing for Aroden was for her to make her intent plain and clear in her mind, this path for a yes this path for a no this path for a maybe. They are probably the wrong habits for prayer, in the age without prophecy. Her best guess was that Iomedae would be relying entirely on her ability to read mortal intentions and directions related to Her domains, and some slow and expensive ability to piece together what was happening based on the laws of physics.

Luckily she should have no particular difficulty with having intentions of the right shape, though she was, until she'd gotten confirmation, carefully avoiding actually contemplating them. 

 

Three fronts, some binding commitments that alter how she can expend resources across the three of them but without which none of this would be possible at all. The Shining Crusade, and they will in fact lose the Shining Crusade if they're careless, they learned already from Arazni's death what happens if they rush things there. Cheliax, which needs to be conquered as swiftly as possible subject to her commitments to Korva because it is in fact wildly unacceptable for Asmodeus to have a country. The Worldwound, where she has promised her aid and which is also - a tragedy and a risk to the world, the kind of thing that'd be a top priority only if there weren't even worse problems. Three problems for which she had insufficient resources before but which she thinks she can, in fact, use to solve each other at least to some degree, now. 

She's planning to do all this with or without Iomedae the god's help, to be clear, and doesn't expect they'll necessarily need to speak. It is probably efficient for her to do most of it while Iomedae the god does things on planets that still have prophecy. But she is persuaded, now, after much less vetting than she initially put Aroden through, that Iomedae is Iomedae, and so if Iomedae does have anything to say then she's listening.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 



This is extremely important.

 

She reaches for that shining stubborn mind and  and - pulls it closer, just to check, just to make sure, just to - 

- okay, She does have permission -

- read Her mind and absorb everything in it -

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mortal Iomedae visibly stiffens, and then gasps -

Permalink Mark Unread

YES

she answers the Commune, and then answers their well-planned series of a dozen followup questions. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Tivath draws her sword and stands up, in case what just happened was the prelude to some other assault or ploy.

 

No other assault or ploy is forthcoming.

 

A minute later a middle-aged man enters the room. "You're dismissed, Lieutenant.

Knight-Commander. I'm Lord-Watcher Jan Zima. Our Iomedae says you are to be trusted and we are to follow your directives as if they were Hers, though obviously we have some obligations that we would not break on Her orders and won't on yours either. How much context do you have already?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Only what's learnable in a week without coming to Vigil, I couldn't costlessly have spied on you." She means it as a compliment and it comes across that way. "I have committed us to not conquering Cheliax with Shining Crusade resources until neutral observing parties agree I'll be able to have it over with in less than six weeks and not lose the Worldwound in the meantime. My tentative timeline there is three months from now. 

I meant, before I learned prophecy was broken, to ask Her the best allocation of forces across the two worlds, but I now suspect that's not actually worth it and we'll just have to figure it out. There are some odd things missing from the history books, I don't know if you edited them or if your Shining Crusade went slightly differently."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Edited. Also possibly our Crusade went differently, but some edits were made over the years to de-emphasize things you did that it would be unwise for most people to emulate. We kept copies of the originals but someone stole them all and replaced them a few hundred years ago, our best guess is Geryon cultists.  Our Iomedae confirmed that they were tampered with but that it was not worth Her correcting or the expenditure of resources it would take for us to recover them if that was even possible."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - hmm." The least helpful answer from the perspective of trying to figure out where Alfirin is and what she's up to today but...she thinks a sign that this world did in fact have an Alfirin. That being maybe things Iomedae did that would be unwise for most people to emulate. "I don't in fact have it finished yet but you can look at our drafts to date, if you're interested. The bit of the most immediate importance is my archmage, Alfirin, who'll be helping us take Cheliax. If she existed here, she - may still, and is probably a force to be accounted for if so."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I have never heard of her. May still exist like Nex or like Morgethai or like Arazni?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I cannot rule out any of those. Alfirin may be able to herself, when she visits this world, but it's risky for us both to leave the Shining Crusade simultaneously. For that among other reasons I'll probably want someone well apprised of the military situation here to go back with me when I leave tomorrow. Is there anything urgent before I ask a lot of questions about our resources and current constraints and prospective allies?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll just stick my head out of the sanctum to tell the rest of my council that you have no immediate new directives that we need to be arranging forces and making plans for right now, so they can get back to their normal jobs." He does that, then returns.

"The biggest thing that you might not have heard about is that there's still a bunch of whispering way lunatics around and some of them try every now and then to let Tar-Baphon out. One such group is at it now, we're confident they're not going to get anywhere before we've identified them all, but it is taking up a nontrivial amount of our resources and isn't a situation that's public knowledge."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I had not heard about that," so they have a more precise picture of how uninformed she is coming in. "Entities I'd recognize, or no?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We haven't linked any of them to identities that were around during the Shining Crusade. The Mirrorgrave is behind... about one in three attempts, but it doesn't look like he's involved in this one. Most of the liches are presumed to still be around, Malyas is still alive but never leaves his castle, Erum-Hel survived the crusade but hasn't been seen since. The Tyrant is sealed, obviously. The rest of the notable undead from the Crusade days are destroyed."

Permalink Mark Unread

It is possibly the only thing this timeline has going for it. She does not know them well enough yet to feel comfortable joking like that, especially while they are all being meticulously professional in her presence. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Understood."


He's tense around her, for which there are many conceivable explanations, and she's in any event not going to propose Lastwall change anything about its current operations while she doesn't even understand them. So - time to spend several hours talking about the forces that are at Iomedae's disposal across the two worlds and the various commitments to which they are subject.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lastwall has three and a half official commitments and one unofficial one. And the resources to handle two of them well. The official commitments are first and foremost, of course, to keep their vigil on Gallowspire, then to defend the southwestern Worldwound border, then to defend their own border with the Hold of Belkzen - they could in fact pull most of their forces away from that border if needed on a short-term basis, Belkzen is not the threat it used to be, but they'd be sacrificing a lot of civilian lives to raiders and if they left that border underguarded for long enough they'd be risking the country. Their last official obligation is to send what they can spare to the crusade in Mendev, but they are not in violation if it turns out that what they can spare is nothing.

Their unofficial commitment is of course Cheliax. The government of Lastwall is committed to a degree of neutrality in conflicts between other states in Avistan, and has made no preparations for an offensive war against Cheliax nor for any covert attempts to overthrow the current regime. Lord-Watcher Zima in fact does not know anything nonpublic about past, present, or planned operations in or against Cheliax. At some point after this conversation Iomedae will want to talk to Lord Cansellarion, whose lands are in the south on the border of Nirmathas, and who resigned his government post and army commission and status as a Knight of Ozem but not his four paladin circles or personal powerbase.

Permalink Mark Unread

Understood. (She's so proud of them. She conceals it, because it's condescending, but she's so proud of them.)

 

Iomedae has, of course, an army - a large one, one absolutely sufficient to take any power in Avistan in its day or probably this one - and a war to which it is already committed, with an adversary probably creative and powerful enough to find his way to this world if they tip their hand (though Discern Location doesn't suffice. They haven't checked if Wish does). She is obliged not to use the Crusade forces for conquering the Empire of Taldor, or the River Kingdoms, and has a legal consultant on what implications this should be understood to have in the other world, but her legal consultant thinks that operations in Cheliax will be unambiguously permissible. She is not obliged to use the Crusade forces exclusively towards the cause they were mustered for, and in fact has historically authorized plenty of side-adventuring generally with the objectives of making liberated Encarthan or its major trade routes safer for civilians, or recovering powerful magic artifacts for the use of the Crusade, or just trying to push people up a circle.

 The conservative play is to win that war in the five more years it supposedly took her historically, without substantial resources from the other world, and then bring most of its forces over to this world, if a method for doing that has been, by then, devised. In the meantime Lastwall'd have occasional ninth circle support - she's not clear how much that's presently so - and occasionally Iomedae. 

She thinks she can do better than that, though it'll depend somewhat what interested parties have to tell her. She wants to try not just because five years of the present situation is very bad in humanitarian terms but because their many enemies might, in fact, come to notice, if they try to keep a secret this important for this long, and it's easy to see how their problems could get much worse from there.

 

She wants to make it clear that she is, objectively, a spectacularly good battlefield commander, obviously personally competent at killing anything not itself partway to being a god, and good at predicting what god-Iomedae wants, or at least predicting where she'll be good at that. She possesses no specific reason to think she's better than Lastwall at any other element of their jobs, beyond that she has an artifact headband which the Shining Crusade command just shares for decisionmaking because that works much better than just having a god-commander who's smarter than everyone else. She will share it here too. They will probably have to tell her on many occasions when she is missing context or just wrong.

Permalink Mark Unread

She was a spectacularly good field commander. Nine hundred years ago. And he's sure she will be again, but before she runs any battles or campaigns in the present day he highly recommends that she study some of the more recent developments in the art. Some of it will be relevant to Her Crusade too, though given how Tar-Baphon's tactics are similarly antiquated there's an entirely different set of historical lessons to rely on there than in a modern war. Depending on how she plans to commit her time he can get her some manuals and the latest reports from observers in the River Kingdoms, or pull someone from the war college who can modify the lecture series for ex-Taldane officers.

Whether the conservative play is the right call for this world is not something Zima feels very able to comment on, since he doesn't know if there's anything planned for Cheliax that is on a particular schedule. Presumably this means leaving the fifth crusade to succeed or fail on its own merits, which means probably fail, but not irrecoverably so, and Tar-Baphon will keep, so really it does come down to Cheliax.

Regarding spellcasting, they sometimes commission spellcasting from Morgethai or less often Razmir, but even occasional dedicated ninth-circle arcane support would be a huge improvement. Actually, speaking of Razmir, one thing Zima wants to know is whether they should just give Iomedae every permanent magic item they own, so that she can use them in Her Crusade, and then...give them to Lastwall at its founding. So that Lastwall now would still have them. Or maybe...twice as many of them? Or will that destroy the universe or something?

Permalink Mark Unread

She has already ordered that a bunch of secret notes related to this event be placed among Lastwall's founding documents but she assumes that they ...were not there, either because of the work of adversaries or because it doesn't work like that. Probably because it doesn't work like that. Probably these are, in some respects, separate worlds, which were on a similar track until abruptly they weren't. (For one thing, she's probably going to tell Aroden that the Age of Glory failed, and that will probably cause Aroden to take different actions.)

They can still do a lot of magic item trading once the campaign season is over for the Shining Crusade, if they're operating openly by that point. The Shining Crusade needs to be capable of defending itself in winter but many of its minor magic items on low-powered people aren't relevant to that, and could be sent over for six months if they'd be well-utilized here. 

(She is committed to helping with the Fifth Crusade but chooses not to indicate that at this time as it'd make it easy to guess that Korva has some role in this.)

She does want to borrow people from the war college who she can take back to her world with her, it seems worth it under any plausible guesses about how she'll spend her time. Her assistants already grabbed a lot of history books but that's notably worse.

She also wants, if Lastwall thinks it's safe, to make Morgethai and Nefreti Clepati aware of her. She's hoping that they will be interested in collaborating on some of her plans.

Occasional dedicated ninth-circle arcane support should just be straightforwardly available from here. They should know that Alfirin is probably Lawful Evil, but if they work with Razmir she expects they have the relevant skillset, and Iomedae does trust Alfirin very nearly completely (while considering it totally plausible that 900-years-future Alfirin is a very dangerous lich. Or is literally Areelu Vorlesh.)

Permalink Mark Unread

They do not have any secret notes in their founding documents about this, or at least they didn't the last time he looked and if he understands time travel at all that should be the same thing.

Lastwall is happy to lend her lecturers from the war college. It's going to be more effective in the general case to send some of her officers here to study rather than splitting the faculty, but of course she herself is going to be very busy and for her in particular it might make sense to have a dedicated tutor.

It's definitely safe to make Morgethai aware of Iomedae. It's also probably safe and productive to make Clepati aware of her, though Clepati is a lot harder to work with and only a touch saner than her god.

Lastwall does not have a lot of experience with ongoing close cooperation with Lawful Evil archmages. The Lord-Watcher thinks they will manage, but - their dealings with Razmir have been quite limited and at a few removes. He's harder to work with than Clepati, though Zima thinks that's not because he's Evil so much as because he's an idiot, not that he'd ever say that outside a private sanctum lest word get out and the so-called Living God throw a tantrum and try to burn down Vellumis. Can Iomedae say a bit more about Alfirin, the way Lastwall would expect a powerful lawful evil person to be trustworthy is - sticking to their given word, cooperating on shared aims like the Worldwound, but not someone they can trust to work against Hell if it's not in their short-term narrow self-interest.

Permalink Mark Unread

"When I asked her if I had her for Cheliax she said 'of course'.

Alfirin is an Arodenite, and about as serious about it as anyone. I don't confidently know that she's Evil, she hasn't been without a Mind Blank in decades and was Lawful Neutral then, but - if I had to guess, Lawful Evil is where my guess would land. But she's Evil, if she's Evil, because she means to evade judgement whatever it costs her and because she refuses to conceptualize the Good she does as - altruism, rather than as a selfish desire which happens to be for the world to be rich and free and safe. She - would not, if you asked, be able to give a good articulation of why she'll fight Hell at personal risk. But she'll definitely fight Hell at personal risk. 

She is Lawful not just in the sense that she narrowly won't break an oath but in the broader sense we try for, to be someone it's possible to work with, even when you'd otherwise fight, where we try not to make people disadvantaged for having trusted us or to build things on a false pretense, where we are excruciatingly careful in the wording of our commitments in order to avoid misunderstandings but are not seeking to benefit from those misunderstandings. My confidence in her runs a fair bit beyond her actual oaths to me. I don't know that she hasn't murdered anyone. I am wholly confident she hasn't murdered anyone within my jurisdiction, not because I specifically have her word on it but because she would, actually, not do that to me. The Shining Crusade is in a position where it would have to be willing to tolerate a lot from its only archmage, but she - has gone to some pretty substantial lengths not to undermine me by obliging me to make those compromises, actually, I suspect. The most significant benefit she derives from being indispensable is that she's rude to paladins when she's in a bad mood. 

I do fear for what she'll become, eventually, because as I said she isn't the type to let Pharasma have her. Wouldn't be even if she were definitely Lawful Neutral. We have agreed that, should this world's Alfirin be up to something that mine endorses and that I can't countenance, we'll finish out the Shining Crusade cleanly as allies and then have a horrendously destructive war if we can't negotiate something better. 

But the person she is now - faced with the problems we face now - I expect she'll help Lastwall with Hell as much as with the Worldwound or with Gallowspire or Belkzen, and for the same reason. You'll have better rapport if you just - treat her as an allied archmage who is working to destroy some common enemies, of which one is Asmodeus. 

 


We were lovers. Briefly. Decades ago. I am not at all surprised that didn't make the history books but it is context one might wish to possess." She wants to say that she genuinely doesn't think her judgment is compromised with respect to Alfirin but there's such a thing as protesting too much. 

Permalink Mark Unread

His face scrunches up a bit, at that. That is wildly unprofessional and he really would not have expected it from Iomedae, even knowing that the trustworthy accounts have had Iomedae's more imitable mistakes stripped out. It's the sort of thing he'd really expect Geryon cultists to have added in their sabotage rather than remove.

"...We might want to get a report on her from, say, Arnisant, or Marit. Assuming they're not similarly...entangled. And also - do you think it's worth half a question in a commune, to ask whether she existed in our world, and whether we should try to find and contact her, and whether your judgement of her turned out to be in error at all. Just to be thorough."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I do think it's worth the half question, and yes, you should get a report from them as well. Marit's in this world right now, I can invite him here if you'd like, or whoever comes back with me can speak to Arnisant. I have some other things that are probably worth half a question, most importantly if I should tell Aroden that the Age of Glory fails and He dies, but I can get you the whole list and my current confidence and useful confidence for each of them."

She is not going to particularly defend herself against that face. Obviously she was not Knight-Commander of the whole Crusade at the time and obviously Alfirin didn't report to her, but it was, in fact, still a stupid thing to do, which is why it was necessary to mention. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Jan is actually unclear on whether or not Alfirin reported to Iomedae at the time, and even if she didn't horizontal relationships like that are also highly discouraged. And he's not going to ask, because it was a long time ago and because it is dawning on him that those regulations were probably written with personal experience in mind.

"We'd be delighted to host Marit. And any of your other officers who are available, of course."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Just him right now, though you're welcome to come back with me and meet everyone if that ends up making strategic sense. Marit and I have a Telepathic Bond and I can call him over immediately if it's a good time."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why don't we relocate to a room with maps and our latest reports and you can call him over as we walk."

Permalink Mark Unread

So she'll contact Marit once she's out of the Mage's Private Sanctum. All's well. I have both been assured I'll be obeyed as their goddess and told to get some training in modern military tactics. They want to speak to you, can you come by?

       They want to speak to me? I will ask Knight-Commander Korva.

They want to speak to you about whether my judgment with respect to Alfirin is terrible. Probably also other matters but that was the most immediate prompt.

        Ah. Well if they're asking me about thirty year old Iomedae I won't have anything nice to say, I'll tell you that. 

        

Permalink Mark Unread

And he'll stop by to ask Knight-Commander Korva if he can make a quick trip to Vigil, "For personal reasons, and the conversation probably private even where it touches on your interests."


(Because admitting he's been at, or is interested in, the Worldwound is halfway to leaking the secret of Korva's involvement.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds fine. Any idea when we should expect you back?"

Permalink Mark Unread

“Probably by morning, I intend to notify you if it’ll be longer.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. Granted."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you, Knight-Commander."

 

And he'll appear at wherever Vigil tells Iomedae to tell him to Teleport to. He's in lightly enchanted armor and has a moderately nice magical sword and looks distinctly nondescript.

Permalink Mark Unread

What is his name and business? Does he have a passport? Is he evil? (He does not appear to be evil.)

Permalink Mark Unread

He is Lawful Good and, from the strength of the Lawful Good, either a cleric or paladin - and not a neophyte - or just very very good with the magic sword. He's been lately going under the name Tuvan, doesn't have a passport because he just arrived here by Teleport, and is here by the request of Allandra, who came by earlier and he thinks is in a meeting somewhere here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Will he swear to abide to the best of his knowledge and ability by the laws of Lastwall and Vigil for so long as he remains within their borders, and in particular to engage in no violence nor cast any spell on an unconsenting person, except as necessary for self-defense or as authorized by an uncoerced officer of Lastwall? He may decline to so swear, or swear a modified oath.

Permalink Mark Unread

He will swear to abide to the best of his knowledge and ability by what he currently knows to be Lastwall and Vigil's laws, and to attempt to peacefully depart if they inform him of any laws he's not presently aware of and doesn't expect to exist which would make him unwilling to make that commitment, and he'll swear to engage in no violence nor cast any spell on an unconsenting person except as necessary for self-defense or so authorized.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he may enter the city (through a forbiddance, which he doesn't observably flinch on crossing) and follow this page to someone who will be able to direct him to Allandra.

Permalink Mark Unread

Who is in a new Mage's Private Sanctum and now has maps! She appreciates having maps. They'd started building their own but they weren't yet in very good shape. 

"Commander Marit. Thank you for coming. This is Lord-Watcher Jan Zima."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Commander! Delighted to make your acquaintance. The current consensus of the academy is that Iomedae is underutilizing you, though our sources are apparently somewhat worse than we thought."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - well I can't say that we'd have put in the books most of what I do! Pleased to meet you as well."

 

(He and Iomedae are both considerably more relaxed, now that they're in the same room, though you'd have to be very skilled at reading people to pick up on it.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Jan Zima is skilled at reading people but not that skilled at reading people.

"Well, if the answer to 'Why didn't Marit get a larger and more independent command?' turns out to be 'He was too busy doing secret things' that is at least more of an answer than anyone living in our day has been able to figure out, though I suspect it may in some sense still have been a mistake. It's also possible that the calculus there is different when you're relying on a single archmage rather than a collection of less powerful wizards like we thought you had been. Tell me about her."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Weak in illusion and evocation, I strongly believe but have never confirmed that her specialty is enchantment. I have seen her cast five ninth-circle spells in a day. She doesn't craft her own magic items. She knows the trick to Dominate or Feeblemind people who try to scry you through the Detect Scrying glimpse back at them, that previously we thought was one of those things only Tar-Baphon could do, and I've seen her use a Limited Wish to imitate Arazni's Break Enchantment which works against spells above fifth circle and which no one except Iomedae was ever able to pick up. I haven't seen her imitate Arazni's Time Stop or Arazni's Tsunami and suspect she can only do it for things Limited Wish can imitate. She has at least two clones."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We're not fighting her."

Permalink Mark Unread

"She's Sarkorin, apparently human, apparently somewhere between fifty and seventy years old, brilliant as you'd expect. She joined up with the Crusade earlier than I or Iomedae, in...I want to say 3790, already fourth circle, hit fifth shortly after. If she has family, friends, or close associates outside us she has very effectively hidden this fact from the whole Crusade. She has a tower in Absalom. She is Lawful, probably Evil, sincerely Arodenite, has a shrine to all the ascended gods including Norgorber but I think that's just to get under peoples' skin. She's had Mind Blank up I think every day since she hit eighth circle which was more than a decade ago, and has Teleported or Plane Shifted out immediately on those occasions Tar-Baphon Disjoined her, though that was in fact strategically indicated and doesn't suggest more inclination to hide being Evil than I already figured she had. Her familiar is a fox named Curiosity.

I think she's with the Crusade out of a mix of interest in hitting ninth circle, interest in stopping Tar-Baphon from taking over the world, and personal loyalty to Iomedae of a complex character neither of them have historically had much insight into because it hasn't seemed worth it to either of them to examine it more deeply and endanger the exquisitely professional relationship they are carefully maintaining. I think she'll help you because she's as appalled as the rest of us about Cheliax; I think in her disapproval of Hell and Asmodeus she's genuinely not very different from most Good people I know.

I have entrusted important problems to her care and never known her to handle those in a manner I disapproved of, though she sometimes handles problems not entrusted to her by Lawful Good people in ways I approve of much less. I expended a fair bit of effort checking if she were using mind-control outside those capacities in which it's permitted and was able to find no evidence of that, though I separately know that she monitors and can counter much of my surveillance of our forces. ...I know this because sometimes I try to bait our paladins into sharing their unit composition or orders over dinner, and one time she impersonated a paladin in order to play along.

 

 

I have very little confidence that if faced with a sufficiently stark choice between her interests and the worlds', she'd choose the world. This is a standing disagreement I have with Iomedae about a person's character and Iomedae is almost always right about those, but - if she were wrong anywhere she'd be wrong here. 

 

I do think that it is extraordinarily unlikely that Alfirin will betray the Shining Crusade or the effort against Cheliax in this world, for as long as Iomedae exists in a form that could experience it as a personal betrayal."

Permalink Mark Unread

- it mostly doesn't show on her face but oof.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. He now knows some more things about Alfirin, and about Iomedae, and about Marit.

"Thank you. When you say you aren't confident she'd choose the world's interests over her own - do you have a sense of what her interests are? And - would you mind sharing your plans for opposing her if it should become necessary? I assume most of them won't be applicable to ours if something has happened in the last nine hundred years, but they'll make a better starting point than none." The last is directed more at Iomedae than at Marit, though Jan has a suspicion that Iomedae will turn out to have underplanned for this contingency.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think she's broadly interested in - well, I suppose 'Arodenite' doesn't gesture very effectively at it, anymore - human flourishing. Better magic, better crops, better animals, richer cities, the destruction of the Evil gods and possibly also Pharasma were that the kind of thing that could be done without risking everything. Maybe even if it couldn't."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If I had to stop her I'd ask for a Miracle," says Iomedae flatly. "Of Pharasma, to watch us that next minute and take her soul to judgment when she died and bypass - I'm not sure she doesn't already have something more than the clones -"

      "Of course she has something more than the clones," says Marit. 

"It is likely enough that I wouldn't want to try it without the Miracle even if we'd handled the clones somehow. But with the Miracle - trivial, obviously, if she doesn't know we've decided to kill her. I'd need some people to dispel her contingency and I'd need a round.

If she knows - I'm not actually sure. It is not easy to pry an archmage out of their demiplanes, or learn which one they're in. If I had a way to do it without spending divine power like it's copper I would not be fighting an entire war with Tar-Baphon."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...So as I understand it the situation where you're expecting her interests might diverge from those of the world as a whole are if she gains the power to kill Pharasma. I suspect I misunderstand."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It might not literally have to be that but yes, we don't expect her interests to diverge from the rest of the world under most ordinary circumstances. The problem is - well, here we are in an alternate timeline with prophecy broken and Aroden dead. It is hard to bound what sorts of opportunities to betray the world she could, conceivably, eventually be presented with, and she's going to try to become immortal. Nearly all of my concerns with respect to Alfirin are fears about - the very long term, and the very unusual. But we live lives in which the very unusual features frequently."

           

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think she might damn a planet in exchange for a layer of Hell, like Barbatos," says Marit. "Probably on the grounds that she could then improve the layer of Hell, but still."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you, that's informative." It's the sort of situation he'd expected when Marit first suggested that Alfirin would choose her own interests over the world's, which is not the sort of thing any of his officers would say if what they meant was 'She'd kill Pharasma if she could, maybe even if this destroys Creation'

Permalink Mark Unread

Iomedae thinks that Alfirin would not, actually, do that - not Alfirin as she is today - but Marit has accurately summarized the state of this standing disagreement of theirs and there isn't much to be added by reiterating that it's a standing disagreement of theirs. "Do you think it's worth asking god Iomedae if I ended up thinking I was wrong in my assessment of her character?" she asks him. "I take it Communes are much more expensive now but I was inclined to say it was worth it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Seems it, yes. - same budgets, presumably, or more generous ones, so it's just the interpretation cost? But this is something She'd have contemplated before prophecy broke."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It isn't obvious She'd have contemplated it, this world may not have had one or she may never have risen to particular attention, which I expect she'd have been actively trying to avoid. I was imagining a discount of maybe half, for if She thought about it already."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was imagining we would - bundled with other questions, of course - ask first "Did the Shining Crusade involve an archmage named Alfirin?" and only ask further questions about her fate or Your judgement of her after confirming that she existed here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is not obvious that I as a god, even if I knew Alfirin all my life, would specifically have calculated already whether I was wrong to trust her, assuming no institutions were established in the Church for ongoing trusting exchange with her, and there are presently no plans for such. I don't expect to find the question of what mortal Iomedae was wrong about much more important or more interesting than the same question about other mortals - what the holy book was wrong about, yes, but it definitely isn't going to contain an endorsement of Alfirin. The question tree still seems reasonable, but I don't expect it to be the case that it's a request for a previously-run calculation, even if this world had an Alfirin."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was not expecting it to be a previously-run calculation, but I expect it will be much less expensive for Her to determine whether She was wrong, if Alfirin existed here, than whether you were wrong. Not least because if our world does not have Alfirin She cannot simply look at results."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, that's right."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Lastwall doesn't know if she was cut from the holy books on purpose?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Lastwall made edits to, ah, 'de-emphasize things you did that it would be unwise for most people to emulate'. And then the originals were stolen."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"Is it," says Marit, "heretical in Lastwall to say that sometimes mortal Iomedae in fact made mistakes and not just decisions that are unwise to emulate."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not in the least! Plenty of mistakes are still in the holy books, almost every graduate of the war college has written a paper excoriating some of your operational decisions in the Crusade - after the battle of three sorrows -

But there were things you did, some of which I'd probably call mistakes and some of which I probably wouldn't, which were not obviously mistakes based on the historical record, where your example seemed to inspire people to decisions that were, for them, poor ones. And for a hundred years afterward nobody who read the originals tried to reverse the changes, and now we trust that they were making the right call because we can't check them anymore and we couldn't reverse the decision even if it was a bad one."

Permalink Mark Unread

Iomedae is not going to glow with pride about her country where graduates of her war college write papers excoriating her operational decisions. It's not the right way to relate to them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Two to one Alfirin stole them," Marit says.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I won't take the other side of that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The interesting question is whether she will."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Your theory is that she would want to hide the record of her existence? Or were you planning to give an account of her that is both unflattering enough that she'd want to remove it and sufficiently encouraging of imitation that we would?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was planning to give a true and basically complete account on the grounds that there are - some, in my time, and more in the future we hoped to build - people who care about things like 'is this holy book actually complete and true to the best of the abilities of its creators even where it reflects poorly on them', and I wanted to get those. And that while we're doing some testing it's hard to guess in advance what'll have detrimental societal effects.

It is not shocking to me that some team of people found Alfirin's role - uncomfortable, in a way that you could gloss as being primarily about encouraging of imitation and that was probably partially that. But also just uncomfortable, right." She does not point out that he was himself uncomfortable, because she doesn't need to.

"So the theory is that it was true and mildly embarrassing, and maybe encouraging people in superficially similar and more obviously ill-advised decisions, and fell out of the published versions, and then Alfirin realized she could deny Lastwall knowledge of her existence, if she wanted to, and might want to for any number of reasons as an Evil archmage."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would do it, if I were an Evil archmage. I would do it if I were merely a Neutral archmage. There are a lot of grounds to want your origins forgotten, as an immortal archmage. It suggests where people should start looking for hints about how to destroy you.

 

- as a separate and probably unimportant note I don't think there was a good individual-level policy that would've caused you to not date Alfirin and thereby made things go better on the whole."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I appreciate that and would have to dig up some notes from decades ago to decide if I in fact agree."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are you saying Iomedae was a Good influence on her or - there exist institutional policies which would prevent that relationship, you gave us some of them. It's possible, depending on where exactly she was in the command structure at the time, that you were not technically in violation of the letter of them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Iomedae's a ludicrously Good influence on her but the romance was a bad one. No, I mean - there are institutional policies, which all of us think are very important, and which we gave you from learning from various situations including this one, which - I'm not sure if they'd technically have barred this, they were in different units and reported to different people and were at comparable levels of formal seniority, but certainly if such institutional rules had existed, they would've produced a framework in which it was clear what supererogatory behavior in that framework was, and so it wouldn't've happened and that would've been better.

I mean that no such framework existed, so they dated for, as I recall, twelve days, after which Iomedae concluded that this was for various reasons injurious to their shared goals, and stopped it, and made the relevant institutional policies. And the only way to beat that, as I see it, is to have asked Aroden, and it wouldn't in fact have been a good use of His resources. ...I guess you could've asked Arazni."

Permalink Mark Unread

"She was in favor."

Permalink Mark Unread

His sense of professionalism wars with his curiosity.

 

 

...Well, in the end it is good to have friendly personal relations with allies. Heliu takes tea with Morgethai, occasionally. Khevos somehow manages to be the best of friends with half of Cyprians marshals.

"Fine. I'll bite. Why?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do the holy books still have - there's a conversation we had the first time She took me to Axis."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Not word-for-word, though I think that was you being conservative with detail and not a redaction. Did she know Alfirin at all or was it entirely about it being good for you to try having joy in your life?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"She knew Alfirin. She liked Alfirin and thought we were both better when we were trying to impress each other. She said that she made me more - careful, and my vision of the Good more complete - and that I made her better.

But fundamentally it was about - she thought that I was too reluctant to make mistakes, to take chances, to be happy but also to do anything else that didn't obviously translate to a chapter of the book, and she thought I would, in fact, make catastrophic mistakes," bitter laugh, "in the three, four decades it was obviously going to take to do what I planned to do, and so she thought I should go ahead and make them and learn from them and stop having a self-concept that was mostly about not having made any terrible mistakes.

And none of us had - the rules I gave you. I obviously wish we had, and I think it's fundamentally fair to judge us for not having had them. Lastwall is meant to have grown into something better than the people who built it, that's the point of a country."

Permalink Mark Unread

He snorts. Before today he wouldn't have been at all sure that they'd succeeded at that. It was never even something he'd thought of Lastwall as trying to do.

"Well, I'm glad you had someone to tell you to make your mistakes early. And thank you for passing it along. Now, I think we had been planning to discuss resource allocations before we got sidetracked talking about youthful indiscretions...?"

Permalink Mark Unread

(That Lastwall didn't think of it as their mission is one of the obvious errors that happens when you assume Aroden has that fragment of human achievement covered.)

 

"We were! Marit has a more complete inventory, actually, I didn't want to carry a list in lest something go wrong."

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit will call a Secret Chest back to the Material with details on the magic item and magic weapon possessions of the Shining Crusade.

Permalink Mark Unread

Which includes kind of a weird amount of soul-trapping jewelry!

Permalink Mark Unread

"...You've known about Cheliax for, what, a week? What were you stockpiling all this for?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"After learning about Cheliax I recruited - well, Marit recruited - well, Marit arrested and I subsequently recruited - an eighth circle magic items crafter who has a technique for making them cheaply, and for them to trigger remotely and all at once if desired. A distasteful person, but presently working on shared interests. - the Shining Crusade has invented rules surrounding labor by prisoners and is in compliance with them with an external monitor appointed."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...He did all these in a week? Or, no, he had made some already? Should we or anyone we're allied with be looking for remotely-triggered soul-trapping items secretly spread among our populations?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Is the state of Lastwall willing and able to commit to not using information about our activities in Golarion for inferences about our mechanism of interworld transit? We have formal obligations to keep that secret."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can commit to not actively trying to use that information for that purpose and to if we unintentionally make that inference making our best effort to not act on that information until we sincerely believe we would have come by it through other means. You should tell just me and I'll assign a team to jewelry-cleanup if that seems necessary with orders to keep their operation secret, of the people on the council with the authority to issue secret orders like that I'm the one least likely to immediately infer how you got here."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"There are thirty eight in the possession of various Mendevian nobility. We have a list of who. We have plans to handle it but it may be that you can do it more cheaply, or derive more advantage from doing so. They should not be possible to activate without the creator, who is, again, a prisoner on the other planet. - the monitor is also evaluating the jurisdictional issues and has approved our current course of action." Iomedae does not exactly regret having truthfully explained the Alfirin situation, but she is getting the sense she's going to need to be careful about reassuring them that their new allies are in fact fundamentally competent to do Lawful Good.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I would like to report that I believe myself to have inferred your means of transit. I still think I'm competent to not act on it."

Some part of him is amused to see Iomedae - Iomedae - acting out exactly the same pattern he's seen dozens of times in junior officers running afoul of the fraternization regs for the first (and usually only) time. Right down to the scrupulous emphasis on how well they are following all the other regs for a while afterwards.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Shall we get it or do you want to?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd be better able to say if I knew how costly your plans for it would be, but my intuition is that you should. I'd probably just pass the information to Galfrey who would collect them all and in the process leverage a lot of favors out of her nobility. And she'd owe us but - we can't really call in favors with her without making the Mendevian nobility prickly about us meddling in their country, and publicly taking credit for the tip-off would make that worse, not better. Whereas the knight-commander - the other one - can publicly take credit and get more support for the Crusade."

Permalink Mark Unread

Iomedae glances at Marit, who nods.

Permalink Mark Unread

Iomedae thinks Jan guessed correctly. So -

"I have been doing some operational and intelligence work for the Fifth Mendevian Crusade this week," he says, now that it's not a further update. "I like Knight-Commander Korva, and I think resources sent there will be somewhat less wasted than I'd expect them to externally look. ....also I've been worrying about catching the attention of your inquisition. I don't know if you have a standard procedure I could employ for that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I or a different member of our leadership can provide you with a signed and sealed letter certifying that you are operating with our knowledge and permission and that the inquisition is not to interfere with your business if it's merely suspicious and resembles espionage rather than being obviously evil or in violation of our mandate. Three times in four they'll let you go if you show it to them and give your word under truth spell that it's legitimate and to your knowledge was not given to you for corrupt purposes. The fourth time they'll give you a harder time. Do you happen to know who the inquisition has stationed up there, I don't off the top of my head - "

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

It is the turn of the Shining Crusade crowd to be kind of unimpressed with Lastwall for only a seventy five percent success rate at letting off their own agents when they have signed and sealed letters and testify under truth spell to the legitimacy of their mandate. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, Marit's annoyed but also he is charmed. "I work with half a dozen called outsiders, will they be more likely than not safe with a letter?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Even the one in four inquisitors will only detain you while they conduct an investigation into whether I'm up to something nefarious, which almost always gets cleared up within a day. What kinds of outsiders do you work with? Standard procedure for called outsiders a suspect has with them is to either require their dismissal or imprison them as well, depending on the circumstances. If neither of these is possible, inquisitors are authorized to release or execute them at their discretion, with a strong bias towards release. I should check the records because this does not come up much, but I do not know of any cases where a non-fiend outsider was executed without trial for connection to suspected espionage."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I work with elementals and archons and the occasional agathion. That sounds adequate, I'll take the letter. The Inquisitor is Castelloni. I don't know much about him, I - didn't want to count on your having reasonable policies, in light of the Mendevian complaints about the Church."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The first account we got of the Church's activities in your world was from a little girl who was nearly burned at the stake alongside her father, on suspicion of being a witch. - it didn't take very long to infer the dynamic with Mendev, and it is not an obvious error, but it was troubling."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Recently? That did happen in the third crusade, we've made policy changes to try to make that outcome less likely, I think if it's still happening the inquisition should know about it and the fact that no report about that has hit my desk yet is a serious problem."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Elf child. She said the burning was a while ago, and the burn scars did not look recent, but that the responsible party, a Prelate Hulrun, was still in power in Kenabres."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Hm." He calms down slightly but is still quite visibly displeased. "I will have words with the Inquisition about this - we could not afford to dismiss everyone involved in the Third Crusade witchhunts, and while they made mistakes and showed imperfect judgement but given the scale it happened at the majority of the blame clearly falls on bad policies, so we mostly tried to change policies to prevent it happening again rather than dismissing inquisitors - but I thought we had reassigned everyone we kept to a new post, far from the old ones. And even most of those have retired from field positions by now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know your constraints. I am satisfied that with more resources things will be better instead of worse."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's really a pretty ludicrous situation with the Baphomet cultists," Marit says charitably. "I think one needs a fairly unusual amount of skill to operate in a city with dozens of Baphomet cultists influenced by varying degrees of mind control and not have some serious institutional erosion problems. - maybe you should talk to more of the Baphomet cultists, see if there's a standardizable strategy."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can try but I doubt I'll have anything to give you, I was leaning on splendour for it.. ...I guess Cheliax is going to have a bunch of analogous problems."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is there any other business that touches on your involvement at the worldwound, or should I start calling in the rest of my council to figure out how to allocate our resources between worlds?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Just the note, and then I have no further questions which touch on that."

Permalink Mark Unread

Then the rest of the council can file in as they finish up with other more urgent business and they can start getting on the same page about what resources they have across two worlds and where they need them most.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Shining Crusade is - fairly rich in magic items and magic weaponry, for being from a much poorer time period. It attracts a lot of true believers and has a lot of them crafting in the offseason and has many of its soldiers taking their pay in items and Taldor was very persuadable by its shining soon to be goddess. It also has more emergency operational resources, because of having an archmage.

(Iomedae gives a shorter summary of the archmage situation to everything else. Alfirin is a very dangerous person and she doesn't trust all possible people Alfirin might be nine hundred years into the future, but she trusts hers in this capacity, quite confidently; she doesn't expect them to do so, necessarily, unless the goddess Iomedae confirms that she's right. She gave Zima lots more detail, they can ask him if relevant.)

They'll be at this a while.

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit will leave after he's unpacked the files from the Secret Chest for Iomedae and with the permission of Lastwall's leadership given her back her sword and armor and headband. (They didn't want any of Iomedae's actually valuable magic items to go with her into Lastwall, but she'll feel more comfortable now, having them.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Enormously so. (This means a sufficiently perceptive person might, barely, notice.)

Permalink Mark Unread

And Marit will wish them all good work and look slightly baffled by any religious blessings he gets in return and walk out until he can Teleport out and back to Korva. 

 

It's early evening.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are these things about Knight-Commander Korva's whole quest, that might inspire suspicion, or, you know, the belief that she was secretly the lilitu witch Minagho in disguise. Like, say, how the demons fled before her sword; how she cast only first-circle spells, totally unremarkable, until the Drezen crisis. About her supposed defeat of Minagho, who was in any respect a seducer more interested in manipulating others and luring innocents to destruction than in head-on confrontation.

Or like how she's followed around at all times by a succubus, a Callistrian thief with demonic blood, a professional assassin, and the sole survivor of an ancient noble family with divine powers who claims to be an atheist and detects Evil, facts which are not suspicious at all, especially not in combination. When some time ago the new head inquisitor for Drezen had suggested to the Knight-Commander that they should... investigate... the known and obvious thief... he was, instead, avoided, stonewalled, and generally maneuvered into backing off. This could just be Chaotic Good not properly valuing the fabric of society (because Iomedae knows nobody in Mendev does), or this could be the obvious demonic attempt at infiltration.

And she is now being followed around by a so-called-Lawful-Good adventurer who seems very capable and serious and a positive influence in every way, which is probably a positive sign, except that Ettore Castelloni was not, actually, told about it, which almost any Lawful Good organization providing advisors to the Queen would have done exactly so in this sort of situation the Church of Iomedae and the Knight-Commander's allies didn't trip over each other. And Lawful Good people tend to form organizations.

Given how the last time he tried to look into the - ambiguously aligned - status of one of the Knight-Commander's advisors went, his plan this time was to just going to be asking Lastwall in the next Sending if this Tuvan swordsman fellow was one of their agents because he was quite suspicious.

The response he got back - fairly quickly - was the simple No Information response; he isn't one of our people, and we don't know what's going on with him.

It was shortly after that that Ettore Castelloni saw an empty patch of air that detected as Lawful and Good spying on him while he trailed a suspected cultist down a street, paused and let the cultist pass briefly, and then told the empty patch of air, "You're under arrest."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - me?" says the empty patch of air. "- okay. Please don't kill me, I'm not a demon!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Don't worry," he says, "I am an agent of Iomedae. Come with me, please."

And, with Detect Good active, he would like to lead the empty patch of air that glows Good back to his inquisitorial HQ, and only then ask it to drop Invisibility.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's, in fact, not a demon. It's a spyglass archon, a variant kind that's very small, with invisibility from a magic item and an hour's remaining duration of a communal nondetection, split this morning among some other agents, some air elementals, some archons, one agathion with spell-like invisibility and a cheerful trill that sounded like a birds'.  

It's name is Kristett. It's story, which is will cheerfully repeat under truth magic if needed, is very simple. Three days ago it was summoned and, after a brief conversation, called to this plane so it could stay longer, by a serious, clever man in a cheerful, well-lit room who said he could be called Tuvan and said Kristett had been recommended to him by a friend, Jreeetha, who would totally have recommended Kristett for this, because he had a extremely dangerous spy mission on the Material. He said, quite seriously, that he lost his soldiers sometimes, not often because he's very careful but sometimes. Four times in the last twenty years. He had a necklace tucked under his armor, with four rings on it. He said he did not ever want to forget that it was the final loss, if he made a mistake doing this. 

And yet he thought it was worth doing anyway, sometimes, with people who agreed with him that it was worth doing anyway sometimes. He did not actively want them to seek out danger. (Kristett was kind of disappointed. He definitely had been dreaming of the kind of spy mission in which you seek out danger and die gloriously.) He wanted them to be invisible, and flying, and very stealthy and very careful, and to patiently figure out, for every person in this city except the Iomedaen inquisition and the Knight-Commander and her companions (he had sketches), whether they were secretly up to crimes or worshipping Baphomet. He promised he was also looking into additional people but had more experienced agents doing it because those people were dangerous. 

He had, he said, the permission of the Knight-Commander of the city, to do this work, for the safety and wellbeing of the city's inhabitants, and he swore that he believed the work would serve the city and its people, and he said that he had long served Iomedae - who is, Kristett tells the inquisitor, in case he doesn't know, the Lawful Good goddess of defeating Evil -

- and the work was very badly needed, because the city was full of bad people and demons - some of the bad people had recently been caught by agents like Kristett but more experienced in the middle of a plot to soul trap people and bring their souls to Baphomet - and he didn't have many people he trusted who could do it, and so he has reached out to Heaven, to Kristett, to ask Kristett to refer him someone who might want to do this.

Kristett was indignant and said that Tuvan had better let him do it himself, after saying all of that. And Tuvan thanked him gravely and spent three hours with him in very entertaining training in which he pretended to be various kinds of suspicious and unsuspicious human and also tried to catch Kristett sneaking, and then set him loose. 

With orders to surrender to the inquisition if they requested it. Kristett would've done that anyway, because the inquisition also works for Iomedae who is the Lawful Good goddess of defeating Evil, but Tuvan said he had really better.

 

He's seen the man Teleport, and he casts Communal Nondetection extended and it lasts twenty-eight hours. That'd suggest enough power for seventh circle, done by a wizard, though the man is a swordmage and the way those work is much more obscure.

Permalink Mark Unread

...

Wow.

Okay then.

He will nod gravely, say that he knows Iomedae Is the lawful good goddess of defeating evil and that She gave him powers to help him do that, that he appreciates everything Kristett has told him, that it has done nothing wrong, and that It can go freely. He would appreciate if Kristett would not tell the person who could be called Tuvan about this meeting for a few days while he does more investigation if Tuvan is in fact working for Iomedae, because there are ways around truth spells, and that if Kristett ever needs help arresting the people he has investigated the Iomedaean Inquisition is always happy to assist.

And then he will let the spyglass archon go and have a small quiet headache.

Permalink Mark Unread

The man who is called Tuvan actually intends, when he returns from Vigil, to go talk to the Inquisition! He will show them his paperwork from Lastwall and introduce his agents and hopefully head off any problems. 

He'll stop by Korva's first, though, to let her know that 1) he's back and 2) she should be taking credit for Sunhammer.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, on the way back from his teleport he will be politely accosted by Inquisitor Castelloni and an invisible flunky (who Marit can, of course, recognize as the one of the Inquisitor's martial assistants, Silvio Zavala) who wish to inform him he is under investigation and they would like him to answer some questions.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Well. 

 

Good thing he has the note.

 

He would of course be happy to accompany them. He will notify them that his Bag of Holding is trapped, and he has some number of called outsiders in his employ in the city, none Evil, none with orders to attack anyone except in self-defense and even then to run first if they can, all told to obey the city's laws and the Iomedaen Church.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is aware, but appreciates the warning nonetheless (he will say).

Will Tuvan testify under a Zone of Truth spell? It is not required, but if he is in fact innocent it will help clear him.

(While he leads Tuvan back to inquisitorial HQ, which does not have a Forbiddance because those are expensive, but he does what he can)

Permalink Mark Unread

He is happy to testify under a Zone of Truth spell. (He does not say that he will even, as a courtesy, let it affect him, because that would be a rude thing to say.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Inquisitor Castelloni is pretty good at distinguishing "this person is under a Zone of Truth enchantment" from "this person is just standing in a Zone of Truth," by this point. Not that he relies on that.

(He is also not in any sense relying on force to keep Tuvan here. He cannot possibly have sufficient force without taking actions that would be an unprovoked assault on an ally under the most plausible operating conditions. He is mostly just hoping that any murder of him will be sufficiently loud to provoke the Knight-Commander and any enchantment of him sufficiently nonsubtle so one of his people can notice and escape.)

Once they're back and in private, he'd like to get started on normal questions like name, alignment, deity and and nationality, to calibrate the Zone.

Permalink Mark Unread

Once they're back and in private, he has a note from Lastwall saying that his espionage operations are authorized. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Interesting. He'd like to get a Zone of Truth up and then read that note. Is it trapped? Will it harm him to read?

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I have not examined it closely or opened it myself, obviously, but it would be sensible of them to have trapped it and told their own inquisitors how to disable the trap." Marit says. A bit suspiciously. He doesn't know for sure that this person is in fact Inquisitor Castelloni. Could be a demon.

Permalink Mark Unread

This is under a Zone of Truth, which is the important thing.

"Please answer these questions individually: Did you trap it. Did an ally, superior, compatriot, or underling of yours trap it. Did you enchant it.  Did an ally, superior, compatriot, or underling of yours enchant it. Did you fabricate it. Did an ally, superior, compatriot, or underling of yours fabricate it. Did you create it. Did an ally, superior, compatriot, or underling of yours create it. Did you modify it.  Did an ally, superior, compatriot, or underling of yours modify it. Did you add to it. Did an ally, superior, compatriot, or underling of yours add to it. Did you remove or subtract from it. Did an ally, superior, compatriot, or underling of yours remove or subtract from it. Did you seal it. Did an ally, superior, compatriot, or underling of yours seal it. Did you cast any spell on it.  Did an ally, superior, compatriot, or underling of yours cast any spell on it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did not trap it. I do not know an ally, superior, compatriot or underling of mine to have trapped it and can't think of any who would have other than Lastwall, an allied polity. I suspect that the allied polity Lastwall enchanted it. I do not know or believe any other ally, superior, compatriot, or underling of mine to have enchanted it. I did not fabricate it. Depending how we're defining 'fabricating' Lastwall may have done so, though they'd have been entitled to. I do not believe any other ally of mine, nor any superior, compatriot, or underling, fabricated it. I did not modify it. It seems entirely possible that Lastwall modified it. I do not believe any other ally of mine, nor any superior, compatriot, or underling, fabricated it. I did not add to it. It seems entirely possible that Lastwall added to it. I do not believe any other ally of mine, nor any superior, compatriot, or underling, added to it. I did not remove or subtract from it. Probably no ally, superior, compatriot, or underling of mine removed or subtracted from it. I did not seal it. I am highly confident Lastwall sealed it and highly confident no one else did. I have not cast any spells on it. I am sure Lastwall cast some spells on it. I do not believe any other ally of mine, nor any superior, compatriot, or underling, cast spells on it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good. And the enchantment effect is working. (That is almost certainly willing; Ettore isn't bad with enchantments, but he is nowhere near good enough to hit an experienced swordmage who isn't letting him.)

"Thank you."

And he'll take the letter into an adjacent room, carefully scan it with Detect Magic before opening the envelope and speaking the Secret Page password to read the letter.

Permalink Mark Unread

The letter is from the Lord-Watcher Jan Zima and claims that the bearer is operating with Lastwall's knowledge and permission and that the inquisition is not to interfere with his business if it's merely suspicious and resembles espionage rather than being obviously evil or in violation of their mandate.

It'd be wholly reassuring, really, except for the Sending from Lastwall yesterday claiming the exact opposite.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ettore will quietly send off some messages (to the Knight-Commander, to Lastwall in the regular sending drop, to Lastwall's ambassador in the court of Queen Galfrey, to the four people not on this list who his senior investigative assistants think - without consulting him! - are the best choice for informing Lastwall not on this list, and, sigh, one to Seelah specially marked DO NOT OPEN UNLESS I AM MURDERED) and then after a pause for all these messages to be sent, return.

"Your letter looks completely in order," and he'll return it. "You're free to go. Thank you for assisting the Iomedaean Inquisition with its inquiries."

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit's pretty good at concealing it but he has been brimming with pride this whole time. It's not precisely the same for him as for Iomedae, but -

- this is the unborn child they have been worrying over for most of their lives, all grown up and calling them in for questioning -

"Of course," he says. "Let me know if you have further questions, or if you need operational support at some point, though I cannot commit that I will give it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I understand," he says. "Thank you."

(Don't his superiors have better things to do than keep testing him now that he's a professional? This cannot be the most efficient use of their resources.)

Permalink Mark Unread

And now he'll go talk to Korva!

 

"So, it seems like you can probably leverage the Sunhammer incident into a fair bit of support for the Crusade among the Mendevian nobility."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Seems pretty likely, if I can think exactly how to do it. I can obviously send a report to the queen, but I'm not sure if that's the best possible thing to do about it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The optimist's path, here, is to just tell Galfrey, and trust her as a Lawful Good and presumably competent person to understand that the game from there is that she collects favors from all her nobles and puts them towards the Crusade which is in your interests and hers. 

I am inclined to say we shouldn't do that because that plan featured 'trust her' as a step. But it does seem difficult to - route around her entirely. We don't have anyone else in Nerosyan. Lastwall offered to do it, but they'd also be working through Galfrey and the goodwill's useless to them. So our options as I see them are -

- have me go to Nerosyan and try to get oriented there as the Crusade's ambassador 

- send the news to Galfrey, see what she does with it, the Crusade might lose out but we'll learn more about her

- send the news to Galfrey, along with a lot of gossipy people who know the news, such that word definitely spreads through the city of your heroic deeds discovering and arresting Sunhammer, which maybe constrains where the credit flows, there

- or leave it be for a few weeks until we're better oriented."

Permalink Mark Unread

"....you're probably doing more good here, for now, although I could be underweighting the importance of actually good relations with Nerosyan. Unfortunately, there's nobody else who's particularly obviously a good person to send, and only a few people I know personally who aren't essential and who manage to rise to the level of 'probably wouldn't make things worse'. Leaving it makes some sense - except that some people will already have noticed that Sunhammer is missing, Anevia did, he's kind of famous. It's a bit weird to sit on something like that for weeks."

"Which I guess leaves telling Galfrey and seeing what she does. I guess it's really a question of whether we think filtering the news through Galfrey or sitting on it for too long is more likely to result in the potential goodwill being wasted. And maybe a question of whether sitting on it just results in telling Galfrey the same thing later, which seems strictly worse."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think you can get away with 'an investigation is ongoing' for a week or two. But - if there's no real way we will have more power in Nerosyan at the end of that week or two, then yeah, it buys us nothing and loses us a little of the potential goodwill."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...then I think we just tell the queen and see what she does with it, yeah. I'll write her a letter, I guess."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I had no other business. My colleague in Vigil still intends to return here tomorrow night for transport."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. Thanks."

So she'll write a letter to Galfrey about the Sunhammer situation and the cursed jewelry, to go in the next teleport drop to Nerosyan, and then...

She has to lead her staff in coming up with a set of legal standards and consequences for breaking them, which everyone involved is willing to stick to. She's pretty worried about being wildly wrong about how much punishment it makes sense to inflict on people, in either direction.

She's going to spend tonight reading through parts of the Shining Crusade's legal code. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The part that's not specifically for officers is not all that long or all that complicated. (That would make it bad for peoples' Law.) It mostly prohibits things that are crimes everywhere, like murder and theft and unagreed-to mind control, plus things specific to armies, like desertion and espionage and failure to discharge duties and fraternization (prohibited in your chain of command or in a manner that could endanger a child).

Most matters are punished mildly on a first offense and severely on a second, except things like murder which you can't really let people get away with once.

The rules for officers are a lot more comprehensive and punished a lot more harshly. (This is probably because officers can be presumed to be literate; this section also doesn't stick as determinedly to short words). 

Permalink Mark Unread

...they have rules about who you can sleep with? Like, besides 'don't rape people'? Why?

Anyway, "mild" and "harsh" are relative terms that she suspects may mean different things to different people, perhaps especially people who are her. Her basic problem, if she's being honest, is that she was flogged nearly to death when she was fifteen years old, and she's still a little bit undecided on whether this was reasonable or not - and if not, whether it was unreasonable in a way where you shouldn't flog people half to death for failing their classes, or whether you shouldn't flog specifically fifteen year old girls half to death, or whether you should do that to people but then offer them a channel energy immediately afterwards, or whether you should flog people a normal amount (whatever that is) that isn't likely to kill them (and under what circumstances?), or whether you should actually probably just not flog people most of the time and should do something else to them. That sort of thing.

...and, if she's honest, that she keeps imagining Hypothetical Returned Woljif running afoul of some rule of hers, and having to do to him what was done to her when she was fifteen, and wanting to vomit at the entire idea. They would probably not be friends after, and - she doesn't really want to think about that. But she doesn't know, see, where the lines between necessary and horrible punishment are, or whether the spaces inconveniently overlap.

Does the legal code include specific standard penalties?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep. They do include flogging, for some offenses, with healing afterwards and not half to death. The offenses are more like 'rape' than 'failing your classes'. 

As Marit told her earlier the Shining Crusade executes people for murder and deliberate betrayal to Tar-Baphon and deliberate desertion and theft and embezzlement on a scale that costs lives, counting 'ignorance, youth, manipulation, lack of malicious intent, impossibility of a similar future incident' as grounds for lighter punishments, and executes senior officers for those plus conveying false orders, lying in formal reports, abuse of power, and giving unconscionable orders.

If someone were caught stealing they'd be obliged to confess before their fellow soldiers and lose pay for three months. Fraternization is handled similarly except, of course, where a child results or a child's parentage is relatedly uncertain, in which case pay is docked for fourteen years.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, right, Shining Crusade troops are consistently paid. That probably helps. Not that she doesn't try to pay people, but... still. Reminder that her circumstances are really different from those of the Shining Crusade, in terms of desperation and in terms of previous norms and in terms of how well she's taking care of people and in terms of how unambiguously all of her people did or did not sign up for any of this of their own free will.

 

She really wants to talk to Marit about her entire tangle of intuitions here. She also kind of doesn't. There's probably no way to do it without complaining, and she's still acutely feeling the thing where she's been acting like a particularly needy toddler. But who else is she going to talk to about it, Seelah? Early Sunset? Regill?

Yeah, no. She can bother him about it tomorrow. But not when he's training the troops. She can be a toddler with a tiny bit of basic consideration and self awareness.

Permalink Mark Unread

Iomedae stripped of all her magic items and outside her time, obliged to talk about her least favorite topic (Alfirin's trustworthiness and reasons someone may hypothetically have hidden some Alfirin related facts for being embarrassing to her Church) is - she's not not at all impressive. But she's not the kind of person who makes you think she will inevitably be a god or already is one.

Iomedae with all her magic items and the (paper representations of) the treasures of her Crusade laid out before her, with the topic being what resources her faith in one world can lend her faith in another, is the kind of person who makes you think she'll inevitably be a god, and not just because she can show off spells she learned from Arazni which no one else can cast. ("We did try to teach them, of course. It didn't work. Arazni said it's about - whether the world thinks it ought to listen to you or to the underlying laws of mechanical reality.")

 

 

The Shining Crusade has had a week to think about this, and has its stuff and people ranked by how badly it'll hurt them to lose it, and also has a list of what they need the most from the other world and of important open questions such as "is it costly to Iomedae to empower Aroden's paladins? Is there a way for Aroden to keep empowering them? If someone has sold their soul to Hell in one timeline, and travels to another where they haven’t sold their soul, is it sold or no?” Iomedae means to ask Aroden most of these - He has more slack in his budget right now than the goddess Iomedae does, so anything that can be put to Him should be - but it means telling Him everything, and while she trusts Him very deeply she did want to check with the goddess Iomedae if there was some reason not to do that.

Related questions, assuming they can bring Aroden in: should they expend resources on conveying messages more specific than ‘what mortals think happened when Aroden died’ from god-Iomedae to Aroden? Are there any lingering powerful formerly- empowered priests of Aroden - they’d have to be elves or something, but still - who might want to return to a world where their god exists and help out the Shining Crusade?

On the whole, though, their opening analysis is that the Shining Crusade has more slack, here. It’ll lose more men, if they have worse equipment and fewer potions and magic items, but - while the Shining Crusade’s command is acutely aware they could lose, and trying not to derive too much comfort from the fact that in another timeline they win - they mostly lose if Tar Baphon figures out something clever, rather than mostly losing from higher casualties. A thousand soldiers saved on Lastwall’s side is much more valuable, to the indestructible thing they all serve. So the Shining Crusade can send those resources over. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Precentors Martial are amazed, and impressed, and about as reverent towards Iomedae as you would expect from a group of devout Iomedans. They have a list of their best guesses of what forces they have deployed at each front, and what resources would make the greatest marginal impact at each. (Nobody indicates any doubt that Iomedae’s report of her own resources is perfectly accurate, even as they spell out the uncertainty in their own knowledge.) They have suggestions for resources - mostly magic items - that Lastwall has that they think are somewhat underutilized, that could maybe be put to better use in the Shining Crusade. Veena Heliu, Precentor Martial for Magic, has had one of her secretaries produce a list of spells known to have been improved or newly invented in the last nine hundred years (It’s a short list, because she didn’t have much time. She’ll have a more comprehensive list in a few days).

Permalink Mark Unread

Jan Zima's mood, over the course of the first few hours of this, sours considerably. Jan Zima, being first and foremost a general, a soldier second, and a politician a moderately distant third, makes no attempt to hide this, given how almost everyone else in the room would be able to notice anyways.

Permalink Mark Unread

With the headband on he's not nearly as hard to figure out, even across what is in fact a sizable culture gap, if one everyone involved is inclined to underestimate in their eagerness to be the idealized Iomedaen all-resources-where-they-purchase-the-most organization they want to now be. 

Jan Zima thinks that Iomedae's a bit of an idiot, that's her read. Or, well, a person, who is wrong about many things as is the propensity of people, but with a Splendour in the range where -

…well, it's well understood that wizards who get as Intelligent as Iomedae is Splendid do ludicrously foolish magical experiments that everyone else was too unintelligent to rationalize themselves into. And it's not as if you can't walk yourself off just as much of a cliff by having your persuasion outstrip your sense. 

She's been passing the headband around as they contemplate matters, but passing around one's artifact headband is not exactly surrendering the social advantage offered by one's artifact headband.

And it's not as if she has the option of sending someone else and staying well out of this, either, because the fact that Iomedae is their god is - in fact going to let her and let them achieve far more than they'd be able to achieve if some other Lawful Good crusade had bumped into them. Those would be negotiating trading resources. They wouldn't be doing all this, with the sort of full and open trust that it requires. 

She spends a while delighting at the progress in magic over the last nine hundred years - she's not a wizard, but she doesn't need to be, when so many of these portend cheaper things that people need and an easier grip on the pieces of reality and also a major strategic advantage for her Crusade. She says that she'll probably be able to sign up for the Shining Crusade nearly all of the high level wizards who aren't signed up already by offering them access to these spells. 

Her helmet gives her telepathy, at battlefield range. She speaks to him privately. I could do this work at a distance and leave the direct communication to people who won't overawe them. My guess is that it would not be worth the costs but if your guess is otherwise I will probably do that; you know your people better.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll talk with them after and they'll get over it. Or they'll decide I'm reacting badly to having a rival source of authority, even when that rival source of authority is Iomedae herself. Either way, you leaving this to a subordinate wouldn't help.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods.

 

…and then she's plausibly going to annoy him even more, if it's the showing-off that bothers him,  because she's going to ask for five minutes of silence and close her eyes and do the thing where she sees the world like a god, break all the questions down into fragments her mortal mind can track and propagate back up into an answer she couldn't have found, and then propose a bunch of allocation changes on this basis. She can usually but not always reconstruct her reasoning; she represents that she is usually but not always right when she can't. She did not really attempt to describe this in the holy books; no one has ever been able to pick it up off her even reading her mind while she does it, so she doubted it was worth having people try to imitate. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's not annoyed when she's competent, he's annoyed that she's being flawless and splendid, and of course if she'd been this splendid from the beginning he'd probably be falling for it too. Showing off what she can do is fine but everyone else in the room is acting like she can't do any wrong and she's encouraging that, or at least enabling it.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's just straightforwardly true that at home the people close to her are selected for being able to productively disagree with their commander-who-is-soon-to-be-their-god and this is not a selection that has been operative anywhere else. She will, obviously, thread the needle better as she gets more cultural context, but it is a needle to thread. 

Her best bet is that they'll get there with a bit of time. 

 

...she thinks that's their main business tonight, then, and she probably next has business elsewhere. She'll be back tomorrow to pick up anyone who'd like to come through with her to the Shining Crusade (in a Bag of Holding), she expects they should send someone because there's in fact a significant and important cultural context gap to close here but she doesn't know that it should be any of the people in this room who are very busy. She'll leave a list of her remaining questions for god-Iomedae, which should be handled ordinarily.

…can they please propose the best mechanism for convincing Lord Cansellarion that she is not the fiendish plot she's obviously going to seem to be.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, he's retired so he won't know any of the latest codes and would still be suspicious even if he did. But we go way back, I can convince him I'm not an impostor and if he knows I'm genuine I can tell him about the commune - "

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure, convince him you're enchanted rather than polymorphed."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh come now, I've never known Alexeara to be wrong about such things. If he says Endel is enchanted, he's enchanted. More relevantly, he's not blindly paranoid, he'll send to one of us not present and we can confirm the commune."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He'll do that, maybe send all five of us, have you go through the forbiddance dance again, and then maybe smite you to be sure. But that'll convince him."

Permalink Mark Unread

At that she does let herself glow with pride at them at least a little bit. "In that case I would like a Teleport there as soon as it's convenient. - should anything go wrong, which I do not expect, Sending Marit, who should already know." He has both a Status and the Telepathic Bond with her. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Veena, can you send someone to my office in about half an hour, I'm going to need to - "

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, but Mirdeliendë will be there in an hour with a fresh bottle of the good wine -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am sure Alexeara and Iomedae will appreciate the thinking wine immensely, but I am going for a social visit to my old friend and am going to get a bottle of something that actually tastes good for him."

Permalink Mark Unread

She loves them. They're Lawful Good and they're careful and they're trying and they have so much on their shoulders and she never wanted to have biological children because it would have been an insane and unethical thing to do but she feels, suddenly, like she did get them after all, like she built a home for them and bore them out of her body when she abandoned it on the steps of the Cathedral and she tried to gesture, for them, at something they may now grasp better than she does, and she loves them, and this is a stupid and unstrategic and unworthy-of-them degree of emotion and needs to wait until she's home. …where she'll have to cry on Karlenius about it or something, Marit's out and she and Alfirin need to be More Careful. 

She'll wait for her Teleport.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mirdeliendë is a quiet elf, with an air of sadness about her, one of those names listed that might choose to go back to the Shining Crusade, with an Eye of Aroden on a pendant around her neck next to one of the stylized swords Iomedae wound up settling on. She doesn't ask any questions or give any greetings, just hands Ranier the bottle and takes their hands for the teleport.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Cansellarion estate is not close enough to the border that it needs to be a fortified castle, but it is anyways. There are armed sentries, in distinctly not-Lastwall livery, who demand their names and their business but don't actually give them too much trouble because Endel sent ahead and is expected. They're led in to a second-floor parlor with an open balcony overlooking the courtyard. (And covered by a private sanctum, of course, so the courtyard cannot look back)

Permalink Mark Unread

"Endel! I am so glad you could find the time to visit. And who is your friend?"

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You will disbelieve the answer," says Endel's friend, who is sitting patient and still with her hand not at all near her sword. "...I am Iomedae, having found a way of travelling between worlds in different eras of history."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

...

 

 

"You are right! I disbelieve it! Endel, why do you believe this and what did I get your cousin Priscilla for her wedding gift?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I believe it because we asked about it in a commune, gave it a whole question, and some other tests we did but none nearly as conclusive as that. And if by 'Wedding' you mean 'unexpected pregnancy' and by 'cousin' you mean 'horse', you got her an apple. If you mean my cousin Charlotte, you gave her a suit of armor. And if you genuinely forgot which was the horse and which was the cousin you're never going to hear the end of it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mm. Do you have some very compelling reason thought up for why I shouldn't take you downstairs and ask you to explain all this again in an antimagic field?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, of course not."

Permalink Mark Unread

"After you, then."

Permalink Mark Unread

Lord Cansellarion's dungeons are clean and well-lit and empty and have two cells with adamantine bars and a permanent antimagic field. Rainer, not being under any enchantments, is perfectly happy when put in one to confirm again that yes, this is Iomedae, yes, they really checked, if Alexeara needs to run her through some more forbiddances he can.

Permalink Mark Unread

Alexeara doesn't think that will be necessary or helpful. "Dismiss your mind blank?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not possess the means to do that. You may."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hm. Who cast it for you?" Dispel Magic

Permalink Mark Unread

Doesn't suffice. "The Shining Crusade's archmage Alfirin."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Never heard of them. Do you mind waiting in the cell while I see if Mirdeliendë has left yet?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am willing to do that."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't call in any guards to watch her, because if this is all fake and she could get out of the cell very few people on this estate would be able to stop her. Also the guards could end up mind-controlled, which could be very inconvenient down the line. While he looks for the wizard he casts a couple of sendings from a wand.

"Is this serious?"

"Met anyone interesting lately?"

"Did you commune today with an unmixed question and if so what was the response to that question?"

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes."

Permalink Mark Unread

"She's exactly who she says she is, I didn't believe it either at first."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Lord Cansellarion, you are retired and not authorized to know that."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

He comes back to the dungeons a few minutes later with Mirdeliendë who spends twenty minutes studying her spellbook and then manages to knock off the mind blank on her sixth try. She leaves, giving Cansellarion a look that says he's spending Lastwall's spells awfully freely for someone who isn't technically in the command structure.

Cansellarion notes the aura of Good and Law and the truly unreasonable magical arsenal.

"Swear that you have been honest with me, made no attempt to deceive me, and have not used any mind-affecting magic to convince the leadership of Lastwall that you are Iomedae."

Permalink Mark Unread

She pauses to account carefully for all her uses of magic in Lastwall, as technically showing off Arazni's spells was mildly persuasive to them and …no, Divine Favor counts as fortune not as spirit, and she didn't happen to show them Prayer, which is classified as mind-affecting. "I so swear."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles, and relaxes slightly. "Delighted to hear it. Best news I've had all my life, shall we go back upstairs?"

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

And then he smites evil and tries to decapitate her, because if she's really Iomedae she'll forgive him.

Permalink Mark Unread

He can, in fact, hit her once, trying that, and not hurt her that badly because she's very very tough and not in fact Evil. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And then she'll make her own sword glow (Defending, Speed, Holy and Flaming, the latter two purely to show off) and future blows won't land. (She's not trying to hit him, obviously.) She is better with a sword than him though by a much smaller margin than she's better with a sword than most people.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

He startles, gets his sword halfway out of his sheath before noticing Iomedae's handling it fine, and sits back down and rolls his eyes.

"Alex."

Permalink Mark Unread

"OK, I'm satisfied, if she were a demon lord in disguise she would have killed me and announced my treason to the world." He kneels.

"I'm not sorry in the slightest that I acted as I did, though I do wish there had been another way."

Permalink Mark Unread

Iomedae should've asked Alfirin before this trip what dread necromancy she uses when she wants to stop having emotions. She has in the past strongly suspected Alfirin of having dread necromancy for this purpose and this is the FOURTH occasion of INTENSE EMOTIONS in the last few hours. 

"I'm honored," she says quietly, and puts away her sword. "Please stand, and tell me what you need to take Cheliax."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm going to go take a walk around the grounds. The thinking wine I brought has about an hour left on it."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Back to the private sanctum, first," and when they are there,

"A hundred thousand soldiers, four teleportation circles, a miracle to stop planar travel and communications in and around Egorian, you and Karlenius and Arnisant and Marit and anyone else who's as good in a fight but didn't get into the histories, a top-rate navy, and a gold dragon. Mengkare doesn't respond to my letters but he's worked with you in the past so you might have a better shot at convincing him to leave his utopian project for a week. If your archmage does necromancy some soul binds and trap the soul spells will come in handy."

"...Also a plan for what comes next, because I was not expecting to need one of those soon and was certainly not expecting to get to make one unconstrained by the demands of allies who aren't in it for purely Good reasons."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't have a navy," she says. "And the Shining Crusade is not, in fact, over, though it seems likely some combination of notes on all of its remaining major engagements and some help from the future can bring it to a close in less than the five more years it took in your world's history. I would experience some logistical difficulty in bringing the whole force through once it's over but it probably wouldn't be impossible.

We by coincidence possess several dozen cursed soul-trapping rings that activate remotely at a time of our choosing, and the means to make more of them, and the means to make them closely resemble any magic or nonmagic item we'd like. 

Two Miracle diamonds. Having fewer than we think Tar-Baphon has is putting the Crusade at risk, though. I suspect I can scare up some more. I don't know if I can call Miracles here; does the goddess have a ninth-circle cleric? I'm not sure Who else would bar communications and planar travel around Egorian. …we could try it as a Wish, at considerable risk to Egorian…

You have the Shining Crusade's heroes, of course, and Alfirin who managed to slip the history books, and I can talk to Mengkare though when we parted he was very unimpressed with me. - correctly so. 

I also don't really have - a plan for what comes next, yet. I don't think I understand the scope of the damage well enough, and - I had a conception of what country I was going to build, I'm very happy about how it apparently turned out, I'm not sure the western Empire should be another of it. The claim has been made to me that it's easy enough to convince Asmodeans someone else is on top - well, if you beat Asmodeus squarely first - and very hard to convince them of things other than that.

If I did it right, you'll know more than me, about how to build Good institutions. And either way you know a lot more about Cheliax."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suppose the navy's optional, if we've got the teleportation circles on a more ongoing basis. I wasn't expecting to be get the teleportation circles at all, you need two archmages and Clepati won't do them. She said - what was it, 'You are going to have to wait for someone even older and more foolish than me, or someone younger, or someone wiser, or they aren't here and you will die.' Which was not the most encouraging response."

"All of it's optional, really, just the less you can bring the longer it will take - If you don't have the men to spare we can get them from Galt, which, good news, will come with three dozen plans for how to rebuild the country better, bad news is that none of them will work and the one that'll be pushed the hardest is 'Cyprian declares it a republic-in-name, kingdom-in-all-but and finds some niece somewhere to stick on the throne.' If you haven't heard of him yet, everyone outside the war college says he's the best general since you. And a warlord with dreams of empire, but before you showed up I was inclined to let him have it, I've seen worse and I'm not just talking about the Thrunes."

"A wish might do for Egorian but we'd have to come up with a plan that's not the one that's mostly for stress-relieving fantasy. The important part there - and with the soul traps is to not let Asmodeus' favorites escape to prolong the fight. He's got a ninth-circle we'd want to take out quickly, and the new queen who's - no threat at all, really, apart from being the embodiment of His pact with House Thrune, trapping her would make it much more expensive for Him to interfere - A pair of greater devils sent here to advise and direct Cheliax, and then a lot of nice-to-haves who are - competent and loyal mortals, or powerful-but-not-ninth-circle clerics, or faces would be good puppets for Hell and that the remaining loyalists would rally behind. I have a list. I don't think we should use the jewelry, though, Cheliax has a very competent spymistress and it seems like it has a big risk of tipping our hand."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know that Lastwall is perfect, but you did better than anyone else. Someone - many someones - know better than you how to build Good institutions, now. It's just not me, I specialized differently."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And I imagine they're in Lastwall and cannot advise us until after the fact," she says. "Well, as a starting point I am in the middle of doubling my administrative staff at home so I can bring those people over and start to build Lastwall, and then someone can come and tell me what's better than that. 

I am formally committed to not starting this with Shining Crusade resources until it's our honest, competent guess - and that of some arbiters-  that the fighting will be over inside six weeks and Cheliax's Worldwound forts hold through it. Is that realistic, if I get you what you named? If I get you most of it?"

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. I'm sure if left without any of your help I would eventually start something that would take more than half a season to finish, but - All the plans I'm happy with that involve open fighting at all are very likely to take much less time than that. Because the ones where it takes a season or more - those aren't the ones that are close to certain. Too much time for Hell to turn it around, I know they've got surprises for us and I don't want them to have time to trigger more than half of them. And starting something and failing could be a lot worse than trying nothing at all."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's about what I expected. - pending confirmation that it serves Good to notify Aroden that He shouldn't try the Age of Glory, which is confirmation I expect to get, we're going to try to get it established that people who've sold their soul in one timeline haven't, and are fine, in a different timeline where Hell possesses no contract. How much will that help, I can't fathom any other reason why even selfish people would serve Hell but I assume Hell has had some time to improve its pitch compared to my day."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hell has a lot of different pitches. 'Most people are damned anyways', 'even if some idiot peasant has affected the world so little that they can be redeemed, you've done enough evil that you don't stand a chance', 'Heaven is just as bad, but with feathers instead of scales', 'Hell's victory is inevitable, so even if you wind up in a different afterlife for a bit Asmodeus will still get you eventually and it's better to come to Him willingly' - Mostly variations on the theme 'Asmodeus will get your soul anyways, faithful service will be rewarded, trying to escape your fate will just mean you get a worse one.' 'Hell only tortures weak people who deserve it, if you are a strong person who hurts and enslaves others then you won't be hurt and enslaved yourself.' "

Permalink Mark Unread

"If I can get the diamonds I'd be tempted to take the major cities with - five, six Miracles, very flashy ones. It's going to be very ugly, countering that slowly across an entire society and I am unusually well-equipped to counter it in the direct 'no, we're the side whose victory is inevitable' way. I'm not sure how many diamonds I can squeeze out of interworld arbitrages of various kinds, it depends whether Aroden's Court is allowed to pay me for telling Aroden not to smash all their property values to smithereens, and if not on whether there are large exploitable disparities or ancient ruins we can immediately go loot in our world, and if not on how many parties here would back an effort to retake Cheliax if they found it credible that it'll succeed cleanly and are possible to negotiate with in advance. 

The other large remaining unknown is what if anything Alfirin is up to in the present day. I know she does not particularly plan to face judgment."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Was that a question? I've still never heard of her besides what you've said so far in this conversation. I could list off every lich I've heard of in case any sound like her. Or every archmage, if you think she'd find a way to remain still properly alive." Most people who don't plan to face judgement face it anyways. Even archmages.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Marit and I are betting, though not confidently, that she is responsible for the mysterious incident in which the holy books lost all mentions of her, a few centuries after my ascension. I don't expect you know, but - if there are plans that work with three archmages I'd say there's an outside chance we'll have them, potentially at the cost of a True Resurrection, and we can look more urgently if it's of immediate use for the war."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"OK, off the top of my head - Morgethai, Clepati, obviously. Vorlesh, if you're not very sure of her. Acacia, she fought on the side of Hell in the civil war, definitely an archmage, very secretive, dead but not very thoroughly confirmed so. Manohar, chelish wizard, probably only eighth circle though. Also a man, obviously that wouldn't be an impediment for an archmage but you'd know better than me whether that's something she'd be likely to change. The Hellknight order of the Gate was founded by an archmage, he supposedly died of old age but there are recorded sightings of him decades later, probably a lich, if he's still running the order he's not doing it openly. Mirabelle, another Chelish mage, I think only eighth circle, but - eighth circle quite young, could have hit ninth and hidden it, less confirmed dead than I'd like given that she's probably got a grudge. There was a shadow-magic specialist in the five kings mountains about fifty years ago. Confirmed ninth circle. Hasn't been heard of for half a century. If Alfirin might predate you by a lot, uh. Baba yaga. Any of the seven runelords. I assume you would have noticed if she were Tar-Baphon or Arazni. Nex. Geb. I think I'm out of plausible archmages and well into the implausible ones now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll pass those along for us to look into. - she wouldn't have served Hell, not to Hell's genuine benefit. I am uncertain of her in some respects but not that one. 

Arazni's - the other person to contemplate trying to get back. I bet I could win that fight but irritating Geb does not seem like an acceptable risk with this many pieces in midair."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"In Iomedae's name please don't. I - I guess you know already that that's how she wound up Geb's slave in the first place -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes." A flash of deep grief. "I wish you could've known Her. I wish you could've known Aroden. It's - a horror I doubt will sit quietly as long as I'm mortal. We could do almost anything if we had Her back and I believe you it's not worth trying.  I broadly won't try things in this world against your counsel and will certainly not in a case like that.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"My grandfather was a priest of Aroden. I - can see what's missing, now that He's gone. But even if He were still alive I doubt we'd be personally acquainted."

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. Because this man is very, very Hers, conceivably more Hers than she herself is because - because it's there, now, to build on. It feels simultaneously like a homecoming and like the fundamental anchoring facts of the universe on which she built her life are false. 

They aren't, though, because Good hasn't won yet.

 

"I want to talk to Morgethai and Clepati before I return home in the evening unless you think that's a bad idea. I can take anyone back with me who thinks it's indicated. I don't know if you'd find it useful to visit, but you are welcome; otherwise we'll send Alfirin through next, so you should think about any ninth circle operational support you want, and she may have some questions for you about some of those names. It sounds like I need to get up to speed on - Cyprian, and how much we'd be paying to use his soldiers, and how likely I am to be able to bring him around to - well, ideally to travelling back in time to show me he can command the Shining Crusade better than I can, that seems like the ideal thing to do with a person like that. But at least towards letting Cheliax have Good institutions."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can come with you to introduce you to today's archmages, I've met with them before and can make an introduction. I would definitely like to visit the shining crusade some day but I think I cannot spare the time right now so it can wait until I actually need to be there. Cyprian would command the Shining Crusade worse than you, but that's because it's your crusade and your crusaders are there for you. If you can talk him into an advisory role or a smaller command he'd be a great asset, but I doubt you can in fact do that."

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. "I'm going to have less context than you on almost everything for a long while. Is there anything else we should discuss before we go visit some archmages?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, the archmages are important and I don't have anything urgent. I can send their secretaries now so we'll be expected."

 

It transpires that Morgethai will be free this evening and that Cansellarion is almost late for his scheduled meeting with Clepati today. He'll change boots and teleport the two of them to the temple of the all-seeing eye in Sothis.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello, hello, come in! Alex! Being a boy works so well for you, I don't know why you don't do it more often!

Permalink Mark Unread

He forgot to forewarn Iomedae that Clepati is insane but he supposes that is apparent now.

Only his friends call him 'Alex' and Nefreti Clepati could be a wonderful ally if she wanted to but is not his friend.

"Eminence. I am pleased to introduce - I know this sounds unbelievable, but it's true - Iomedae. Before she Ascends."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Does that sound unbelievable? I'm going to skip the disbelieving it, and tell Felandriel to do so as well, because it's getting a bit wearisome, and when Her people do it it's very emotionally moving but that's not so true of me. You look well," she adds to Iomedae. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Eminence. I take it we're acquainted." She has dealt with Nethysians before, though this is not precisely Syhten's deal. "I don't suppose, as what remains of prophecy in this world" and how the fuck is she doing that anyway, "you would be interested in advising our planning to free Cheliax."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If I answer your highest-priority question truthfully up front it'll actually make everything go worse! As someone who serves all Knowledge but also likes you personally I'm genuinely torn."

Permalink Mark Unread

She wishes she had proposed to Alexaera that they put up a Telepathic Bond. Nefreti could probably eavesdrop but at least she'd be eavesdropping. 

 

"My highest priority question," she says to him levelly all the same, "was whether Alfirin is still around and is anyone we've heard of."

Permalink Mark Unread

...

"...How does us knowing make it go worse? Unless knowing how also makes it go worse. Also what the hell is happening in this conversation?"

Permalink Mark Unread

" - we're talking about how to make your war go well! Obviously! If I tell you the answer to your question, then you will break things you needn't have broken, that you handed her in a bag of diamonds, and lose one of Iomedae's greatest strengths, which is the fact she refused to join any paladin orders....and then you will have a harder time achieving your military objectives." She says this last bit effortfully, as if it's a much much harder feature of the situation to observe than the others but she's trying to do them a great favor and notice it anyway. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Please don't tell us, then, though really it seems like it ought to be possible to do better than that. 

My second most important question was whether you know how to - transit between times." If anyone could do that it'd be a High Priest of Nethys.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, sure, though usually I do it at the same pace as the rest of you."

Permalink Mark Unread

He is so confused. It's not just that Clepati is mad, it's that Iomedae is treating her madness incredibly seriously, which means it's probably not just madness, but knowing that doesn't help him understand it any better.

Permalink Mark Unread

Iomedae has by necessity had more interactions with High Priests of Nethys than Alexeara. It helps to play along. 

"All right, all right, but when you do it at a different pace from the rest of us what circle does it stabilize at."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ninth! Like interplanetary teleport. For complicated reasons, they're actually the same thing - not the same spell, just the same thing."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So we are not going to get an intertimeline teleportation circle that lets me move troops between worlds?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure you can!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah, just as soon as I can cast eleventh circle spells."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's actually Nethys' favorite kind of Miracle to give out!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you, Eminence. Will you help Alfirin and Felandriel invent this spell, or is that no fun if you already know the answer."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's just going to be Alfirin and Felandriel Morgethai and the baby havoc dragon working on it together and it's going to be hilarious. ...because Alfirin's kind of Chaotic Good, is why it's going to be hilarious."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

" - that is usable to infer a secret I have sworn to keep," she says quietly to Alexaera, because she's pretty sure that one, he'll now figure it out, and two, he's the kind of person who will not be more inclined to go digging for the inference once it's been brought to his attention that this digging would work. "I would appreciate it if you do not act on it, should you infer it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Acknowledged." He will not dig into the implications of Alfirin being chaotic good, though that does rule out a lot of the ways he was expecting it might go badly for him to find her - no, stop that.

Between things that make things go worse if he knows them and secrets he should not try to learn and Clepati's entire manner of carrying on a conversation he doesn't think he's going to get anything useful out of this, but he's glad Iomedae seems to be doing so in his stead.

Permalink Mark Unread

"My last question was whether, if you joined the Shining Crusade, it would make the Shining Crusade go better or not."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What would I do all day? Kill things? Counterspell Tar-Baphon? Go to bed every noon with every spell slot spent and only horror ahead? Alfirin only puts up with it because she loves you, darling, it's not objectively very fun compared to other things one can do with magic."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Iomedae is done being giggly and fun, if this means Nefreti's going to make conversations personal. Not that she's confident there's any correlation. "I didn't ask if you'd like it. I asked if you'd make it go better. I was only going to ask how to make it fun for you after I learned whether having you would make it go better."

Permalink Mark Unread

"'after'," says Nefreti, exasperated. "The Shining Crusade goes exactly the same no matter what unless you find something important enough to burn it for. If you have more there, you take more out and put it somewhere else."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you want to be of assistance to the Shining Crusade and not my other projects I can put you in the Shining Crusade and do allocations as if you weren't there, and I don't err in a predictable direction, doing that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know! It's very impressive! It just means the forces doing the reallocating are external to you!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you, Eminence," she says tiredly. "Those were all my questions."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't suppose that the fact that I've found someone older, younger, wiser, and more foolish than you means you'll help us with the teleportation circles?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, sure!"

Permalink Mark Unread

He wasn't expecting that because that sounds like Clepati actually being helpful. A quick bow, then. "Thank you, Eminence."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are there questions I foolishly haven't asked?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Lots of them. There are even some I foolishly haven't answered. Not the same ones, though. There's one you haven't asked which I would answer in a way you liked."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What is it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not that."

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

What would she ask now, that she wouldn't have asked before, that doesn't touch on dangerous or personal topics because she doesn't endorse being baited into discussing those -

She retraces the whole conversation in her mind -

 

 

 

When that gets her nowhere, tries the slower, careful way, like a god looking down -

 

 

"Are you playing the same game that I play with my crusade, Eminence?" The cosmic triage that is the game of the gods. Travelling between timelines, sometimes, and planets, sometimes. Because those are the same thing, somehow. Leaving just enough force in each place to get the minimal necessary result, or leaving worlds to hang entirely, putting the excess strength elsewhere.  Refusing the Teleportation Circles unless they came with something game-changing. Of course she could literally have just said to Alexeara "this won't be decisive in your favor unless some other things are in place, so I'll only help if they are", but maybe she couldn't have. She is, in fact, mad.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You don't have it exactly right but you probably have it as close as you'll get it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Then she'll smile broadly. "We appreciate your help."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Build interesting things with it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I mean to." 

 

 

And they should....go, probably, because that was exhausting and she needs to write it down before she forgets it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"To Almas, then? We have some time before Morgethai will be available but teleports are scarce enough that we should either wait there or here. And barring contrary strategic considerations, I like the weather there better."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't like being out and about this nicely dressed without my Mind Blan-"

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds like a problem one could solve with a powerful spell in one hand while Teleporting out with a different spell cast simultaneously in the other hand!

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you," Iomedae, now Mind Blanked, says even though Nefreti is gone. "Sure, let's wait in Almas."

Permalink Mark Unread

Teleport. "Almas is a nice place. The locals are very Chaotic Good, if a bit less Chaotic and a bit less Good than they think they are. Nice parks, shouldn't have too many people at this hour. Kind of wish we had a wizard along for a telepathic bond."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can do a Telepathic Bond." She extends her hand for it. " - I think that I can do it as if I were a fifth circle cleric with the Community domain, but I don't know why a fifth circle cleric, or why the Community domain, and the duration is as if I were a ninth circle cleric. A lot of the things I can do I am approximately that ignorant of."

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes it.

...Community isn't one of yours. Aroden's?

My takeaway from that conversation with Clepati is that she's willing to do teleportation circles now that I don't need her for them. And that you had a much more productive conversation but - I think it would've been pretty hard for me to follow even without the secrets I'm not supposed to infer and the answers that will make everything worse if I know them.

It's clearly the most impressive thing Iomedae has done since he met her.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's mad but more like a mad god than a madman, which I suppose isn't surprising. I want to write it down before I forget it but after that I can and will attempt to explain the parts that aren't secret, especially if there's no one among our allies here who can - get results that good. 

 

And she's going to try to put it down in shorthand, except the secret which she's not putting to text and isn't going to forget. Sometimes with Nethysians the exact words matter. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

He won't interrupt while she does that, it's obvious why this would be important.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. So first off, she's obviously still got prophecy, somehow, and a week ago I'd have been at a loss about how but here I am from an alternate timeline and that proposes an obvious explanation. Everyone here is a prophet, if they're hanging around in 3824 and someone shows up asking them how the Shining Crusade is going to turn out. Nethys sees everything. How does that make him different from the other gods, who have in some cases more attention span? I suspect he can see other worlds, more than gods mostly can, because if Aroden could do that He'd have mentioned. 

She'd give him the headband but then it'd be a glaring beacon to all in Almas that these two people are more than the armored high level adventurers they look like. 

Now, it's pretty convenient to have prophecy when no one else does. But insofar as it's the sort of prophecy that you'd have if you went back to 3824, it is less useful if you take any actions in the world at all. So if you were you, or me, you'd wait for the single most impactful point, accumulate various advantages from knowing how things play out and then spend the advantage where you actually need it. But you or me also wouldn't become a Nethysian High Priest, and I think the thing she's doing is probably less sympathetic than that. I do think that she is meaningfully constrained by being much weaker in any context where she's acting rather than observing, and therefore mostly useful for - asking questions of her that let us determine which world we are in, rather than trying to get her to use her fantastic magical powers to alter which world we are in.

Does he seem to be following?

Permalink Mark Unread

He follows. It's a good explanation that makes sense of...a lot of what Clepati has said and done. Not quite all of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Obviously in some contexts she intervenes in things. One possibility is that that is literally only where she can see both a world where she intervened and a world where she didn't, and can choose which she likes better without losing her vision. This obviously only happens if Nethysians are - coordinating with each other to explore the space of actions for the benefit of other Nethysians who'll see a wider range of possibilities, and I'm not sure if they're doing that? If they are it's through some mechanism that isn't as - strategic - as that. And is another reason their interventions will look capricious even if, generously, they were useful to producing good outcomes in other worlds that'd learn from them.

 

I do think that where she isn't compromising any of her visibility she prefers being helpful to not being helpful. Warning me not to ask about Alfirin rather than giving me a misleading answer that'd make things go worse for us. Giving me a Mind Blank presumably because it only permitted us nicer weather for our afternoon break and so doesn't much compromise her visibility on what's going on. The last thing I was trying to press her about was - whether she conceived of herself as, where she was unhelpful, conserving a scarce resource to expend it where it would do more, the way that Iomedae is often unhelpful when you pray to Her but not because She doesn't prefer good outcomes. Whether she refused you the Teleportation Circle because you could not succeed without more than that, or just because she couldn't tell. Which is very fundamental to whether I'd regard her as an ally.

There's clearly more going on than that, but - I don't have a clear picture of all of it. Some of it's related to - not tracking effects as having causes, thinking of them only as being information about which world you were in all along. Some of it is presumably just her personality. (There some irritation will come through the Telepathic Bond. Iomedae is trying to do her job and is irritated to be confronted with announcements that Alfirin loves her.) And some of it's - something I'm missing, I'll think about it more later. 

But the way I'd use her is to ask what kinds of plans are the kinds of plans that sometimes work, and what things you could go see that'd be a hint about whether your plans will work. The fact she's a ....wizard and cleric both? - is almost a distraction.

Permalink Mark Unread

It sure is an incredible distraction if so. If you think there's useful advice underneath what she says I can try to learn how to interpret it.

Permalink Mark Unread

If she's right that Alfirin and Morgethai can stabilize a intertimeline teleport at ninth and get a Miracle from Nethys to be allowed to hang an intertimeline teleportation circle at eleventh then that's - I guess I'd still rather have another actually allied archmage but I wouldn't prefer it by a large margin since it permits much better allocation of the ones we've got. 

 

She scowls at her transcript again, redacts the bit about Alfirin loving her which is unprofessional to care about and something she had no right to learn even if it's true. 

Morgethai is regarded as non-mad, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

Morgethai is merely Chaotic Good and an archmage and not even the most annoying version of either of those.

Permalink Mark Unread

Multiple people have told me that Razmir is an idiot, which is not a usual criticism of archmages!

Permalink Mark Unread

So you know how they say archmages tend to be dangerously more clever than wise? Razmir is - narrower than that, he's genuinely very talented at some things but - no creative genius, no ambition. And absolutely no common sense. He drove out all the clerics of Erastil and then got mad that the crops wouldn't grow, he drove out all the Abadarans and is mad that nobody will loan him money, he's clever enough to cast Tsunami and not clever enough to ever find a solution to a problem that isn't throwing powerful magic at it until it stops being a problem. He's still dangerously more clever than wise but only because he isn't any wiser than the town drunk.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, I hope Alfirin and Morgethai get along. Four active archmages, I was kind of expecting to find her some research collaborators and maybe someone who'd come back and help the Crusade with logistics.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know Alfirin to judge. I'm sorry that most of our day's archmages are so disappointing.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am wildly uncertain if you and Lastwall will get along with her splendidly or not at all. In my day she maintains a polite distance from paladins who aren't me but this is - on the grounds that they are bad at hard tradeoffs and at moral reasoning in a way that I think has changed through the ages. 

I'm not too worried because - you cannot possibly be so rude she won't help us kick Asmodeus out of Cheliax and I suspect she can't be so rude you'd decline her help either. 

Permalink Mark Unread

At this point the powerful adventurers in shiny well-fitted armor are accosted by a small child beggar requesting copper or food. Half a dozen more are visibly peeping over a wall in the middistance to see how this goes for the (nervous) one in the lead.

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't eat food or carry copper but the child can have two silvers to share with his friends there.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's ...good that he's there because Iomedae's money is all ancient and possibly no longer legal tender and also she's kind of flabbergasted. 

 

 

 

Right. There was a catastrophe and mass starvation and then thirty years of civil war and then another civil war to break free from Cheliax.

Permalink Mark Unread

Who took over the Order of the Stars? I - wouldn't have -

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think it's around anymore. I'm not familiar with all the old Arodenite orders, maybe someone else took it up and gave it a new name.

 

It's worse in Andoran, than most countries. They take their Chaotic Good as an important part of their national identity and that means a principled opposition to personal responsibility and to ending a pregnancy.

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Lastwall was genuinely impressive and may have left me with the wrong impression of how much the world, where not literally ruled by Hell, has marched the great march of human progress. ....Stars was the astronomy order, observatories on nearly every mountaintop on the continent, many of them built by Aroden. They took in all children abandoned at temples in the city because it's terrible for children, growing up in cities. I did a lot of recruiting there because growing up on mountaintops turns out to give people excellent constitution.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think the age of lost omens has been bad for the march of progress worldwide, not just in Cheliax. There are orders that take in abandoned children but - not enough, especially not here.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Note to self maybe worth half a Commune question to ask if I should plan to ascend into something less narrow, just in case, even if also warning Aroden.

 

Perhaps you should throw some more geopolitics at me while we wait for Morgethai. Assume I sent a representative to purchase my own holy books and some Cheliax-focused history, spent two days reading them while people checked that the Church of Iomedae wasn't wildly off-target, and then went off to claim to them that I was their goddess. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The sun sets early in midwinter in Drezen. Once it does, Marit releases the men and goes to the single-shelf library in the temple of Iomedae, to leaf through some books and keep an eye out for trouble.

Permalink Mark Unread

Korva spends her day trying to do useful stuff. She bullies Daeran into spending half his spells on extra remove diseases. She tries to solve a second round of Dorgelinda's supply complaints, talks to Harmattan about a round of various complaints from officers, and then talks to Lann about whether the Neathers need anything, because she hasn't taken him out adventuring lately and she's getting to worry that he might think she's avoiding him, which is not really something she has enough personal insight into to say whether it's true or not.  She spends a few minutes talking to Zara, who she's very sure she is avoiding. She tells a bunch of people to meet her tomorrow for a meeting, where she intends to talk with all of them about fairly and consistently enforcing their laws and policies, and whether any of the laws or policies have to be changed before they're willing to enforce them.

And then it's dark, and she ought to go find Marit and talk to him about the various ways in which she is maybe not willing to enforce her own laws and policies.

 

…does she want to go find Marit and tell him she’s a whiny baby? Really? Is she sure she doesn’t just want to secretly be a whiny baby, and pretend that it’s a moral stance, or alternatively copy what the Shining Crusade does exactly, and hope that no important strategic considerations she’s noticed but failed to articulate are wrapped up in the gut feelings of horror and revulsion at keeping any kind of order around here at all?

Probably those options would in fact have negative consequences of some kind. And Marit can always tell her if she’s being a whiny baby and needs to grow up already.

She’ll find him reading history books and ask him if he once again has a minute.

Permalink Mark Unread

“Yes, Knight-Commander.” He marks his place in his history book with a strand of thread from his Bag of Holding. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow this is awful. This is an awful plan. She should definitely go with the plan where she feigns having any kind of normal relationship with completely reasonable systems of punishment.

 

“I’ve been reading through the legal codes you had sent over. They seem - pretty reasonable, more lenient than what Regill would suggest but probably a lot better than what we’re currently in practice doing. But I’ve also been - noticing strongly not wanting to enact various punishments in this setting. And I don’t know how much of that is - having a correct sense that some things would be unjust in this setting, which are not unjust in the setting for which the laws and penalties were created, and how much is - having a personal problem that unfortunately makes me less capable of commanding people in reasonable ways. Which - seemed like the sort of thing that I ought to talk to someone about. I’m not sure whether you’re the most reasonable person to talk about any of those intuitions with, but - you’re the one who would need the least additional context and the one who seems most likely to have actually useful thoughts that I haven’t already specifically expected you to have. It will probably involve more complaining, though.”

“ - also some of the laws were separately kind of weird, and I’m a little worried that I’m missing something that ought to be obvious, and was I guess also wondering if you could elaborate on the reasoning behind some of them. I guess.”

Permalink Mark Unread

“ - maybe we can discuss which laws seemed weird first? I do have thoughts on the other thing, but it’s - more complicated, and you might have to say more if you want me to venture a guess whether the thing your intuitions are pointing you towards is - an intuition for circumstances that don’t in fact apply.”

 

Permalink Mark Unread

“....mostly I guess I was not immediately able to reconstruct the reasoning around the rules about who people could have sex with.”

Permalink Mark Unread

“ - huh. We only enforce ‘not with someone in your service’ and ‘not in a fashion where our soldiers get pregnant’. The first because it’s unethical and the second because it’s really inconvenient for militaries when their soldiers get pregnant. …most militaries solve this by just not enlisting women who aren’t wizards and can’t handle themselves, and having celibate religious orders, but if you have enlisted women outside those categories it gets to be a problem."

Permalink Mark Unread

“I suppose I can appreciate the logistical problems of pregnancy if you can’t send people home. It gets a bit weird in a context like Drezen, where you have a town attached, and where some of the people in that town are people who both take on military duties and who came here with children and families.”

Sigh. “Can you explain why you consider the first thing unethical, so that I definitely have the actual reasoning and am not making something up.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh no is there a situation between Korva and…Lann? Daeran? If Daeran got himself into this he knew what he was getting himself into and Marit doesn’t actually feel very motivated to protect him -

 

Time to be diplomatic. 

 

“It is normal for people to develop very emotionally close and deep relationships with their unit, in the course of a war. It’s often still a bad idea to become lovers, because it can compromise the strategic judgment of everyone involved. I wouldn’t say it is always unethical, but I suspect Lastwall would, and they are - quite likely correct about which norms work for people raised in a Lawful Good society. It is - more troubling - to pursue a liaison with a person sworn to your service, because - it would not necessarily be obvious to them that they could refuse you, or obvious to other parties that they could refuse you, or in fact a good idea to refuse you, and that’s a situation where a lot of harms can be expected to happen."

Permalink Mark Unread

“I guess? I mean, I can see why you shouldn’t be allowed to order it. I feel like introducing a rule about that in the middle of things is probably going to annoy a bunch of people, and I don’t think Mendev actually has any existing rules about it that we’re just not enforcing very well. Maybe the scenarios that I’m frowning about are actually situations where our command structures are more confused than they ought to be, or something, I dunno.” It might be CONVENIENT, if she could tell Lann and Daeran that she’s simply not allowed to have personal relationships with anyone she ever interacts with on account of this job that she’s not telling them that she never actually signed up for, but that’s - probably the wrong level on which to be thinking about general policies.

“Banning things merely because they compromise people’s judgment seems… I mean, strictly speaking, friendships compromise people’s judgment, right. They probably compromise judgment more, for a lot of people, they’re just not something it makes a lot of sense to try to make rules about.”

Permalink Mark Unread

“I should probably ask Lastwall how they see this, at some point, but - it’ll be politically awkward to do so at any point in the next while. I think the thing I would say if I hadn’t been made aware that the current consensus of the kind of Lawful Good I am is different - and I do, in fact, take seriously what the current consensus of the kind of Lawful Good I am is, for my own conduct - 

 

I think the thing I would say is that friendships can compromise judgment, and drink can compromise judgment, and having a family can compromise judgment, and being a human being with unmet emotional needs can compromise judgment, and one’s judgment is in fact one’s single most valuable asset, in most contexts, and one should care very deeply about it, but - most people can’t become a functional and healthy person without some things in their life that are good and whole and theirs, and should make life plans compatible with having those. But falling in love is specifically known to be a common extremely distortionary extremely intense kind of judgment-compromise, and it makes sense to have extra guardrails around it. Not bans, necessarily - we don’t ban it, outside a command relationship, but - more opportunities to notice if you’re being an idiot. 

 

I think that not being allowed to order it is not actually sufficient in a command relationship. I think there is a - thing in human nature, inherent to an oath of service to another, which is about - a kind of power that it is very dangerous to mix with personal power. I can’t think of a form of it I would be comfortable with except one where the command relationship isn’t taken very seriously and I don’t think that’s healthy for other reasons."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

“I guess I can make some attempt to determine how common this scenario is and how many current situations we would actually be disrupting if we made a rule. Maybe. I’m sure someone has any idea.” Lann might take it personally but that’s not really - she is not going to decide on a policy either way because of Lann, okay, that is in some sense the entire point of the ‘it compromises judgment’ argument, even if the problem in question is sort of the opposite of the envisioned problem. “I’ll probably want to talk it through with some people who are actually from Mendev and know how people from Mendev tend to see this situation, though, I don’t want to - make rules that people mostly find confusing.”

“I - don’t think that banning having sex with people is particularly close to an effective ban on falling in love with them, though, if that’s the thing you’re aiming at.”

Permalink Mark Unread

“Well, it’s much harder to make a ban on falling in love with people, what with how it’s half involuntary. I do think our rules encompass most voluntary falling-in-love related actions, like confessing your love, or getting secretly married, or trying a bizarre ritual you heard of that bonds people as lovers forever - yes, someone tried that. Yes, of course the ritual was an evil necromantic ritual. 

I would certainly personally actively avoid falling in love with a person in my power, if this required active effort. It's harder to make rules about but it does seem like an important thing to do, if you're going to have power over people."

Permalink Mark Unread

She’s pretty sure that almost all of the thoughts she’s having in response to this are just her being mean. It would, she is pretty sure, be kind of mean to inform Lann that she’s decided that maximally lawful and disciplined armies ban confessing your love to your commanding officer, who gave you magic powers and personally helped you deliver your entire people out of the caves where they’ve been starving for generations and who doesn’t really see why it's such a big deal that you’re half lizard person.

 

“....I am tempted to say that I see the logic in that set of rules, but I think that actually it might be less that I’m seeing the logic and more that I’m tempted to use other people’s rules as an excuse to be a jerk to people who really don’t deserve for anyone else to be a jerk to them. Which is, in any case, a terrible basis for a general rule. …maybe I should actually ask Sosiel, I guess as a military cleric of Shelyn he probably ought to have some kind of opinion on this. Which may or may not mean that he has anything useful to say about it.”

Permalink Mark Unread

 

“I do also think that - most of the responsibility, here, falls on the person in power. Half of Iomedae’s paladins are in some sense in love with her, and this is not a significant problem. If she were to respond to it, that would be deeply inappropriate.”

 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Sure. I guess."

- although actually she’s not at all sure that the equivalent situation here is not a significant problem, or that the power dynamic between her and Lann or her and Daeran or her and anyone else she met before taking command is anything at all like the power dynamic between Iomedae and any of her paladins, but - you can see how it would be unfair to Woljif, right, if Woljif were still here and thinking he was half a slave.

But none of that is super relevant, right, because the actual problem that she's been experiencing here is that Lann is probably in love with her, and - she likes Lann fine, right, but he's in love with her, or might be, and she is flatly incapable of experiencing any kind of normal human connection with anyone. She's worried about handling that badly and hurting him, or losing him for the crusade, when actually she does kind of need him. But it's not like the thing she wants to about any of this is have sex with Lann, what with how this would obviously be a horrible call and end up hurting both of them for reasons that are totally orthogonal to anything to do with any command structure they may or may not have.

“ - sorry, this is not really the conversation that I said I was going to have, is it.”

Permalink Mark Unread

“I expect there are lots of conversations it’ll be important for us to have, and the order probably doesn’t matter all that much, except insofar as it’s important that you feel like you’re making progress instead of like you’re - polishing wagon wheels.”

 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I agree that it would be kind of contemptible for Iomedae to respond to people hero worshipping her by encouraging them or being willing to sleep with them. I am actually not at all sure that there are any situations around here that are particularly similar to that one. But I'm not - I'm kind worried that arguing the point implies a completely different set of problems and priorities than the ones that I actually have."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I agree with you that the situations around here aren't very analogous to that, though - there are probably people who think of you in similarly extraordinary nigh-magical terms, and there definitely will be as the war goes on."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure! And I'm probably going to ignore that, and that mostly won't be a problem, because those situations will in fact be different in ways that make that a more reasonable response."

Permalink Mark Unread

"But that rule doesn't feel to you like it captures what matters in some other cases?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it's - okay, fine, we can talk about my problems, but for the record I still think that making general rules in an attempt to dodge situations that are personally awkward for me would be irresponsible and unfair to everyone around here who isn't me, and maybe also unfair to the people who I am in mildly awkward social situations with."

"Suppose that some of the people who follow me around were in love with me. Or, you know, liked me, not necessarily as intensely as all that. The instances where this matters at all are ones where the people in question are people who I trust and rely on, and who wouldn't have met me as a magical hero, or as the Knight Commander of the Fifth Crusade. They'd have met me as, you know - a person who convinced them to run around Kenabres trying to save people in an emergency situation, or as some person who fell through a hole in the earth during the attack, and was trying to get back to the surface with some injured people, and who, you know, may have done some light heroism in the course of doing that, I guess. And now they're working with the crusade, and I am in charge of the crusade, but the relationship we have otherwise is not, really, I think, all that similar to a normal military command structure. And it seems - disrespectful of them, I think, to act like people who met me under those conditions are so incapable of knowing what's good for them that I should think of them the same way as whatever I am imagining it was like to be a lovestruck junior paladin working under Iomedae."

" - I mean, okay, actually I guess I don't think that they know what's good for them, and that if I were to try to start anything with them this would go horribly for everyone involved, but not particularly because of the hero out of legend thing, or because of the Knight Commander thing. I just think that everyone involved would end up hurt and disappointed. But I don't see that that particularly makes it fair to them to make up excuses to avoid talking about that. It may, separate from that, be a reasonable rule, if not one that I've ever specifically considered before. But it doesn't seem fair to impose it on everyone just because I don't want to have awkward conversations with my friends."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I do think that separate from right rules there are right reasons, and 'it'd be awkward' isn't generally a right reason. I don't think I'd argue that they don't know what's good for them. ...this is perhaps unrelated, but thinking aloud of examples in case they shine more light on intuitions, consider a case where a commander is sleeping with a subordinate, and the subordinate thereby getting better treatment, respect, better rations, exemptions from punishment. I wouldn't say ' this is bad for the subordinate and they're too foolish to realize it', I could believe it was genuinely working out well for them. I would say it is immoral because it is a betrayal of the army's mission and a wrong to the other soldiers."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure. ...but if we're going to argue that everyone should be treated the same, to avoid that, we get into situations like Nenio. Situations under which it genuinely makes sense to hold different people to different standards, and to give them different things. And you can say, sure, but sleeping with people is something that specifically clouds people's judgment and makes you more likely to make decisions like that in error, but I'm still not actually sure that it's uniquely bad for that and as opposed to just the easiest thing in that class to make a rule about."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fraternization rules are generally construed somewhat more broadly than sleeping with people, though sleeping with people is a very clear cut case where no one can reasonably claim they didn't know it was against the rule. I would generally train junior officers to also be careful not to show favoritism to one subordinate even if there's nothing sexual to do with it, and not to ask anyone under their command for personal favors even wholly nonsexual ones, and you wouldn't want, say, someone and their sibling or child in the same unit, because it'd be understood that those strong bonds would get in the way of good judgment in some cases. 

I think you are entirely right that sex is - a bright line, because it's easy to enforce and it comes up all the time, but hardly the only example of the thing, or necessarily the most important example."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Making a rule that nobody is allowed to ask anyone under their command for anything as a personal favor sounds - uh, hard. That sounds hard. I am not sure how much of that reaction is just that a lot of our current command structures are unacceptably fuzzy, but."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think that the way you establish norms like that over time is by example. It's not at all a thing it's reasonable to expect everybody to pick up out of nowhere, and a lot of people if they're trying to follow a rule about it will end up making themselves less effective. But - a lot of how armies function is by having enough functional people around, who set an example for others, and then over time it's not following some complicated rule, it's just behaving the way your own officer always behaved."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It - sounds like it would be hard under these circumstances even if I understood the rule? I mean, maybe the problem is in fact that I'm misunderstanding the rule, but that's - everyone, right? That would be a rule that, applied fairly, whoever is ultimately in charge can't ask anyone in Drezen for anything, unless it pertains to the crusade and is being asked for in that capacity?"

Permalink Mark Unread

" - well, in this ideal well-run Crusade they'd have a household staff that was paid out of their paycheck and which would do things like 'I want to read some romance novels' or 'I want some new outfits in the latest Oppara fashions', and so in this ideal well-run Crusade you'd never be saying that to, say, a Teleporter making a supply run."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh.

 

"I mean, I guess I could have that, although I might want to figure out having a house before I think about having any household staff to put in it, but I was thinking more about favors in the genre of - I mean, I guess I don't really know what specific examples I was thinking of, but the sort of thing you might ask a... friend... for. All of the people who were previously the closest things I had to friends have inconveniently either had their arms twisted into serving or have willingly pledged themselves to my cause. Which is not to say that we're very good friends, but it seems like it might be - I mean - "

Possibly people who are in charge of operations this big and this demanding actually cannot have friends, if all of their previous sort-of-friends have been subsumed into the cause. She's - kind of going to have to process a new wave of simmering anger at Galfrey, maybe, if that's so.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not want to make the claim that commanders shouldn't have friends on their Crusade. That sounds - like it would involve ripping out a lot of peoples' strengths. I do think it is a kind of friendship that may - require extra skill to navigate."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, that much I've noticed. - actually I haven't, I don't think I knew how to have normal friends either. But it certainly doesn't seem like the most straightforward possible version of the problem."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I consider many of the men and women I've fought alongside friends.

...I do think all of this is not at all something you need or want in your legal code for your Crusade, this is cultural things that will develop gradually, somewhat but only somewhat according to your direction, over the course of years. You cannot put a whole culture into rules, because rules need to be possible to enforce uniformly and have no one confused."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - right. Okay. None of this is what I intended to ask about."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What had you wanted to ask about?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Penalties for breaking laws.

"I think - the Shining Crusade obviously seems to have a reasonable system for itself. It is, if anything, significantly more lenient, in most respects, than the only other person who has advised me that we need to do more punishing rule breaking around here. It's possible that being any more merciful would cause it to cease to function. It's even possible that some of the penalties here need to be harsher than they are over there, if we don't have all of the same other mechanisms for maintaining order."

" - but actually I mostly keep finding myself unsure if I am willing to hand out the listed penalties for a bunch of things. Sometimes I can think of specific reasons why the situations are different and an exact copy of the rule would be unfair, like executing deserters - even Regill wanted to start with floggings, the first time we talked about the problem with Harmattan, because under the circumstances it is understandable, even to him, why someone not wholly devoid of positive traits might want to run away, from a crusade they didn't understand the scope of when signing on and which hasn't consistently paid them."

"Most of the time I can't think of any specific thing that's different, though. I just know that some of the listed punishments make me... uncomfortable. And I'm not sure whether this is an impulse that is hiding something important that I can't identify, or whether it's - letting my personal problems get in the way of basic necessities of being a commander."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I definitely think that you want to start with consistent but not severe punishments, for first offenses, while you build to a situation where people know the law and have meaningfully agreed to follow it. 

That's probably not all of it, though, right. Causing other people harm isn't just upsetting when it's unfair. Even if someone is a traitor trying to sell your soldiers to Baphomet for personal profit, and too much of a danger to release - every person I’ve spoken to about it finds it very difficult to authorize and conduct executions, even if they are confident that the laws that they’ve made are fair and fairly applied and are minimizing, overall, how many people will be harmed. I think - some things are meant to hurt. Some things I would not want to stop grieving at.

 

I would usually give the advice that one should try through prayer and reflection to iron out that knot internally, but to keep doing the policy you endorse, but in your case I…don’t actually feel instinctively like that’s the right advice.”

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...should I, uh, do the complaining bit and see if it's at all enlightening."

Permalink Mark Unread

“Go for it.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Gods, this is embarrassing.

 

"...so I grew up in Cheliax, right. And in Cheliax everyone goes to school, and every kid who is sufficiently bright gets tracked to learn wizardry, whether or not they're otherwise suited to it. I was a wizard kid. Or, well, I was supposed to be, I obviously never got as far as actually becoming a proper wizard."

"When I was fifteen I got expelled, basically for being a terrible student. And - part of the process of expulsion is flogging in front of the rest of the student body, not quite to death, obviously, but close enough to it that it's not exactly certain that you won't later die of it anyway. And - it was, I think, of all the terrible days that I have had in my life, probably still the worst day I've ever had."

"I get that there are a million differences between what the Shining Crusade does and what Cheliax does. I get that unlike Cheliax we have the resources to heal people afterwards, if we order floggings. And I get that penalties are necessary to maintain order in any kind of military. But I keep imagining other people here doing something wrong, and ending up in a position where the rules say that we have to hurt them really badly, and - "

"I really, really don't want to."

Permalink Mark Unread

“I want to build a world where that never happens to anyone, and I think you’re entirely correct to want to build a crusade where that never happens to anyone. 

 

I don’t - know if you can get by without punishments beyond docking pay and exile, but if you want to try, I do think it’d be in a sense a profoundly noble thing to try.”

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm just not sure it's sane. Also we don't currently pay people enough that I'm sure that docking people's pay will even do anything, or that in some cases there'd be anything to dock, which I acknowledge is also an obvious problem. But - I can't tell whether the sense that I never want to do to, like, Daeran, or Woljif if Woljif comes back again, what was done to me, is actually picking up on a sense in which it would be genuinely unfair and a wrong to them, or if it's just - not having any kind of stomach to do what's necessary, and whether that will ultimately be an even greater wrong to everyone else who's trusted me."

Permalink Mark Unread

“I think it is specifically unnecessary to flog people half to death, that seems - genuinely unfair and a wrong to them in nearly all possible cases. Where we have physical punishments, the point is mostly the - social consensus building, I suppose. I don’t think fifteen lashes are much more persuasive about anything than five, and so the interest in not hurting the person should clearly win out. 

 

It seems possible that, in fact, punishment is almost always - a wrong, an evil, that you’re picking up on that correctly, and also that there are no paths ahead of us without any evils on them, and we just have to pick the least, but not call it Good for that.”

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am - not actually the sort of person who uses ideal Goodness as a guiding star. I just don't like seeing people get hurt, that's all. But I also don't like seeing the world get eaten by demons, so, you know, here we are."

"I guess… possibly we can try a system of unusually light physical punishments, for an organization of this sort, and - well, it probably won't be actively worse than what we're doing now. Hopefully. I think."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

“I think it’ll be better than uncertainty. Most things are better than that. 

 

If we have a legal code that we’ve written and reflects these values and priorities of yours, and trials are conducted fairly and openly within it, and it does say to kill people under some circumstances, and those circumstances happened, how do you expect you’d feel about it?”

 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"One of the people who worked with me to save Kenabres and to take Drezen is petrified right now," she says, which isn't really an answer but also seems like the most accurate answer she can give, somehow. "She was a powerful caster. She'd fought horrible demons with me. And she turned out to be a serial killer, who was killing our soldiers to sate the bloodlust of the spirit that granted her magic. She was a horrible person who absolutely could not go free and absolutely did deserve to die, but I didn't want to kill someone who had repeatedly risked their own life to help me, and so I petrified her. Spent a scroll on it."

"So I guess I would feel like that about it, probably. Which is not really an answer as to what I think I should actually do."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

“- I mean, it sounds like you handled it extremely well.”

 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - I mean, I don't exactly regret it, but I feel like petrifying people to be dealt with after the crusade is over instead of executing them may not be the most economical plan ever, and I should maybe be thinking about that given that a bunch of my troops are currently not getting any pay for what they do for us."

"....I guess it might not be completely nonviable if people didn't do execution worthy things very often. But it seems like - kind of a fundamentally absurd use of resources, doesn't it, to do it to everyone -"

Permalink Mark Unread

“A sixth circle spell? For - the option to do better, if you learn what better is in the future? It doesn’t seem outrageous to me, though we separately need to start paying your troops consistently and then everything else won’t have that as a comparison use of resources. 

 

I would recommend asking people if they prefer that, if it’s a situation where you have affordance to. Some people have done Evil, will still make Axis or the Maelstrom or at least want to take the chance, and it’d be - not mercy, to hold them until a statue crumbles.”

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure. Camellia was almost certainly evil, and would've tried to kill me with advance warning, but under more normal circumstances, sure, I don't have objections to killing people who prefer that to petrification."

"I'll feel kind of dumb, but not - monstrous. I guess. I think I kind of expected you to tell me that most of these opinions were sympathetic but that I needed to get over most of them."

Permalink Mark Unread

“I guess I think - sometimes you do have to do things that your heart is screaming are wrong, but - not nearly as often as people actually do it. Sometimes, if you’re trying very stubbornly to make things not be awful, they aren’t awful, because there was always something better there if someone was willing to work for it. 

 

Sometimes that’s not how it goes. But that’s the fourth virtue, right, to try things that you’ll feel very stupid for having tried if they fail, that will probably fail, but that are nonetheless worth trying.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm just really not at all sure that this is the time or the place for it," she says, tiredly. "But - "

My heart tells me, Seelah will occasionally say, on topics on which her shoulder Iomedae is silent. She's always kind of assumed that that was Seelah just not having any idea what she was talking about. But, of course, if she hadn't ever listened to her heart, she would probably still be dutifully worshipping Asmodeus in Cheliax.

"I guess it's true that - probably about half the people here are here specifically to follow me. So maybe it isn't so terrible, to try to go ahead and be me."

Permalink Mark Unread

“It almost always works better to be the strongest version of yourself than to try to be an inferior version of someone else."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Morgethai, a positively sane person is delighted about there being more forces of Good and willing to try developing an interworld transit spell if Nefreti claimed it'd work and concerned about what they'll do with post war Cheliax and interested in Andoran's ongoing independence from Cyprian, and also asks Iomedae how she's doing, which is a surprisingly awkward question. 

"- there's a lot of Evil here and I am determined to see it ended," she says.

             "Well, I guess one can't say Lastwall went astray."

"I'm honored to know them."

              Morgethai leans back, thoughtfully. "I myself try to maintain a politely distant relationship with the gods. If we bumped elbows too much I think it'd get awkward quickly."

"Alfirin says similar things sometimes."

                "My aid with the Teleportation Circles certainly doesn't depend on hearing anything in particular from you besides a plan that'll work. But I have to confess a great deal of curiosity about the person, and much less about the halfway divine embodiment of the importance of destroying Evil."

"- well, given that being what you are curious about I appreciate you asking about it," Iomedae says. "Give me a moment to think about whether I have an answer? It has, in fact, been an emotional day, but all of my first stabs at articulating it would be - wrong." Condescending to her allies, or inappropriately possessive of them.

And she closes her eyes and thinks. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"This world is - much worse than the world we thought we could achieve - but - there is a strength that in my world is extraordinarily rare and precious, that I have seen over and over again here, and I want to weep every time.

And I think on some level it had seemed possible that there'd only ever be what I could build, that the most I could hope for from Lastwall was that they hadn't lost the vision, and - people can carry a torch, not just rally around it.

I'll be able to do better, in my world, not because I failed but because we've learned.

Though it's disconcerting to try to tell when we disagree because they've learned something I just haven't learned yet and when I have a reasoned disagreement with them because they got something wrong. And that's not made simpler by being their god."

             "When you're not a god," says Morgethai, watching her intently. It's not exactly an insult. It ...is a test, she suspects.

"The holy books are missing some of the more embarrassing things. I really wish they weren't. If they're disillusioned with me it will genuinely constrain us in many important respects. If they're overawed we'll make plans that won't work."

              "Are they overawed?"

"Lord Cansellarion tried to smite me." She smiles approvingly at him. "I have been advised of papers written about my stupidest tactical decisions and told that I was a good battlefield commander nine hundred years ago and now had better get some tutoring. ....but also, yes, of course they're overawed! They and I can both agree that it's important they not be overawed, and also I am accustomed to operating so as to build my Church around me wherever I go and they are my Church."

           Felandriel Morgethai's face says very expressively that this is not a problem one has quite as much if one is Chaotic Good and not trying to be worshipped by a good fraction of everyone they meet. 

Permalink Mark Unread

" - you left things out of the books for being embarrassing? Or - were they edited?"

Permalink Mark Unread

“Edited! And then the originals stolen, but they wouldn’t have been vulnerable to that if they hadn’t done the edits.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Unless you think knowing will cause me to be less effective, what did early Lastwall think was worth hiding?"

Permalink Mark Unread

“I don’t have the books done in my own time so I don’t know all the changes they made, but the one which has already had immediate implications is that they cut Alfirin, unless she didn’t exist, and I’m leaning towards the former, the timeline lines up precisely and it really shouldn’t if I’d been without ninth circle support for the last five years.”

Sigh. “And there are a few candidate explanations for why you’d edit Alfirin out, but the one that stood out when I spoke with the Lord Watcher was -

When I was twenty nine, and under Arnisant holding Vellumis while we built the port there, and she was contracted with the crusade as a seventh circle wizard, we dated. And realized it was unwise, and stopped.”

Permalink Mark Unread

"...was there some additional impropriety? Like that she was attached to your command, or...? Because if not I don't see what's embarrassing about that."

Permalink Mark Unread

“Of course not!!! I do think it was predictably a bad idea, and means people trust my judgment with respect to her less than they otherwise would.

...Jan was politely appalled.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Something is missing from his picture here, because the church he knows wouldn't have gone to all the effort to redact its holy texts over that. His best guess is that to unravel it he should talk to someone who knows the situation - so someone from the Shining Crusade - who is not Iomedae herself. Nor Alfirin who's probably the next Shining Crusader he's going to meet. Hm.

...This is also not a good use of his time while a Thrune sits on the Chelish throne. He can come back to it later. He nods.

Permalink Mark Unread

Felandriel Morgethai's expression is best summarized as "Lawful people are sure something." She eats a biscuit. "Is all of this secret within your own world? Would it be possible for me to come by and do some tourism?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We'd sooner Tar-Baphon not know anything is up, but we're happy to bring you through to do some low-profile exploring, and we're also developing a strategy to hit Gallowspire faster if we have the aid of a second archmage, though I suspect Lastwall's going to have a lot of proposed improvements to our plans there which are in any event in their infancy."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would enjoy the opportunity to do some low-profile exploring. I'm not unwilling to spellcast for you, but if making my presence visible at all commits you and me to an escalation of the war I'd rather not."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes perfect sense. We have a few powerful spellcasters who are going to be absent doing work in this world, and you could if you wished backfill them for the Shining Crusade without attracting any suspicion, but I'm willing to bring you through on the understanding you're just going to look around and look into spell development on the interworld transit."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Backfill them with Mind Blank and mansions and some Teleports, or with adventuring? I'm rather retired from adventuring."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd be a very foolish Knight-Commander to turn down Mind Blank and mansions and Teleports. Our own high level wizards are mostly not retired from adventuring and do tend to expend most of their spells for the day in combat contexts."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I can't come through with you today, I try to arrange for any absences where I can't instantly be called back not to involve cancelling anything my nosy neighbors might learn was cancelled. Gallipsiwhoop can come through with you today, and then perhaps I'll join in a week or so. Gallipsiwhoop can do mansions and Teleports and so on for you on his own."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - you expect that'll work interworld?" It wouldn't work interplanar and she'd expect that to be the closest analogy.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Gallipsiwhoop is a seventh circle spellcaster in his own right," says Felandriel quite seriously. "He does not cast my spells for me, when he casts spells, but his own, and this is how I can appear to match Nefreti in how quickly I cast them. We do not share this widely, of course, for as long as the nosy neighbors remain a problem."

Permalink Mark Unread

Iomedae had no idea it was possible for familiars to become spellcasters in their own right but actually it does seem like the kind of thing a Chaotic Good archmage would 1) want and 2) figure out how to do. And 'impossible' is notoriously not for archmages that much of an impediment. "How foolishly limited my imagination. We'd love to have Gallipsiwhoop."

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Gallipsiwhoop will be the one to Teleport them back to the Cansellarion estate. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Commander Marit's operating in this world, she tells Lord Cansellarion before she leaves for Lastwall. If you think of more questions about the Shining Crusade or if any emergencies arrive we should be apprised of, you can do a Sending.

Permalink Mark Unread

Acknowledged. Answering his idle curiosities isn't a good use of his time or Marit's but it's good to know there's someone here if something more important should come up.

Permalink Mark Unread

And to Lastwall. Have they decided who wants to come back to the Shining Crusade with her?

Permalink Mark Unread

Lastwall has a few people they want to send, but the list is not very long because they don't know what transportation limits Iomedae has and don't want to read anyone in unnecessarily. Mirdeliendë, because if Aroden can empower her again she'll be a significantly greater asset to the Crusade than she is to Lastwall (And it will be good for her, though that's a distant third priority). Zaruls Rumblebrand and Isidoro Pedrotti, the intelligence officers who were present when Iomedae revealed herself and are now thoroughly unsuited for their previous duties which involved a nontrivial risk of having their minds read. Alexandre Riguez de Luna, one of Iomedae's paladins who was un-regenerably maimed ten years ago and has been doing scholarly work ever since. (The Shining Crusade is reasonably well studied and documented, but it could always be more well-documented!) And Lambert Falkner, whose second retirement (the first being from active service to a professorial career at the war college) is expected any day now, and can advise Iomedae on military matters.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's very glad to meet them all.  The transportation situation's going to be a Bag of Holding with a Bottle of Air, because their method of interworld transit is secret. It can fit five, and contains a scroll of Plane Shift should they somehow get stuck, which she doesn't expect. 

And then she'll take them to Drezen with her own boots of Teleport rather than tell Gallipsiwhoop the destination.

 

Is Korva available to take them over to the Shining Crusade?

Permalink Mark Unread

She sure is.

Permalink Mark Unread

She appreciates it. (Is it okay for Gallipsiwhoop to watch? Nefreti Clepati says that Morgethai, Alfirin, and Aivu will be able to design a way to replicate Korva's interworld transportation spell at ninth circle, and that will make it easier to keep Korva's role secret (while of course Korva's allies will remain bound to their commitments to her, as it's not as if they would have been able to do it without her even if they are able to do it by studying her.)

Permalink Mark Unread

...well, all right, as long as the agreement holds and they think it'll be helpful. She's a little mystified about Aivu's inclusion, but - Aivu did show up here from Elysium as soon as Korva started being a butterfly magnet, it's not impossible that Aivu is somehow connected enough to the powers that she'll be helpful for replicating them -

- anyway, sure, Gallipsiwhoop can watch, and she can take them across.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I assume you want to go back before I let Lastwall's people out?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Probably should. Any idea when you want me back next, since if I'm not mistaken we can't otherwise communicate across worlds?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We'd like to send Alfirin across in a couple of days along with everything I've offered Lastwall, if that works for you. You can come get us sooner if there's an emergency on your end. How's the Crusade? I've - had some opportunities to direct resources your way but I think they'd make it straightforward for people to guess you're helping us, so I haven't done anything like that yet. I can change how I navigate that tradeoff if you're in dire straits."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think we're in dire straits on a scale of days. I'll put some more thought into what we most need that will tip our hands the least, and get back to you when I come again in a couple days, how about that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds good to me. Fortune favor you, Korva."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, it has so far," says Korva. "Good luck to you, too."

And she'll be off again.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

The Fifth Crusade's next priority is a remotely functional justice system. She digs up the existing Mendevian regulations, which are complicated and in Hallit and leave a huge number of things up to officer discretion, and bear little resemblance to what anyone, including the Mendevians, have actually been doing for as long as they've been here. 

She talks to Dorgelinda first, since her story is still that Dorgelinda's theft is what prompted the response, and she wants to be open with everyone about that. Dorgelinda says she's willing to go along with it. She gathers a council. Regill, Lann, Daeran, Seelah, Harmattan, Dorgelinda, Chief Sull, the Wintersun representative, Early Sunset, and Irabeth. It's more people than she usually brings together, for decisions like this, but she wants to have the buy-in of as many people as possible without making the project unmanageable. No Marit. He would stick out, in this company, and - she does, actually, think that she can come up with something workable with just the people here.

The plan is not a full new legal code; they don't have time to do that correctly, and it would be a very big change to expect of everyone. It's a simplified version of the Mendevian regulations, with standardized penalties and a process for officers to formally request exemptions - so that all of the reasoning about whether they've erred in a punishment can at least be done out in the open, and not by sweeping infractions under the rug. There's a lot of argument, even about that much. Regill favors Chelish punishments, and Early Sunset is appalled. Chief Sull wants the Neathers to remain mostly independent, and Lann wants to hold their combat units to the same standards so that they're just as ready to fight demons as anyone else. Harmattan wants everyone to receive backpay before doing anything like this. Daeran offers several arguments that corruption is good, actually, since it gives you more flexibility to send resources where you really need them.

They do not get everything done, obviously. She assigns Harmattan to keep working on a draft based on their notes from the meeting, which they can all look over again in a few days, since this sort of thing is kind of a part of Harmattan's core job. 

It's not going to be perfect. It's going to be a pretty quick and dirty version of the thing that it is. But she's pretty hopeful that, by the end of the week, it'll at least exist in a form that they can actually use.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Shining Crusade is delighted to host Lastwall's representatives, and is - not totally sure in what capacity they are hosting them. 'As a diplomatic delegation from an allied polity' works, but probably underutilizes them, and of course the Crusade makes all actual diplomatic delegations stay in Vellumis so that trouble they cause is limited to Vellumis, which they don't want to do here because they trust these people. They're thinking maybe just ...as advisors to Iomedae personally, which affords some flexibility about them doing things that aren't for the Shining Crusade.  

"The thing I'm actually concerned with," Iomedae says once she's introduced Lastwall's people to Pereza and Karlenius and Arnisant and Alfirin and Kovets, her civilian-administration spymaster who is normally based out of Vellumis but who is going to be in the command tent in Marit's absence, "is that we and Lastwall are in fact two different countries with distinctly different cultures and will have lots of misunderstandings while we acclimate to one another, and this will cause more consternation than usual because we are more ambitiously allies than is usual. - for instance I'm sending them probably around four hundred thousand Absalom pounds of magic items because it's our best guess that they serve Good more there. I really want to be able to do this, this is the thing I've always really wanted to be able to do, this is in some ways the highest ideal of the Church, and also we should expect it to be so much work to do right."

          "Four hundred thousand?" says Pereza very unhappily. "How bad are things there? Don't we leave all this stuff to them anyway?"

Pereza can have a copy of her allocation proposals. They won't make him feel any better.

"Quite bad! And much of the magic items we left to them have been sold at various points, usually for good reasons - the equipment for high-level adventuring is different than the priorities for building a country. They could use it now, though."

                     "I don't know how you plan to spin this but it'll be wildly unpopular with the men," Arnisant says. "That's pulling some precious stuff out of - nearly every unit -"

"No," Iomedae says, "I suspect we're going to put nearly everything on the wizards and buy their forgiveness with all the spell improvements from the next nine hundred years. Did you know that someone got Rope Trick down to second circle? That doesn't make any sense to me! It felt like a bargain at third!! Unseen Servant's at first! Continual Flame is at second! You can detect magic through a scry, not just a greater scry, if you land it right!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Separately from the considerations of morale and the amount of use we'd get out of the items here, I am concerned that such a large transfer of resources across worlds will be noticeable. To Cheliax, once they start being put to use on the other end, and to Tar-Baphon much more immediately when we start collections."

Permalink Mark Unread

Lastwall's delegates, or at least the half of them with specific orders to investigate Alfirin in one way or another, turn to look at her. The spies even mostly manage to make it look natural. (The historian does not)

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think we need a story Tar-Baphon can discover about what we're doing here. There's the magic items; there's the fact we've changed footing. Marit's gone. I'm not sure how much he can use the truth, but even a small chance he could Wish his way over is really very costly."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Does the control granted by Command Undead function across worlds?" says Kovets.

Permalink Mark Unread

" - no idea. I guess it's worth the experiment when we next send someone across."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We'll need an undead to test in on, obviously. And I'm not confident that the results for command undead would generalize to animate dead, nor for that matter that results from a normal spellcaster creating their own undead would generalize to Tar-Baphon doing so, given that we know he's doing something nonstandard. I would expect command undead to hold and a normal necromancer's animate dead control to break, but I wouldn't be surprised to be wrong about either of those and I am less sure about Tar-Baphon's control because I don't understand what he's doing differently there."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You may do an Animate Dead for the test if it's going to be substantively further useful to figuring out what's going on there. Of course if Tar-Baphon doesn't himself know he won't risk it, and it seems unlikely he'd be all that much more sure than we are, but he's been around for a long time, I don't know if bizarre alternate timelines are more like the kind of impossible thing that happens once ever or more like the kind of impossible thing that happens once every few thousand years."

 

       "Ah, yes, let's send Alfirin to Lastwall with her own army of the undead, that'll be very reassuring to them," says Karlenius.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't suppose we have any recent casualties who volunteered to be temporarily reanimated for science, that not being the sort of thing we expect to do on Crusade enough to ask how people feel about it? Do we even have any onyxes, don't we usually destroy those when captured?"

"And I obviously wouldn't be bringing my army of the undead with to Lastwall, I'd be leaving them here, if I brought them to the other world they'd stay under my control and we wouldn't learn anything."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We've got two days, we can probably just ask people now whether, should they die, they'd be all right with being temporarily reanimated for science, though this is yet another thing that makes me want a story about what we're up to which Tar-Baphon, spying, can discover."

       "Alfirin has taken over the Crusade and is turning it to Evil," says Karlenius. "- come on, really, it's perfect, explains everything. Recalling a bunch of gear, releasing a bunch of new spells, Marit's gone and unfindable even with Discern Location -"

Permalink Mark Unread

The one-armed historian starts scribbling notes somewhat more intensely.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Actually, I just realized we're all being idiots about animate dead because we're not necromancers. I can reanimate some rabbits from the kitchen. Moral quandry solved."

"I don't think it's plausible that I could turn the Crusade to evil with everyone present still alive. Iomedae's unenchantable, for starters."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ideally it's a secret that does not, if discovered by our own people, prompt them to heroically try to stop us."

       "I don't see why not, that's how you find your best people," Arnisant says since Marit isn't here to say it.

"I don't want to burn through Alfirin's clones in advance of the war with Cheliax and it's not that hard to kill her." 

         

Permalink Mark Unread

"Much appreciated! Even if it would help us find all our best people, I'd rather find a deception that doesn't involve any of us dying repeatedly to sell it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We're redeploying a mostly-Teleport-capable force to Barstoi for an offensive there," Pereza says. "Marit's leading it and Mind Blanked. All of you have too much imagination."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...This requires us to fake a Teleport-capable force in Barstoi. Which will probably be attacked shortly, and if it retreats immediately that kind of puts the lie to the whole thing."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Actually," interjects Falkner, "A genuine second front in Barstoi would probably serve your interests well, and Marit's a good person to put in command of it - I realize he's not actually here, which does complicate things, but actually committing there would still produce enough organizational disruption to misplace...maybe not four hundred thousand pounds worth of materiel, but a good fraction of that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe I can put Cyprian in charge of it," Iomedae says thoughtfully.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Who?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Galt and the non-Imperial territories north of it are presently ruled by a military genius who, I'm told, everyone outside the war college agrees is the best commander since me, and seems like the kind of person who would care very much about removing that caveat, and is also kind of inconvenient for our current plans, and so I've been thinking about whether I can convince him to accept a command in the Shining Crusade."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He'd be good at every part of that except for stopping if you order him to do that before he's conquered himself a country."

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is while technically not in violation of the letter of my treaty obligations with respect to Ustalav definitely in violation of the spirit of them. Too bad, really."

          "Everyone outside the war college thinks he's the best general since you?" says Arnisant.

"The sentence was politely unfinished but I assume the war college thinks he's better. - war, being a science, has improved in the last nine hundred years, and we are now all of us ignorant of it. I should really have anticipated that but I in fact hadn't."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Inside the war college it's debated. I expect if he lives to your age without losing his wits it won't be, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is the grand destiny and the birthright of men to surpass their fathers and eventually their gods," says Iomedae, quoting Aroden. "If we can't have Cyprian, does the war college have anyone who has been yearning all their life to run the offensive in Barstoi we apparently should've tried? Who'd be good at it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Plenty of people who have dreamed it up on paper, fewer who are actually qualified to run it. You'll want to ask Zima for recommendations, I've been out of the active service for decades and only have rumor to go on for who makes a good commander in the actual field."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can put the rumor about we're launching a front in Barstoi, have that as the discoverable explanation for the item reassignments and Marit presumed to be scouting with a small team, and decide later if we actually want to do anything in Barstoi," Pereza says.

Permalink Mark Unread

Pedrotti, perhaps emboldened by Falkner's example, pipes up. "Interrupt me if none of this is new, but the way we'd do something like that in Lastwall is - send a request down the chain of command for anyone serving who's from Barstoi, pull some of your sneakiest scouts and - if you're not actually doing anything in Barstoi or not committed yet, send them and some of the soldiers you've identified as being from the area into hiding. Or on assignment on another front against another enemy if you can't afford to have them out of commission entirely."

Permalink Mark Unread

Most of the Shining Crusade command is not trying as hard as Iomedae to avoid glowing in pride at their BABIES who have, actually, a very mature and developed solution to the natural necessity of deception in war and the natural aversion of paladins to lying. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds like a cleaner and more systematic solution than we'd probably have arrived at," Iomedae says truthfully. "The other thing we can do to make it less likely Tar-Baphon intervenes and less catastrophic if he does is target and kill those lieutenants he might send if we assume him reluctant to go himself and not confident a Dominate or a Command Undead would hold across the worlds. It's not usually worth the bother, but if we specifically want them out of commission for the next few weeks, I expect it's doable.

I'm rather assuming Lastwall can handle themselves with respect to how they'll utilize stuff without tipping their hand. They're fighting on - kind of a lot of fronts, there's more built-in confusion."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I trust you thought pretty closely about these tradeoffs," Karlenius says, "but  - we're going to lose a lot of men, for a cause we can't tell them about, and that's upsetting to me."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. I've been thinking about it in terms of - if the Worldwound opened up in our world, if Belkzen attacked, if the western Empire were overrun by the Church of Asmodeus, we would obviously - I was open about this in the charter - send aid where we could. The soldiers would demand that we did, frankly. We can't tell them that those things happened, but - I think it matters that if we did, they'd be glad to hear we were handling it. And that they'd expect to hear we were handling it. 

 

And that, if Lastwall were doing much better than us and had less need of aid, they'd send us some. I am sure of them, in that. If we are in a god-compact with them - and it's probably a bad idea for most people to think of it that way because you'll use the concept wrong - but if we are in a god-compact with them it's one that calls us here to aid them, because it's an observable feature of them that they'd aid us if we needed it more."

Permalink Mark Unread

"About eight hundred adults die in the western empire every day."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Next item of business. But I guess that's a great way to introduce it.

Lord Cansellarion wanted 'A hundred thousand soldiers, four teleportation circles, a miracle to stop planar travel and communications in and around Egorian, you and Karlenius and Arnisant and Marit and anyone else who's as good in a fight but didn't get into the histories, a top-rate navy, and a gold dragon.' Navy's negotiable with more Teleportation Circles. Dragon's not really a necessity and I think I substitute for some of its symbolic value. 

If we are willing to use Cyprian's soldiers we could probably do that next week. If we want to use ours, we need a Miracle from Nethys to let Alfirin and Morgethai have an intertimeline teleportation circle, though His High Priest in the other timeline thought he'd oblige. And they need time to, uh, invent the spell, I don't know how long that'll take. 

 

I don't know how much we'd be giving up if we use Cyprian's forces. - well, concretely, we'd be giving up 'we build the country', and we'd be giving up some - clarity and authority around the victory which it'd ideally possess. I want everyone in Cheliax to understand that Iomedae and Asmodeus fought and Iomedae won. 

I'm not sure how much I should be willing to pay for it.

- also pulling all of us out, even temporarily, will be extremely destabilizing here, but I have some ideas for that. I want to get a bunch of our retired wizards back with the promise of all the new spells, and I want to just ask Aroden to pay a lot extra and push Narthoc to ninth and leave him with the diamonds."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The remaining diamonds after you use one for a Miracle in ...Egorian - why Egorian - and one for a Miracle for the Teleportation Circle?" asks Peraza. "So that's zero diamonds."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Egorian is the capital of Cheliax now. House Thrune relocated upriver after they won the civil war." Nobody present knows the size of Lastwall's strategic diamond reserve, so they're not going to volunteer it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Presumably Lastwall has at least one. And we've got two churches of Abadar we can buy from. And the secret of intertemporal trade to buy with, or at least supposedly we will."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think if I leave Narthoc with two and leave one of us back - and Cansellarion didn't know Alfirin existed, so I bet he can make do without Arnisant - then it'll hold for two weeks and I want the fighting over inside two weeks anyway. 

 

It's actually not clear to me if Lastwall will give us a diamond to blockade Egorian. ...maybe they'll give us a diamond out of the Goodness of their hearts and then we can use one of ours on Egorian. But they're trying at neutrality. I do expect the Church of Abadar will give us five, on successfully offering them interworld contact, and maybe three on our promise it's under development and we'll offer it when we have it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"She's not just out of the holy books they have no idea she existed?" says Karlenius.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The backup copies were stolen. - Marit offers you two to one that future-you did it, incidentally," she says to Alfirin.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmmm. How unflattering were you planning to be?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Scribble scribble.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have spent the last two days having the most unpleasant vouching-for-you conversations in which I say 'look, I don't know for sure that she isn't Areelu Vorlesh, but she'd have a really good reason if she were' - besides, making you look bad makes me look very bad. It's clearly to my advantage to present you as obviously totally trustworthy so that the fact I trusted you totally does not look insane."

Permalink Mark Unread

- and then she cuts it out with the joking tone. 

"You have given your life to this work, and I am very grateful. I have since met some other archmages and that persuaded me that I probably, in the original holy book, underrated you - but only because you made it easy to take for granted your carefulness and dedication and your disinterest in abusing the astounding cosmic power you possess."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...No bet."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I would've had the holy book say that you matched Norgorber for never getting caught at anything," says Karlenius. "- and He erased all records of his mortal life too."

Permalink Mark Unread

Scribble scribble! De Luna is going to fix the historical record so hard.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, if you put that in the holy books," says Arnisant, "and then she turns out evil later, that does look pretty bad."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The holy book's not going to claim to be a referendum on Alfirin's essential character, but it should contain a record of the work she has done for the last thirty years."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm just giving political advice, here," says Arnisant, "which is that you don't want to let future Alfirin undermine you and you don't want to sound like you have a soft spot, what with how you're going for being the goddess of not having any soft spots."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The holy book will probably have been a very carefully worded combination of all of these considerations," she says tiredly, "and when Lastwall decided to cut Alfirin for, uh, being the sort of thing that whether or not it was a mistake will inspire imitators to mistakes, someone - who it sounds like we all bet is future Alfirin - decided to replace it."

         "I am genuinely surprised you let them cut things for being embarrassing," Pereza says. "For being - actively incorrect, for encouraging an impression that, as a god, you realized was a wrong one -"

"I think probably the line between 'bad for the Church because it's embarrassing' and 'bad for the faith because it gives people misapprehensions' is in many individual cases unclear. I am disappointed and somewhat concerned, but - not with anyone alive today in either timeline."

              "Except Alfirin, maybe," says Karlenius. 

She nods. "Maybe we will soon learn more. - Alfirin, before you head across you should petrify or something our Baphomet cultist, in case your departure breaks Dominates."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mm? I suppose we don't have a good workshop for him back on that world, and he might have allies who'd try something, so I guess leaving him petrified here isn't losing that much time."

Permalink Mark Unread

 


"Karlenius, you're on redeployments for Barstoi and figuring out item reassignments, pull in whoever you need, I know it'll be annoying.  Arnisant, I'm not relieving you in general command yet because I need to tell Aroden all of this and I think that conversation's reasonably likely to be incapacitating, if He wants to take a close look and He'd better, what with how I'd like the Age of Glory to actually work in this timeline. Alfirin I assume you want to learn all the future's spells and then figure out which ones we're offering everyone else, which we're selling, etcetera."

 

       "And who's assigned to fret over you the whole time you're wobbly from speaking to Him," says Karlenius, because Marit's the person who'd usually insist on that but they can't have no one insisting just because he's out.

"I do not actually require that service," says Iomedae tiredly. "He does check before He incapacitates me if anything bad is going to happen as a result. Marit just doesn't trust Him."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, of course. I'm happy to take on the difficult task of learning nine hundred years of magical innovations." Iomedae has apparently just been spending days justifying her trust in Alfirin and Alfirin's not going to make that situation worse by volunteering to fret over her in front of a historian and a couple of spies.

 

She'll fret from afar.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Some guards will show the delegates to their rooms and tell them they have permission to explore the camp, or for that matter go off to see the world, though they should have someone with them if they're poking around camp to avoid miscommunications. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The spies aren't going to poke around the camp yet. De Luna would like to interview people about the ways spellcasters are used in the Crusade. Mirdeliendë would like to negotiate a permanent transfer to this world, ideally a swap with another fifth-circle wizard as this leaves Lastwall no worse off and the Crusade somewhat better off. She seems very impatient about this.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Crusade is happy to enable this permanent transfer subject to concerns about secrecy. They can get her a contract to have in mind as the framework in which she'll work as their wizard even if the details are still being worked out.

De Luna will find that six people accuse him of being Marit.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Cleric. Mirdeliendë will also be working for them as a Cleric.

 

De Luna does not mind being accused of being Marit, (He isn't) but he's curious why they think that! Can they tell him more about Marit?

Permalink Mark Unread

...cool! They are delighted to have Mirdeliendë as a wizard and cleric. ...of Aroden, presumably. They do not have a contract for that but can get one drawn up.

 

 

....they know perfectly well that De Luna is Marit and are NOT GOING TO FALL FOR IT YET AGAIN.

Permalink Mark Unread

...OK but he'll just. Tell them that he's not Marit. Because he's not. His escort will also tell them that he's not Marit, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

His escort thinks this is incredibly hilarious and will point out that Marit would also have instructed the escort to claim that Marit was instead De Luna, a historian writing about the Shining Crusade.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is really not sure how to not mislead them into thinking he's Marit since apparently just telling them won't cut it -

He can swear on it he supposes? He swears he is not Marit. He doesn't really expect it to help.

Anyways, from their perspective he's either a historian authorized to ask questions about Marit, or he is Marit, and either way he's allowed to know about Marit! Can they tell him more about Marit?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Eventually his escort after a suppressed fit of giggles will explain that Commander Marit has a hat of Alter Self and a habit of wearing it and striking up conversations about topics where Tar-Baphon might want the relevant information and gradually enticing everyone to share military secrets with him, which is what 'I'm a historian with questions about how the Shining Crusade uses spellcasting' sounds like, though usually Commander Marit's more subtle. 

The escort will explain that he's only explaining this because he in fact knows what De Luna's deal is, but as they can't explain it to anyone else, he's going to have a hard time with this interview strategy in general.

Permalink Mark Unread

Does Marit go around falsely swearing that he's not Marit? That seems very bad for his law!

Permalink Mark Unread

No, but one of Marit's Called assistants could truthfully swear to that and Marit would definitely chew you out afterwards for telling someone military secrets just because they swore they weren't Marit.

Permalink Mark Unread

What if he swears that he is a historian making a record of the crusade for the nation Iomedae plans to build, with Iomedae's permission, and that he has to the best of his knowledge never spoken to Marit or an agent of Marit, and that he is not trying to get anyone in trouble for being insufficiently paranoid.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

....Tar-Baphon's agents would just do that and be lying. Like, that is indeed persuasive that he's not Marit or Marit's friends, but the possibility Marit was attempting to bring to salience with all his activities is that Tar-Baphon would be spying.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

...Their operational security is commendable. Can he demonstrate that he is actually a paladin by laying hand on someone, or finding someone with detect good up? Or - probably he should just wait until he can next speak with Iomedae and ask her for something he can show people to convince them that he's actually just a historian?

Permalink Mark Unread

This conversation has at this point attracted enough attention that someone present can confirm he is Lawful Good and not under any other spells unless he's ludicrously good at hiding them. 

 

They will tell him all their military secrets, in that case. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you! Finally! He'll write down some of their military secrets!

Permalink Mark Unread

Iomedae goes to a room where she's alone and kneels on a pillow and closes her eyes and tries to make herself legible to Aroden, to look up at Him and everything He stands for and show Him the extremely confusing and horrifying set of things that apparently happen, in the other world, to warn him. To not attempt the Age of Glory at all or at least not until He knows how and why it happened like this. Hundreds of millions of people starved, the Worldwound opened, Cheliax conquered by Asmodeus, starving packs of beggar children on the streets of Almas, almost everything lost and betrayed - Arazni -

Permalink Mark Unread

Aroden is not entirely surprised to receive this prayer, and...is somewhat relieved, both because it means Iomedae is aware that there are perhaps relevant questions with answers He would prefer to know, and because it makes it any amount less costly to speak with Iomedae more directly. 

(He could do it anyway, she is his paladin and very closely aligned, but He - generally prefers to avoid that.) 

...Anyway. What Aroden knew, before this point, is that there was a mildly-surprising ripple of noise and confusion in gods'-view prophecy, one that wouldn't have stood out much at all except for how He couldn't trace down its source 

- and then, not very long before this particular prayer, there was a MUCH MUCH LOUDER AND MESSIER set of ripples, and at the point when Aroden sees Iomedae reaching for Him, and reaches back, He knows little more than that - 

Permalink Mark Unread

(and, in the middle of the noise, the perception of one of His clerics, except...not...a cleric He never chose but who is - not only very clearly aligned with Him but equally clearly someone He chose once before -)

Aroden is so incredibly confused and He does not like it at all. He never has. 

(on a separate thread, because gods have a lot of attention, He is noting that Iomedae's thoughts contain the knowledge of another world and - maybe this time it's going to be a world with resources that will make a real difference, and be worth reaching for) 

 

 

....He prefers not to do this to His followers, but Iomedae can handle it better than most, and so - He is going to pull her in, as gently as He possibly can - it's all tangled together in her thoughts and He needs it clearer than that, the cause-and-effect laid out to the extent she understands it herself - what happened when the Age of Glory should have happened, in what order - 

 

(- and, Arazni, He - is still, in fact, capable of caring, if not more, at least differently about Arazni than He does about all of the sentient minds everywhere. But it's not yet clear what went wrong, to Him, in Iomedae's thoughts, just - horror, not fully translated across a communication-barrier that He wishes more than ever He had figured out how to cross more effectively - and it seems like not the highest priority, right at this moment, His sense is that it's not timed to when the Age of Glory went wrong...) 

Permalink Mark Unread

She was expecting this, and tries to - relax into it, because He's not trying to hurt her and if she thrashes in response to the ways it feels like being scoured in flaming sands then they'll have a harder time communicating.

 

He's dead. That's the most important thing, the thing to convey first. In the other world, he is dead, and the storms of the godwar ripped the world halfway apart, and hundreds of millions of people starved in the year without a harvest. (At ABSOLUTE MINIMUM the Age of Glory should be RESCHEDULED TO MIDWINTER.)

Also there's a rift to the Abyss.

Also ASMODEUS has CONQUERED THE WESTERN EMPIRE and is trying to make everyone in it go to Hell. Eight hundred adults a day. Of course Alfirin looked it up. How can other people not trust her, knowing that she's the one - the only one - who looked it up - that's not useful context for Aroden right now -

 

Aroden's holy book has hymns about the aftermath of Earthfall, about waking to a shattered world where everything that you believed in is gone and won't come back, about piecing the world back together in its ashes.

It wasn't supposed to happen again.

Permalink Mark Unread

....It wasn't,

and if it ever somehow did happen, He wasn't supposed to be dead,

that's among the only things that He would never have knowingly risked,

 

- and it's terrifying, to know that He apparently missed something anyway - 

- he never intended to walk away, never ever, that was always the most important thing, why He did everything He ever did, and if it wasn't even worth it - 

 

(Aroden wouldn't normally try to communicate this, but - not because it's hard to communicate to mortals without hurting them. Mostly because it almost never helps, to show His mortal followers that He, too, can and does miss things, however clearly He tried to convey in all of His holy books that of course He would.) 

 

- spare a moment of attention to convey that He needs no further convincing about Alfirin being their ally. He isn't sure how useful this will be for Iomedae (and he should be careful, here, so careful, if He wants her to clearly remember all of this conversation) - ...note that He is less convinced about the possible-distant-future Alfirin. It takes - a great deal of care, to maintain one's values over time as an immortal - but Aroden knows that it's possible, and Alfirin seems at least more likely than most to be careful enough. 

 

 

(He should really keep this conversation as short as possible, more for Iomedae's sake than for the sake of His intervention-budget, though both are relevant constraints.) 

 

- can Iomedae convey any more mortal-level detail about this rift in the Abyss, or about Aroden's future Empire that Asmodeus conquered. All of this is, unsurprisingly, not visible via His usual godsenses at all, and His only source of information on it is Iomedae. But He is bringing forward quite a lot of attention to interpret what she knows. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She is doing her very best to lay it out plainly, but she doesn't know all that much either. Asmodeus took control of Cheliax through a pact with House Thrune after a horrendous thirty year civil war in the power vacuum left by the collapse of His church.

(She's going to go take it back, of course. She needs Him to spend the cost - which she knows is much higher when the strength isn't earned - to push Narthoc, his strongest cleric, to ninth, so that she can leave him behind with some diamonds to hold the lines while she takes half the Shining Crusade off to crush Asmodeus's country. If He wants to additionally help, she needs more diamonds, the ability to cast Miracles from her own strength instead of His, and Arazni back but He already knows she wants that.)

(Arazni in the other world is undead and enslaved by Geb. It's terrible and she can't just send an army off to go and fix it.)

The rift in the world was opened by an archmage named Areelu Vorlesh, right when Aroden died, when the planar boundaries were presumably all screwed up by the godwar. It is definitely also a problem, but - she thinks it'll hold until she's solved Cheliax.

Permalink Mark Unread

Which is really all the information that Aroden needs. 

(He isn't pleased with it, and - it's a novel experience, actually, facing something anywhere near as upsettingly out-of-context as Earthfall, even if only in hypothetical form. Most of His establishing attention-patterns aren't used to it.) 

 

- acknowledged. He (a quick check of the relevant resource-budgets) can commit now to raising Narthoc to ninth circle. He cannot at this time commit to anything else. 

 

 

...should He also re-empower His apparent former cleric? He noticed her immediately but now has an actual explanation for her, He just...is not sure if from Iomedae's vantage point this seems like the best allocation of resources. 

(Note: Iomedae should assume in general that He knows far less than she is probably used to expecting about His ability to reasonably allocate resources, at least until He has figured out whether it's even safe to attempt to learn more directly about the other, later, Golarion. It may not be.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, they want to shelter and reempower as many of Aroden's former priests as they can get, unless it's wildly more expensive than they're expecting. They can help on the Shining Crusade and be traded for resources to the other world, where god-intervention-budget is more constrained because it's only Iomedae.

(She did turn out right. They have that, at least.)

Permalink Mark Unread

(Aroden is not surprised but it's - good to know, and probably even more reassuring than that for Iomedae, who doesn't yet have god!Foresight.) 

He will convey that it's actually less expensive than empowering new clerics, overall, especially if they can mostly arrange to send over former priests who were higher-level when Aroden died. It's a worthwhile trade. 

 

 

- and He is very proud of Iomedae, and expects it to go better for both of their goals if He ends the conversation now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Oooof.

 

(If Alfirin wants to fret from a distance, she'll have a much easier time landing a scry on Iomedae now than she usually would.)

Permalink Mark Unread

She can usually land a scry on Iomedae, when she needs to. It helps that she knows her well, and it helps more that she has a lock of Iomedae's hair. (Iomedae wouldn't let her return it)

She does it greater, so that instead of anchoring to a mirror it directly gives her another set of senses, and frets, and paces, and argues with herself about whether it's appropriate to actually do something about the thing where Iomedae is suffering.

 

She and herself negotiate an agreement where she brews Iomedae a pot of her favorite tea for when she wants to relax, and sets it down with a cup next to her and slips out to (quietly) chide the guards for letting her do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Korva feels like it's been entirely too long since she killed something. She sort of wishes she could blame this on the sword, but Lariel's sword has waited a hundred years for someone to pick it up and continue its quest, and it'll patiently wait as long as it needs to to see the quest through. So it's all Korva. She wants the simplicity of ending another creature's life.

The crusade, unfortunately, doesn't need her to kill anything just now, since she doesn't have any more leads on notable demon activity, or survivors inside the barrier, or any place that she particularly needs to scout before the spring. The crusade needs her to go over their troop deployment decisions. Or, at least, that's what Regill is doing in the command center by himself, at six in the morning. She can see that he's doing this because she has to pass the command center to leave her room and get breakfast, which is in the same building off the same hallway. He has the map marked with half a dozen little red stones, along the barrier.

"What's up."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The snowcaster elves lost two members of their patrol squad to the north, last night, and wish to speak to you. An entire patrol to the south was found dead, one of the mixed Lastwall and Mendevian teams."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Bad night."

"The Lastwall people can usually handle themselves, do we have any idea what kind of demon it was?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"As the entire patrol was found dead, we do not. They were stripped of obvious magic items, but not their armor, which may imply a certain range of attention span or may reflect simple disinterest. Unfortunately, these losses are not unusual. We've been losing more and more men, as winter drags on."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Each of these points you have on the map is - what, a lost patrol? Over how long?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The last two weeks. Not all of them were wiped out entirely, a few included dying survivors who were later recovered. But each of them represents a skirmish that the demons won. Obviously, that's in addition to losses that occur in the course of conflicts that do successfully rout the demons."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - Regill, that's a patrol loss every other night."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. And it is unsustainable, with the numbers we have."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Okay, what do we think. It wasn't that bad a month ago. What's happened."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Most obviously, winter, and the influx of troops with no corresponding increase in supplies. Tired and hungry soldiers fight less well than ones that are properly supplied. The pattern is, as one would expect from that explanation, a gradual increase in the number of casualties over the course of the last month, not a sudden uptick. Most immediately, the disappearance of Woljif Jefto and his frankly concerning number of endure elements spells, which limits us to four fewer patrols a day."

Permalink Mark Unread

...she had known that, about Woljif. All winter, they've had plenty of troops who are available to go on patrols, but not enough wizards or clerics to give them endure elements. You can't send soldiers out without it, this far north. They'll die half the time, whether they run into demons or not. Woljif, probably because of the power bleed he got from the fight for the Kenabres wardstone, covers eighteen people a day, and Korva has a trick to extend the arcane version of the spell for a full forty-eight hours. So thirty-six fewer people a day, on the barriers. 

Feeling sorry for people sucks. It is, apparently, a really shitty thing to do to everyone else.

She stares solemnly at the little stones for a bit.

 

"No, that doesn't explain these losses, does it? Fewer patrols means worse spacing and more demons getting through without engaging a patrol, it shouldn't mean more patrols getting wiped out. Assuming that the people we have on deployment did in fact respond by sending fewer patrols out, and not thinning the ones we have."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We did respond by sending out fewer patrols. The effect on losses depends on the circumstances. Sometimes, a demon may get through entirely without engaging. Other times, a patrol team is far off enough that they are forced to spend the entire period the demon lies stunned on reaching it, and doesn't have enough time to finish it off before the demon comes to its senses."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Even so. ...and the men have been eating better, the last week. If losses are still going up I don't see how it can be due to supply issues getting worse."

"We do need to find someone else to give us more endure elements. I know Mendev is notoriously low on wizards, but there must be a way to recruit people willing to do that, it doesn't even require a person to see any combat. Its first circle, a completely normal laundry wizard could do it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Foreign wizards would increase our safety margin enormously, but the vast majority of them would, of course, require payment. The number of people willing to work for the sake of a cause, let alone endure any sort of adversity for it, is unfortunately quite small."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Naturally."

"Have you asked the rest of the Godclaw forces again about getting us some Signifiers?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have. They claim not to be able to spare any at this time."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Hm.

"Regill, you served under Aminos Renth for years before you made Paralictor, right? You know each other well?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did, commander."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I need you to ask Paralictor Renth what his recent losses look like. It's probably us, somehow, but - we don't, actually, have fewer people patrolling our stretch of barrier than there were along the old barrier last winter, it's not like they had Woljif either. And these aren't normal winter losses, or you wouldn't be in here puzzling over them. I want to know if the Chelish forts near here are seeing elevated losses, too."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Understood, commander."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Cool. I'm gonna go talk to the snowcasters."

 

The Ilverani squad is one of the many groups that showed up in tiny numbers to assist the crusade after the successful attack on Drezen. Unlike the other such groups, almost nobody had ever heard of them, and they came from the north, not the south. There were only six of them. They claimed to have received instructions to help directly from the goddess Findeladlara, but wouldn't elaborate on what those instructions were. They refuse to bunk with other soldiers - refuse to sleep anywhere in Drezen, actually, even on the island. They refuse to speak to most other soldiers, refuse to buy food inside the city, refuse to use any equipment granted by the crusade, and refuse to patrol in groups including other soldiers. But they do patrol, almost every day, and are the only patrol group that doesn't require endure elements.

Their camp is a few minutes outside of Drezen. Korva can make the walk without wasting someone else's endure elements, although she does need to spend a Tongues to talk to them.

 

     "Two of our brothers have been slain," says one of them, when she gets there. He's not the one who usually speaks, which has always been the same one before. "We ask leave to take their bodies home."

She nods. "How long will it take?"

     "We do not intend to return."

Feeling sorry for people is a mistake. It was a mistake with Staunton, and a mistake with Nurah, and a mistake with Woljif, and it'll be a mistake if she feels sorry here.

"We still need you," she says, quietly. "Until the spring, we - you're the only people who can go out there without magic. And you're stronger than most of our troops are. If - if you need to go, then you can. But I would ask you to stay, until the spring."

     "You ask us to let their spirits die," says the Ilverani. "We have only six days to return home with them."

"I don't know what that means," she sighs. "But - will a gentle repose help? Sosiel's last for ten days, now. I don't know if it helps with - whatever it is you're doing - but we use them to increase the time that a body can accept a raise dead for."

     The elf regards her levelly. Even if his eyes weren't black and featureless, she doesn't think she could read his expression. "We will accept the spell," he says. "And then we will go. We may decide to return."

She nods. "Okay. - I wanted to ask you. Do you know what kind of demon it was?"

     "Two succubi," he says. "We killed them."

Two succubi. They'd have to have gotten - pretty unlucky, to lose two people to that. Succubi should barely be able to pass through the barrier at all.

She trudges back to Drezen, asks Sosiel to go to the snowcasters and offer them two castings of gentle repose, and starts working on gathering a party to ride with her to investigate the site where they lost the most recent patrol.

She hopes she runs into something to kill.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

It's only a half-hour ride to the site, if you're using phantom steeds. Real horses take all day to journey along the barrier and back, but Korva's phantom steeds are both ridiculously fast and capable of ignoring the difficult terrain. She takes Lann, Arue, Sosiel, Aivu, and Ember. No Seelah, because Seelah is currently patrolling with another group. No Daeran, because she doesn't want Daeran to see what she's going to do when she gets there, although if anyone asks it's because he hates phantom steeds.

The troops on patrol seem cheered, whenever they see her racing past. She's trying not to think too much about that. You are not a good commander if you get your people killed for no reason, whether or not the people in question realize it happened.

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is it," she calls, when they reach the site. "Human blood was spilled here, only hours ago."

Permalink Mark Unread

She gets down off her horse.

 

She only saw a part of the spell that Inquisitor Liotr used for watching past events, when they visited Daeran's old house. She had to spend half her time keeping Daeran and the other guests away, and didn't have time to observe the entire casting process. She also doesn't actually know the full set of limitations on the spell, or the circumstances under which it's useful; she hadn't asked. But she's very, very good at spell mimicry, and the violence of this place has only barely faded. So she does successfully copy Liotr's spell, and a ghostly version of the battle plays out for the second time that day.

Four Lastwall fighters, five Mendevians. Eight demons of various types. The demons are not stunned, by the time the party reaches them. They have the sharp edges and distortions of the demons that Xanthir Vang had been experimenting with, and are stronger than they ought to be. Little threat to Korva's party, if Korva were to encounter them, but this isn't Korva's party. The demons win, take a little off the bodies, and then escape, out into the Mendevian countryside.

 

Her party does, on the way back, get to kill something. A dozen demons come through all together, and Korva and her team swoop in to wipe the floor with them before the stuns can wear off.

It turns out that that doesn't really make her feel better about anything at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

The member of Iomedae’s staff assigned to escorting Lastwall’s intelligence officers around has been told only that they’re trusted allies. Well, spies for a trusted ally. They are mostly here to be helpful but will also presumably be making a full report to their home which Iomedae is very very confident will not pass it along to Tar-Baphon, or to the Emperor of Taldor, or to anyone else they’re concerned with. The spies won’t speak the language, and should be granted access to most things they ask for which Iomedae’s staff are themselves permitted access to. 

It is hard to imagine what trusted ally is important enough to grant their spies fairly free access to the Crusade command - well, Alfirin, but this isn’t how she operates - but Iomedae’s staff understands it to be the case that Iomedae is, like the other gods, constantly doing things difficult for mortals to comprehend from their limited mortal perspectives, so they go along with it. 

In the morning Caida, a first-circle cleric of Aroden, brings the trusted ally’s spies some breakfast, and a copy of the in-progress holy book which the one who calls himself a historian had expressed some interest in. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

The spies are curious whether and when they will be given actual assignments here. For classified reasons they are expecting to be here for a secret-but-nontrivial amount of time, and would like to be useful while they’re here. The leadership of the Shining Crusade has as much of a sense of how long that will be as they do, and a good sense of where people with their skillsets would be most useful. Though it sounds like maybe the person they would have ultimately reported to is Marit, and he’s not here at the moment?

Permalink Mark Unread

Caida can’t guess what assignments they will be given; Iomedae has been negotiating with Aroden (well, probably she was negotiating with Aroden for like five minutes and the rest of the time has been recovering from negotiating with Aroden, but he doesn’t say that) and it seems like something she’ll convey instructions on once she’s done with that. In the meantime they’re just supposed to help the representatives get oriented and learn what’s going on here, which will probably be useful for a wide range of possible assignments. 

(What is this trusted ally situation? He’s so confused.)

Kovets is here with the crusade in Marit’s absence. Kovets is the spymaster for liberated Encarthan - not Molthune Province, which they gave back to the Empire once they retook it, but from the Three Pines River up to the Path River. …he’s not clear on where they’re from, and what they know already.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

That’s classified.

Where they’re from they are military spies though, if the Crusade has the distinction between military spies and political ones. If it doesn’t that shouldn’t be a problem, but if it does it probably makes more sense to assign them with the crusade’s military spies rather than the civilians.

How is the Crusade going? For that matter, where are they, can they have some maps? They traveled here via magic so they don’t actually know where here is.

Permalink Mark Unread

Kovets is probably taking over Marit’s reports while he’s here though he’s normally the civilian spymaster. They can absolutely have some maps! They’re north of Urgir, having been planning to punch into Canterwall this season before deciding a week ago to take up a more defensive posture here instead.

…the Crusade is going spectacularly well, of course. It is the noblest and most cleanly fought war in the history of the Empire, and it is against an enemy so evil and so dangerous that when he first began his campaign of conquest the world despaired and many were inclined to let him roll over half of Avistan even though he was going to kill and enslave them all. In that order. But then Iomedae, who is going to be the goddess of Good actually winning, showed everyone that Tar-Baphon could be beaten, by beating him repeatedly, and now everything’s going well. Well, you know, war is hard, there’s cold and hunger and hardship, but they’re winning, which is what matters, and soon the world will be free of Tar-Baphon and his reign of terror and everyone can go back to building things instead of desperately defending them.

He is aware that this sounds slightly implausible but he can show them the old maps. They really are winning.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow! That sure is an impressive change in the maps. How much of that is Iomedae personally, vs. the other high-level adventurers, vs. the rest of the army?

Permalink Mark Unread

He’s not really sure that you can distinguish like that. Iomedae is the reason there is an army here and the reason there are other high level adventurers here. There were high level adventurers before her, and armies, but they weren’t beating Tar-Baphon. On the other hand if she had to just do it personally without backup or an army then it’d stick when he’d kill her, which he still can do if he is willing to expend a lot on it. 

 

…it was pretty rough when, for a year or so a few years back, the Crusade didn’t have an archmage. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, what happened there? Their archmage is Alfirin, right, did they not have the diamonds to resurrect her?

Permalink Mark Unread

No, this was when she was eighth circle. Their archmage was Arazni, who came from Heaven to help Iomedae win the Crusade. She was - not quite a god, and Iomedae not quite a god yet, but together they were definitely more than a god. Arazni could kill armies herself in the space of two, three minutes. But most importantly she could counterspell Tar-Baphon when he showed up, not with eight people clustering Greater Dispel Magic but just herself.

She died. When she died they were really constrained on what all the high level wizards could do because Tar-Baphon got bolder, they had to be ready to counter him, and they could no longer do it without vastly superior  numbers (plus of course they lost Arazni’s own twenty extremely powerful spells a day). That meant - no more regular Mansions, no more wizards digging trenches with a single seventh-circle spell, no more Mass Invisibility for whole units on the morning of an important fight or occasional Control Weather for better marching conditions. 

And then Alfirin made ninth, of course.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. So Arazni died, and the crusade had no archmage for a couple of years, and now Alfirin’s at ninth. How does Alfirin compare?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, she’s not halfway to being a god. Probably. But Tar-Baphon cannot safely show up anywhere, and problems that take a Tsunami or an Incendiary Cloud or a Disjunction or eight mansions get solved. It’s also great for recruiting mid-tier wizards, right, those always want to hang around an archmage and see what they can pick up, though Alfirin’s never taken an apprentice.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Never? Why not?

Permalink Mark Unread

Presumably because she hasn’t met anyone she’s sufficiently impressed with? Probably if you are an archmage and spend your time with Iomedae and Arazni and the Shining Crusade command who are all legendary heroes, other people end up coming across as fairly disappointing. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

“Well that’s no reason not to take apprentices! My brother’s a smith and it’s not like the scrawny kids he takes on are impressive when they start. They are when they’re done, though. That’s the point.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, they could propose it to Alfirin, or he can ask her for them if it’s of particular interest. She in fact hasn’t taken apprentices though.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

They suppose it’s not really of particular interest, and they don’t want to trouble her, but they’d expect Iomedae would have, if not directly ordered it, at least regularly gently suggested it. Or maybe directly ordered it! They don’t know how things are done around here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Alfirin is formally contracted with the Crusade for spellcasting, not in Iomedae’s command. This has always been true, or at least as long as Caida’s been around which is more than a decade now, it’s not a new thing since Alfirin became an archmage. Obviously things that Iomedae needs to have happen happen and spells Iomedae wants cast get cast, you can’t run a war if you can’t count on that being true, but he doesn’t know the precise underlying formal commitments and wouldn’t expect them to extend to ordering Alfirin to take an apprentice if she didn’t care to.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Interesting! Is this standard for wizards with the Crusade?

Permalink Mark Unread

It’s one of a couple of standard options, yeah. The pay’s a lot better if you are part of the actual command structure, but a lot of spellcasters value their independence or have other competing formal commitments and it’s worth working with them anyway. - and for Alfirin the pay is, uh, nominal. Taldor cannot afford ‘all the spells every day of an archmage and her routinely getting into fights with Tar-Baphon personally’. 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Is she getting non-pay compensation or doing this out of the goodness of her heart?

Permalink Mark Unread

Goodness of her heart. Well, and a look at Arazni’s spellbook and the opportunity to hit ninth circle in the first place but at this point pretty obviously the only thing keeping her here is that she wants the Crusade to succeed.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

They assume nobody else has hit ninth circle on crusade? How many eighth-circle wizards do they have?

Permalink Mark Unread

Caida makes a face, because that’s not at all a question you answer offhand for spies, except Iomedae did say that they were allowed to know everything her staff was allowed to know. 

“One in the army at eighth, one adventuring on a contract, one retired who’ll do buffs, and now of course the prisoner. Four full-time at seventh and half a dozen with some kind of arrangement where they’re helpful at least occasionally.”

 

Permalink Mark Unread

(That is so many. The spies let it show on their faces because De Luna's letting it show on his.)

And Tar-Baphon has... fewer? As many? More powerful spellcasters?

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, significantly more. Five or six at eighth, more than a dozen at seventh. When he wants to cast ninth circle spells he has to show up himself, and he's reluctant to, but they're outgunned for sheer spellcasting capacity and have been since Arazni died and arguably even while they had her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

How do they compensate for having so many fewer spellcasters?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, Iomedae can take literally anyone, Tar-Baphon included, possibly up to an actual Duke of Hell, down in a round, and they do come back but not immediately, and lose their items for good, and when it's important she can also talk the High Priests of other faiths into working with them and get some ninth circle cleric support alongside the ninth circle wizard support, and they have been steadily accumulating magic items that let them stretch their spellcasters farther, and also Iomedae just - things don't go wrong when she's around. They say gods can nudge fate.

Permalink Mark Unread

How much are they relying on Iomedae specifically there, or do they have enough powerful nonspellcasters that the enemy spellcasters have to be cautious for that reason?

Permalink Mark Unread

They have a lot of powerful nonspellcasters who the enemy cannot afford to allow to get near them. Most of the Shining Crusade command has been fighting for thirty years and is only slightly less dangerous. Paladins have some serious advantages at lich-killing, obviously, but it's not as if Arnisant can't do it when he gets a chance.

They rely on Iomedae specifically for the - things going miraculously better than they would be expected to. Everyone else is a very experienced very courageous very deadly fighter but no one else is going to be a god.

Permalink Mark Unread

How long have they known that Iomedae will be a god?

Permalink Mark Unread

 


That's a good question. Caida thinks it has gotten....steadily more obvious over the years, and she herself started acknowledging it openly in the last ten. One time a few years back he asked her if she would take a secret to her grave and she said very seriously that she would take it to the Starstone.

Permalink Mark Unread

...was her interlocutor reassured by that?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, honestly it's a little less reassuring than the normal version but she's a paladin, right, she's not going to say something that's more reassuring but less true.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, obviously not, but - it kind of implies that she's not planning to keep it secret after ascending, and they would expect someone asking her to keep a secret to also be asking her to keep it post-ascension - though they suppose asking for someone to take a secret "to their grave" is already a pretty weird request as far as secret-keeping goes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Iomedae is extremely reluctant to make commitments binding on god-Iomedae lest, you know, some god that'll be unable to manipulate her as a god sets out to try to do it in advance while she's still a human.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wise of her, they suppose. They can imagine this makes some people correspondingly less willing to share secrets with Iomedae, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe? It's not as if god Iomedae can't be expected to still care about the Good and exercise good judgment and desire that those who trusted her not be disadvantaged thereby. God Iomedae's going to care about all of that, even more perfectly than mortal Iomedae. She just can't afford to be bound in any respects where mortal Iomedae was wrongly guessing what approximated Lawful Good in a specific case. 

 

He is at this point vaguely self-conscious about how ridiculous 'my commander, who is going to be a god' must sound to people who don't stay up on the news about this. Presumably even in whatever backwater of Taldor where the language is spoken like this the broad strokes are known.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lastwall's spies will continue to ask questions of Caida as if they were foreigners with no context or prior knowledge of the Crusade and no particular interests. (Their actual interests being "What, actually, is Alfirin's deal" and "What other Alfirin-sized gaps are there in the historical record")

Permalink Mark Unread

Caida has been told to tell these people lots of things so he will, somewhat uncomfortably because lots of them are not in fact public things.

The Shining Crusade has been, on the whole, reasonably accurately depicted in the holy books of the faith of its goddess, with the one glaring omission aside. His impression of Alfirin's deal is that she is a very admirable person who has spent her life in the service of the Shining Crusade. ...he has heard the claim that she and Iomedae were, before they became too important for frivolity, lovers, but won't repeat it; he hasn't verified it. He thinks Iomedae's judgment is to a first approximation perfect and she trusts Alfirin. Alfirin doesn't, in fact, try all that hard to not be parsed as Evil but that is different from actually working against the interests of the forces of Good.

 

When they've talked for about half the day Iomedae's available for a brief meeting with Lastwall's advisors.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are available at her request, of course! Does she want all four of them?

Permalink Mark Unread

She wants the intelligence officers. (She separately expects some fascinating conversations with her military advisor but that's slightly less time sensitive, and she doesn't want to make her poor staff field the spies all day.) 

 

She will say straightforwardly that she's sure they aim to notice if there's anything here surprising to Lastwall, that she prefers they have the resources to succeed at that - and that it's somewhat in tension with her own best use of them, which is in Barstoi, where they're now running either a decoy offensive or a real one and where they have very little in the way of preexisting resources (a list of names they're in correspondence with openly or secretly, some not-likely-reliable maps, some soldiers from the region, that's it) so it's not even much disadvantage to be from another world. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They are happy to help in Barstoi, De Luna and Falkner will still be here to notice things surprising to Lastwall. Also it seems reasonably likely that Rumblebrand should stay here too, depending on what they can learn from the soldiers from the region - supposedly-itinerant dwarves tend to stand out more than supposedly-itinerant humans. Are any of the soldiers from Barstoi spellcasters who can share language?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not without someone giving them imbue with spell ability, but someone can so they should be all set. Rumblebrand if he wishes can be Grand Polymorphed to be not a dwarf though it's permitted to decline that as some people find it profoundly uncomfortable; if he wants it he should decide today so Alfirin can mask the spell as she casts it; the Polymorph will of course be until it's removed but the masking will endure a month or so. It's also worth a permanent Telepathic Bond if this is expected to be a reasonably long-standing working relationship; she'll tell them who to get the Bond with and who to have cast it. 

 

And then she can give them all her (sparse) available intelligence on Barstoi. Do they have any questions for her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

If he wants it he should decide today so Alfirin can what???

Permalink Mark Unread

Conceal the spell to Detect Magic and unskilled Arcane Sight. Only Alfirin can do that so if he wants it he should get it done before she leaves.

Permalink Mark Unread

They...did not know that was a thing that one could do. Though if it's a ninth-circle spell they suppose it's not that surprising they've never heard of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not ninth circle. (She doesn't know what circle, but it's never meaningfully traded off against Alfirin's powerful spellcasting.) It is the sort of ability that's much more useful if no one knows it exists; it sounds like it will be potentially be an extremely valuable component of the operational support Alfirin's planning to provide the anti-Hell forces in the future Golarion, if Cheliax too doesn't know it exists. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They will tell nobody except Saiville, who will presumably tell Lord Watcher Zima but probably not the other Precentors Martial. Rumblebrand will take the apparently undetectable Grand Polymorph. The telepathic bond will be similarly undetectable?

Permalink Mark Unread

It can be done just as easily and will last just as long. She'll send them with a couple of the local soldiers and a priest with the strength for Imbue With Spell Ability; do they need a wizard on top of that?

Permalink Mark Unread

They can't do their own telepathic bond, if that's what she's asking. They don't expect to need ongoing wizard support. Pedrotti is good with languages and should be able to pick up the dialect after a couple of share languages and a day or two in the field, (He'd prefer a share language now, and an extended one tomorrow when they actually go to Barstoi, and that should be sufficient to have it down before the spell wears off) and then he'll be able to cast it on Rumblebrand.

Permalink Mark Unread

Great. If they have a preliminary report for Lastwall, she can send it through with Alfirin (and with Alfirin's word to pass it along unread and unmodified, obviously). She wishes them fortune from its many sources.

Permalink Mark Unread

They will think about whether they want to send a preliminary report and what they want to include in it. They were expected to be out of communication with Lastwall for a while, it's not expected that they will send a report right away and there are definitely some things that they want to report in person. (They are also a little worried about their courier being the primary subject of the report. Not because they expect her to try to read it, but just because that's the sort of thing they worry about professionally.)

They assume, given how Iomedae is entrusting them with important secrets, that the Crusade has a plan for extracting them if they are captured or killed and reanimated? She should not tell them if she does, they are only mentioning it in case that's the sort of thing thing that seems obvious to them but was only developed three hundred years ago. A lot of seemingly-obvious principles of spycraft are ones that in fact only got learned through mistakes and they don't know what mistakes haven't been made yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

She suspects that her spycraft is indeed wildly behind the times but that particular concern is one the Shining Crusade does handle routinely given who their enemies are.

(The permanent Telepathic Bond turns out worth the expense because it turns a lot of extractions once people are dead into rescues while they are alive, and a lot of losses into extractions once people are dead.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Then they can get their telepathic bond and their Grand Polymorph and get both of those hidden??? for a month??? and their first day of the Barstoi dialect of Hallit.

 

They write up a report to send with Alfirin that barely touches on anything they've learned about Alfirin. (They leave a more thorough sealed written report with De Luna)

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Korva ends up running the barrier patrol three times, mostly out of pure restlessness, while she waits for Marit to be done training soldiers (and for Regill's runner, also riding a phantom steed, to come back with a reply from Paralictor Renth). There's a sense in which this is pointless and a sense in which it's the most important thing they're even doing here, but in any case she's spent a bunch of spells and a bunch of time giving her team endure elements and phantom steeds for the day, and she feels like she ought to make use of them. She doesn't run into much else to kill, though.

When it's evening, she wants to talk to Regill and Marit in the command center again.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Knight-Commander."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We have a problem. Regill noticed it this morning, or at least that's when he told me about it. Regill, did you get a reply from Paralictor Renth?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did. It would seem your suspicion was correct. The northern forts are also seeing elevated casualties, beyond the ordinary winter increases. The losses are not as extreme as ours, but they are certainly present."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A-huh. The problem isn't that our men are getting weaker, it's that the demons are getting stronger. We're losing significantly more patrols than we were a month ago, or than it's normal to lose at this time of year. The snowcaster elves - you probably haven't seen them, they don't come into Drezen if they can help it, they just camp outside the walls. They lost two men on patrol last night. We also lost a whole patrol to the south, apparently, one of the mixed Lastwall and Mendev patrols, which are normally capable of handling themselves."

"I talked to the snowcasters, and they said it was a fight with two succubi, which shouldn't be such a problem under normal circumstances. Then I took a team to investigate the site where the whole patrol party was lost, and did some poking around. I think it's Xanthir Vang's super-demons again. Except that Xanthir Vang is pretty thoroughly out of commission, so Jerribeth must have been right, and they've passed off the nyhandrian crystal ritual off to someone else. That, or there were a bunch of them left over who have decided to unstrategically attack us in small groups now, for some reason."

" - Marit, you're probably gonna need more context, aren't you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suspect so. You think the wardstones aren't getting weaker, but more powerful demons are trying to get through?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, that's what I suspect. We know the demons have a new way of making themselves stronger, using something called nyhandrian crystals, which they get from the Abyss. A particularly mad evil wizard named Xanthir Vang was previously in charge of the experimental transformation process, which I'm informed is very painful and frequently results in death. When it doesn't, though, you get a super-demon, with heightened abilities that make it more dangerous than it otherwise would be."

"We killed Xanthir Vang. Or, well, technically he was kind of hard to kill because he'd transformed himself into a sapient swarm of locusts, but we neutralized him and gave him to Jerribeth, the demon who had previously been preserving the village of Wintersun as a diverting hobby. I don't expect that she let Xanthir go, she hated him. But Jerribeth also said that the transformation ritual didn't originate with Xanthir, it originated with Areelu Vorlesh, and that Areelu would likely pass the information off to someone else, now that Xanthir isn't in the picture anymore. She also claimed that Baphomet's followers were in charge of the supply process. Whether that's all true - the source is, you know, literally a demon, but that's the information I have about it."

"The previous batch of super demons honestly spent most of their time messing around inside the barrier. We didn't see many of them make it all the way to the barrier patrols. But it looks like that's changing, now, and it's going to be harder to hold the barrier if all of the demons that come though are tougher now."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"All right.

 

If all of what you just explained isn't known to the organizations holding the other Worldwound borders - well. You should tell Lastwall. I trust them to repay the favor where they can. Regill can perhaps speak to whether the same is true of the Hellknight orders and of the Chelish forces; I don't know if the Worldwound treaty forbids them from using strategic information like this provided by us to our active detriment, say by enticing all the superdemons to go for Mendev or something. It could be worth telling them even if they're going to be maximally hostile with the information, of course, I just possess too little context to suggest it. 

I am also tempted to suggest a Commune request to Lastwall, on whether it serves the peace and safety of this world for the Fifth Mendevian Crusade to invest extensively in handling the, uh, nyhandrian crystal ritual situation and if no whether it serves the same to call in bigger guns. - by my own values, I'd ask whether it serves Iomedae, but my best guess is that 'serves the peace and safety of this world' is closer to the question whose answer you care about.

Can we make our patrols much stronger, or give them consumables that strengthen their sufficiently-serious-emergency capabilities?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The big thing we're bottlenecked on is endure elements castings. After that there are lots of other things we can do to make the people in the patrols stronger, provided we have the money to pay for them, which we mostly don't. But the big blocker, right now, is just first circle spell slots. In comparison to a Chelish fort, Drezen probably has more than twice as many soldiers who could fight, but it has far fewer wizards to shield them from the cold. If we had twice as many endure elements castings, we could double the number of people in each patrol, and then they'd be a lot harder to take down. I am, having recognized this problem, pretty tempted to ask our allies for a ton of wands of endure elements, which as forms of aid go are at least fairly inconspicuous, if not economical."

"I guess we probably should also tell the other Worldwound forces, if they're going to be dealing with the fallout of the problem, too. I'm not particularly worried about the Chelish forces directing the superdemons here, if they weren't interested in holding the Worldwound I don't think they'd be expending so many resources holding it. I... guess we could also call in a commune to Lastwall, although that honestly isn't the sort of thing we've really done in the past, and I don't know whether they'll think it's worth a commune. And I'm not really sure that I think it's worth a commune, either? What are we going to do if they say no to both, just ignore the problem instead of investigating it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't have a perfect guess how much the end of prophecy changes their internal estimate of the value of a single Commune question but I'd be surprised if it were worth far more, to them, than a Worldwound patrol; experienced senior soldiers aren't cheap either. If they say no to both I would assume that the problem will either resolve itself or is beyond any power we can call to aid us, or is unrelated to these crystals and we need to look elsewhere for the source.

How many first circle wizards do we have? How many Endure Elements castings?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...like, ten, for first-circle wizards? And then another six or seven second-circle ones, mostly people who were helping hold the fort that used to hold the wardstone that now rests here. Wizards are less than a third of our endure elements castings, even if you count Woljif, who was able to cover thirty-six people a day before he left, if I extended his spells to last two days. I can do that for anyone who can cast the arcane version of the spell. But most of our castings, unfortunately, are from clerics. The Sarenites mostly get it as a domain spell. Higher circle people also put all of their first-circle and often second-circle spells towards it, if they can cast it, although Nenio's weak on abjuration and therefore isn't very much help here. Daeran doesn't do endure elements, but he can grant cold resistance that lasts all day, so three patrols get covered with that. And some of the experienced paladins can cover themselves."

"I think it comes out to close to three hundred people a day, if you put everything towards it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I still prefer not to reveal my capabilities openly but I do have eleven first circle spells a day, and seven at second circle, and five at third, and know how to extend spells, if this is work you would like me to join. We can also probably purchase wands for it which would at least get us through the winter.

- also, you should see if you can personally pick up Arazni's Endure Elements. It's of course not the kind of thing normal people can learn, but - much of our work here is premised on you not being limited to the ordinary uses of magic. And She could do twenty targets with a single casting and make them not slowed by snow and able to see through a blizzard."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I could try it, if I can see someone cast it. I've never been able to song-spell endure elements, I've been trying for years, but I can do a different thing to mimic any spell I've seen someone cast, fifth circle or below. Hasn't failed yet. Only twice a day, though, so it trades off against teleports."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. Well, it's very useful in the field when the weather's terrible. I only know the one person who can do it, but you could ask her to show you.

The recent losses - how much are those going to bite, in themselves rather than part of a trend? I know we've generally only been sending senior people out..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Pretty badly, I suspect. And the more senior people we chew through, the weaker the newer patrols are, and the more likely they are to die. Regill's numbers have us at sixty-seven people dead on patrol in the last three weeks, and with a few rare exceptions, they weren't new."

"...I don't suppose we've been gentle reposing any of them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We have not. We lack the resources to raise any more than a handful of elite units, and preserving the bodies would leave us with fewer castings of endure elements."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What's the Church of Iomedae's present threshold for raising combat losses?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Great question I don't know the answer to. But we've only got one third-circle paladin and - what, four second-circles? So unless someone killed Ciar while I wasn't looking, I'm not optimistic."

Permalink Mark Unread

The Shining Crusade raises wizards and sorcerers and clerics at fourth circle, and paladins at second, with lower thresholds for officers. Or they did a week ago; now they've presumably equalized thresholds with Lastwall and he has a sneaking suspicion that Lastwall is doing worse than that. 

 

"...so it sounds like there are a few different challenges. One is that we will shortly be in catastrophically bad shape if the current rate of losses keeps up - maybe already are - and the losses will compound because we now only have weaker and less experienced soldiers, or your adventuring companions who I assume you need with you to investigate the enhanced demons, or myself and Tanat, and assigning us out to patrol is to some degree eating the Crusade's seed corn." Tanat is presently tutoring weaker wizards and spending all her spell slots on Control Weather and Mansions and supply-run Teleports and shoring up Drezen's defenses with Transmute Mud to Rock. "Solving this is going to require a way to make our patrols stronger now."

"Another is that the demons are getting harder to contain in general, so even if we possessed our usual resources we'd be suffering unsustainable losses. You can maybe solve that one by finding who is responsible for the crystal ritual, but this doesn't solve our first challenge. Solving this is going to require a way to track down the responsible ritualist or identify a weakness introduced by the crystal ritual - most rituals that enhance the power of a creature do also introduce weaknesses."

"Another is that the crusade is so resource-starved that Good isn't making consistent and principled tradeoffs about things like resurrections or coordinated action against crystal-demons, and fixing that might help solve some of the first two. In principle the Hellknights and Lastwall both ought to be able to send you some veterans so you don't have to personally hold Drezen and can go look into the ritualist, if looking into the ritualist is indicated."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All of that sounds right."

"Ugh."

 

"Okay. One. We're going to need either first-circle wizards or a bunch of wands, basically immediately. I say we tell your former commander about the need for wands as soon as we can, so they have a chance to gather those supplies together. Then we can send more patrols and more people in each patrol group, and we'll lose fewer people and strengthen the weaker ones a little more safely."

"Two. I think we do have to find and track down the new ritualist; we can send a commune if you think it's a good idea, but I'm having trouble imagining the circumstances under which the winning move is not to look into the problem and see how it can be solved. It's not going to solve the problem permanently, of course, they're going to teach more people the ritual, and in a few months we'll have the same problem again. But then we'll kill those people, too. This is what we have elite units for. Even if we have to do it again next month, it's still a better use of our time than sending us out to do normal patrols, if it takes pressure off of us and off of all of the other forts for the next several weeks."

"Three. We probably are going to need more help from this side, if we want to hold the barrier under these conditions. I suspect that Cheliax and Lastwall are not actually the right people to ask about that. Cheliax and Lastwall have already sent all of the resources they feel they can spare, and if they're seeing stronger demons on their patrols, too, the number of units they feel able to spare goes down, not up. We can certainly write argumentative letters to them in the meantime, but I don't think we can afford to sit around and wait for those arguments to resolve. If they didn't send more units the last three times we asked, I seriously doubt they're going to send them now."

"Four, we messed up in losing this many senior people, and we don't have the diamonds to raise them, or at least don't want to spend the money to pay Arsinoe for hers."

"...what we need is a druid. Ideally a bunch of druids. Someone who can bring fallen units back without using a diamond."

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit did not know druids to be able to do this but he doesn't really know things about druids. "Someone who can bring fallen soldiers back without using a diamond does sound spectacularly valuable. I don't have the slightest idea where to find that, I'm not sure it's a thing where I'm from."

The way things are supposed to work is that even if Lastwall is overstretched, if Lastwall wants Korva and company to have the duty of routine elite-team assassinations inside the Wound in order to stop superdemons from overrunning everyone, then Lastwall sends Korva some men so her forts can hold while she's doing that, until everyone's the same degree of overstretched. He doesn't have a lot of trouble believing that things don't, in fact, work in this manner which is how they are really really supposed to work. And while he thinks he could probably shame Lastwall into it eventually, it might in fact take a while. (And he has no expectation the Chelish forces are meaningfully Lawful at all, beyond obeying the letter of a treaty.) "I'd expect my former commander can send us through wands of Endure Elements and maybe wands of Sending for emergencies, though you need to separately train an elite strike force to respond to those Sendings if you want them to help."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - oh, maybe. ...no, there's no way we'll be able to get enough of them to keep one with every patrol party. I don't think. I guess strictly speaking it depends on what your former commander is willing to give us. It would certainly help a lot if we could, then we could have a few top people cover fights along the entire barrier. We should figure out how sending wands trade off against endure elements wands, and we should think about whether there are any ways to get that effect without sending wands. Ember does telepathic bond, but it won't last long enough for a full patrol, even if I extend it, it won't be enough to cover everyone, and it trades off against her teleports. But - something in that space. We should see if Setsuna Shy and some of the other experienced spellcasters can think of several solutions that allow the elite units to respond to fights along the entire barrier, and then determine which ones work best and are most accessible to us, maybe."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The spell Status works for this in many contexts; it only sends notice of injury or other forms of harm, but you can teach people to mildly injure themselves in order to call for backup if responding to actual in-combat injury isn't fast enough. It lasts more than a day extended. 

We can also, if we just need surveillance of the borders and plan to call in more support to actually engage demons, summon the forces of Heaven and have them scout for us, as I'm doing in Drezen proper."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Status with deliberate injuries sounds possibly workable. And - maybe the outsiders. I am not actually very experienced with outsiders, despite the fact that they keep showing up here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The spell is an expensive one and I dislike using it in contexts where I have a poor grasp of the situation, as outsiders Called here, when they die here, are destroyed forever. But for scouting I wouldn't expect them to be in significant danger, and I do have experience working with them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would like to return to the plan to recruit druids. The support of a powerful druid would be strategically invaluable, but there is a reason we have none of them among us. They are disinterested in military matters, notoriously reclusive, and exist in fundamental opposition to the forces of civilization."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They exist in fundamental support of the forces of nature. Which usually pits them against civilization, or at least means they expect civilization to stay inside its fences and not bother everyone else. We, however, have a fence with almost no nature and no civilization inside it, and we possess the means to revitalize it, if we can take it back from the demons."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Have you ever spoken to a druid before."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...no. Well, there was that one lady with the undead bear, I'm kind of unclear on what she was. Mostly no. But I have heard unreliable rumors about where to find one to petition. People say that there's an archdruid living in the woods north of Corentyn, in Cheliax."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It seems plausible that you would have significant advantages over Regill or I in persuading a druid that you have shared interests," says Marit dryly. "I wouldn't expect it, but - I do think a diplomatic press is a reasonable thing to be trying right now. You are doing a lot of people a lot of favors they don't know of or appreciate and you only need to persuade a few to help."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Okay. And the bodies aren't getting any fresher, so if we're going to get some of these people back, we need to move."

"Marit, are you okay going across again tonight, I would like to put in a request for the wands as soon as possible. Then I need to catch Nenio before she goes to sleep and tell her to prep a couple of greater teleports tomorrow, and I can see if we can pick up some druid friends. We will also have to come up with some kind of plan to determine where the new ritualist is and what to do about them, but I have fewer immediate ideas about how to do that, and I'd rather get something done."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Take some modified demons prisoner? - this may be a plan much more easily achieved while this situation has an archmage assisting it, which should be the case shortly. I can lay out some spell requests for her and their approximate prioritization, which is what I assume the other parties she'll be visiting will be doing."

Marit tries not to assume too much about the competence of institutions of any kind or people he doesn't know personally, but Lastwall and Cansellarion, if they are not idiots, will both have a wishlist of ninth circle spells, a wishlist of eighth circle spells, a wishlist of seventh circle spells, a wishlist of sixth circle spells, and a way to let Alfirin combine the two lists most usefully by prioritization (plus a list of things they wish were possible but do not know to be at any level of skill, which she, being an archmage, might be able to tell them is in fact possible).

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd appreciate it. Would you like to go across now, or - I guess it'll be now or later tonight."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you're all right with later tonight, they'll have had more time to collect the items they're transferring to the forces of Good here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. I'll talk to Nenio first, then, and then we can go across in a few hours."

Permalink Mark Unread

        "Alfirin should be able to go back with about a quarter of the initial list," Karlenius says. "We're looking at a couple of weeks for delivery of the rest, even if you want me and Pereza on nothing else. Did Aroden have anything to say?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

   "His visibility is very poor wherever we're causally entangled with the world without prophecy, which is unsurprising. That means he'll have a harder time setting up careful advance-laid miraculous fortune like, I suspect, the incident in the other timeline in which the Shield shattered and destroyed Tar-Baphon to end the war. That confirms, to me, that rather than try to win this first and then fully redeploy to the other world, we should focus on not losing here, take Cheliax now, and then try to cut down on noise for Aroden so He can be helpful here.

He said He'll commit to pushing Narthoc to ninth and may be able to offer us more of the things I asked for than that, but doesn't commit presently. - I asked for the ability to call Miracles in my own right rather than from Him, and for pointers to diamonds and spell-development help. And for Arazni back. I'm not really expecting those, He's - in fact backed us to most of His permitted capacity as is. 

He said He trusts Alfirin. - I didn't even ask that, but I suppose it was on my mind."

 

          "Huh," says Karlenius, though it's not as if they haven't done Communes on this topic.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Alfirin had inferred that Aroden must have trusted her - or at least not distrusted her. Someone would have asked, when she returned, and she would have had a colder welcome if He didn't. And she never really expected that He wouldn’t. Still, it’s surprisingly warming to hear.

Permalink Mark Unread

Certain other parties present already know that their god trusts Alfirin, and learning that their god's god trusts her too isn't very much news. It's a little surprising that He would actively volunteer that information without being asked, though. Iomedae (the god) almost never does that. Aroden has a bigger budget and is worse at prioritization has broader interests, but it's still quite remarkable. The Crusade doesn't seem to be taking it as the rather sharp rebuke like Lastwall would.

"Does Aroden often volunteer information like that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

“I don’t speak to him directly without Commune as an interface that frequently, but when I do He’ll usually end up saying more than what I asked about,” says Iomedae. “I think it’s only costlier for Him to volunteer things insofar as not using the Commune arrangement in the first place is costlier, and at that point He may as well tell me everything it’s worth my knowing. … Ordinarily I’d take it as strong reason to think that I was about to encounter some reason to distrust Alfirin which would’ve caused me some problem without His input, but He can’t see the other world so I think He’s just - endeavoring to not send us off where He can’t see without whatever He can see.”

 

And Aroden considers her a friend, sometimes does things for that reason, but it feels awkward to admit that to worshippers of the goddess Iomedae, who does not consider them friends, who loves them and is proud of them only if this happened to be an inexpensive way to arrange Herself and only if it pays for itself in the fact that many mortals find being loved and taken pride in motivating.

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense. Thank you for the clarification." This can go in the report back, it's useful information.

Permalink Mark Unread

"He also said it's in fact relatively cheap for him to reempower anyone from the world where He's dead who wants it. I'm going to send Alfirin back with a fifth circle wizard to replace Mirdeliendë and we can tell Lastwall we'll keep making that trade, if they have other candidates for it. It's relatively cheap but not nearly free, so I don't think we should expect the goddess Iomedae, who is much more strongly budget-constrained than He, to empower anyone Aroden-empowered who we send through. My abilities as a paladin still worked fine but unsurprisingly when I prayed for new spells nothing happened, and I didn't get back uses of Lay On Hands. Or probably smites but I didn't test that. I think Karlenius and I should plan that when we go for the war we will stay Aroden's, be sparing with healing, use lots of pearls of power and conceivably sometimes need to return home for prayer.

And that does suggest sending Shining Crusade paladins through in general won't be that useful, they'll mostly be fighters with a few nonrenewable tricks which - inveighs somewhat in favor of using Cyprian's forces, honestly. Much of why I'd prefer to use my forces is the symbolic value, which is diminished if it's just our non-paladin soldiers, and much of the rest is that I think I could have my paladins take Westcrown while mostly only killing people they absolutely have to and I absolutely cannot expect that of the rest of the forces, not with Hell actively trying to muddy the situation as much as possible."

 

         "The civilians killed in Westcrown go to Hell," Kovets says. "Even if it's expensive for the goddess Iomedae to empower the Shining Crusade paladins, it seems conceivably very worth it."

"It's definitely worth asking Her. But - probability we win the war isn't going to be worth trading much against casualties during it. 800 adult deaths a day in the Western Empire - if by delaying three months we could prevent fifty thousand civilian deaths that's not worth it. I'd rather She be spending what resources She can spare on making it more certain rather than less bloody. - If by delaying three months we can make the victory flashier, more unambiguous, and more decisive, that is probably worth it, because I think that'll affect how fast the Asmodeans repent. I've been thinking which gods other than Iomedae we can ask for miraculous interventions in Cheliax, if we can squeeze out enough diamonds for it. I could imagine Sarenrae doing - give every dying person in this city a couple subjective days with higher Wisdom and true information about the afterlives to think and repent, or something -"

 

      "What is your working value of preventing someone from going to Hell, here," says Kovets. 

 

"Lastwall will have a better answer to that, our pre-contact answers just aren't applicable in a situation like this one."

      "Can we send our forces to the Worldwound where the discipline matters slightly less, and use Lastwall's to take Westcrown and so on," says Karlenius. 

"- I should perhaps let Lastwall's representatives speak to that," Iomedae says, "but my sense is that they don't see directly going to war with Cheliax as all that compatible with their preexisting commitments. Our arrival changes the degree to which they can expect to be able to do both, but meaningful institutional neutrality is of course not purely situational."

"No one would've been operating under the assumption Lastwall would remain neutral if their goddess personally showed up to command their forces - they weren't planning to in the Age of Glory -"

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We were not planning to in the age of glory but - When the Age of Glory failed to appear, we thought Tar-Baphon might break out of his prison - and then the Worldwound opened - and at the time there were a half-dozen factions in the Chelish civil war and no sign yet that Asmodeus was backing any of them. I believe that a commitment to neutrality in chelish conflicts was viewed as necessary to preserve our ability to contain Tar-Baphon and the Worldwound, and intervention in Cheliax was viewed as obviously a mistake. We were wrong, but - I believe the Lord Watcher considers those commitments to be a substantial constraint, which holds even in your presence."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Embarrassing," says Arnisant. "There is flatly very little value to having an army for Lawful Good if it's going to promise not to interfere with Hell conquering the Empire."

"It's embarrassing but I would make the diagnosis narrower," says Iomedae. "It seems correct for those persons committed to their watch on Tar-Baphon to agree to some degree of neutrality, or otherwise they'll be interfered with and the world have to deal with Tar-Baphon again. It seems correct for the forces at the Worldwound to be signatories to a narrow treaty which forbids interfering with Cheliax's own Worldwound forces, or vice versa, even may this constrain how we can conduct our war. The part that's embarrassing is that once it's clear that Cheliax is now ruled by Hell, you want to start moving by far the bulk of Lawful Good's power out of those organizations so committed. The overwhelming majority of our forces shouldn't be Lastwall's, they should be Cansellarion's or in the service of other orders that are not literally Lastwall's government, loaned to Lastwall where it serves their own priorities. This is probably partially my own fault for arranging for too much centralization."

Permalink Mark Unread

Falkner thinks the distinction here is largely one of outward perceptions rather than different realities on the ground. "I expect that if there were a sudden influx of volunteers to fight at the worldwound there might be a corresponding increase in resignations among current worldwound forces. Cansellarion has not yet asked his fellows in Lastwall to resign their oaths en masse, but I suspect when he does he'll get good uptake."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Takes too long, though, and tips our hand," says Kovets. 

"Probably," Iomedae says. "I think we should plan to use either Cyprian's forces or our own, and in ten years everyone can write some spectacularly biting failure analyses… I also want to point out that 'their goddess showed up to command their forces' is more symbolic than substantive at this point. There is a lot I need to familiarize myself with and it is plausibly not worth waiting until I'm fully up to speed to go ahead. It's certainly not worth waiting just so I can get up to speed, if Cansellarion thinks he can win sooner. They are right to treat this differently from orders direct from their goddess, who in giving them would know exactly what She was trading."

 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Korva should, she knows, spend the hours before she ferries Marit over doing something productive, besides just talking to Nenio. She should come up with better ideas for how to decrease losses, or maybe check on Dorgelinda, or Harmattan, or Lann and the neathers, or Aivu, or her daughter. 

She doesn't do any of that. She sits by the grave she ordered dug for Staunton Vhane and his brother, the man who snapped her collar off before she left Kenabres, and who she killed in the process of taking Drezen. He was a cleric of Torag, and fought to defend his brother, even when his brother sided with the demons. His god didn't abandon him for it, even at the end.

It's a good place to mope. They probably wouldn't like that, either of them, but that's what they are to her, now. So she sits, and thinks a little bit about where she might be able to recruit more wizards for endure elements and more clerics for status, and she mopes, until it's time to go find Marit and ask Iomedae for the frankly insane and absurd number of wands she's going to need.

 

She alters self, before she goes across, just in case she runs into anyone from Lastwall who she would rather not reveal herself to.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are indeed some people from Lastwall afoot in the operations mansion in use by the Shining Crusade, though not anyone who'd recognize her or vice versa. She gets escorted past them to Iomedae, who has some Bags of Holding with a king's ransom in it already. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Knight-Commander," she says to Korva, her eyes barely flickering across Marit even though they're close friends and that's a very grim expression he's wearing; it'd be pushing propriety, in this context, to ask how he's been.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi.

"We'd - like to request some wands of endure elements, if that's possible, and maybe also status, although ideally we'd want a casting that lasts for ten or twelve hours, which I imagine is harder. Or if you have any other, more cost effective ways to achieve those effects, that would also be good. We're going to need kind of an unreasonable number of them, and we can work on other ways of getting them in our world, but I thought I'd ask here first. I think Marit has a list of other things that it would be useful to have, too, but those are the big ones."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Our big challenge right now is moving material out without making Tar-Baphon curious what we're doing with it."

       "Second front," says Marit. 

"That's what we're going with. I don't know us to have wands of Status." Her crusade just has lots of people who can cast it, and for longer than it'd endure from a magic item. "Wands of endure elements we have plenty - might be currently in storage for seasonal reasons, actually, unless Lastwall requested them to in which case they're in here already. We can buy more for them and put them in the next shipment, if you think your need is more urgent than Lastwall's."

        "Even correcting for the natural tendency of any commander to find their unit's needs the most urgent, I think the Crusade has greater need than Lastwall and few good mechanisms by which to prove this to Lastwall and have it change Lastwall's supply behavior."

"Pereza, do we have any wands of Status?"

                   "We have a dozen rings of friend-finding, which function as permanent Status once they've adjusted to the wearers?"

         "That would be very useful," says Marit.

Permalink Mark Unread

"We'd appreciate it."

"I don't want to waste your time, but in case further context on the problem helps, the demons have recovered a method of increasing their power. We'd already neutralized the previous lieutenant in charge of the transformations before we arrived in this world the first time, but the work has been passed on to someone else, now, and the newly empowered demons are reaching the barrier and winning fights against the barrier patrols. We've confirmed that Cheliax is also taking unsustainable recent losses, and I haven't asked Lastwall, but I expect that their forts are, too."

"I'm going to try to find and kill the new ritualist, if I can figure out who they are and where they are, but I'm going to need to stop losing units in the meantime. We can't field enough people together to keep them safe unless we can also protect them from the cold, is our big problem right now. We're also hoping to create some kind of system that allows elite teams to teleport in and respond to requests for aid, which was the idea with status, but we haven't worked out an ideal system for it yet."

"Marit also suggested that I should ask to see you cast Arazni's endure elements, in case I turn out to be capable of copying it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't prepare it in summer, but if you stay the rest of the night I can show it to you at dawn. You hold it practically like a cantrip, and keep handing it out to new people over and over until it exhausts itself in your hands. I can do a dozen, but Arazni could do thirty with each casting.

If you need some Greater Scrying or Discern Location or Dominate Monster for the ritualist, Alfirin is I believe ready to go through to provide support in your world. Operations to make the wound less dangerous for everyone certainly seem like something you should have support from everyone else for."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Marit said that, too. I am not sure it's very likely to work that way in practice, but we'll certainly appreciate any help Alfirin can provide us with. And I think I can stay the night safely, yes."

Permalink Mark Unread

"There are guest rooms here if you would like them. We'll add the rings, and I'll see if our usual wand suppliers have some inventory." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It'd also be nice to have a couple dozen veteran soldiers. I assume the constraint on that is suspicion, more than that you cannot spare them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Correct. You and Tanat are hard to spy on; if I send some veteran soldiers through they're obvious softer targets for everyone who has spies in Drezen. I could send some veteran soldiers through to a Lastwall worldwound fort at somewhat lower risk, and ask them to send the corresponding increase in capacity to Drezen, but it's still tipping our hand more than I prefer to do so at this time."

Permalink Mark Unread

It'd be extremely useful to know how long until she moves openly and he isn't going to ask anything that might let him infer it. "We can make do with just the wands and other magic items."

Permalink Mark Unread

She'll take a guest room.

She really ought to figure out how many times she can go across in a day, or if there's a limit at all, but she shouldn't test it now, when she'll need to show up to see the spell at dawn. And there isn't, actually, anything she needs to do tonight, as frustrating as that is when it's very likely that another team will die in the night.

She pens a letter to Galfrey, offering what she is sure is a clumsy account of the situation. She tries to read, for a bit, and can only handle a handful of pages. She writes down half a dozen stupid plans for how to improve their team survival rates. They could use telepathically bonded birds to monitor the barrier. They could figure out how to grant more teams phantom steeds, except for how that doesn't scale at all. They could build mini-forts along the barrier that people can shoot things from and then duck inside without needing an endure elements, apart from how that's probably also prohibitively expensive and will take forever and probably can't be done in winter. They could... kill the new ritualist, how about that, that really seems like what they're going to have to do here, except for how she isn't actually sure how. Probably the simplest thing is to capture some of the demons and dominate them, if they have an archmage, not that capturing super demons live sounds incredibly easy to do.

She sleeps. She's available again at dawn.

Permalink Mark Unread

(They can't build more watchtowers but they could, conceivably, place Mansions at the relevant intervals and keep teams in them permanently, if they use Tanat for nothing else and stop using her Mansions to feed the troops. They could go hire some high-level adventurers in Absalom, maybe there are some who'd agree to be compensated in training in being a swordmage. They can ask Alfirin to check if Terendelev is undead and if she's killable if so, and then get her back.

They'll think of something.)

Permalink Mark Unread

And in the morning Iomedae will demonstrate Arazni's Endure Elements, which she can put on sixteen different people by touching them one at a time and which additionally gives them cold resistance, heat resistance, the ability to walk across snow, and the ability to see (and shoot) clearly in snow, hail, and strong winds.

(Arazni was really really useful to have.)

Permalink Mark Unread

She watches raptly.

And then doesn't try to copy it, because she expects to need her spell kennings today. She'll learn whether she can do it the next time she doesn't have anything more pressing to spend spells on. 

And she can take people back across.

Permalink Mark Unread

Alfirin is ready to go across. Is there anything they need from her at the Worldwound before she runs off to do secret things? (Marit can probably guess) When does Korva expect will be convenient for the next transit?

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit has a list of the Fifth Mendevian Crusade's best uses of her high-circle spells which she can compare to the other such lists that, if Iomedae's church is competent at all, they'll possess. (He wants to know if a Resurrection of Terendelev would work, and he wants to know if the locust swarm called Xanthir Vang who was a prisoner of the demon Jerribeth remains so, and he wants a dimensional lock on a cell in the dungeons, and he wants some mansions if she has the slots free at the end of the day. He doesn't particularly expect any of these to compare to the next-best use of the spell slot but it may depend how long she stays.)


He doesn't wish her luck with the secret things. That'd involve acknowledging she's going to do secret things. He can, indeed, guess.

 

(Another way the spell requests might happen is if there's two of her).

Permalink Mark Unread

She expects she can do a dimension lock now before she leaves, extended from a rod so it'll last a month.  She can try some scries if she's got spells left at the end of the day and send the results. She'll be able to get more conclusive results from the scry if she can have a body part or former possession or picture of the target.

Permalink Mark Unread

For Terendelev, they have a scale; for the others, they have some looted magic items or in Jerribeth's case some statues of her from the city she'd been running within the Worldwound with the villagers illusioned to see all demons as crusaders and all crusaders as demons.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, did they want her to try to scry Jerribeth too? She was going to prioritize Terendelev then Xanthir Vang in that order. She does not expect to have three scries at the end of the day but she can try for Jerribeth too if she does.

Permalink Mark Unread

(Marit doesn't know how many seventh and eighth circle slots Alfirin has, because she's never told him and it's never been in either her or the Crusade's interests for him to ask.)

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"...you know, I can also try to scry these people, if we need someone to do that. I'm - obviously not as powerful, but having met all of them ought to help."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't expect to be particularly advantaged at these scries, but it is a way that I can use my spell slots to your advantage without having to spend any teleporting back here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right. Okay. I can ferry people over most nights. Does two days in the other world sound reasonable? Today, and then coming back tomorrow night?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That seems reasonable enough. I might be longer, in which case I'll probably send you. Feel free to keep whatever schedule is most convenient for you, I just want to know what the schedule is for if I am finished with all my business here quickly."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Two days, then, unless you end up needing longer."

"Are we ready?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"When you are."

Permalink Mark Unread

Then she'll take them across. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Next order of business, before she can think too hard about this being an insane idea: getting Nenio to greater teleport her to the Anferita Wood, hopefully without the rest of Cheliax noticing. Hopefully this is a peaceful mission that doesn't result in an extremely powerful druid attacking her. 

...but, just in case, she's going to bring Ember and Daeran and Regill and Lann. And Aivu. Mostly because Aivu will otherwise pout.

Ember gets to come because their first move here is going to be asking directions from some squirrels.

Permalink Mark Unread

Directions towards tasty seeds and nuts? The squirrels don't want to share those.

Permalink Mark Unread

"We're looking for someone who lives in this forest. A person, like me, only he's been here for a long time. Have you seen anyone like that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, there are lots of people in the forest! Why this squirrel alone has thirty-one cousins -

"Stinky people, dumbass, not normal people."

There are some of those too. They move around, though usually on the ground and not up and down the trees much at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, those people! Have you seen any of them recently?"

Permalink Mark Unread

The squirrels have short attention spans and have only seen this particular batch of sticky people recently such as today.

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's okay! Thanks anyway!"

"They said that there are people in this forest. But they don't know where."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Right. Okay. That's... unsurprising, I guess."

Permalink Mark Unread

"But you have another plan, right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course I have another plan!"

 

"...okay, I don't have another plan, but I will. ...Ember, how about you find another squirrel or bird or something to ask while I figure out what my other plan is."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ember will look around for more animals to talk to!

Permalink Mark Unread

There are some two-legged people who live in the trees! And some two-legged people who come into the forest and die horribly.


There are some people who walk on as many legs as they please and make the winds weak and the rains strong.


There are some vicious, clever, brown-haired people who.... 

(After an extended digression it becomes clear that this last is a cat.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh! That second kind of person! Korva thinks that might be right! Have they seen any of those people around lately?

Permalink Mark Unread

They live in the trees! Not in the treetops, just in the trees. They step out of the trees when they want to do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh! Okay, that helps!"

"She says that they live in the trees. Not in the treetops, just in the trees. And then sometimes they come out of the trees."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Well, I guess that does seem like a druid sort of thing to do."

Okay. How do you talk to people who live in the trees. She wishes she'd brought one of the treants with her, but realistically they would have been very hard to teleport in with. 

Think. She's not trying to trick anyone, here. She has every reason to believe that revitalizing the barren lands inside the Worldwound barrier is something that druids ought to genuinely support. She might have erred in bringing Regill, they're more likely to think it's a trap now that he's here, but she already made that decision and she's not going to unmake it and try again tomorrow before she's actually given this a solid try. 

 

Okay, you know what plan B is? Plan B is that she's going to sit in the underbrush over there and meditate, for at least, like, five minutes, and see if she can tap into her power and her ill-understood connection to nature, and use it to.... get a sense of where she is? Communicate with the trees somehow? Get the butterflies to fan out and look for druids? Make plants grow faster, or attract a bunch of animals, or otherwise do something that a bunch of druids living here might notice? Something?

If this doesn't work then plan C is going to be a lot less aesthetic. Plan C might be something more like creating phantom steeds for people and then galloping around the forest while yelling.

Permalink Mark Unread

The trees are wary, hostile. They don't like strangers. These are unusual strangers and that's not necessarily better. 

 

 

The wariness doesn't lessen, but eventually a light glows between some treetops up ahead. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Well. For lack of any better ideas, she's going to follow the light. And - try to keep listening, and - see if she can give off friendly vibes, somehow? She doesn't know how her powers work.

...she's going to sing the song the Desnans taught her, while she walks. That sometimes seems to help with stuff like this.

Permalink Mark Unread

Some of the trees relent, at her singing, and make the trudge through the thick lush forest slightly more possible.


The aura of hostility doesn't lessen, though.

 

And when they've gone deep enough, the light goes out abruptly, and vines lash out from a hundred different angles to ensnare them all.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh.

Even as distracted as she is, between the music and the listening to the forest, she almost makes it out. Regill and Lann and Ember all do, and Aivu is flying, which goes a long way in helping her dance out of the way. But she doesn't, not quite.

Permalink Mark Unread

He gets halfway through casting a controlled fireball -

Permalink Mark Unread

" - Daeran, for fuck's sake!"

Permalink Mark Unread

The spell dissipates harmlessly, lost. "You'd rather stand here, and benevolently let the trees eat us?"

Permalink Mark Unread

(The trees are not eating! Just holding! Tightly!)

Permalink Mark Unread

- okay. Calm. It's all the plants at once, which she's pretty sure means that it's a spell and not a single carnivorous plant. Camellia did something like this, a couple times. Which means she is, probably, on the cusp of what she came here for.

(She hates diplomacy so much more than killing things. But she's not here to kill things, is she.)

"My name is Korva Tallandria, Knight Commander of the Fifth Crusade," she announces, feigning confidence she in no way feels. "I apologize for trespassing. I have come from the barren lands of the Worldwound to ask for help making them bloom again."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

The vines rustle. Suspiciously. For kind of a long time. 

 

And then a squirrel perched in a treetop nearby says to Ember, with grave import in its squeaky squirrel voice, "you and the destruction you bring are not welcome here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The squirrel says that we and the destruction we bring are not welcome here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I apologize for any disruption we've caused to the forest. And I won't insist on your help, if you refuse to give it. But I do need the help of a druid, and if you won't give it, then I ask you to at least tell me whether there is anyone else I can ask who will be more willing."

"I have been granted the power to restore lands that have been devastated by demonic corruption. I want to use it to restore the lands of the Worldwound, and I want to prevent the demons from spilling out and wreaking the same havoc everywhere else. I don't - personally know very much of the people who safeguard Golarion's wilderness, and I didn't know where to find any, except by chasing stories I heard as a child. But I need their help, and I'll chase after children's stories if I have to."

Permalink Mark Unread

The vines relent. Slightly.

 

The squirrel says gravely, "how do you imagine you will revitalize the lands of the Worldwound? Many who were not foolish children have tried."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've done it, in pieces. But those pieces will die again, if I can't prevent the demons from destroying them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Demons like destroying things. They're like humans that way."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've noticed."

 

"We have pushed the demons back. We have retaken some of that devastated land, and it is healing. I mean to take more in the summer, and to heal that land, too. But I won't be able to if the demons overrun us."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A boastful human."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A human that is trying to protect something. The beasts of the forest fight to survive, and to protect their children, whatever the odds of success. I am no more willing to roll over and abandon the northern lands to their fate than you are to ignore threats to this forest, or than a mother bear is willing to abandon her cub. But I can see that my fight can't be won alone. I think it can be won, with help, and so I ask for help. Because I am human, and that is part of how humans survive, and how we protect the things we care about."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"What help do you ask?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have heard that powerful druids can restore the dead to life without use of a diamond. I understand that there are side effects, that creatures don't return in the forms they once had. I can accept that. If the mind and the skill with a weapon or with magic remain, that's good enough for me, and I'm sure it will be good enough for many of those who fight alongside me."

"We have lost too many people this winter. I think that we can hold the line, and prevent greater losses in the future, if we can recover some of them. But without a viable way to reverse the worst losses, we grow more likely to lose with every passing day."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Were this within the powers of the forests, it would be a great secret, and a secret for a reason. What do you think that reason would be?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Because... humans would use it in ways that would hurt the forests, or try to control the forests to gain access to it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

The squirrel chitters. "That sounds like the sort of thing humans might do."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Will you show me the power, and what is required, if I agree not to tell anyone else that I learned it from the druids. If I pretend that the same power that allows me to revitalize the land also allows me to revitalize remains."

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is not a thing you can learn; you are not a druid."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Korva will try, rather than arguing, to mimic Camellia's entangle spell, in a place where it can be seen, and see whether it takes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then her own vines will hiss and twist and whisper up through the undergrowth!

 

 

"Strange," says the squirrel. 

 

"All right. Which among your number would you see reborn now, so that you can learn to do it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

......oh, she's an idiot. She'd intended to convince someone to come back with her, of course, but that's no excuse; she should have brought the remains with her.

"Unfortunately, I had hoped to come back with someone, and didn't think to bring the remains with me. It seems a waste to kill someone, when others lie already dead. Shall I go and come back?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will not permit you into my forest again."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Fine, then. Ember, telepathic bond, all but Daeran and Aivu."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ember casts telepathic bond!

We're not going to kill someone, are we?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll get them back, whether the squirrel double-crosses us or not. The worst that will happen is that we'll be out a diamond, and I think that this is worth risking a diamond.

My understanding is that creatures usually come back as something else - another humanoid, in the stories I've heard, but of a different race and sometimes a different sex. The risk you're taking is of ending up in a form you don't like, not of dying. If you don't like the form, and I can cast the spell, I will certainly try again after the crusade, but it may go no better the second time.

There's no compelling reason to kill Ember or Daeran, so we won't, and we're obviously not killing Aivu. Our baseline, if no one actively wants this, is Nenio, who doesn't seem to care what form she takes. 

Regill is old, and already halfway through bleaching. If you want, Regill, this could be a chance to reset that. My concern is that it might make you worse at your current fighting style, if you come back as a giant or something.

Lann, if you wanted a chance to costlessly get out of being a neather, this is it. I have the same concerns about you potentially needing to relearn how to fight afterwards, and - I think you might be more attached to being a man, at least more attached than Nenio is to being a woman, but - I know you're not happy about the form you have now, or about how much time you have left. So if you want to take a chance and try being something else, this could be something you want to risk.

I won't order this for anyone. I might make a face at Nenio if she comes up with an objection to it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Why would I object? This is an unprecedented opportunity for scientific observation! But you must promise to take thorough notes for me while I'm dead.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll pay attention, don't worry.

Permalink Mark Unread

The wizard seems a better candidate than I am. I do not fear death, but I would rather not risk the ability to command from the front.

Permalink Mark Unread

Understood.

Lann?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I'll do it," he says, aloud.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

We all like you fine as you are, you know. Or - everyone whose opinion you ought to care about.

I like you fine as you are. So - only do this if it's for yourself. Don't do it for anyone else.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is for me. I'll need to find something new to mope about, but the moping would probably be even less endearing after passing this up. I'll take the risk of ending up a hobgoblin or troglodyte or something.

Unless you're asking me not to -

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay! We're killing Lann. Thanks Lann. You're so awesome, Lann."

Permalink Mark Unread

And the squirrel leaps off the tree, and grows into a monstrous beast bigger than an elephant, and lunges to bites Lann in half.

 

And then changes form, again, into an old woman, who pours some unrecognizable oils over Lann's body and then begins casting a spell. "It will take a cat's share of the day," she says conversationally, "for a new form to come forth from the world for your friend."

Permalink Mark Unread

She watches the spell. Carefully. She's good at this, and it is a size she can cast, she thinks, but she needs to get this right, and it's a long one, like Liotr's. 

 

"Thank you."

" - what's in the oil?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is extracted from delicate plants that only druids can protect and grow," the woman says indifferently. "Perhaps if you restore life to the Wound you can foster those plants there." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...all right."

"Will you show me the kind of plant, after, so I can try."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have done you a boon already. If you desire another you will have to pay for it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's very fair. Is there anything in particular you take payment in."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you succeed in restoring the Worldwound, druids will be permitted to do our work openly, there. Our land will not be handed to righteous metal-wearing knights or hungry, foolish peasants or the blind followers of blind gods."

Permalink Mark Unread

She watches the spell, for a while.

 

"It isn't mine to give away, right now, or to promise not to."

"Thank you for the spell."

Permalink Mark Unread

The spell takes a while longer, but the druid does not speak further.

 

 

- and then there is a gnome. A female gnome, not that it's easy to tell. Much younger than Regill.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"...Lann?"

Permalink Mark Unread

She blinks a couple times, and sits up and stares at herself.

"Well that's... different," says a distinctly un-Lann-like voice.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're so cute!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thanks, Ember." She sounds exasperated, and also like she's maybe trying to make her voice deeper than it ought to be on purpose, now, but it isn't really working very well.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, you're not a hobgoblin or a troglodyte. I'm sure Finnean will resize to fit you, if you want to go back to using him."

"We'll be going now," she tells the druid, "Unless there's - anything else important we ought to know about the transformation."

Permalink Mark Unread

The woman watches them impassively. "Very little worth learning can be spoken to strangers."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. Thank you again, for all your help."

"Nenio, take us home."

 

She'll... go find Marit and tell him how it went, she guesses. And then afterwards check on Lann again, since she's - not really entirely convinced that Lann's okay, but he'll - she'll? - probably be as okay as before, not that that was incredibly okay, as long as people actually check in on her and help her adjust.

Permalink Mark Unread

" - well, that's good to have as an option, and potentially really good to have as an option, if it combats old age, there's rich people who'd pay for that. Do you know how long it gives you after people are killed, is it as Raise Dead?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Given that she reincarnated Lann immediately after killing him, and wouldn't tell us anything else, no. If we find a way to get the oil, we can test it. I can try the spell without it, but I strongly expect that the oil is a necessary material component."

"I suspect that it is possible to leverage the nature-themed powers into the ability to tend and process the necessary plants. But we don't have any of them, and don't even know which plants they are, yet, so right now I expect we can't replicate it. There are lots of different people we could ask - other druids, if we can find any, and the people on the island, or other powerful spellcasters who may have run into it, but - I'm not incredibly optimistic about getting any more before the bodies we have rot. Especially not if we have to grow our own plants, although then again I have grown the occasional tree in seconds, so - I guess it's hard to say."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I can spend nights recruiting adventurers for us in Absalom, though I don't expect that to be productive without revealing I'm a swordmage. We can take out a loan from the Church of Abadar, get diamonds from Arsinoe, and Raise people. ...we can do that, and then also negotiate loan forgiveness to whatever extent we're doing more than our share of the work of holding the Wound, I'd need to read the relevant agreements in a lot more detail but Abadarans of all people really ought to remember how this is supposed to work even when it means they are paying more when they can afford it less. We can bring in a host of angels. We can try to do a ring of Mansions. I can probably look farther afield for options, but I don't strongly expect to find good ones we're missing."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

She frowns at the map.

"How many mansions does Tanat get?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Three. Maybe four if she's doing nothing else."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay. Nenio gets two. And I can extend them, I checked with Nenio, at which point they last for two days each and we can have ten going at once. It'd tie up all of our seventh circle wizard spells, if we went for all ten, but - we can."

 

"If they're spaced close enough together, then I think we can send troops out without endure elements, as long as they have decent cold-weather gear. We cycle them in and out of the mansions every couple hours, instead of all day, and have the patrols responsible for smaller stretches of the barrier. More patrols, and much larger groups that include newer troops, so the newer people can engage demons under safer conditions. We lose fewer, and more of them get stronger. We're more prepared for summer, instead of less."

"You pointed out before that this trades off against using the mansions for food, as we've been using them, but - I'm not sure it does, if we station enough troops in them? Then the bulk of the force is still eating mansion food, but they're also living in the mansions and defending the barrier. Of course, if we field enough troops along the barrier to take full advantage of that much mansion food, we end up leaving Drezen mostly undefended. But at that point our endure elements spells aren't spoken for, and we can begin using them to instead march troops that are currently stationed in Kenabres up to Drezen. We have lots more down there, there just wasn't a good way to get them up here before spring."

"It doesn't fix the earlier losses, we're still going to have to decide whether to raise them or not. And - it's just a patch for the real problem, it won't fix the thing where everyone else is also seeing elevated losses. But I think it holds the barrier, and I think if we do it right it leaves our forces stronger after than they were before, and more prepared for combat in the springtime, instead of - eating the crusade's seed corn, like you said before."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

" - you know, that sounds feasible to me. 

Can Worldwound fortresses call in emergency powerful backup when there's a concerted effort to take a wardstone fort?" It seems like there has to be a mechanism for that, or the wardstone forts wouldn't mostly still be standing after a hundred years, but apparently it was direct miraculous intervention that saved them in Kenabres and maybe that's standard (Iomedae the goddess must be so annoyed, if so. Well, She probably isn't capable of annoyance. Still.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think most forts have emergency sendings. You don't see demons trying to take the wardstones that often, so I don't think they end up going through enough of them that this becomes infeasible."

"...If Drezen is attacked while I'm out, the thing to do is just to sending me, though, I think we already have more powerful people stationed here than almost any other fort along the barrier. Our problem is mostly that we advanced, and left behind the defensive fortifications that were set up along the previous barrier location. And that a lot of our people are new, I guess. But Drezen itself ought to be defensible."

"We could possibly use those rings of friend-finding to have one person keeping track of almost every mansion, and each mansion keeping track of Drezen. Then if there's an attack on Drezen - they wouldn't all get here in time, but some of them would, if we saw the demons coming from a ways out."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will certainly Sending you if Drezen is attacked while you're out, I'm just thinking how bare we could conceivably strip it. How many do we have in Kenabres?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Around a thousand, mostly new recruits. Not enough to fully replace the people we have in Drezen now, but at least as many as a normal Worldwound fort is staffed with. And they're Mendevians, so we ought to be able to get Nerosyan to increase our supply shipments for them."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Sounds like a good plan to me. I suspect the men will be in favor of living out of Mansions, even if it means fighting more demons, and in spring we can replace some of those Mansions with actual fortifications, if nothing's changed by then."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The plan is to move the barrier even further in, once the snow relents, which means we're going to have the same set of problems all over again anyway. I suppose from that perspective it'll be good to come up with something that can keep handling this problem. Although hopefully next year we won't be starting at the end of Sarenith, and we'll have more time at the end of the season to fortify the new lines. And the further we push, the shorter the lines between the wardstones should get, and the stronger the barriers themselves will be, making everybody safer. It's just going to be a while before we see that making things easier."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fair enough. - you will want fortified fallback positions for when that plan goes horrendously wrong, though, because when things go horrendously wrong you can't afford to be in a position of needing all your powerful spells a day just for logistics."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...that's fair. All right."

"For now, I think, we figure out the specifics of doing it this way, to patch the current problem. We find and kill the ritualist, and give ourselves some breathing room again. And then we go over the spring plans again and figure out what the plans are for better fortifications, and for falling back if we can't advance."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think closing the net bit by bit is a good plan and will probably, in broad strokes, work. We will definitely suffer unimaginable losses to our own stupidity along the way, though.

Any word from Galfrey on your charter?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not yet."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Once we've got the situation at the front stabilized it might be in your interests to invest more in knowing what's going on in Nerosyan, but it's not a top priority. 

I'm expanding my surveillance forces. I want to capture a enhanced demon if we have the opportunity, I want to be able to tell the men a bit more about how to fight them, and I want to have some diplomatic currency with our allies to the north and south."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds good. Do you have any plans for how, or is that something we should be coming up with a way to do."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not possess a strategy better than Mercifully beating it unconscious and taking it to the dungeons without expending resources I'd rather save for an emergency. I can probably mercifully beat one unconscious as soon as I see one, unless I am underestimating the strength of these creatures." Marit prefers to assume he can't win fights, rather than assume he can win one, but nothing he's seen so far at the Worldwound poses a particular danger to a prepared fifth-circle swordmage.

Permalink Mark Unread

"You can probably do it, although of course it depends on the type of demon you run into. I'm - tempted to say that you should have backup anyway, since they often run in packs. We're admittedly expecting much weaker groups of people to field these things, right now, but - I don't like sending people out alone, I guess, if anything goes wrong."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If it's all right with you, I'll take Tanat with me, as she knows my capabilities already and won't gossip about them, and the rest of our team will be summons. I agree it is almost never a good idea to adventure alone no matter how powerful one is, and we have an unusual amount to lose by my death or capture right now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right, then, take Tanat. Good luck."

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a strange woman paying him a visit. She claims to be a friend of Allandra's, and while he's never heard of Allandra, Marit confirms via sending that she is who he is guessing she is and that a friend of Allandra's was planning to meet with Cansellarion today. This woman does not look very much like an archmage, (apart from the mind blank) but that's exactly how he would expect an archmage traveling incognito to look.

This will be easiest if he can confirm she's Chaotic Good. He smiles at her. "Can you remove your mind blank so that - "

Permalink Mark Unread

"No."

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. "Will you step into an antimagic field briefly?"

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is it inside a forbiddance? I do not believe myself to be Lawful Good."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not, it's in the dungeon and we often can't take prisoners into a forbiddance… You don't know?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aura sight doesn't work if you look in a mirror. I'll step into an antimagic field in your dungeons if you promise it's not a ploy to try to imprison me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not."

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I swear this is not a ploy to try to imprison you. Are you this difficult with Allandra?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've known her thirty years. I haven't even known you thirty minutes. Lead the way."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

"So now that you've confirmed that I'm not literally a fiend, what can I do for you? I expect you have a list of spells that would be useful, I'm not promising anything on this trip besides what I've got spare at the end of the day."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can you do a permanent demiplane? Lastwall has one in Vigil, it would be useful as a more secure meeting place and eventually storage and mustering ground…"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not right now, probably not in the next few days. It takes most of a day and spells that I don't expect to have spare. And a bit more than half a pound of diamond dust, if you want it permanent. If you can get the diamond dust and any spellpower-enhancing items I can borrow I can come back here if I have the spells. And a building plan for any structures you want, though I can also add those on later if you don't have a plan yet. You've got about an acre to work with if you want it flat, less if you want any real height to it."

Permalink Mark Unread

He writes that down to give to an architect. "I'll see about getting the dust. Other things you might be able to help us with - if you could find Heart's Edge, it was held by the Church in Cheliax and we never got it out. Or Parnoneryx, he's been missing for a bit over a century - If he's dead and you can confirm that it might be worth the diamond for a true resurrection -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know what Heart's Edge is or who Parnoneryx is."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Right. Of course, it wouldn't be called that yet. Iomedae's sword. She reforged it with a miracle after Tar-Baphon shattered it in 3826.

Parnoneryx is a gold dragon who fought with the Shining Crusade."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Starting in 3826?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Earlier than that I think?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The only gold dragon on crusade that I know about is Mengkare and he left."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I'm trying to get him too. He says he's not interested in mortal affairs, he's too busy building paradise in the Arcadian ocean."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sounds like him. I've still never heard of Parnoneryx, did Iomedae's holy texts get an entire extra dragon added on top of the omissions?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...That sounds unlikely, but I can't fathom what the Church was thinking making edits in the first place."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well if you have anything that once belonged to Parnoneryx I can try a discern location. I don't know whether that will work for the sword, it's definitely not under a mind blank but I've only ever touched the non-reforged version from my own time and I don't know if that will count to find the one in this time. If that's all, I'd appreciate it if you could tell me more about the archmages you mentioned to Allandra. I hope the fact that they are all Evil and Chelish is due to your particular interest rather than a general trend in the past century?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, I checked later and there are plenty more. For those though you'd be better served with your own research than going off of my brief impressions.

Areelu Vorlesh, Architect of the Worldwound. She lived in Sarkoris, near Undarin. Imprisoned in 4600. Killed her wardens and took over the fortress two years later. And then in '06 Aroden died and the Worldwound opened shortly after. She claims credit, and nobody else has contested it. There are claims she’s in the employ of various demon lords, whatever that even means. If she did them a favor by opening the Wound I don’t think they still feel like they owe her. There are periodically claimed sightings of her at the Worldwound borders, wandering around saying things about her grand plans coming to fruition, most recently when the Fifth Crusade retook Drezen. But those could as easily be bored demons and I’ve assumed that’s the case."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Acacia was a famous adventurer towards the end of the Age of Enthronement. Very secretive, wore a mask in most of her public appearances. Always under a mind blank." (He says this a little pointedly) "Diabolist, we think, though we don’t know that much about her. I'd be unsurprised if she was in service to Mephistopheles. Bound a number of devils, supposedly went everywhere with a whole pack of hell hounds. Died early in the Chelish civil war."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Manohar. Chelish wizard, likely eighth circle. The claim has circulated that he fought for the Thrunes in the Chelish Civil War, but I suspect he's younger than that. If he fought in any of Cheliax's wars since then he wouldn't admit it, none of them have gone very well. He may well just have levelled at the Worldwound, they put their wizards there under a great deal of pressure. And then induce them to sell their souls to Hell at fifth circle, of course. He has a tower in Egorian, runs through hundreds of Cheliax's prisoners a year doing horrifying experiments none of which I think have actually produced any magical advancements. He is not particularly involved at court or in Egorian's politics."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sheel Leroung is a lich. He was active in the 4500s, and was involved in founding the Hellknights; he paid for the construction of Citadel Enferac, in Menador, where the Hellknight Signifiers are trained. We believe the citadel to have a portal to Hell, though it could be some private demiplane or Xoviakan or something; it is definitely a bottomless pit into which they cast prisoners, and they've occasionally possessed some extraordinary magic rumored to be a gift from it. In 4621, approaching old age, he became a lich, and left Golarion, though he returns occasionally to advise his old order. I've heard the claim he's in Dis, I've heard the claim he is trying to build a second Axis in the Maelstrom, I've heard the claim he's in Stygia."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mirabelle was by all accounts a prodigy. A healer, first started casting spells as a teenager, purportedly teleporting by twenty. Some kind of spellsinger, maybe, she was very - persuasive, not just splendid but able to use her splendour very effectively. De Luna - he's one of Lastwall's scholars - has a theory that she made some pact with a powerful fiend for the healing and the rapid advancement. She worked with the government of Cheliax, I suspect infiltrating and suppressing insurrectionary groups. We noticed she was slipping enchantments on to people in Lastwall's civilian government, which was when we decided to deal with her. We destroyed her clones and killed her and hastened judgement. This was…almost thirty years ago? And then ten to twenty years later Galt and Andoran and Molthune all broke away from Cheliax, supporting the theory that she was suppressing rebellion. We haven't been able to scry her in an afterlife, but we didn't have the resources to check immediately and I would not be surprised if she got Abbadon."

 

"Any of them sound familiar?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"If I saw myself in any of the dreadful people you've described, do you expect I would tell you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've thought about what might inspire me to create the Worldwound and - there's not very much that would do it. I've talked to - Allandra about what reasons I might find sufficient and it doesn't yet look like any of them obtain. And I certainly wouldn't pace the worldwound border gloating about my grand plans, though it sounds like your read is that Areelu wouldn't either."

"Acacia definitely seems to share my instinct for privacy but, while I can contemplate reasons I might some day open the Worldwound, I cannot really imagine reasons I might willingly and knowingly serve Hell."

"I would like to imagine that if I live for nearly a thousand years I will be doing more interesting things with my life than Manohar. That's also the reason I don't think I could be Razmir."

"If I were Leroung that implies that I figured out a way to prolong my life for seven hundred years but not indefinitely, and then got old and tried lichdom. Seems unlikely."

"Mirabelle...could be me, if you imagine that in nine hundred years I've figured out how to cast healing spells as a wizard. And was pretending to be a child prodigy instead of a mysterious archmage with no known history. But I would very much expect myself to be working against the current Chelish government rather than for it."

 

"I'll be off to - Absalom, I suppose, to research the less evil possibilities. Absalom's still standing, no?" She doesn't say it, but she does have some suspicions about a couple of the evil ones.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is. Inheritor's blessings go with you." He didn't really think Alfirin, Iomedae's Chaotic Good ex-girlfriend, was likely to be any of the evil Chelish wizards he spends his days worrying about. Iomedae was not very sure of where Alfirin would be in this year but she was sure enough of that, and Alfirin seems to agree. (Though if Iomedae's wrong, Alfirin is probably a good enough liar to fool her and Alexeara both, so that doesn't count for much.) He's not judging her for being able to think of reasons she might open the worldwound, there are probably things that would convince him it was a good idea though they'd have to be pretty big things like "It's a side-effect of killing Asmodeus"

Permalink Mark Unread

Teleport, though not actually to Absalom. Plane shift.

 

Her garden demiplane is still here, and she can still access it with the tuning fork from her own time. It still bends to her will. Time to go exploring.

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit and Tanat venture out inside the barrier that night. They are both of them flying, with Overland Flight that will last all night. Tanat is invisible and Marit is merely dressed entirely in black while raining arrows down on demons from the sky (Marit has a Holy Seeking Distance +3 longbow and a thousand cold iron arrows in his Bag of Holding, and archery has not been an extraordinary focus of his but he's a good enough shot to mostly be limited by his ability to notice there are enemies, not his ability to hit them from six hundred feet away once he's found them.) 

They find demons without difficulty, because it's the Worldwound.

Neither of them have fought demons much before, so it takes a while to tell whether the demons are just normal demons or extra scary, special ritual-enhanced demons. But eventually they rain arrows down on what looks like an ordinary succubus and it takes off with shocking speed, Suggests they land, when that fails tries a Dominate on Marit, doesn't go down to a dozen Holy arrows and manages to scratch Tanat in the course of trying to grapple her before Marit gets it to stop moving.

Succubi are conventionally a difficult fight entirely because of the Dominate and the Suggestions, you'd otherwise expect four veteran soldiers with cold iron weapons to be able to club one down, so - 

"I think this is indeed an enhanced demon but that we should keep going and look for an enhanced demon without dangerous innate magic," Marit says, decapitating the succubus, shaking the ichor out of it so it won't make the Bag of Holding sticky, shoving it in, and landing on the ground to pick up his arrows. 

"Yes, sir," Tanat says.

Tanat is a seventh circle wizard. This makes her important, even in the Shining Crusade; there are ten people more important than her, probably even twenty, but not thirty. But she has never before actually done things like 'time travel' or 'fly around inside a planar rift to the Abyss' or, much scarier than either of those, 'spend hours adventuring alone with Commander Marit' - he's probably judging her for so many things right now, though he won't bring them up until they're home - and she's having some of what Iomedae calls the creeping feeling that fate should have sent some other warrior in one's place. 

To which, Iomedae would say, the only answer is that no one grows stronger by shouldering burdens they're equal to.

"Maybe if I put up Aura Sight, sir, we could notice when a demon looks more powerfully Chaotic and Evil than that kind of demon should be, and go after those?"

"We'll have to fly lower, but I think it beats guesswork." He tosses her a lesser rod of Extend Spell.


And she puts up Aura Sight and then they'll skim through the abyssal rift until they find a nice super-babau or something instead of a super-succubus. 




It is only once they have deposited their super-babau in the dungeons of Drezen for further investigation in the morning that Marit says to her, "you didn't check whether the Dominate took."

 "I was about to cast Protection from Evil, sir, even though there was next to no chance it had affected you, but before I got the opportunity you decapitated the succubus, so it seemed that you probably weren't."

"Restate that, please."

"...before I got the chance, I saw what looked like you decapitating the succubus, sir."

Marit dumps it out of the bag, dead but with its head wholly attached to its body. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She casts Magic Circle Against Evil, just on general principle. " - Commander, did you use an illusion to make it look like you killed the succubus, while separately killing the succubus in a different manner than that, in order to make the point that I am not cautious enough to survive if a demon did Dominate you."

         "Why do you think I killed the succubus?" says Commander Marit.

...so she kneels in the dungeons and pulls out a pocketknife and satisfies herself that the succubus is actually dead by cutting it open. 

         "We'll do better tomorrow," Commander Marit says. " - under many circumstances it'd be better to save the spell. But mistakes here are not very retrievable."

"Yes, sir."

Permalink Mark Unread

She hadn't planned to stay very long - just long enough to check the enchanted bowers where she keeps her clones. She doesn't want to run into her future self yet, and the facts that she cannot see any alarms and doesn't know how to make an alarm that would sound across planes do not at all assure her that her future self doesn't already know she's here.

But then there weren't any clones. The preservation enchantments are still there, the rest of the gardens are in order, the plants - common, rare, and magical alike - are all thriving. So are the rabbits. There are some magic items around, not really an upgrade from what she wears every day but for the most part an upgrade over the spares she has in the gardens in her day.

But no clones. Which means future Alfirin can't make them. This isn't inconceivable, she knows she'll have a period at the beginning of each new life when her full powers have not yet returned to her. But there won't be much of a window where she can plane shift but not make new clones, so she probably will not be interrupting herself. And even if she does, she should as she is now be able to win or at least escape from a fight with a seventh-circle caster. (And even if she can't, she brought a clone of her own to this timeline.)

Permalink Mark Unread

She checks her workshop. There's more, there - spellbooks, notes on magic. Notes on politics. Minor artifacts. It takes her some time to read enough to make sense of what's going on.

She was, as she suspected, Mirabelle. Mirabelle was, as she suspected, giving Lastwall and Cheliax alike a deliberately misleading impression of what she was doing. She was suppressing rebellions, but only for the purpose of scheduling them so they would happen simultaneously when they had the best chance of success. She scheduled her death, too - micromanaged it even. Arranged for Alexeara to be the one to find her out, to kill her, because she liked Alexeara and thought he'd oppose Cheliax openly if the opportunity arose. Arranged for it to happen when it did, when a certain Galtan duke's wife was pregnant and their unborn child not yet ensouled.

Permalink Mark Unread

The problem, though, is that the young Galtan noblewoman should be in her thirties now, which should be more than old enough for Alfirin to be able to make clones, or at the very least to plane shift. But there's no sign she ever came here.

Probably, this world's Alfirin died again and is currently a child somewhere. And therefore useless to make contact with and - risky to tell her allies about. The fact that Alfirin is helplessly possessing a child will both upset them and give them a lot of information about how to effectively oppose her if they decide to do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

So. She has some new spells. She has some new magic items. She does not have another archmage. She has, probably, a grand plan for the overthrow of Cheliax, but she suspects that plan was derailed by her untimely death. Maybe she can put it back on the rails. Maybe she can find whatever strings Mirabelle left for her next life and take hold of them. She keeps reading.

Permalink Mark Unread

She has children, apparently. Two, as Mirabelle, both daughters. More, in other lives. Somehow that’s surprising to her. When she thinks about it there’s no particular reason to expect that she never would, and most people do have children and - it still surprises her.

Permalink Mark Unread

Her eldest is soul-sold. On Mirabelle’s orders. Enchanted into doing it, apparently, because Mirabelle did not trust her own family without mind control. Mirabelle thought she could use someone in the inner circles of the Chelish government and so she made her own daughter sell her soul.

Permalink Mark Unread

It seems to have worked, is the worst part. Intellectually she knows it’s better, for it to have worked, for there to be another asset that can be used against Cheliax, but - in her gut it feels like it would be better for it to have been an obvious mistake, for there to be no redeeming success to justify that -

She puts the papers down and goes for a walk in the gardens. It does not really help.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

When she comes back she polymorphs herself into a wight because wights have a very limited emotional range and she thinks that might make it easier to think and plan.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Paraduchess Lilia Ramona de Montero, spymaster for Her Infernal Majestrix, is good at her job, and the second most important part of her job is to learn if the organized forces of Good are Up To Something. (The most important part of her job is to learn if her internal political rivals are Up To Something.) 

 

In this case, though, the organized forces of Good have made her second most important task very difficult. She has an agent in Drezen, who sends comprehensive reports, but there are six hundred seventy places as potentially important as Drezen, and she cannot read comprehensive reports from six hundred and seventy places, so less competent staff have read the latest from Drezen, and it didn't merit an escalation. (This wasn't even a mistake on their parts). There is a seventh or eighth circle Lawful Good wizard now helping the Crusade, and a menagerie of weaker adventurers. The Crusade still looks likely to fail. (Lilia will of course order no actions aimed at making it fail, or impeding those at work on it in their work on it.) There is tension between the Crusade and Queen Galfrey of Mendev, which would be a delight to exploit except that Cheliax actually takes the Worldwound treaty seriously. They're Lawful and quite apart from that they like the world. They live here, and for the most part prefer it to where they are headed. More information on the seventh or eighth circle Lawful Good wizard will be demanded, but little thought spent in the meantime.

 

She has spies in Lastwall. They have a difficult task. Vigil is more a fortress than a city, and not easily entered into. Cheliax's spies there tend to be familiars and polymorphed creatures too small to trigger an Alarm, and they do not tend to be longlived. On the rare occasion one can turn Iomedae's people by threatening their families with malediction or so on, they're all terrible liars and get caught fairly promptly. Her spies in Lastwall have heard nothing of note. She would know of large scale troop movements, and knows of none.

She has records of visitors to Cansellarion's estate who did not teleport in to a private location directly. These too suggest nothing of note. She has one of Cansellarion's guards, who doesn't know it's her he works for (though, really, he's probably not enough of an idiot that he hasn't guessed, and anyway there's even odds that Cansellarion knows), and that spy says that the man has been busy, but he usually is. Paladins do not spend much of their time on recreation.

And she orders Communes, with a profligacy that'd have Iomedae's followers appalled (but their god is weak, and Asmodeus is strong). Asmodeus, who watches this world very closely and can nonetheless only see it rather poorly, has seen nothing of especial note, and nor has Dispater, and none of the routine questions about places to look more carefully turn up any other than routine answers. 

 

And at the end of the day she sleeps, in a Forbiddance and a Mage's Private Sanctum, behind many alarms and many shields and many guards, because she has many enemies.

Permalink Mark Unread

Less than a minute after she falls asleep there's a second mind inside her head. This doesn't wake her. Wakefulness comes a moment later when the second mind uses her hands and voice to cast dominate person.

Permalink Mark Unread

- she was insufficiently careful and now everything is lost. 

 

....usually once she is insufficiently careful it's immediately obvious in hindsight, who and how and what she should have noticed, but this time it...isn't. She's not even sure what magic this is. 

 

She will attempt, of course, a silent stilled Dimension Door to a sealed secret room (it won't work if the Forbiddance is up, but if the Forbiddance is up it shouldn't have been possible for someone to get close enough for whatever this is, so they must've silently taken it down -)

Permalink Mark Unread

Neither the dominate nor the other effect permits her to cast the spell, so she can't tell that the forbiddance is still up.

As a courtesy, her body is also going to cast a spell so that she'll still be rested in two hours as if she'd actually slept. And then she's going to telepathically tell her visitor - not, in fact, everything. All of Cheliax' secrets, but none of her own.

Permalink Mark Unread

You had better be planning to stay awhile, she thinks as dryly as is possible under the circumstances. 

She does know all of Cheliax's secrets, and will tell them...does she have to tell them in a useful order.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes she does. That's what the dominate is for.

The voice in her mind observes that the sooner this is over the less likely it is that any of Lilia Ramona de Montero's enemies - or bosses, but that's a subset of the enemies, is it not? - will find out that anything out of the ordinary happened tonight.

Permalink Mark Unread

And that plausibly being an interest of her mysterious possessing spirit, or they'd have removed her from this room, they may stop after two hours even if they have yet to get to the personal secrets. 


She doesn't say this, obviously. Doesn't even really think it. She gives, rapidly and in a useful order, the names and disguises of Cheliax's spies, its codes, its methods of secret communication, its secret negotiations with Razmir for a second front with Galt, its operations in Thuvia and in Molthune and in Andoran and in Galt and in Lastwall. She knows who in her own office serves other powers, and which spies from other nations Cheliax has discovered and is carefully watching. She knows the approximate strength of Cheliax's forces and where they are distributed. She knows Manohar's secret human-sacrifice-powered research project. (He wants to level people systematically. She respects this; it's real ambition. Hasn't gotten anywhere, though.) She knows a great deal about the protections and precautions of Aspexia Rugatonn and Abrogail Thrune, who is much less of an idiot than she was four years ago. She happens to know where Iomedae's artifact sword is. It's with the bloody imbeciles in Citadel Dinyar, who venerate it. They will all go to Hell all the same. She knows of not one but three portals from Hell active somewhere in Cheliax, through which devils occasionally rise to perform strange rituals. 

Permalink Mark Unread

When she's through with Cheliax' secrets, which does in fact take most of the two hours even though the telepathy is quite fast, the presence departs her mind. The dominate remains, forcing her to pretend to be asleep, but in another handful of moments it's gone too.

 

She does feel well-rested. And the forbiddance is still there.

Permalink Mark Unread

She gets out of bed.

 

 

She's not, in fact, going to tell anyone. They'd have more questions for her than she cares to answer. She probably wouldn't survive it. It could be a test, of course, of exactly that, but - it wasn't. Cheliax doesn't possess the resources to run that test. If Cheliax knew how to do that, Lilia herself would get to order it sometimes.

 

 

Cheliax, of course, may not survive whatever that thing tries. So some changes of plans are indicated. She wants to make sure, if she needs to depart on short notice, she has the most important things with her. 

 

(She does not bother feeling terrified, or violated, or desperately alone, or like the fate of Hell itself is on her shoulders. That is weakness, and she hasn't had time for weakness in a long time.)

 

 

...she does check around midmorning that they haven't already resolved that one project. It doesn't seem likely they'd have gotten it working and not told her, but - but there's one person who could do what was just done to her, and might, were she at liberty to do it and in doubt of Lilia for some reason.

They haven't resolved that one project.

Lilia orders people off to horrible fates until she feels better.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

The very first thing Korva was told, when her masters first handed her a stick and an afternoon to spend seriously pretending it was a sword, was this: when you fight someone, and fight to win, you must always try to press forward. You will be tempted to pause, tempted to retreat, tempted to hesitate and call it being cautious. And you will lose, having let your opponent dictate the terms of engagement and lost your own momentum. So don't pull back, don't lose the flow of combat, and don't pause to think. Move.

....the people teaching her were, admittedly, rage warriors who fought in ways that she suspects are completely disjoint from what any sane, organized military force has ever done. But this is still how she fights, and this is still how she lives, any time she starts to feel the creeping need to rest. She constantly wants to pause, to breathe, to be sure that she's ready. But she has to ignore her own tiredness, to shelve any fear of what lies ahead, to move forward, forward, forward - or she'll stop moving, and not be in the position she needs to be in, and everything will be lost to her hesitancy.

So she does note, distantly, that she's already very tired of talking to people, after the morning conversation with the druid. And then she deliberately ignores it. She leans into the feeling that she has a plan that will work, and that she's going to execute it, before its moment passes.

She calls a general staff meeting for an hour from now, to discuss the new deployment plan. Her staff are going to hate how little notice she gives them for things, sometimes, but that's life. Or war. One of those things.

 

"We're pivoting," she says, when people have assembled. "We've been seeing unsustainable losses along the barrier, for the past few weeks, and today we're going to do something about it. There are two aspects to the problem. One is that there's a new demon ritualist, or the old one is back, and the demons are tougher now. I'm going to handle that one. The other is that we're trying to hold the barrier in winter, without our previous fortifications, and we don't have enough Endure Elements spells to send the bulk of our force patrolling. This second aspect is what this plan is concerned with."

"Our top wizards have secured a spell that allows the creation of a temporary extradimensional mansion. For anyone who hasn't been following our supply situation closely, this spell is where the majority of our recent extra food has been coming from. The plan is to keep using it for that, but not in Drezen. We're going to set up these mansions along the barrier, extend their duration using one of my spells, and maintain ten of them at a time along the barrier. We are going to station between one hundred fifty and three hundred men in each mansion, cycling them in and out of these mansions every few hours. This should allow us to field men without endure elements spells, allowing us to field many more soldiers a day."

     "Commander," says Captain Odan, "deploying a hundred and fifty men in each of ten stations would mean leaving Drezen itself virtually undefended."

"Getting to that. Since our endure elements spells won't be spoken for, once we're in position, we can use our existing casters to begin granting endure elements to our forces in Kenabres, allowing around a hundred of them to march up and join us every few days. It'll take some time, but we should be able to staff Drezen with newer troops. ...I guess that means we're starting out with more like a hundred men in each mansion, and then adding more later."

          "It's clever," says Dorgelinda, approvingly. "Have you accounted for the horses yet?"

"...nnnno. Let's talk about the horses."

 

There are, it turns out, a lot of things that have to be accounted for. Food and space for the horses. Mansion plans that can reasonably accommodate the number of soldiers they want to put in them. Coming up with new patrol schedules. Assigning everyone to specific mansions. Selecting locations for the mansion entrances. Making sure everyone's winter gear and other supplies are in order. Deciding whether this affects their timelines for telling everyone to cut it out with the theft and bribery. They are not, most of them, specifically her responsibility, but they need to be assigned to specific people if they're going to happen, and she assigns them. (It does, she thinks, affect their timelines for telling everyone to cut it out with the theft and bribery. If Galfrey won't get back to them about a charter, then she'll do what she has to without Galfrey signing off on it.) Regill and Dorgelinda are additionally assigned the responsibility of determining what the crusade ought to do with another ten thousand or twenty thousand or a hundred thousand gold, if it had it, and in particular what raising the most valuable fallen troops would directly trade off against, and at what point the raises become the best way of preventing additional deaths. Also they should get on that now. Like today. Because they're still not preserving the bodies.

She'd like to work on procuring more supplies. It feels easy, like something she won't get stuck on, like she knows how to carry her momentum through the task. But other people can procure supplies, and there are some things other people can't do. 

So she goes to the island, and tries not to pause to think about that, either.

Permalink Mark Unread

Unsurprisingly, no one on the island actually has any idea what the material components of a reincarnation spell are, or what kinds of plants it uses, or where they could find out more about the plants or the spell in question. Madame Ozza, the alchemist, seems mildly intrigued, but not so intrigued that she's going to interrupt her current work on further cataloguing the magical properties of the island's soil. You might think, if you were naive and very silly, that Korva's followers on the island might want to be more helpful than random druids living in Chelish forests that she's never visited before and is not welcome to visit again - but you would be wrong. Of course. 

She hates this place, sometimes.

Aranka wants to talk about some completely different thing, how Thall has been working on a ritual that should allow the Desnans to transport her and several companions to the source of her powers in Elysium. 

"Isn't Thall - he's second-circle, right, how is he going to pull off a more complicated plane shift?"     

     "It's ritual magic, Knight Commander," says Aranka, and Korva can't tell whether it's meant with the attitude that Korva is a little slow. "Anyway, Thall is brilliant, and these things aren't all about raw power. Your powers should be naturally oriented towards their source, you see, and he said we should be able to use them to power it. But we'll all be casting it together, to keep it stable."

           "I wouldn't call it entirely stable," says Thall, quietly. Korva did not actually realize that he was listening. "It might work. Or it, uh, might take you somewhere else."

"...right. I'll - I'll get back to you on that, it sounds like something I'd want to be fully prepared for going in. And I have, you know, things to do. To keep our patrols out there from dying." And then she remembers she's talking to Thall, who unlike almost everyone else on this fucking island actually does contribute his spells to the cause on a daily basis. " - I'm sorry, Thall, I know you help with that. It's a fine project, and it'll be really impressive if it works."

     "I suppose keeping people from dying sounds important, too," says Aranka, agreeably.

 

The island is also where she's left Zara, who's watching her from the top of one of the little cliffs that are about. 

She needs to talk to her. She really needs to talk to her. But it feels too much like pausing, too much like something that will leave her stuck, and - she's afraid to, really.

On the other hand, Zara is one of the only people on the island who might actually be excited about doing something on the grounds that it is useful.

"Hey, Zara?" she calls up. "I have a mission that I need to assign someone to. Would you like it, or are you pretty busy?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not busy!" 

She doesn't actually sound excited, exactly. Insistent, but not quite excited.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's a terrible parent. She should fix that. She should probably not fix it this exact second.

"There are some mercenaries down in the town who are from a place called Nirmathas. I'm looking for information about a kind of plant that druids use for casting a certain spell. I don't expect any of the Nirmathas soldiers to know about it, but I think they might know some druids who would be willing to cooperate with the crusade, or might know some people who know some cooperative druids. I think they're also going to be mostly illiterate. So I need someone to talk to them, to see if they know anyone like that, and maybe to take down some dictated letters to those people, asking if there are any druids in Nirmathas who would be willing to help the crusade."

"...and you might want to talk about, uh, how the knight commander has been revitalizing the lands of the worldwound, and try to pitch them on why they might want to help us. If that's possible. Can you do that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah! I can do that. - but I might need some help making the letters good."

Permalink Mark Unread

Zara is... probably not actually competent to execute this task well. But, on the other hand, she will at least try to execute it, which is still more than she can say for anyone else around here.

"It's okay. You're mostly just going to want to write down exactly what they say, we do want the letters to be from them."

"I'll see you tonight, okay?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay. But don't worry about me, okay? I'm doing fine up here."

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah no she's gonna keep worrying.

 

And then there's exactly one more thing she needs to do today. One more thing that it would be a gross betrayal to rest before doing. One more thing that she can't afford to think about before doing, and therefore can't afford to prepare for, even though this will, on some level, make it more painful than it probably has to be. But if she pauses, and lets herself catch her breath, lets herself count the costs of doing it - she just won't. So she's got to do it now, as soon as it's occurred to her that it's the thing to do.

She goes to check on Lann.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's practicing with Finnean, at a makeshift archery target behind the row of houses where most of the neathers live. She's about as impossibly fast as before, loosing arrow after arrow in the time it takes most people to fire once. They all hit the target, which isn't very far away; they don't all hit the center. She looks pretty unhappy about this.

" - commander."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey. How're you doing?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I've improved a lot since a few hours ago. I don't have to completely relearn how to shoot, or anything. I'm still getting used to it, and a bow this size works a little differently than what I used to do, but I should still be able to fight."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's good! I kind of meant in general, though. Like, with regard to things other than whether you can still use a bow."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh."

"It's weird. I keep feeling like I'm supposed to be in a different place than I am. It's not that I liked how I looked before, but... I was used to it, I guess. But hey, hanging out with Finnean makes it pretty much impossible to feel sorry for yourself."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can't imagine what it must be like," says the bow. "Having to get used to an entirely different form overnight. I'm not sure I could do it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You see what I mean. But don't sell yourself short, Finnean. I think you're doing great."

Permalink Mark Unread

"At what?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Finnean, maybe I should be asking how you're doing, too. Do you need anything? Or want anything?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm okay! Thanks for looking out for me, Commander. I'm just happy to be getting some training in with Lann. Although - well, I don't want to complain, but it would be nice to hang out with the rest of the group at other times, too! I do feel like you all forget about me a little, sometimes. But I understand that you're all very busy."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...of course. Sorry, Finnean. You're just... quiet. But it's on us to remember, really."

Man, it really is impossible to feel sorry for yourself while talking to Finnean. Not really in the sense that you feel any better about yourself, mostly in the sense that you feel like an asshole for ever having considered any of your problems to be real ones. She has, if nothing else, not yet been captured by a mad wizard who subjected her to torturous magical experiments and then turned her into a shapeshifting sapient weapon. Good to have perspective, there.

"...seriously, though, Lann. I'm sorry it's not exactly what you were going for. And I'm sorry that you had to choose so quickly. I know I would have wanted a lot more time to prepare, before making a choice like that. It's not all bad, I don't think - you'll live a lot longer, mostly, but - I know it's a lot to get used to. And - if you don't get used to it, we'll fix it. Maybe not until after the crusade is over, but if there is an after, then afterwards I'm going to find a way to get you a form you like. I don't know how yet, exactly, but I will. I promise."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thanks, commander. It's all right, though, I signed up for this. You don't need to waste your time worrying about me on top of everything else."

"...you did get the spell, though, right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

" - oh. Right, you were dead during that conversation. Uh, yes and no. I definitely got a clear view of it, and if I had the proper material components then I'm sure I could cast it again. I don't, though. It turns out that instead of a diamond it requires some special kind of oil that comes from 'plants that only druids can grow', and we don't know which ones or where to find them. If we did,  I'd say even odds that we could grow them on the island, that place seems like it can keep almost anything alive. But we need the plants first."

"We're closer. But - I'm sorry that the whole heroic sacrifice didn't quite work out as intended."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. - I still didn't mean it as a sacrifice. I know that we could have used Nenio. I wanted this, I was just... hoping for something a little different. But I knew the risks."

"I guess that means we're not going to be able to raise the fallen soldiers with it, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not yet, no."

"I do have a new plan to hold the barrier, and I have a task you could help with, if you're up to it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Always, Commander. Just say the word."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I need someone to go through all the neathers who can fight, and tell me how much more cold weather gear they're missing. I have a plan to field people out of extradimensional mansions without giving them endure elements, but for it to work, all of the people who are participating absolutely need to have warm enough clothing. There are enough combat-capable neathers that I think we could give them their own mansion that's mostly just them, but in that case I need to know that they won't freeze. So I need you to go through - probably with some other people, we want this to get done quickly - and tell me how many people are missing hats, gloves, socks, boots, underwear, good pants, good shirts, and good coats. Do not be heroic about it or claim that things are good enough if they're too thin, have holes in them, or someone says their current gear doesn't keep them warm. I need a complete count, it'll be much more expensive to lose anything to frostbite. Can you do that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can. But if you mean to outfit them all properly, some things meant for humans aren't going to fit."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. I'm going to need the count quickly, so we have time to both obtain the clothes and alter them to suit people's individual needs. And some people might not be able to participate, if they've got - extra parts that can't easily be protected from the cold. Those people we'll have to keep in Drezen to protect the wardstone in case of an attack, okay?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You got it, commander. I'll have a report for you tomorrow."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thanks, Lann. I appreciate it."

 

It only occurs to her once she's left that she doesn't really know what she's supposed to do next. Collapsing in a heap sounds pretty good, although she'll probably want to find a place for it that isn't covered in snow. She feels like she ought to be doing something useful, instead, but she's not very sure what. 

She told Zara that she'd see her tonight. It hasn't really been long enough for that, but she'll have to do it soon. She's dreading it. She shouldn't be, she should want to spend time with Zara and find it restorative when she does. But - she would, on some level, really rather continue ignoring her.

Her feet, still trying to carry her momentum towards something, take her back to the command center. Then they take her up the stairs to the top of the command center walls, where Sosiel is painting again. 

She paces. She places a hand on Lariel's sword, and imagines him here to give her advice. She's been doing this less and less over time, possibly because her imaginary Lariel doesn't really have any advice for when she doesn't know what to do. Imaginary Lariel is mostly for when you know what to do, but it sounds like it'll be hard, and you don't know whether you have the strength to do it. He's not so much for giving advice about whether you should hang out with your daughter and completely mask all of your real emotions, so that you can take care of her decently while also losing the one relationship in your life that involves anybody knowing anything about who you really are, or whether you should hang out with her and not mask your emotions about it, which might be horrifically painful for both of you. He is of the opinion that you should probably not blow off your daughter just because you don't really feel like spending time with her, although he's also pretty confused about the idea that this task might be one that requires heroic willpower. Imaginary Lariel acknowledges that he's never had children and is not really an expert, here.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know why I'm up here," says Sosiel, when she paces close enough to him that he can call out. "Do you know why you are?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"This is my house."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And yet even here, you look lost."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nobody asked you," she murmurs, and hops up to sit on the parapet.

 

"Don't you get cold out here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Some days. Other days I patrol, and have an excuse to use some of my spells on myself."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fine."

 

"If you must know, I am deciding whether to keep an engagement with someone I don't want to see. But I care about them, and I don't want to hurt them by not showing up. Are you happy?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"About your predicament? No. But if you wanted advice, I would be happy to offer it."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Fine. What is your advice."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Have you tried being honest with this person, about not wanting to see them right now?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh, no, because that would hurt them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think they'll understand that you have a lot on your plate right now, as long as you're honest with them about your true feelings."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't want to be honest about my true feelings. My feelings are complicated, and hurtful, and I don't want them to be hurt."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's no attitude to have, in a relationship. Anyone worth your time will be someone who can accept you as you are, complicated feelings and all."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

" - okay, whoever you are imagining this conversation is about, stop imagining them. Imagine, like, Aivu. No, imagine Aivu had been captured by demons for a month and only just been rescued, and now I have a bunch of new friends and don't really want to have to explain Aivu to them, and also I'm really busy and find Aivu kind of annoying right now, and also Aivu has just been through an incredibly harrowing experience and desperately needs me to support and take care of her and help her recover, and ignoring her is actually being a shitty person."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...is Aivu all right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aivu is fine! This is a metaphor! Metaphor Aivu is not fine! Metaphor Aivu needs someone to take care of her, and support her, and make sure that she gets to be a kid again, and not to feel like a burden to the people she came here to help."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Does Aivu need that person to be you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

" - yes, actually."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then it sounds like you've already decided what it is you have to do."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know that, I just haven't decided whether I'm actually going to - "

Permalink Mark Unread

And, at this moment, Aivu tumbles out of the sky right next to her.

"You didn't TELL me you were a MOMMY!"

Permalink Mark Unread

" - hi Aivu."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I knew you were a grownup, but I didn't know you had a baby! I guess it probably wouldn't come up most of the time. I really like her, though, I wish you'd said something so we could have been friends sooner!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You - have a baby?"

Permalink Mark Unread

" - she's not a baby, she's eleven."

Oh wow wait that was way more information than she wanted Sosiel to have about her or her life history.

"Nevermind. C'mon, Aivu."

And she can leap off the parapet to the ground below, that being the fastest possible way to end this interaction.

 

She can do this. She at no point actually finished deciding to do this, but that's how it is, with children, you don't always get to decide. Sometimes things just need to be done, and you do them, even when you don't know how. Even when you're going to mess them up horribly. Better to meet your end in battle than in bed, as the Ulfen say.

She is, actually, about as terrified of this interaction as if she were facing a particularly deadly and important battle. She can't think why. There's no reason to be this afraid of Zara.

She turns it over in her mind as she heads back to the island, which isn't long enough to make sense of it. She keeps turning it over and over in the background, as she finds Zara and hugs her and listens to her account of what the Nirmathas soldiers do and don't know about druids.

And then she tells Zara more of the story of what happened to her, because Zara does need to know it, and it seems like an obvious thing to do, here, that doesn't take so much of herself. Aivu listens intermittently, not having heard the whole story before. The other orphans gather around and listen with rapt attention. Then the mimics, and the gnomes, and Ember, who has been tending to the sick, even though Ember was there for it.

 

It isn't until near the end of her story that she finally makes sense of the dissipating sickness in the pit of her stomach. Zara was the only person here, maybe the only person left in the whole world, who really knew the person that Korva was before she arrived in Mendev. She doesn't quite feel that she does know Zara, now, or like Zara quite knows her. And as long as Zara doesn't know the new Korva, the Knight Commander, and replace her sense of the old Korva with the new one, she can almost believe that the old one isn't really gone. 

But that Korva is gone. She died in a pit in the center of Kenabres, or perhaps in the middle of Galfrey's speech, or perhaps with the snapping of her collar. She has, in any case, been dead for months, and is not worth a resurrection, even if one might work. Perhaps it's more like the spell the druid taught her this morning, a new Korva rising from the ashes of the old, with the same soul attached to a new life to live.

In any case, the old version of herself is not recoverable. All the new one can do now is bury her, and hope to rebuild some kind of relationship with the child that the old one lived for.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

In the morning Marit goes looking for her while the soldiers, who don't have Rings of Sustenance, are still dragging themselves into the training yard. "Knight-Commander. We successfully engaged some enhanced demons, and captured one, a babau, which is now in the dungeons. I had a question, if you have a moment."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure. Go ahead."

Permalink Mark Unread

"One question of fairly significant strategic import is whether enhanced demons have the same vulnerabilities as normal demons. I'd expect it'd be easier for a ritual to change a demon's vulnerability from cold iron to silver, or from good to law, than to make them invulnerable altogether; that might explain some of their unexpected tenacity, and if it's not that then I think this ritual is a lot more powerful than ought to be possible, which would be important in its own right.

The way to check this would be by cutting up the prisoner.

- I can give you my analysis of whether that should be allowed, if you'd like, but it's your decision and struck me as one where you might not want to rely on - what anyone else who has to decide things like that sometimes has to say about it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, fun, moral decisions. She has no idea what she thinks of strategic torture of demons. Regill, of course, would say it was necessary. Most of her companions -even Seelah, she suspects - wouldn't see the big deal. Ember would tell her that it was wrong. Arueshalae would... probably abstain.

And none of that matters, because Galfrey made her knight commander, and Marit has promised to obey her orders, and in the end this choice falls on nobody but her.

"...what is your analysis of whether that ought to be allowed."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know," he says flatly. "I wouldn't have to hurt it very much, you can tell if there's a vulnerability with a very shallow cut. I could use the spell Delay Pain; I could fix it with magical healing afterwards; I could do it while the demon was unconscious, if that seemed likely to spare it additional distress. I don't think we're talking about a degree of harm that, in itself, presents a particular quandry; it has injured itself more than that checking if it could break the bars.

But it seems like, as rules that apply across the board and are insensitive to the actual degree of harm go, 'don't deliberately injure prisoners' is a strikingly good one.

It's not actually the one the Shining Crusade used; that was 'if it is strategically necessary to deliberately injure a prisoner, get advance authorization, minimize suffering, provide magical healing as soon as feasible, report it in detail,', most commonly used when it was necessary to render someone unconscious so spells could take or because we lacked the resources in the moment to contain them while conscious, but also used to check if someone was the species they claimed to be, check if a spell had taken effect, or check if regeneration was suppressed. The relevant strategic necessity can't be attained through the prisoner being frightened or harmed into compliance, can't be the prisoner's cooperation, can't be an effect on other prisoners who witness it, can't be punitive.

It's a demon. I think there's an argument for being more careful, when the rest of the world is less careful, where a person in your care is very alien to you and your own conscience perhaps quieter or more confused, and so for being more careful with prisoners who are demons than you would be with prisoners who were human. Certainly were it the case that this would be illegal if the prisoner were human then I think it must not be done; the respects in which demons and humans differ are not relevant. 

- separately from any of that, I want to use the more stringent of whatever rules seem right to you and to Lastwall, because I showed their letter of assurance and am unwilling to while its beneficiary do anything they've, themselves, decided not to countenance."

Permalink Mark Unread

She thinks, for some reason, of Jerribeth. Not of Jerribeth keeping her word in the Ivory Sanctum, which is easily enough explained by the strategic considerations at the time. She thinks of the questions Jerribeth answered after, about the ritual. She said that she had gone through it herself. That the memory of the ritual was a horrible one, so horrible that she intended to erase it upon returning to the Abyss. Her voice was an inhuman, telepathic buzzing noise - and even in that, the pain of even thinking about it still came through.

That is not what they are doing, any more than they mean to punish the soldiers who break the rules in exactly the same way that she was punished as a teenager. But -

"The differences between demons and humans are not relevant, no, though I'm not sure how many people would agree with even that much. But - it also seems perverse, doesn't it, if we say that we can kill demons on sight, but can't give them a minor cut with a knife beforehand. That's not a decision, that's just - it seems a very odd place to land."

Permalink Mark Unread

"A lot of duties to prisoners end up with oddities, in that respect, like that you can't let someone who needs to eat go without dinner but you can execute them so as to save the dinner. 

I think the tricky thing is that it actually requires both deeply unusual virtue and deeply unusual knowledge to not horrendously wrong people over whom you have the power that guards possess over their prisoners. Even rules that make things a lot better than what you'd get without the rule are - gesturing wildly at those pieces it's possible to pin down. Either they end up banning a lot of things that are fine or they're deeply specific and confusing to apply in the field or they're easily exploitable and then the rule is in fact just decorative and whatever outcome you're getting you're getting from the personal virtue of the people carrying it out."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That - also seems perverse, actually, creating a situation where if you run out of food you're required to execute prisoners rather than underfeed them. I suppose at some point there are cleaner deaths than starvation, but - surely, in most situations, most prisoners would prefer to live. Not all of them, obviously, but - it seems - ridiculous and cruel, on some level, to say that because it's all right to kill people sometimes, that you should preferentially kill people instead of committing some lesser harm. I am sure that the people who wrote the rules in question have thought of that, and have taken far more prisoners than I have, but - it still doesn't seem like - like a system that one would actually prefer to be a prisoner under, relative to the alternative."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It really doesn't. And yet the rule 'ask prisoners whether they'd rather go hungry or be put to death', in the absence of sincere concern for the prisoners by the people following it, results in lots of unfed prisoners about whom you can truthfully say 'they said they preferred it!" but who you could, in fact, have fed, and wouldn't actually have killed. And of course presumably the rule is that they can be allowed to go hungry to some reasonable degree, if not outright starved, but that still means there's a point where you have to choose either to feed them or to release them or to kill them, just a hungrier point. And of course ultimately many armies largely don't take prisoners in the first place because you'll have to feed and guard them, which is the same decision just made on the battlefield.

The best I know how to do is to ask myself how much harm I am doing, and for what good, and then ask how liable I am to be wrong in either part of that judgment, and then ask whether a blanket ban on doing that kind of harm would overall make things better even if in this case it'd make things worse."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, we in fact have never taken demon prisoners before, and only took this one for the express purpose of learning more about the ritual's origins and effects. I do not know that there exist any norms to be eroded, here. ...but, on the other hand, if we go and treat demons in our power the way that they treat us, then - we may still be defending ourselves from invaders, but it seems like we're sort of giving up some kind of claim to being... better."

"You should ask Lastwall where their line is, if you're going to do that anyway. I think that - given that we wouldn't have a prisoner, and would instead have a corpse, if we hadn't wanted to know about the ritual, I am inclined to ask what our options are for reliably knocking the prisoner out. Although I do think it's probably higher-priority to learn from it where and who the current ritualist is, if it knows, and I can imagine situations where these priorities are in conflict, depending on what resources we actually have and what we can pull off."

"....also kind of tempted to offer it a dismissal in exchange for its cooperation, honestly. There's an obvious sense in which this is incredibly stupid, but. We could."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm expecting we'll need Alfirin's help for the interrogation, though it's worth trying without that. I don't expect it to believe you, if you offer it a dismissal, or particularly to be more cooperative, but - doesn't make it the wrong thing to do, and it'd be consistent with how you're trying to handle executions generally. ...you probably want Banishment, though, so as to not risk unleashing it on some random other plane, unless they've improved Dismissal since I learned it.

I think Alfirin has Arazni's Deep Slumber, which lasts all day. If we don't have that I do not know of a better method than nonlethal violence for rendering demons unconscious; I expect it's too strong for a normal Deep Slumber.... Arazni's Deep Slumber is another spell you should try to learn, it's really useful."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Normal deep slumber it would probably just wake up when you injured it. If a stronger version is on the table, then it seems reasonable to use it. I - don't know dismissal to do that, but I'm not exactly a planar expert? Sosiel can cast dismissal and can't cast banishment, although Nenio might be able to pull it off if she had it. ...we should separately really get a list of all of the spells that Nenio ought to have, at some point."

Permalink Mark Unread

"When Arazni cast it no power but Her or Iomedae could wake them. Dismissal used to sometimes send people to a random plane. I'll ask some of my archons if it still does that, they're how I learned of it in the first place. I can put a list together of all spells we make available standard to Crusade wizards at a certain circle."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. Thanks. Let me know what you find out before we go ahead with any plans."

Permalink Mark Unread

So Marit will drop by the headquarters of the Iomedaen inquisition in Drezen.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then he will be immediately shown to Inquisitor Castelloni's office, where Inquisitor Castelloni will glower at him!

(Not personally. Just on general principles. He glowers at most people. By this point Lastwall has sent back their 'the note is legitimate and real and you should listen to it' message and Ettore has listened to it, but this does not actually make him like the extremely overclassified person who just jumped into his overworked disaster and is not making it better.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit's own expression is completely unreadable.

"I had an update and a question. The update is that there is a Dimensional Lock on the dungeons, and will be for the next month or so." It's an eighth circle spell and would have to be cast Extended for that result; he doesn't explain himself, because the Iomedaen inquisition doesn't actually need to know. "There is currently a babau there, my prisoner. We are trying to learn more about the ritual by which our enemies are creating more powerful demons. I intend to conduct an interrogation. I also want to test if the enhanced demons possess the same vulnerabilities - to good and cold iron, in a babau's case - as unenhanced demons. The testing wouldn't be seriously injurious, I will use Delay Pain, I will arrange magical healing, but I wanted to check whether Iomedae's Law, or any other relevant law I am unaware of, prohibits deliberately injuring prisoners against their interests regardless."

Permalink Mark Unread

The Iomedaean Inquisition doesn't need to know, but Inquisitor Castelloni is still obviously not going to trust that the lock will keep existing just because this person says it.

"I will need to know the precise dimensions of the Dimensional Lock before I make use of it," he says while he thinks.

And then he thinks. The value of the information is obviously significant, but more importantly...

... He'll pull out his pocket copy of the Law of Iomedae and check it just to be sure.

(While keeping one eye on the mysterious deadly person, of course..)

"That is not explicitly prohibited," he will grudgingly say. "Assuming it is not done torturously."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's centered on a pillar in the center of the second wing and encompasses all of the cells in that room, and the hallway visible from there." So the prisoners don't have line of effect to anywhere that isn't under the Dimension Lock, which would let them summon things.

"I will not cause pain, and if it's possible will conduct the test while the prisoner is not conscious so as to avoid otherwise causing distress. Thank you. I had no other questions."

Permalink Mark Unread

Ettore will glower, nod in a vague mixture of thank-you, I-understand and you're-welcome, and then keep glowering until Marit leaves.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, inquisitors are not empowered through their great splendour.

 

Marit will return to the dungeons. He doesn't plan to conduct any experiments now, he should just check in before he trains soldiers all day.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ember is sitting outside the bars of the babau's cell. 

"It must be frightening, not to know what's going to happen next," she's saying. "I'd tell you, but I don't know why you're in here, either."

Permalink Mark Unread

The guard makes an apologetic face at him. He makes a gesture that will hopefully be interpreted as 'no, that's fine'. 

 

"We want to learn more about the ritual that makes enhanced demons," he says, trying to say it as much to the demon as Ember. He's not even sure the demon speaks Taldane.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, that makes sense!" she says, cheered. She turns back to the demon. "I think the Knight Commander doesn't want anyone else to be hurt the way that you were hurt. That doesn't make what happened to you any better, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ember, does it understand Taldane?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, a lot of demons only understand the words you say to them in your mind. It's easier for me if I say the words out loud, though, too."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Right, okay. ...we want to know where the ritual that enhanced the demon was conducted, and who did it, so we can stop them from doing it to more demons. We also want to know what effects the ritual had. Korva said that if the demon helped us with that we could send him back to the Abyss with magic, instead of killing him, but I don't really expect him to believe us about that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That would be good. Would you like to go home, Eviscerator? I don't know if you'll believe me, either, but Korva's always kept her promises to demons, so I don't think she would say it if she didn't mean it. The last demon she asked about the ritual is just fine. She was when she went back to the Abyss, anyway, I guess I don't know where she is now."

Permalink Mark Unread

- Marit's going to ask one of his spies to come on in here and keep an eye out in case Ember escalates from this to idiocy, but this is - Good, actually, not his kind but a very important kind, and he doesn't want to hassle her about it just because it's almost definitely not going to work and what's going to work is a Geas for obedience and then an interrogation. 

"I will return later," he says to Ember, "but if, uh, Eviscerator decides to tell you anything about the ritual and you think he's telling the truth you can get me or tell Korva, all right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay! I'll let you know."

Permalink Mark Unread

Or his spy will. "Thank you!"

 

 

They've changed the focus of training the soldiers now that the plan is to station them in large groups at Mansions along the border. They need to be better at working in larger-than-scouting-sized groups. There's a lot to do. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Korva has to do logistics. She doesn't like logistics. It involves a bunch of talking to people. At least it isn't moral decision-making, though, or at least not the kind where you have to suddenly answer questions like "do I have an objection to cutting up prisoners". She just has to check in on Lann (clothing numbers, how are you, how are the neathers, how is being mostly responsible for everyone around you treating you, yeah it's kind of awful but you're doing great), check in with Harmattan (legal code, awkwardly not talking about any planned attempted coups), check in with Dorgelinda (supply numbers, still not doing any stealing, right? right?), check in with Regill (unfortunately not in fact worth raising any soldiers with current funds, thank you for doing the calculations because I'm not sure I would trust them from anyone else, I suppose that "boots" is not a particularly surprising answer to what should be at the top of our new spending priority list but it's not actually the specific one I would have thought of), check in with Setsuna (have some mansion locations yet? cool. have a roster for who's in what mansion yet? no, it doesn't need to be finalized yet, just checking in about it), NOT check in with Sosiel about anything clericy because she's avoiding Sosiel today, check in with her mail which STILL doesn't have anything from Galfrey about anything -

 

These people know that she was expelled from school for being a disorganized wreck who couldn't do her homework, right? No, of course not, she's never spoken to anyone here about it except for Marit and, very obliquely, Regill.

She still feels like they should magically intuit it. But they don't, and the mobilization effort is making progress anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

And around late afternoon, Ember will wander out to where Marit is training soldiers and politely wait for him to get to a stopping point. She's wearing boots, but no coat; she gave hers away to someone who didn't have one.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ember. Did you and Eviscerator have a good conversation?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mhm! He says he'll help you learn about the ritual if he gets to go home after."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - well, great! Do you think he'll still be willing to help us with that if we use magic so he can't lie to us?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mhm! He doesn't like it here at all. - oh, do you know how much you need to know to scry the ritualist? I don't scry things, so I'm not sure, but I thought you'd want to have somebody scry him. Eviscerator says that people call him Mu-ta-sa-fen, but I don't know whether that's enough."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's enough to try but probably not enough to succeed." And probably a trap, just like scrying Alfirin is a trap. "Did he say where this Mutasafen is?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"He said that the ritual was done in the Abyss, so probably Mutasafen is there."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Marit is mostly assuming that the demon is lying its slimy face off but they'll know soon enough. "Well, that'd be inconvenient but not surprising. - the other thing I wanted to learn about the ritual was whether Eviscerator has the same weaknesses as most demons, or different ones. We're losing a lot of soldiers to ritual-altered demons, and we wouldn't if we knew more about how to fight them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"He didn't say anything about that. We could ask him and see if he knows, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why don't you tell Korva this, and she can find someone who can cast Abadar's Truth, and then hopefully Eviscerator can tell us the same things again, and maybe other things he knows about the ritual."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay! Arsinoe can cast it, so that's easy."

And she can run off and find Korva.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"You - got the demon to just tell you all of that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mhm!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...how? I mean, I guess it might not know that we have a cleric of Abadar who can actually verify, but..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The same way you did, with Jerribeth. I just talked to him. It wasn't anything special."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Well, probably this is not going to be that easy, but - well, you can't just hand gifts back without even opening them to see what they are. Or without checking whether they're safe to open, when you have the means to do that. She's not sure what the best metaphor is, but - Abadar's Truthtelling is cheap.

She can grab Arsinoe and they can head over to the dungeons.

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit is going to go as well to check for some of the obvious ways Ember if she were going to be stupid might help a babau beat Abadar's Truthtelling, and also other kinds of demonic plot this could be, because it's definitely some kind.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ember believes in Eviscerator! And she believes in Korva. So hopefully it can all be okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Eviscerator doesn't believe in shit. It's - actually kind of hard not to believe in Ember, which is weird, usually it's really easy not to believe in people. But Ember acts funny, and it's hard not to believe her, which is fine because even if you believe her you can just notice that she can't exactly stop the deadly man who took Eviscerator prisoner, or Korva, whatever Korva is. 

 

Eviscerator isn't in fact lying about the ritual. They'll probably just beat him up more if he lies about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, Korva can cast tongues on herself, since she's not sure how telepathy interacts with Abadar's Truth.

"Hello, Eviscerator. My name is Knight Commander Korva Tallandria."

"There are two things I need from you. One of them is information on the person who performed the ritual that made you stronger, who he is and where he is and anything else you know about him. The other is information about the effects of that ritual - whether it changed your resistances, and what other new abilities it gave you. If you cooperate, and tell me the things that I need to know, then I will send you back to the Abyss instead of killing you. I don't expect you to believe that, but if you cooperate then it will happen, whether you believe it or not."

"We are going to cast a spell that will prevent you from speaking lies, so that we can be certain you're telling the truth. I'd like you to allow that spell to take effect, and then repeat what you told Ember out loud. Abyssal is fine. Okay?"

Permalink Mark Unread

From how Ember spoke of Korva he expected something with more claws. 

 

The spell's going to do something awful but he doesn't resist it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Arsinoe casts the spell. A symbol flashes over the demon, but it doesn't hurt.

"Who did the ritual that made you stronger?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mutasafen."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you know anything about him besides his name?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Alchemist. Has many bodies, and cares little for them. Very powerful."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you know if he's a demon? Or a mortal, or something else?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Contemptuous glare. "He's strong. He's a demon."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see. Where was the ritual done?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why would they have told me?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know how you came by it. Did you seek it out, or did someone do it to you by force?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"They were sweeping the whole rift, killing the weak and taking the strong."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Who was?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. Were you on the Abyss side, or on the material when you were captured?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was captured in the rifts," he says as if she is very dense. "I didn't come to the mortal world until after I had my new powers."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. Thank you."

"Can you describe your new powers. What changed, specifically."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm stronger and faster and deadlier."

Permalink Mark Unread

"In any particular way? Different energy resistances, lack of vulnerability to cold iron? Specific powers you've noticed?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nothing hurts me as much as it used to, because I'm stronger. I hit things harder and faster."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I see."

"Tuvan, is there anything specific you wanted to ask? I think specifics would help."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Does cold iron cut you ordinarily, or only with a strong hit?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah, definitely a sensible question to answer for your enemies. Not. He can see where this is going. He shows his fangs. "You want to come check?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ember would stop me," he says, which is true only because he'd let Ember stop him but is - the only answer to that he can think of offhand which isn't an implicit threat, and while he's willing to do it he's categorically unwilling to threaten to do it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 


It is not the answer he expected. "The little girl?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"She is a companion of the Knight-Commander, and they have all of them toppled giants."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"I'm just stronger. It's not a trick, it's not like a spell you can find a way around, I'm just stronger. And better. And you can come and test, if you want, and have the skin melt off your mortal flesh."

Permalink Mark Unread

He would have Protection from Acid up while poking babaus but this is not a line of argument worth pursuing. Abadar's symbol hasn't flickered. "Cold iron still cuts you, but you have the strength of a great warrior so you can survive many cuts."

Permalink Mark Unread

Fangs again. "Yes."

Permalink Mark Unread

That shouldn't be possible. If you could use a ritual to just level people - 

everyone, in every plane, wants that. Has tried various things to get that. Heaven and Hell don't know how to do it. 

"Thank you," he says.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I'll have you sent home in the morning, when we have the spells for it," she says. "Thank you."

And she leaves the dungeons, with Arsinoe trailing behind her.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ember stays behind, at least for a minute longer, to reassure the demon that it will definitely get to go home soon.

Permalink Mark Unread

He leaves with Korva.

"There's a range of things powerful ritual magic can do. Some very cool stuff. Crop yields across an entire empire, giving out spells to every soldier in an army, giving all men the strength of trolls.

What he's describing - no magic known to any power I've ever heard of can do that. I would be surprised to learn gods could do that at any scale, even in their own planes where no agreements bound them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah."

 

"Jerribeth spoke of a transformation that changes the core properties of a demon's soul. She couldn't be any more specific, either. Or wouldn't, but - I don't think she knew. I don't think any of them know exactly what's being done to them. I suppose it might not be impossible to question Xanthir Vang about it, although I think he's - still somewhat indisposed at the moment. We should double check that, I guess."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And we should tell the people holding the other borders. They'll presumably have noticed the higher losses, but it'll be useful to them to have an idea what form that's taking.

 

If the ritualist is in the Abyss that's going to be - quite a pain to address. People with clones are very hard to kill for good, and operating in the Abyss is spectacularly risky. It might be better to just accelerate the plans to move the wardstones in and thereby make them - strong enough to handle even this, if moving them will do that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it might eventually. The wardstone barriers are stronger the closer together the wardstones are, and if they're closer to the wound itself, each of the barrier lengths will be smaller and therefore stronger. But it'll require moving all of them in closer, and rebuilding all of their associated fortifications, if the problem is now that the existing barriers aren't strong enough to hold the demons. Our current plans for spring mostly involve retaking ground from only one direction. We would have to expand our operations - a lot, if we wanted to make the whole barrier stronger."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Retaking from one direction is good practice with the problems an effort like that would face, though, and good proof that it's possible. And of course we should also contemplate a strike on Mutasafen, have a Trap the Soul item made up for him, but - from what I presently know I'd guess your team's not strong enough yet."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That makes sense."

"We could maybe make plans to move a couple more wardstones in from the same direction, to try to take as much pressure as possible off of at least the Mendevian front. We'd need plans to build new fortifications immediately this time, and we'd need good locations that are capable of defending the wardstones, but the demons have some structures to the southwest that might work as additional locations, if we could clean them out first."

Permalink Mark Unread

"There's no cheap way to build fortresses, and we can barely pay our men. But - we should run the numbers, see how long it takes to pay off in fewer losses and less border to cover, and maybe get a loan from the Church of Abadar, if the numbers look correct. And we'll eventually regret relying wholly on the Mansions but I think they do take off some of the pressure to build new permanent fortifications immediately. 

It's probably worth having a diplomatic envoy to Lastwall who can negotiate some of these things with them, too, trade them some of our spellcasting in ordinary circumstances for backup in an emergency so the Mansions aren't a full commitment of all our seventh-level slots in a crisis, maybe move one of their wardstones if there's one where the land is convenient for it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Really, I think, it comes down to how long it's going to take to find a way to close it. And - we just don't really have solid leads there, yet. But I'll run the numbers."

"Can Tanat banish stuff?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, when we can spare her." It's seventh for wizards, so directly a Mansion.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, it's lucky we haven't moved people yet. When we have - well, probably this specific thing won't come up again, but lots of things like it will. But Nenio is some kind of - I kind of expect her to hit eighth next year. So we'll see."

"I'm going to go work on scrying Xanthir Vang and Jerribeth, just to double check that they're as we left them. If you're not doing anything else urgent, you should drop by the command center in time to see the results, just in case something stands out to you about them that doesn't to me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can come by for that. Should I have Tanat do the Banishment?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...yeah, although I doubt she has a spell open now. It's okay if she has to wait until morning, but yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

"She usually saves the spell from her arcane bond until she goes to sleep, I expect she can get it today. And I'd rather she do that, holding demons for an extended period isn't the kind of thing that reliably works out well."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right, in that case now is good. Thanks."

And she'll head off to do the boring work of scrying.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ember comes out of the dungeons, too, around that time.

 

"I wouldn't have needed to stop you, you know," she says to Marit. "You stopped yourself."

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

Marit's own analysis would have been that - though he still wouldn't have predicted it'd get cooperation literally from demons - that that worked where it shouldn't have worked because there's a significant advantage to being someone who is present in the interests of the prisoner,  and it may or may not be larger than the advantages of being able to interrogate prisoners where this is not remotely in their interests, but certainly if there's someone present it's true of you open some doors that would have otherwise been closed. And Marit is obviously competent to not harm prisoners, but not to be someone who is there for their sake; it's that he needed Ember for.

Which except for the paucity of people like Ember really suggests a prison system with dedicates sworn to serve the interests of the prisoners alone, who can interface with a larger system that inevitably has other purposes. It's an appealing enough idea to play with further, even given the paucity of people like Ember.

 

....that would have been Marit's analysis, but sometimes it's more gracious to let Neutral Good have the hit. He nods to her. "I am grateful for what you did, there."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think I did very much, but I'm glad if I was able to help," she says brightly, and then wanders off into the cold.

Permalink Mark Unread

Alfirin returns to Drezen that evening, after having made spent most of the day investigating the apparent debacle that was the Galtan revolution and given Cansellarion a brief update on the location of Heart's Edge. She flies into the city invisibly and then wanders around the citadel wearing the same face as when she arrived, looking for the Knight-Commander or one of her companions.

Permalink Mark Unread

Korva is in the command center, and is juuuust about done attempting to scry a sapient swarm of locusts that have each been individually pinned to a canvas.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Knight-Commander. I was just coming to offer my remaining spells for the day, if you still need scries. I assume that's Xanthir Vang, did you do Terendelev already?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yep, here he is, about as we expected him. We haven't done Terendelev yet."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you don't need to see for yourself, I have a greater left, more likely to get through and it'll be faster. If anyone here has met her I can also do a share memory first which will also make it more likely to go through. Even so, I expect to get nothing, dragons are very good at resisting spells and I'd expect to have trouble scrying her whether she's in Apsu's realm or raised as an undead."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've met her, and I have one of her scales. I don't think there's any reason I'd need to see for myself."

Permalink Mark Unread

Share Memory.

Permalink Mark Unread

The pain in her chest is horrific, and hard to think around the edges of. She thinks she might also have a head injury, which might be another part of why it's so hard to think, but the other wound seems worse by far. She can't remember where her masters are, whether they were killed in an attack or were merely separated. People are talking, and she has the sense that she ought to be listening, but it's so hard. It might actually be worse than the day she was expelled from school. She spends a moment trying to compare them, and can't remember; this pain is too immediate, too intense, and swallows up the memories of any other. There's blood everywhere, splattered on her clothes and her skin, dripping from the metal collar around her neck. There shouldn't be so much blood - someone already tried magic healing, and that ought to have stabilized it, but the wound resisted it, like the injury somehow has a will to kill her. 

     "I've been informed that she was wounded near Kenabres," a scarred old man is saying. The Prelate. He wears armor bearing Iomedae's holy symbol. "That means that the demons are prowling just outside the walls. And the city is crawling with their spies! Others may be able to relax on this holiday, but not you or I - not the defenders of the city!"

He stalks off. A woman - the one the Prelate called a dragon, Terendelev - leans over her. She is beautiful, ageless, and sad. Whether she grieves for Korva or for some other reason is impossible to say. Her hair is silver, and shines almost like metal.

          "Pry loose the grudging grip of pain," she says, pulling together a spell. "Cast off the veil of suffering flesh. Let light and life go forth in triumph to repel the skulking shade of death."

And at last, the pain recedes, and Korva can breathe again. She stares for a moment, stupidly, trying to get her bearings. "What - what happened?"

          "I do not know yet," says Terendelev. "And that troubles me. I am not entirely sure what the demons did to you. This wound is no ordinary injury, and it was inflicted by no ordinary weapon. I have rid you of your pain and restored your strength, but only time will allow you to heal fully."

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. She'll try the scry, twice.

"Nothing. I'm sorry."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. Thanks anyway."

"Did you want to go across tonight?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Tonight or in the morning makes little difference to me. If we cross in the morning I can do some more quick spellcasting for you before we go."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think we have any high-priority immediate spell needs, unless you'd like to try scrying Terendelev again, and I don't know that that's particularly urgent. I can take you across now, if it's convenient."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's convenient."

Permalink Mark Unread

Then over they can go. She's still going to alter self herself in case of any Lastwall people. 

She'll need to at least stay long enough to check in about when she can go back. ....also she should probably ask if they have any of those wands, she guesses. She's going to need a lot fewer of them than she thought, but she's not sure she gave good numbers before anyway, and they do still have a few more days before they can possibly begin the redeployment plan, so she's going to try not to be completely mortified about the fact that her plans have changed in the last two days.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's war; plans change. They have wands for them.

 

 

 

She knows the instant she sees Alfirin that they do not have a second archmage. She..... would have expected to be at least a little bit surprised, but finds she in fact isn't. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She waits until the two of them are alone before explaining more.

"She tried to overthrow the Asmodeans on her own. It didn't work. She might be back but - not in time to help us."

Permalink Mark Unread

The best possible news that doesn't involve a second archmage, really. This time she does feel surprise, and isn't sure quite what's up with that. 

 

It is probably a bad idea to ask why Alfirin wouldn't work with her church. It is definitely a bad idea to ask what form of coming back takes a long time.  

"Understood. Did she leave us anything useful I should know about?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Cheliax' spymistress. I probably cannot ask her to do anything for us - I don't think I could convince her of my identity - but I have a written report. We should be circumspect about where we got it. Some minor artifacts but - I'm not sure, yet, whether it's a good idea to take them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- impressive. All right. We have enough, regardless. We went back and forth endlessly - and should now get your thoughts, I suppose - on whether to try to bring a large force over or not, and if not whether to use Cyprian's or go for the very shiny high-magic limited infantry approach -

- Arnisant's current favorite plan, not, he says, just because it would be very funny, is for me to study wizardry while you and Morgethai stabilize an interworld transit."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Because he thinks we can do it without you and it will be more valuable to have you as a wizard for the next world we find...? That doesn't sound quite right, why, besides it being very funny, does Arnisant think it's a good plan?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, we were lamenting how if we had Arazni we could put every civilian in every major Chelish city to sleep."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...And we're guessing you're sufficiently divine to cast Arazni's sleep if you can cast sleep and not just the intermediate version I can manage?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We haven't asked Aroden yet but if I am then it is possible I can best lend myself to the conquest of Cheliax as a first circle wizard.

- another option is to ask for a Miracle to make you a little bit more of a god, which has going for it that yours will be wildly harder to resist."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Assuming that is a valid miracle and we have someone willing to grant it." It's not her favorite plan; among other things it might get her on Achaekek's kill-list.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it'll be temporary if it can be done at all, and I think it'll have to be Aroden, but I tentatively predict Aroden could do it temporarily." She can't quite read the reluctance. "You'd rather I try to master wizardry myself?"

Permalink Mark Unread

She sighs. "I don't think so. It'd probably involve delaying, and I don't know how much delay it adds. It usually takes years to get to first-circle spells but - It could be less because you're semidivine. It could be more because you're a fourth-circle paladin already. You'd probably have to stop wearing armor."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd probably have to not wear armor for two moments over each city. ....I guess conceivably also while I was learning." She makes a face. "Anyway, if we're not relying on absurd abuses of first-circle spells, we can take the cities with our men, or with Cyprian's, or with forces off the Worldwound if we've done something about the Worldwound, or with Miracles, probably of Sarenrae. Unless the spymaster knows enough that we could do a decapitation strike overnight and have most of the cities and soldiers surrender without a fight, in which case we still need one of the other plans in reserve."

Permalink Mark Unread

"While you're learning, yes. I figured you'd be fine without for the casting but wouldn't love giving it up for a year of lessons."

 

"I think we do have enough information for a decapitation strike. For our backup plan - we should at least ask Aroden whether he can do the miracle. And I should go back through with Korva to meet Morgethai and the...baby dragon... and make the call on whether or not to nonconsensually borrow my future possessions."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "How'd you find My Church?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I mostly spoke to Cansellarion. I liked him, he was very - careful, dedicated, thoughtful." the way most paladins aren't, she doesn't say, "Trusted me more than I expected, I think he was just deferring to you there. Don't tell anyone, but my future self liked him too. As for the rest of your church - Has there been a second gold dragon on campaign with us and nobody told me?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"A second gold dragon? ...Heleer? We know he's up to something."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Parnoneryx is the name your church has. It's not Heleer, I looked at him under a true seeing once, when I had it cast for other reasons, because I was curious about the beard. He did not have a mind blank up and was not a dragon."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. Then I have no idea. Do we in fact need a gold dragon for any other reason than Cansellarion asked and we both like him and want to give him the army he deserves?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, we don't, but I heard about the dragon that - may have replaced me, in the histories - and was curious whether he actually exists. Cansellarion didn't have any of his former possessions handy for a discern location. And you asked what I thought of your church more generally."

Permalink Mark Unread

"At some point I'm going to go to Heaven and track down whoever replaced you with a gold dragon and scold - I guess probably I have already done that. I will add a note to the holy books that Alfirin should under no circumstances be replaced with a gold dragon. - though I read their version of the holy books, and I...don't actually recall them having replaced you with anything specific - I'd think it would have stood out to me -

- Parmoneryx, no, maybe it does sound vaguely familiar -"

 

She pulls it out and flips through it, murmuring to herself. 

 

" - ah. Here. Parmoneryx, in a battle three years from now. But that's the only mention. ...not sure that one's on the holy book editors. Maybe if he went on to many other great deeds the legends got sort of conflated?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. Maybe he's real, then. Cansellarion didn't interrupt our conversation to check, but he seemed to think Parnoneryx should be with the Crusade by now - Probably as you say it's getting him and Mengkare mixed up, or other legends of him getting attributed to the wrong dates."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I guess if he's going to be around in a few years he's probably around now and we should see if we can contact him and ask him to help us fight what is hopefully an overnight war in Cheliax."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Personally, I'd rather get the dragons from the other timeline when possible since in the other time they will be older. Of course, there's no reason that if we get future Parnoneryx we can't also get present Parnoneryx. We've only got the name - I guess we could try sending him out of the blue - "

Permalink Mark Unread

"...worth a shot? He might also be helpful in finding his future self, that's got to count as some kind of familiarity for a scry."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh I was imagining that we'd ask to borrow something of his and see if it works to find his future self via discern location."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, sure, that might work too. I'm very curious how some of these interactions work - say I do acquire Heart's Edge, is it my divine-bonded weapon? Or just a very nice sword which I should probably give to Cansellarion so I can continue making mine defending?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"My tuning forks worked to get into my demiplanes in the other world. But I think a divine bond is more personal than that -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd expect so. Tuning forks are nonmagical, right, just - fit into the spell to direct it the right way -" Her hand brushes the sword. "I had no plans to do a miracle about it if it happened but losing the sword would be - a lot worse than losing an arm, and not purely in the sense it takes much longer to fix. - the closer analogy for you is maybe Curiosity, and I doubt you can cast spells through the other Alfirin's Curiosity. If he's still alive and well at all."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, that would be the closer analogy and I expect I wouldn't be able to. But by the same token I think discern location should work with objects from this time on their owners in the other, though probably not vice versa."

Permalink Mark Unread

"My plans for this week were to go around recruiting our retired wizards with the promise of future spells, I was going to hit up Mengkare, we can also try Parmoneryx and ask for some of his things for a Discern Location. I was also contemplating some old-fashioned adventuring, if there are any famous trapped demiplanes and so on uncovered in the intervening centuries. - Church of Abadar's happy to sell us diamonds and happy to purchase interworld access but they say that even if you invent a way to do it at ninth circle more than half of the fair split of what they're willing to pay goes to Korva as the first to get it repeatable. Which is still good, she needs it too, but it means we're not really getting enough to finance the war."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Have you ever done old-fashioned adventuring before? I haven't. We'd need a cleric and a burglar."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, well, I'll place an ad for burglars in Absalom, I bet there are lots of them longing to work for me. Narthoc actually asked if we had any fights he could get into, Aroden's agreed to push him to ninth to cover for us when we leave but it's much cheaper if he's earned it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't actually have any ties to the church of Norgorber."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You know, you don't really have to disarm traps if you can simply tell them not to affect you because you are too important to be affected by them, who cares if anyone knows how to disarm them? - I'll see what I can put together. Anything else I should know?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Just all of this." She hands over a transcript of her conversation with Mirabelle's daughter.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Iomedae will go find Korva, for whom she has good news.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's hanging out, preparing items for transfer over and waiting for someone to tell her when they're going to want her to come back next.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I talked to the Church of Abadar about how much they'd pay for some cross-world transits. They quoted me about two hundred thousand Absalom pounds, and figured the Church on the other side will pay the same before adjusting for currency changes in a complicated way I couldn't entirely follow. But - probably not less. And most of that's yours, of course, as you could've sold it to them and no one could develop an imitation without you."

Permalink Mark Unread

- wow, okay. That's - enough to pay for quite a lot of things on the list that Regill and Dorgelinda put together.

"The Church of Abadar wants to pay me to take them across?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, though you can if you want to. But you'll get a majority share of what they pay us to take them across, because it'd be unfair, if we accepted their pay to take them across, when the only reason they're negotiating with us and not you is that you came to us first."

Permalink Mark Unread

She looks kind of confused about this.

"So - the Church of Abadar is going to pay you, to use the transit method that you're planning to develop, but then you'd like to split that payment with us?"

Permalink Mark Unread

" - yes? When negotiating the deal I asked them to figure out what your fair share was - that is, how much value we were adding, over you just having showed up there yourself - and they told me, and that makes your share about a hundred twenty thousand pounds, so that share is yours."

Permalink Mark Unread

Korva doesn't really understand any of that, actually, given that it sounds like she's not actually doing anything for the Abadarans, but - she's a little worried that that's going to come off as an offer to be generous and forego what Iomedae has declared her fair share, and actually she can't really afford to be generous on that scale, right now. Maybe she can ask Marit about it later, or something. Right now -

"Well, that's very generous of you. Thank you. You expect to receive that from the Abadarans once you have a functional alternate transit method, then?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Or we can get less money but get it as an advance, if you need it more now."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - maybe. I should talk to the people who've run the numbers more recently, first. Any idea how much difference it would be?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Usually they just base it on how sure we are we'll pay eventually, so - maybe four parts in five?"

Permalink Mark Unread

" - all right, for that I do want to talk to some people about now versus later. Thank you. Any idea when I should come back next, then?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Does a couple more days work? Our plans, too, are in a fair bit of flux."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Honestly, right now it doesn't cost much of anything but the time it takes to be over here. Two days works fine for me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Great. Were you able to learn Arazni's Endure Elements? I asked for a couple others that I can do like that, in case you can learn them."

Permalink Mark Unread

" - oh. I, uh, didn't get around to testing it, I sort of forgot." Or maybe she used all of her kennings on other things, she doesn't actually remember. That's embarrassing. If she left one unspent yesterday then that's worse than embarrassing, she could have sent - either another person or another patrol or two out, depending on whether she could hang Arazni's version. "I - guess if you have them anyway I ought to see them anyway. I'll check when I go back this time."

Permalink Mark Unread

Arazni's Dispel Magic! Arazni's Protection from Evil! Arazni's Divine Favor, though a song-sorcerer probably can't pick that one up!

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, she can try. She's copied cleric spells before.

...later, though. Tonight she's going to spend her powers on trying the endure elements, and see if she can send an extra patrol out.

"Thank you. I'll be back in two days, then, unless there's anything else."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nothing else, though Alfirin will go back with you to start working with Morgethai and Aivu on the spell. Good luck."

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. She can take Alfirin back across, then.

 

...and she can call Marit and Regill to the command center, because a hundred thousand and a hundred and twenty thousand are both large numbers, and she'd like to talk about what in particular they could do with either amount of gold, and whether an extra twenty thousand in a month is worth more than having somewhat less money now.

(Also maybe Marit can explain why she's getting this money at all? Possibly? It's very nice to maybe have a bunch of money, but it would be slightly nicer to have any idea why.)

Permalink Mark Unread

" - yeah, that makes perfect sense, it's - the thing you get if you are trying to make your trade partners not have to play against you very guardedly. 

You could've gone to the Church of Abadar, right, instead of to Allandra's people?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I - guess I could have in principle? I'm not very sure where - no, I suppose I could have gone to them in Kintargo. But - I didn't."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right. But - Allandra could also have suggested to you that you go, and told you that they'd probably give you a lot of money. Right?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...sure. It would have been doing us a favor, but I guess you guys have done us lots of favors."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it'd have been - a pretty small favor? I think if she'd had that thought and decided to hope you didn't think of it so she could get the money herself that'd be - not just a neutral act, not just the absence of a favor, it'd be - being an adversary. 

I'm pretty confident she didn't think of it because we weren't expecting the initial accident to be easily repeatable. But - the principled thing to do doesn't depend on what thoughts you had in what order. Not being an adversary means - not putting yourself in a position to hopefully benefit from a mistake, by someone who has only treated you as a potential ally. And so, when she did think of it, she just asked 'what is the fair share of this which is Korva's - what money would Korva have made, if everyone involved had been dealing fairly with each other, and not as enemies - and the Church of Abadar is very interested in the question of how money ought to be divided, if everyone involved is trying to deal fairly."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...but I didn't do anything for the church of Abadar. I understand that I could have gotten money from them if I had done the work of ferrying things across for them, but I didn't. You - don't normally get money for being capable of doing things and then not doing them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The Church of Abadar just calculated how much, of the money they were giving Allandra, Allandra would give you, if she were being fair. And then, because she's Allandra, she's obviously giving you that much. But as far as the Church of Abadar is itself concerned, it just performed two services: offering a bid on interworld transit, and offering an analysis of the fair split of that money. If Allandra were to have then gone 'thank you for telling me what a fair split would be, I'm actually going to not give her a penny', this would make Allandra no longer the kind of trading partner who gets favored status with the Church of Abadar as a fellow party which trades fairly, but they wouldn't go out of their way to give the money to you. ...they might have sent you a message inviting you to bid yourself, if Allandra had done all that and not negotiated their confidentiality."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am mostly confused about the repeated observation that Allandra has to give me money to be fair, when Allandra is the one performing the service. - I mean, I guess technically actually some other people including apparently Aivu are performing the service, but - whatever. Where does the idea of a fair split come in for a service where one party isn't actually performing that service."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it's based off - how much the Church would've bid, if you'd showed up and asked, which everyone agrees you would've done if you'd thought of it and if we hadn't been trying to keep things under the radar... which we are kind of doing for the benefit of Allandra."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I guess," says Korva, who is still kind of suspicious of this entire business of being compensated for things you didn't in fact do. Usually she has a hard enough time being compensated for things she did do.

Permalink Mark Unread

" - say that Allandra sent us the wands of endure elements, and then someone showed up at base and offered us a hundred thousand gold pieces for each wand of endure elements we'd sell, wouldn't you feel somewhat like the fair thing to do was to split the windfall with her, even though you'd be the one reselling? You might feel that way and then not do it because fairness isn't the only thing that matters, but do you have the impulse that that'd be fairer than not doing it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Uh..... no. I mean, that could easily be right, it just isn't obvious to me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then I expect most of my explanations will not be very persuasive, they're probably just pulling on some intuitions that didn't actually make sense in any contexts you have operated in."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...okay. Well. I guess it's not very important. I - guess I have the impulse that if our needs were met then it would obviously be dishonest to ask Allandra for anything further, and if all of our problems were solved then I guess it would be - fair to repay her, for the aid that she gave us earlier, and I guess maybe if we had more resources than her to see if we could help her in turn, but - that isn't exactly the same thing."

"Probably it doesn't matter, as long as I'm not - missing some additional expectation that's implied by the payment."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No. It's not even - generosity, on her part, it's just playing by rules she is known, and wants to be known, to play by. You do not need to do anything except use the money to win the Crusade and - yeah, once we've done that, it'd be right to repay the other aid, I think, but one thing at a time."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right."

"Next question, then, is whether we want around a hundred thousand now, or around a hundred and twenty thousand later. I have no idea how long spell development of this magnitude takes and therefore don't have much idea how long it'll be. Twenty thousand is - maybe not quite enough for a month of back pay, for all the rank and file Mendevian soldiers and the neather and wintersun soldiers, but it's close. I'm not sure whether that's specifically the thing we spend that money on, I'm assuming we probably try to pay everyone a remotely decent amount in either scenario, but that's the approximate magnitude."

"I guess the question is what we expect to lose in the meantime."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I suspect we want the money now. Being better prepared for the spring offensives is very valuable, and if the spring offensives go well it'll be easier to fundraise for the crusade in the future." Also he's expecting a change in leadership in Cheliax, plausibly by spring and likely by summer, but he's not going to say that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Regill?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I concur. We are, at present, not ready for the planned spring offensive. We can hold the line, with our current forces, but we can do little more. Twenty thousand gold is a considerable sum, but it will do us little good if we miss the narrow window during which we can push the wardstones forward. Spell development may take months, when it doesn't take years. The crusade will not wait that long."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. I'll let our benefactors know in the morning. Regill, if you've got the numbers you went over with Dorgelinda, I'd like to look over them and decide what we're doing first."

"Other than that - it's late. Get some rest, guys, I'll try not to have any emergencies in the night."

Permalink Mark Unread

It is, in fact, late. She's not going to go to bed about it. She looks over the list, and runs numbers that reflect different amounts of underpaying neathers, or officers, or mercenaries whose contracts were already quite generous to her, and eventually decides that really, probably, the right thing to do with this much unexpected money is try to pay the money that everyone is owed, and use what's left over for some of the other stuff on Regill's list. Because that's, you know, fair. The normal kind of fair, and not the fancy Iomedae kind of fair. The kind where you said that you would give someone something for their work, and then they did the work, and now you owe them, and if you don't get the money to them at some point then eventually everyone will be rightly pissed off at you and never believe anything you say again.

Technically it's a different kind of fair if you include the neather soldiers, who nobody has agreed to pay anything, and who haven't negotiated for it because they don't in fact know what money is, and are used to living in horrifying conditions. But - they do the same work as other people, and ought to get the same pay for it.

Anyway.

She goes out and tries to cast an extended version of Arazni's endure elements on the outgoing patrols, to see if she can. It fizzles, and doesn't come out anything at all. It doesn't actually make any sense to be disappointed that you can't do something that only Arazni and Iomedae can do. She's not sure that means that she isn't.

It's almost midnight, at this point, and she probably ought to go to bed. But Daeran is up on the roof of the command center, for some reason, and instead she finds herself climbing up the stairs again. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Knight commander!" He has a mostly empty bottle of wine in one hand. "Fancy meeting you here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is my house," she says, tiredly, and eyes the bottle suspiciously. "Do you need any help getting back to yours?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, I drank less than half of this," he says, gesturing dismissively. "The other half I poured on Captain Harmattan's head."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"...why."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I was hoping for Lady Konomi, but Harmattan is the only one I've caught walking past. Anyone my cousin sent deserves it, I'm sure. Why, have you been up to anything much more riveting today without inviting me?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I always invite you to riveting things. You complain about it sometimes. But no, today I had a bunch of meetings, had to interrogate and then release a demon, and talked to Marit's former boss about - the church of Abadar thinking that she should compensate me for, uh, having been able to facilitate trade, I think."

It occurs to her, for a moment, to wonder whether the Other is the kind of being who might be inclined to do anything very dangerous with interworld transit. But there's nothing to be done about that, and it hasn't, as far as she knows, ever done much of anything besides murder people who got too close to it. She dismisses the thought without pausing to examine it.

"Other than that it was mostly paperwork, which I figured I'd spare you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"An absolutely criminal waste of a day, for both of us. But I do have a better idea, now that you're here." The bottle disappears into a bag of holding, and instead he pulls out a scroll. He offers it to her; it's a scroll of fly. 

"I had it commissioned weeks ago, just in case I ever ran out of better ideas."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Daeran, you have wings."

Permalink Mark Unread

He smirks. "But you don't."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can fly! I fly all the time!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You fly when you're working. You've been working all day. Iomedae herself couldn't begrudge you a few minutes of selfish fun, and if she did I would pour wine on her head, too."

Permalink Mark Unread

She sighs, and spends a moment just reading the spellwork. It's sort of beautiful, seeing it all written out like this. She doesn't often look at written spellwork, anymore.

 

"If you're giving me the scroll, I would rather save it for something useful."

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes it out of her hands, then. "Absolutely not. I won't allow it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think that's how giving people things is supposed to work?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure it is. The scroll is my personal property. I'll give you the spell, on the condition that you use it absolutely frivolously."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Daeran, this is sweet," she says, quiet and serious, as she very rarely is with him. "Thank you. I appreciate it. But I also will, actually, be distracted from flying if I know it cost enough to clothe half the kids in Drezen."

"I forgot to use my second kenning today, can I trade you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course," he says, eyes lighting up. "In that case, the scroll is yours if you can take it."

And then he leaps off the wall, wings fully extended, and just barely gathers enough lift to soar up into the night sky without hitting the ground below.

Permalink Mark Unread

She spends her second kenning, minutes before midnight, and takes off after him.

 

Flying is fun, actually. This kind of flying is almost like airborne dancing - or, more accurately, almost like what she imagines that friendly and non-terrifying dancing might be like, because Korva has never actually danced with someone without trying to extricate herself from the situation as quickly as possible. She spent the last party that featured it trying to distract Daeran from noticing the inquisition dredging up the secrets of his childhood home, but even if she hadn't been otherwise occupied, she wouldn't have wanted to dance with anyone, least of all Daeran himself. They'd been through less together, back then. She was a lot more nervous about the occasional flirting before she decided that he was not actually going to escalate to something that was terrifying in its own right, rather than as a sign of something that he might do in the future.

Anyway, flying is fun.

She dances around Daeran without managing to take the scroll - her flight method is a lot more maneuverable than his is, but he doesn't let go the first time she pulls on it, and she doesn't want to tear the paper. So she flies away, invisibles herself, flies back, silently replaces the scroll with another piece of paper, and then peels off and returns, visibly, from above.

At which point she spends another ten minutes alternately playing at stealing the paper she planted on him, and swooping around tracing patterns in the air.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's lucky that fly spells fail at least somewhat gracefully. She's high up, when the spell starts cutting out. Technically, she probably has enough time to mimic a feather fall, but she'd be so angy with herself if she actually lost a spell kenning to forgetting the time - and it isn't what she thinks to do anyway, because usually if she's falling she can't mimic feather fall fast enough for it to matter anyway. 

She just yells, and hopes that Daeran doesn't decide that this is fucking hilarious.

Permalink Mark Unread

He does, actually, think that this is pretty hilarious - but the kind where he's going to laugh while he catches her, not the kind where he's going to let her fall.

He cannot, actually, remain suspended in the air for any length of time at all while carrying another person, but the landing isn't a bad one, especially if you consider that he's only had his wings for a couple months.

"I do believe that means I win."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You wish," she says, when she's extricated herself. She waves her scroll of fly at him.

Permalink Mark Unread

He blinks at her, and then looks at his own piece of paper. "When did you -?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, that would be telling. Goodnight, Daeran."

 

 

She'll sleep for two hours, like she's supposed to, and then work on the remaining preparations for the new deployment plan. When it's still early morning, she can hop over to Iomedae's world and tell her staff that she would, in fact, like the money for the spell as an advance.

Permalink Mark Unread

They can arrange that immediately with the Church of Abadar, then. Iomedae was worried about introducing a bunch of old Taldane coinage to the modern context, so it'll just be gold bars, if that's acceptable.

Permalink Mark Unread

She can work with gold bars. She's a little dubious of many things about the Church of Abadar, but she's pretty sure that Arsinoe is competent to exchange those for normal currency.

Permalink Mark Unread

It'll be a few hours but they should have it for her then. Also, Iomedae'd like to go back with her, if convenient; Aroden put Narthoc up to ninth and there are some conversations she wants to have.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep, she can absolutely do that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then a few hours later there'll be Iomedae with an eyepopping amount of gold. "Knight-Commander. I'm ready when you are."

Permalink Mark Unread

She's ready. She can drop Iomedae and the gold in the command center and then... call Arsinoe there to figure out gold trading and transportation logistics once Iomedae is gone, probably. Korva is in fact maybe just a tiny bit nervous around this amount of gold. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Arsinoe looks like she is too, honestly, but she's a professional and can quickly cause it to be in trustworthy hands and replaced by affidavits from the church of Abadar which no one but Korva can use and which therefore can't be stolen, and with anything else on Korva's shopping list. Did she still maybe want some Raise Dead diamonds?

Permalink Mark Unread

"Probably, let me look at who we've lost in the last couple days. I think thing number one is backpay, though, if it's possible to exchange the papers for normal money on the order of, uh, today. - I have teleports, can I literally just hand these to a bank of Abadar in another location and get a ton of normal currency to pay the troops with?"

Permalink Mark Unread

" - yes, you can absolutely do that. The bank in Absalom or in Sothis will have this kind of money."

Permalink Mark Unread

That's going to take a greater teleport, but technically they still have greater teleports. ...she should probably put some thought into whether there's anything else she wants that's in Absalom before she goes, given that she's about to tie up all of her army's seventh circle spells. Since she hasn't thought about that at all.

 

...caaaaan she once again call on Marit to see if he has any advice. She hates needing to be babysat every five hours, but she hates wasting time even more, at this particular moment. Also kind of hates all of her impulses towards responsibility and efficiency, right now, but she's going to try to ignore that.

Permalink Mark Unread

"- everything all right? What do you need?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fine. I guess. - I'm sorry, uh, we have the papers from the Church of Abadar saying that we are owed the money now. Arsinoe suggests that if we want the actual money, we should take them to Absalom or Sothis, which are the main places where the Church of Abadar is likely to have this much money on hand. Both of those are a greater teleport away, which we can spare right now - but we're planning not to have any greater teleports on hand again very soon, so it occurred to me that I should probably think about whether there's anything I want to do or get in - presumably Absalom - before we tie all of those spells up and the city becomes mostly inaccessible again. And - I'm just not thinking of very many of the things I know there are, and I was wondering if you had - better ideas of what we might want there."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- either Nenio or Tanat will probably want to sigh all night over a magic item shop. You should see if there's anyone there who sells metamagic rods, there are some that'd be worth spending some of these funds on and we can sell them back at close to the same price in a few months when things have stabilized, there's a flush market in Lesser Extend and so on. You should get your daughter some desserts. Do you want me to come with you, or go on my own with Nenio or Tanat and a discretionary budget?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I might have to go? Arsinoe said that the papers could only be used by me. I guess if there's an easy way for you to handle it then I would kind of rather that you and Tanat handle it."

...man, there's a level on which she should be thinking about Zara here, Zara would love to see Absalom, but - even thinking about that hurts.

"I know we'd talked earlier about - whether there were any ways to recruit people from Absalom to help with the crusade. I'm not at all sure that we have time to do anything about that, but - I also don't want to rush so hard that we miss out on an obvious win, you know? But - I've never been to Absalom and I don't actually know where we'd start. ...Greybor has, I think, whatever good that does us."

Permalink Mark Unread

"To do that, I'd lay some preparations in advance. Come in with the whole party all well-outfitted and very impressive, tour some magic shops, buy them out of some useful items we can resell in a few months and make good use of in the meantime, and then swing by all the adventurers' taverns and tell how fast you've all grown in power, how the soldiers are living out of mansions - show off a spell no one has seen before, if you have any which aren't strategic secrets..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can, uh, revitalize devastated landscapes?" Also wow she does not want to do ANY of that even a LITTLE bit, that all sounds MUCH worse than routinely braving death. She'd like to stay up here with her band of weirdos who nobody likes and not try to be likable at all, thanks. ...that sounds like something a five year old would say, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, that's perfect, you can march in across one of the parts of Kortos where nothing grows. Assuming there still are some of those. 

 

- my last commander hated all the politics, when she was your age. She was not very good at it and it is intrinsically kind of silly and, you know, she liked to be around people who had already judged her and not people in the middle of doing it. It does work, though. People join things they believe in, and they believe in things that have the spare resources to impress them. And they are completely correct to imagine the crusade with the impossible feats and showy magic items is more likely to pay them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That seems entirely true, and also seems like it - doesn't actually reflect the general atmosphere of the crusade very well, current influx of gold notwithstanding. So we've sort of got to act like we're used to having a bunch of spare resources when we're - not, at all."

"I appreciate knowing that I - that your last commander was once not very good at this, either, but - " oh wow, this hurts to say, she doesn't want to say it and she's going to say it anyway. "I'm not actually sure if I can do it?" Oh wow that also sounds completely ridiculous, what, you can run an army and fight demons but you don't think you can impress any of the thousands upon thousands upon thousands of people who live in the city at the center of the world? ...but yeah, that's absolutely how she feels.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it's worth doing, but there are a million things worth doing and you can only do a fraction of them, and have to decide somehow. It'll still be an option in a few months, anyway, the extra Teleport to go over Vellumis isn't really that prohibitive a cost, though I agree with the instinct to get as much done in one trip as possible.

If you don't want to go at all I think we can get a letter from Arsinoe authorizing me to withdraw the money."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That might be easier, unless there's something specific for me to do. I - could probably pull off impressive, but I'm not sure I can pull it off today, and I would really like to get everyone paid before we send them into the mansions."

"We could probably also use some magic items. But we're not going to get another windfall like this anytime soon, and it won't go nearly as far as it needs to if we spend it all on magic items." She should have a specific number, but she's not thinking of one. She wants it done today, though, she can't really afford to delay very long. Ugh.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Let's leave it without magic items for now unless they're selling scrolls of useful spells Nenio and Tanat don't have. I carry a lot of gear, we can handle the unexpected a couple of times as it stands. I might ask if a seventh circle pearl of power is commissionable, just so we're not drawn quite as tight with spells there, but I'll pay the down payment out of pocket, if it is."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. Thank you. I'll talk to Arsinoe about getting some papers that you can use."

...which at least that gives her an obvious next task. She can go talk to Arsinoe. Again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Arsinoe will draw up those papers. "Just so we're clear," she says, "these papers authorize him to withdraw all of your money. If he takes it all and runs off to Tian Xia there is nothing the Church of Abadar will do about it. You've known him...a couple of weeks, right? I will fill this out for you if you want but I highly recommend against this course of action."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I understand. Thank you for the warning, but I'd still like to do this."

Honestly her personal convenience isn't a great reason to introduce a vulnerability like that, but - Marit is not, in fact, going to abscond with all of the money that he was instrumental in getting the crusade in the first place.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then Arsinoe will very skeptically write out the paperwork that'll let 'Tuvan' take the money out of any Church of Abadar once he's passed a Truthtelling that the authorization is legitimate and he's the person it refers to and so on.

Permalink Mark Unread

Cool.

Probably she should in fact be handling her own enormous financial transactions. Probably Marit would handle his own enormous financial transactions, and not expect other people not to be compromised even if they weren't before.

But she's tired. And she needs to talk to Harmattan, and to - Irabeth, she thinks, probably, as one of the only people who can be trusted to handle huge amounts of money and who is generally agreed to be worthy of trust with huge amounts of money, possibly she should have assigned Irabeth to this job, too, except that she didn't think of it - 

Whatever. There are more points on Regill's map that mark patrol deaths than there were, and nobody is yelling at her about it yet but that's almost worse, and if she's going to fix her crusade then she has things to do.

She'll give the papers to Marit, and tell him to try to be back with the money by early afternoon.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Absolutely, Knight-Commander." And he'll grab Tanat and Teleport off.

Permalink Mark Unread

She goes to find Irabeth first. She'd rather not ask anything big of Irabeth, but it's - good for her, maybe, to still be of some significant use, and Irabeth is the only Mendevian paladin who has been with the crusade since the very beginning. Someone needs to hand out payments to the soldiers - tonight, if as that's possible - and it can't be Dorgelinda or Harmattan, although she will need to get the records of pay from either Dorgelinda or Harmattan. Someone needs to make sure that all of the backpay actually makes it to the soldiers. Lann can handle the Neathers, and she can pay the Wintersun refugees, but she's going to ask Irabeth to handle directly paying the bulk of the force. 

Then she goes to find Harmattan, and get what he has of a legal code. He doesn't think it's done yet. She tells him that she needs what he has, and will create the final draft herself. ...then she hands the draft to Regill, and tells him to write another draft that fixes what he feels are the problems with Harmattan's, so that she can look them both over, combine them with the suggestions she recorded from other people at the initial meeting about this, and make something passable. Marit said that this ought to wait for a charter from the queen, but she has been waiting for a charter from the queen, and gotten nothing, and she's not going on indefinitely with no halfway passable rules.

Then she paces the command center, over and over, gripping Lariel's sword to steady herself and keep her brain from dripping out of her ears, playing with loose phrases and chaining them together.

She waits for Marit to get back with the crusade's money.

Permalink Mark Unread

Iomedae's going to stop by Cansellarion's with some draft proposals for decapitation strikes on the current government of Cheliax! Draft proposals for decapitation strikes on the current government of Cheliax are one of her favorite things and she's run them by her military history tutors to make sure she's not missing anything obvious. (She's not; she has a lot more to learn on a battlefield than in planning this sort of thing. There are a few dynamics changed by gradual improvements in magic and spell availability, some secrets they were used to relying on that are now widespread, but the Shining Crusade just did more high magic combat than anyone today does with the possible exception of the Mendevian crusaders and their raiding in the Abyssal rift.)


Alfirin also enjoys this kind of planning, and having Alfirin around takes away some of the ache of not having Arazni around for it, but Alfirin is expected to be busy working with Felandriel and Aivu on spell development and running down their allies' archmagery-wishlists if she has spare spells at the end of the day of spell development. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Cansellarion has a handful of older decapitation plans already, which he didn't expect to be able to use because Morgethai wouldn't sign on to anything too risky. Since he met Alfirin he's been dusting them off, making adjustments to account for Abrogail's lesser experience and greater sorcerous ability than her predecessor, and looking for places where a second archmage would make it enough of a sure thing that Morgethai would be willing to be that second archmage. He and Iomedae can swap plans and compare notes when they've both read through all of them?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds perfect!

 

...the most immediately obvious difference is that Iomedae is used to having access to more magic. A lot more magic. Her plans assume about fifty people conducting simultaneous operations; it gets hard to go higher than about fifty because Alfirin would then have to spend two spells on Communal Mind Blank. (Obviously they all have to be under Mind Blank; otherwise they're scryable and three minutes in any location they're using for operations will be exploded by their enemy.)

Aspexia Rugatonn is the highest priority, both as the most dangerous person in her own right and as the person who probably knows where Cheliax's Miracle diamonds are, but probably Alfirin can just use Nightmare to tell when she falls asleep and then pop in to cast some obscure Alfirin spells which sleeping people can't resist. If Aspexia sleeps in a shielded demiplane that just means it'll be more expensive, requiring a Time Stop and a Gate.

Alfirin can cast Contingency on other people, but only with Arazni's Limited Wish, so they should think about how many people it's worth doing that for; even the minor Limited Wish diamonds add up.

She also assumes their enemies to have more magic; surely Cheliax wouldn't have been foolish enough to build a palace in Egorian without anyone who could lay stone walls immune to Disintegrate and Earthquake and so on, so presumably the palace has those and will need to be tediously infiltrated. Alfirin did secure a bunch of passwords to access Forbiddanced and Alarmed parts of the palace. Iomedae seems to treat 'if a duke of Hell shows up' as being in the same general category as 'if Tar-Baphon shows up' on the Shining Crusade battlefield, which is to say that the priority is having the communications and transport capabilities to drop her on top of the responsible party as fast as possible and then counterspell their efforts to flee.

Permalink Mark Unread

He did not have specific plans for 'if a duke of Hell shows up', just a number of contingencies for trying to salvage as much as possible if things went horribly wrong. He can't win that fight.

...Alfirin got forbiddance and alarm passwords? How did she - possibly that's secret. Are they confident Cheliax doesn't know about this or should they expect Cheliax suspects an attack is coming?

Permalink Mark Unread

How she got it is secret. Cheliax doesn't know.

Iomedae does not seem to assume there exist any fights she can't win, just fights that are more or less expensive for her to overdetermine. (That's maybe a slight overstatement. She thinks she'll lose if Geb gets involved, and this is why she is not going to go get Arazni. She doesn't think Asmodeus can directly involve Himself but if He did she'd lose that too. And it is a well-established fact that anyone can be pushed through a Gate straight into Abaddon and while the Shining Crusade won't take three moments to Wish them back, anymore, none of them will ever again think of anyone as invincible).

For most purposes, though, it's just a question of whether it's worth letting a duke of Hell cause problems for an additional several moments while she makes sure she has a full team with her or whether it's like Tar-Baphon where the winning move is 'Iomedae, as fast as possible'. It probably mostly depends what backup the duke of Hell showed up with.

Relatedly she's undecided about whether to try to take Razmir out as an opening move in the war. He doesn't work for Cheliax, but he might if they paid him enough, and unprepared archmages are (barely) killable where prepared ones they don't stand a chance of killing. He's Lawful, and neither of them benefit from her having to attempt to kill him, so in principle this is the kind of thing one just civilly negotiates his neutrality in, but everyone agrees he's an idiot so she isn't sure what to expect. She is inclined to negotiate and hope he stays out of it; she's fighting on too many fronts as it is.

Lastwall's neutral. Iomedae is worried that even though Lastwall is in fact serious about being neutral, their patron goddess conquering Cheliax will make it noncredible to everyone that they're neutral. She isn't sure if there's a good way around that. Cansellarion presumably thinks a lot more than her about how to maintain that separation substantively so that if his plans fail they don't take Lastwall down with them, and so that if they succeed they don't still take Lastwall's international credibility with them.  

Permalink Mark Unread

Cansellarion has thought about this, though as with everything else he's been planning recent events change the picture somewhat. Everyone's going to treat the two Iomedaes interchangeably for this purpose, but everyone already recognizes a distinction between Iomedae's church and Lastwall. Cansellarion was going to base all of his operations outside of Lastwall when he eventually moved on Cheliax. Iomedae should do that too - Andoran or Absalom probably. Absalom minimizes the damage if they fail, but western Andoran is a much more convenient base. If they're not teleporting everywhere, which they might be with the shining crusade's resources.

If they do that and succeed then Lastwall's credibility should be fine with anyone who'd respect it in the first place.

Permalink Mark Unread

She will defer entirely on the politics. She expects they'll be doing this mostly entirely by Teleports and accordingly can be based out of Absalom if they care to.

Are the Hellknight orders Lawful enough to negotiate with in advance? (She expects not. In her own time she is, and the church of Abadar is by virtue of not really having any geopolitical interests that'd be in tension with it, and that's it.) Is the one that has her artifact-sword worth demanding that back from? She thinks she won't have a divine bond with the artifact-sword, and so doesn't really expect it makes sense to wield it in combat, but Cansellarion doesn't have a divine bond with a sword and so for him it'd be a rather astonishing upgrade useful if they end up fighting a lot of pit fiends or something worse.

(By similar logic she thinks someone else should probably wear the crown of infernal majesty once they steal it; she's immune to enchantments already. It's useful to have a plan for artifacts in advance of the fighting so no one's trying to be diplomatic six moments into a war.)

She assumes that the Chalice of Ozem can be borrowed back from Lastwall? If she has two of them - really, if Alfirin has two of them - that's a lot more ninth circle spells.

Permalink Mark Unread

The order of the Godclaw might be willing to return Heart's Edge. He thinks that they'd at least be Lawful enough to not tell anyone else about negotiations for heart's edge, or Iomedae's presence, if that's requested in advance... She probably wants to go through the church of Abadar for setting up the meeting, as if it were a Worldwound matter.

Lastwall might prefer not to loan out the Chalice actually, depending on whether it's Lastwall's or the Church's, he's not sure. Iomedae might be able to rent it - Lastwall doesn't really need the Chalice, and they don't need the money - well, actually they kind of do, but it's more that they're going to want to avoid giving much material aid. The chalice can do what?

Permalink Mark Unread

She apologizes for leaving what were probably very unclear notes for her Church, unless that too is a case where the notes were clear and got lost. The Chalice of Ozem, if you are a bit of a god already, gives you a bit more capacity to act as one. Arazni showed them how to use it for that. Iomedae does not have anything resembling a complete characterization of what being a bit of a god is and what it lets you do, nor would she share it if she did, but the Chalice amounts to Alfirin being a bit more like Arazni, who had more than twenty ninth circle spells because she was a lot of a god. 

She'd be happy to rent it.

They're probably going to spend all day at this, or maybe several, but hopefully by the end of the day they can start narrowing down on some plans that they think will work and stress-testing them to make them work better and figuring out who needs to know of them in advance.

Permalink Mark Unread

After a couple days Alfirin drops in late in the evening. "Allandra, could I have a quick word?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course." They're not in the middle of anything impossible to drop; she'll take Alfirin's hand, if it's a plane shift kind of word, or show her to a private sanctum'd meeting room, if it's not.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's more the private sanctum sort of word.

 

"I don't object to you telling our new allies whatever you've been telling them about me, but you seem to have been telling them different things and I'd like to know why."

Permalink Mark Unread

"... I don't think I have done that? I would've needed a very good reason.... no, I'm pretty sure I just gave them the same account of you. I guess Marit spoke to Lastwall and not to Cansellarion but you know what Marit thinks of you and I don't really expect it'd be a surprise to Cansellarion."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hmm. So Cansellarion has been downright friendly, which was somewhat odd but explicable given how we've shown up from another time and are offering to help solve all his biggest problems. But if that were it I'd expect about the same from Lastwall and instead they're almost hostile. Not quite to the point of turning down my ninth-circle spells when I offered just now, but - if you'd said Karlenius was the one to talk to them that would've been less surprising, apart from the thing where he didn't come here."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

- Iomedae winces. " - oh. I would not have guessed that but having learned it I can probably backtrace how it happened. ...I apologize. I should've been more thoughtful, in advance, about how I would explain.  I discussed with Lastwall to what degree I trusted you. Which I do, mostly uncomplicatedly. And if I was similarly confident in the future Alfirin, which...I'm not. They were a bit confused, about how I'd arrived at my position, which I will admit is mostly trusting my instincts. 

And it seemed like it'd be a bit of an injustice to an ally, to say that I trust you and not acknowledge the reason that if my instincts were wrong this is the case where they predictably would be." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...so I explained that we were lovers, briefly, when we were younger, and Jan was appalled. Along a dimension to which I hadn't, actually, in my own analyses of my mistakes there, paid much attention - he felt it was an indefensible exercise of power, on my part, and a sign of rather remarkably poor judgment around you. I haven't wholly decided if I agree with his analysis. I am tempted to, because when someone goes around proposing a heuristic that would have prevented all of your own greatest stupidity and not much else there is an inclination to adopt it. I think it's at minimum a reasonable analysis, and wrong if it's wrong for very complicated reasons that are hard to convey, and it's just true we'd both have been better off in a military that expected us not to be ridiculous, and I'm glad that Lastwall apparently built such. 

...but when I was telling Cansellarion and Morgethai I was more careful about emphasis, because I also think that part of what happened with Lastwall is just that they learned pieces of the story in an order that called my judgment into even more question than was actually warranted. And with the story told more carefully and with more Splendour they thought it was no big deal at all, really.

 

I am kind of irritated with Lastwall if they're being rude to you as a product of their own analysis that I wronged you horrendously. But if they're scared of you it's because they didn't trust what I had to say."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They weren't very rude. It would not have been notable except for how Cansellarion's reaction was wildly different. An indefensible exercise of...what power? Your splendour? Your position in the crusade?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Both, presumably? I didn't press him for details. The strongest version of the complaint that jumps to my own mind is that I exercised practical authority well beyond my official position, and it wasn't that hard to guess I'd have more in the future."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, yes, that was obvious. I still can't tell whether they think the problem is that your judgement might be impaired in future decisions regarding me or whether they think it's an evil in itself like sleeping with a slave... I suppose it's not very important. And then Marit I assume told them everything I've done for the last thirty years that might lead one to suspect I'm secretly evil and that's why they distrust me."

Permalink Mark Unread

"More or less. I will confess that while I trust you a great deal I haven't in my planning for if we have to fight an archdevil presumed you incapacitated by a Blasphemy. Marit actually said he thought you were vanishingly unlikely to betray us while I was around 'in a form that could experience it as a personal betrayal' but might sell us to Hell for the right price after that. I - he's Marit. If they'd asked him whether to trust me he'd have had just as much to say. I am sorry, I could have approached the whole matter more carefully. I'm glad Cansellarion likes you. I like him a lot."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well. That's one way Marit could've phrased it." It hurts; Marit may not have ever meant her to hear it but it's still cutting. "I would not sell out the rest of the Crusade to Hell. There's nothing Asmodeus would offer me worth that - even if you were gone -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know. I have never been in the slightest doubt."

Permalink Mark Unread

"...You should probably not make any plans that actively rely on me being immune to a blasphemy. And I'd rather you didn't leave me out of any blasphemy-related contingency plans."

Permalink Mark Unread

She wants to make a joke about how Alfirin could always just go quickly do some terribly evil necromancy in advance of their raids but under the circumstances it doesn't feel like it'd be funny. "I have no confident guess what Pharasma thinks of you and I don't think it matters that much. If we fight an archdevil you will just have to cope with being a little less strong for a couple of moments; there's not an easy way around that. The rest you can resist, or have Freedom of Movement up...I want to fight an archdevil but I expect Asmodeus doesn't care that much about Cheliax and will pull his truly important resources home, or maybe have them take shots at us through a Gate."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, if we acquire enough reason to expect it that other people are getting it for their spell immunities we should at least check.

...Thank you. For explaining things to Cansellarion in an order where he trusts me, this would've been a lot harder if he didn't."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course. I - deeply regret hurting you, obviously, and especially regret having managed to do it in a way that makes it harder for you to access the trust that you warrant. Do you want to come look over our raid plans so far? Also am I right you can do something about Aspexia in less than three ninth circle spells, if she's not forewarned?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Riskier if I have to do it without the normal level of backup - if backup is available non-paladin fighters would be unusually useful."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Backup should be available. I think that's our single highest priority target, really, so you can have whoever you want. - we should have this conversation with Cansellarion present, aside from one question, which is how you want the spy handled. She's on our list of targets."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If we can petrify her - or baleful polymorph, or a dominate that would be best. Or take her prisoner more conventionally but that involves more guarding her - She's our ally, even if she doesn't know it and wouldn't believe us if we told her yet - I want her kept out of Hell, more than I do everyone else we're going to be fighting."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why don't we have you get her, once we've soul-trapped Rugatonn. You can Dominate her, this is a reasonable strategic priority because interrogating her can inform the rest of our response, you can make sure it goes cleanly." Iomedae is not accustomed to Alfirin feeling that strongly about people but they don't usually have human enemies. "I can't say she won't have a very bad day but we can keep her safe."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you.

...If something goes wrong and she's killed before I can get around to that, limited wish can imitate a raise dead. I should do it, she'll be more likely to accept than if it came from an Iomedan cleric."

Permalink Mark Unread

This is really not characteristic Alfirin behavior. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- sure, makes sense."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think that's all that I wanted to discuss away from Cansellarion."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We should head back, then, and figure out who you want with you."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

Marit does his shopping before he exchanges some papers for an astounding sum of money from the Church of Abadar. Someone has invented a kind of metamagic rod for overcoming spell resistance. He wants it, but not for Korva, so he does not buy it. He does commission a seventh circle pearl of power and buy a bunch of books that look interesting and a bunch of minor magic items that didn't exist in his original time.

 

Then he gets the astounding sum of money and Tanat Greater Teleports them immediately back. 

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. Showtime. Probably. She should double check whether this is actually a terrible idea and she's forgetting something obvious, as horrible as it feels to keep stopping and starting and getting stuck in logistical mud.

"Okay. Stop me if this sounds idiotic. We have Irabeth standing by to distribute backpay to people using Dorgelinda and Harmattan's records, since she's one of the very few people around here who's both trustworthy with this much money and generally going to be believed to be trustworthy. We've got - part of a newly hammered out legal code, I think it'll be good enough to get along with in somewhere between twenty-four and thirty-six hours, and then we can make copies and distribute them to officers who can fill people in on the specifics. Lodvig's got unit deployments figured out, and we have - most, I think, though not all, of the supplies we're going to need distributed."

"I want to announce all of this today, this afternoon. I want to gather everyone together, and explain to them clearly, about Dorgelinda and about us being serious about supplying them and about punishing rule-breaking in the future, and about the backpay, and about the mansion deployments, so they can hear it all from me personally. Then I want to get everyone their money in time for them to buy stuff tonight, and then get everyone stationed in the mansions over the course of tomorrow and the day after and probably the day after that."

"I know we don't have everything perfectly hammered out yet, and that it would be better if we did. I know it means not waiting on the Queen to tell us what we can and can't do first. She's not responding to anything I send her, and if she's not going to get back to us then I'm not just going to leave the border undefended until she decides we're worth her time. I know it's three different things and that one of them might get tangled up or lost in the shuffle. But we're taking worse and worse losses the longer we wait, and I want to get everything that needs to be said out, while everyone's in one place, before they're too spread out for me to talk to them all at once."

"If there are any other reasons why this is a bad idea and I should wait a couple days, now's your chance to point them out."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think it's a good plan. And while something will probably go wrong, men who're getting paid are in a good mood." And they have both Alfirin and Iomedae temporarily in this world. While they won't reveal themselves it means some extra seventh circle spellcasting is probably available in a pinch and that if Deskari tries any auguries they'll return "bad idea to try something". ...if that still works these days. He should ask someone who has done comprehensive testing and then do it himself and see if they lied to him. 

"Your biggest problem is going to be that you have more men than can all hear you even if you're shouting. Do you have magic for that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm a skald. - which is to say, no, other than magic to announce to everyone in Drezen that a speech is going to occur, but all of my combat magic relies on the ability to project my voice the normal way. I can handle two thousand people in the courtyard in front of the command center. You'll see."

Permalink Mark Unread

He grins at her. "I'll look forward to it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. She won't tell him not to. She is going to go up to the roof to pace a little more, though. There is, mercifully, no one else up here this time, not even Sosiel painting.

It's really not so hard a set of things to communicate, however nervous she is about fitting it all together. It doesn't need to be long. It shouldn't be long. These aren't Thanelands warriors, each of them mysteriously half a poet. The demons and the deployment are the biggest thing, the thing she needs to hook them with. Start with the demons, lead into the rot, talk about their new resources, circle back to the demons. There. That's simple, it follows, she can make it flow together.

If part of her wants to scream about how tired and frayed and off-balance she is, and if part of her is scared of that coming out in her speaking - that is not the part she needs to be, right now. She needs to bury everything beneath the knight commander. Knight commanders who make war on the Abyss do not throw stupid fits about what is expected of them. They do not need to rest. They do not buckle under stress. They are mortal only insofar as it makes for better symbolism.

She casts Mage's Decree.

The Knight Commander will make an announcement in ten minutes. Everyone not on duty, gather in the central courtyard to hear it.

 

When the crowd has gathered, she jumps up onto the guardrail and speaks - projecting from her diaphragm, loud and clear in the biting winter air, lacing just a breath of magic into her first words, her whole body steadying itself in service to her voice.

"Crusaders! A new threat has emerged. The demons who attack the barrier have grown more powerful, and the patrols we have are not enough. Most of you were told you would be fielded in the spring, but the crusade needs your heroism now. Our wizards have devised a way to shelter you from the elements, in way-stations that will keep you warm, fed, and safe. Tomorrow, we will begin deploying crusaders along the border, in numbers which will allow you to engage these new demons and win."

"But there are wrongs to be righted, before you leave Drezen. It has come to my attention that Dorgelinda Stranglehold, our head logistics officer, has been embezzling crusade resources for several months. I believe that she intended to divert these resources for the good of the crusade. Even so, she sold off essential equipment, which was sent here with the goal of keeping you safe."

"The law says that the penalty for such a crime is death. But were I to hand such a sentence down, I would need to hand it down for  half the men in this army, because half the men in this army have broken such laws. I know that I have turned a blind eye to corruption in the past. I led you to believe that criminal offenses were accepted, even encouraged. In doing so, I wronged you. It is my fault, more than anyone else's, that so many of you have gone without essential equipment. It would be cruel to execute men for my mistakes, and it would be stupid to do the demons' work for them. For that reason, I declare amnesty for all previous instances of theft and corruption while on crusade, for all members of the crusade and all residents of Drezen."

"But I also have no interest in becoming cheap imitations of the very monsters we fight. If we fight the Abyss on its own terms, disorganized and dishonorable, willing to cheat each other for the sake of ourselves, then the demons will crush us utterly. We can only defeat them by working together, and by seeing that every man among us has everything he needs to win."

"I send with your officers a new code of conduct, a simple set of rules that I expect you all to follow going forward. Unlike the old set, it will be enforced. And I ask your forgiveness, for failing to give each of you everything that you were promised. It is a mistake that I intend to correct. After this, all crusaders are to see Irabeth Tirabade, who will give you the pay you are owed with interest. Buy what you wish with it tonight, and prepare for deployment tomorrow."

A cheer goes up, and there's some scattered clapping. She's heard louder, but it's something. She cheats, here, unsheathing Lariel's sword and lifting it above her head. She whispers a word, and it glows more brightly, more warmly, than any other magic weapon she's ever seen. It's the light that made the neathers believe they were called to the surface. It's the light that made Hulrun break off chasing Ramien.

"Crusaders!" The crowd falls not-quite-silent. "This sword is the final gift of an angel who died by the hand of Deskari himself. In his dying moments, he was proud, defiant, and hopeful. He believed that mortals were capable of victory, even victory over the Abyss. Even now - despite our failings, despite our weakness, despite our fear - the angels who died for our cause still believe that we are capable of victory. Let us prove them right! Let us finish what they started, and drive back the Abyss!"

The second cheer is louder. She feels - sort of euphoric and numb, all at once.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Well, she just told everyone that she'd be sending the crusade's new legal code with them tomorrow, because she's very fucking smart. She'd better have one by then.

She goes to her room and locks the door, even though there are probably, like, thirty people who want to talk to her right now. She gets the drafts out and looks them over. It's - three or four minutes, before she realizes that her eyes are gliding over the pages without reading them, and that she's instead spending all of her mental energy on thinking about everything that's probably about to go wrong and everyone who's probably going to be mad at her for not giving them more time to prepare. She sighs, and tries again, and focusing on the words is so painful that she can't recall the meaning after reading them anyway. Great.

She wants to kill something. Killing things is simple. She wants to be useful in a way that doesn't require her to think about anything or talk to anyone. That's - not what the crusade is going to need from her, right now, but the crusade also doesn't need her to scream at her friends or her staff, or for her to sit in this room pretending to work, and not getting anything done.

She doesn't really know how to stop wanting to do those things. She doesn't really know how to go kill things in a remotely responsible manner without having to talk to anyone. She doesn't even know of anything specific that needs killing, and isn't itself hiding in the Abyss. 

 

She bites her hand, hard. She's aiming for hard enough to bleed, but she's tougher than she used to be, and not all that much better at biting people. It still hurts, which is most of the point. 

She leaves her room, and heads back to the command center, ten paces away. 

"Hey Regill, in a couple minutes when everyone comes by to yell at me, tell them I'm guarding the barrier, and we can have a meeting to discuss any final logistics matters at dawn tomorrow. You can also invite anyone you think should be there who doesn't come by to yell at me, just be sure to extend an invitation to everyone who does, too. If they say there are any supplies we still need, you can tell people to send another shopping list with Ember to Kalsgard tonight."

And she alter selfs herself, and walks out wearing some other person's face, and grabs Arushalae and Greybor and Nenio, as the people least likely to needle her about any of the decisions she's just made. She perversely misses Camellia; Camellia wouldn't have cared. She lets Aivu come when Aivu inevitably shows up, and makes some steeds for them to patrol with. She runs her horse at breakneck pace without an endure elements, letting the wind leave her dangerously numb. They run into a few demons, fast enough that it isn't much of a fight.

She gets back around dinner. She reminds Nenio to prepare as many mansions as she can, tomorrow. She invisibles herself to get past the streets full of lively shopping and drinking soldiers, past the courtyard, past whoever is waiting in the command center, and tries once again to read the stupid laws.

She still can't.


She's not in the command center at dawn.

Permalink Mark Unread

- in the context he's familiar with operating in, this is a maximum priority emergency, the sort of situation where you order a Commune simultaneous with the almost-certainly-futile Discern Location and the even-more-certainly-futile scries and tell all your officers to presume the Knight-Commander compromised and to report but not act on any orders from her they receive. 

 

It's ...also possible she overslept. 

He does not visibly panic because that'd panic other people. He asks Regill a couple of bland questions about the troop deployments, quietly, tracking who is even trying to listen in, and then asks if the Knight-Commander's location is known. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Regill Derenge has been working with the Fifth Mendevian Crusade for long enough to know that when someone important is missing, four times out of five, it is because they are completely fine, and didn't see the point in letting anyone know where they were. Of course, the rest of the time, they were blood sacrificed by an insane witch, or were murdered by demons, or deserted their post, or were whisked off to another timeline unexpectedly.

In this case, he also noticed Korva come in last night, invisible or not.

"In her quarters, I believe, but it's been long enough to warrant confirming it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Most of the time when someone is missing, it is because they are worse than dead and giving all your secrets to the enemy. ...this is probably a more reliable heuristic when the enemy is a competently organized force under an immortal lich than when the enemy is 'demons, like, a lot of them'.

 

"Do let me know if you find her; otherwise I can ask some friends for favors."

Permalink Mark Unread

He will excuse himself, walk down the hallway, and knock on Korva's door.

"Knight Commander. This is Paralictor Derenge. Are you there?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Yeah," she says, not very loud.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Permission to enter, Knight Commander."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Go ahead." It's not even locked, this time.

She's sitting cross-legged on the bed, the pages of the draft legal code scattered around her. She's been crying, off and on, and not really bothering to prestidigitate away the evidence.

Permalink Mark Unread

He closes the door as soon as he's inside.

"There was some concern that you'd gone missing."

Permalink Mark Unread

She looks up, then. "Who in the world has such a high opinion of my punctuality that - " - no, she can't even finish that thought, now she's looking at Regill and he's giving her that extremely severe frown he gives everyone and everything, and just because she's not sure there's any obvious discernible difference in his expression doesn't mean he isn't judging her. Of course he's judging her. Why would anyone not judge her.

He's not going to yell at her. That's a stupid thing to worry about. He's just going to withdraw his support and leave her flailing, without him and without the hellknights. Possibly tell Galfrey to recall her. His opinion of Irabeth absolutely plummeted following her breakdown, and Irabeth had, like, a reason. And the loss of his support won't even actually matter, strategically, next to the reason for it, which is that he'll have determined that she's no longer capable of leading the crusade, if she ever was, and he'll be right.

"How many people are out there?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"About twenty, mostly your advisors and top officers. Tuvan and Lann are also present and waiting."

"Would you like my advice, Commander?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is the mark of a good soldier to be capable of setting his ordinary mortal needs aside in time of crisis. More important than any other quality - mental brilliance, physical strength, initiative, or even obedience - is the ability to respond to a crisis appropriately, and to worry about one's physical and mental needs only insofar as they are relevant to determining which plans are feasible."

"Failing to account for a soldier's mortal needs outside a crisis is not heroic; it is stupid. Like a neglected weapon or a neglected horse, a neglected soldier is more likely to break under strain, and less likely to be able to respond appropriately when crises do occur. Your highest priority for the last several weeks, quite correctly, has been to see that every crusader who answers to you once again has access to enough food, adequate training, necessary equipment, protection from the elements, and enough pay to purchase whatever else he needs to function. Neglecting the army's basic needs would not have bred heroism, or made the crusade's soldiers stronger through adversity; it would have weakened and ultimately doomed them."

"My advice to you is to pull yourself together immediately, and to finish deploying defenses against the ongoing demonic assault. I suggest you then take two days off from crusade logistics, and fulfill whatever personal needs you have been neglecting, before the next crisis presents itself."

Permalink Mark Unread

She blinks at him.

That is - different, than what the teachers in Chelish schools say. It rhymes, sort of, but it isn't really the same thing at all.

 

"I haven't been able to finish reading the drafts of the legal codes," she says. "I've been trying for half the night, and I have basically no idea what they say, let alone how to fix them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then I suggest you delegate rewriting them to someone other than Captain Harmattan. Will you be joining us in the command center?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Yeah. Give me a minute, I'll be there."

When he's gone she bites herself again, sings quietly, and casts Greater Heroism on herself. Regill only gives personal advice to people he respects, so she doesn't have to hate herself yet, she figures. It's - a little easier, thinking of her actually important meeting that she actually has to go to as a crisis on par with the sack of Kenabres. She can rest for a bit once she handles it. Harmattan might think less of her, but Regill won't, and she cares a lot more about that.



A minute and a half later, she strolls into the command center, greets everyone very brightly and not at all like someone who has spent the last six hours crying, and apologizes for her slight lateness. She is hardly at her most strategically brilliant, but the hardest decisions have already been ironed out; this meeting is for dealing with solving as many of the relatively minor problems that remain as they can in the next six or seven hours. She can probably handle those, or at least agree with other people's suggestions enough to allow people to move forward on some kind of game plan.

If nothing explodes, then in thirty minutes she will shoo everyone and.... ask Marit if he can help her finish the legal code that she said she would finish and has not finished.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, sir. Do you have a draft for me to work from?" Marit had a summons spy on Korva's conversation with Regill and is thereby mostly satisfied that nothing horrible happened to her except war, which is known to be horrible and happening to her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Two of them, both with different issues. Uh - I know you can't write Hallit or Taldane, so I was thinking you could dictate something and I could translate it. And that way I can, you know, answer questions. It's not that I don't have time, I'm just not - coming up with anything of acceptable quality on my own, right now. And I want to have - meaningfully signed off on it, but it really needs to get done today."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can ask you about anything where I don't have a good guess of what you wanted, and you can correct me where I guess mistakenly. Where are the two drafts we're working from?"

Permalink Mark Unread

She can show him Harmattan's version and Regill's version. Harmattan's is dense, worded to allow a lot of officer discretion in punishing soldiers, and incomplete; Regill's is readable, but has harsh punishments and too much overlap with the Godclaw code of conduct. They're both longer and more complicated than she wants. She wants something simple and easy to remember, with consistent and predictable but non-monstrous punishments.

Permalink Mark Unread

Officer discretion in punishments is a great idea in principle and usually a bad one in practice, in his experience. For minor matters it's more important to be consistent and predictable than to be attentive to the exact details of the situation. For major matters how about they allow commanders to appeal on behalf of their soldiers for a lighter punishment but don't make the punishment their job to figure out; it's not what she hired them for and they're likely to play favorites, inspire resentments, try to be harsh to make a point, have their own moral crises, etcetera. Letting them speak on behalf of the men puts them on the side of the men and lets her still account for any actual extenuating circumstances. 

If she only gets ten rules, what ten would she pick, from both lists? Why don't they just in fact make do with those. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds... probably fine, on officer discretion. She just doesn't want people to keep letting each other off with warnings, which is what everyone in Drezen is constantly doing.

Picking ten laws is honestly more thinking than she was planning on doing here, but she can try. It at least seems like aiming for the correct level of simplicity. Let's say, uh, murder, theft, assault, destruction of property, enchanting and mind controlling people, bribery, desertion, espionage or revealing secrets to the enemy, and disobeying orders from a superior, at a first pass, for the set that applies to all soldiers. Oh, and being a demon cultist or working for demon lords, since that keeps coming up. Does that leave any gaping holes.

Permalink Mark Unread

He'd bid for falsification of a report to be included but otherwise seems extremely reasonable. They can use some of Regill's punishments if they just ...take them down many notches....you don't have to flog people nearly to death to make your point. His prediction is that Korva wants to take the punishments down even farther than he does. Docked pay, extra shifts, and remanding from the luxury of the mansions to Drezen, for minor offenses, escalating for repeat or more serious offenses to flogging-not-half-to-death or reassignment to punishment details? Death or petrification, for murder/espionage/demon cultists?

Permalink Mark Unread

All right, they can add falsification of a report to the list. The mansions are a temporary measure and probably shouldn't be mentioned in a document that might be around for a while, although hopefully they'll eventually be able to, uh, refine it. Docking pay only works if people trust her to keep paying them, which, uh, she's earned some points back but doesn't exactly have a stellar record there. Extra shifts... also work better if they aren't either sitting on their hands or constantly assigning people to as many hours as they can physically work, which also might be getting better from here on out but she's not sure that people have confidence in it. (And, when she lists all that out, it's no wonder that everything is a mess.)

Maybe they can do docked pay and very temporary reassignment for minor offenses, and escalate to docked pay and flogging and longer reassignment for repeat or serious offenses. She doesn't think they currently... have... punishment details that they can reassign people to, but that is probably a solvable problem. And yeah, death or petrification for murder and espionage and... man, does she really want being a demon cultist to be a death penalty offense? Death or petrification if you are discovered by law enforcement; flogging and reassignment if you turn yourself in for it before committing murder or espionage?

Permalink Mark Unread

That works. (They should probably expect to refine exact penalties a lot, though what the laws are much less. 

He dictates this back to Korva in slightly more formal language.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she can translate, which is sort of like making decisions but it's not like this is poetry or anything.

"I guess that's that, then. Just need to hand it to the clerics for copying, and we can have it distributed to at least the officers by tonight. Then I just need to... help extend the mansion castings, I guess."

And after that she can Take Care Of Personal Needs She's Been Neglecting, however one is supposed to go about doing that.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, Knight-Commander. I expect most logistical snags that come up will be addressable without you personally needing to do anything."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, we can hope. Lodvig and Setsuna can probably handle things, though, they do in fact know what they're doing when it comes to military operations. Regill pretty much told me to spend the rest of the day getting to the point that a strong wind wouldn't knock me over, and considering the source I guess I'll give it a try."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That seems very wise of Regill. Should I bring it to the clerics for copying?"